You are on page 1of 260

Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User.

No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh


ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Addenda to
ASME A17.1-2007/
CSA B44-07
Safety Code for Elevators and
Escalators

A N A M E R I C A N N AT I O N A L S TA N D A R D

Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.


No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME. A9607A
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Date of Issuance: December 5, 2008

ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

This code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American National
Standards. The Standards Committee that approved the code or standard was balanced to assure that individuals from
competent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed manual was made available
for public review and comment that provides an opportunity for additional public input from industry, academia,
regulatory agencies, and the public-at-large.
ASME does not “approve,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any
items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against liability for
infringement of any applicable letters patent, nor assume any such liability. Users are expressly advised that determination
of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of infringement of such rights, is entirely their own responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted as
government or industry endorsement of this code or standard.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations of this document issued in accordance with the established
ASME procedures and policies, which precludes the issuance of interpretations by individuals.

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,


in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) has granted


the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) permission to
reprint, repackage, and sell this Code.

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers


Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990

Copyright © 2008 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.


No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Following approval by the ASME A17 Elevator and Escalator Committee, and after public review,
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08 was approved by the American National Standards Institute
on September 19, 2008.

This is the first Addenda to to the 2007 edition of the Code. It was issued on December 5, 2008
and is effective as of June 5, 2009.

The pages included in this Addenda replace the pages in ASME A17.1-2007/CSA B44-07 that
have the corresponding page numbers. Where the length of the change neccessitated the inclusion
of additional pages, the additional pages are numbered suquentially following a decimal point
(e.g., page 10.1 should be inserted following page 10). Revisions are incorporated directly into
the affected pages. It is advisable, however, that this page, the Addenda title and copyright pages,
and all replaced pages be retained for reference.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Revisions being made in this Addenda are identified by a margin note, (a). Changes made to
correct errors in A17.1-2007/CSA B44-07, as well as other new editiorial changes, are identified
by (ED). Revision designators will remain on the pages up to the publication of the next edition
of the Code. The (ED) designators will appear only when the editorial changes are introduced.
The following is a summary of the latest revisions and changes:
Page Location Change
xi ASME Foreword, List of Updated
Editions and
Supplements
1 1.1.4 First sentence revised
6, 10, 10.1, 12, 16 Section 1.3 (1) With definition of door, breakdowns
rearranged
(2) Definition of intended car movement
and unintended car movement added
(3) Definition of machine space, elevator,
dumbwaiter, material lift editorially
corrected to read machinery space,
elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift
19 2.2.2.7 Deleted
27 2.7.3.4.5 First sentence revised
2.7.3.4.6 Redesignated as 2.7.3.4.7, and new
2.7.3.4.6 added
33 2.7.9.1 Revised in its entirety
2.8.3.3.1 First and third sentences revised
38 2.11.3.2 Deleted, and original 2.11.3.3
redesignated as new 2.11.3.2
45 2.12.2.4.1 Last sentence of first paragraph
editorially revised
48–54 2.12.7.1 Revised in its entirety

(c)
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Page Location Change
2.13.3.2 Title and paragraph revised
2.13.3.2.5 Deleted
2.13.3.4 Revised in its entirety
2.13.5 Revised in its entirety
2.13.6 Revised in its entirety
56 2.14.1.7 Title and first paragraph revised
58–58.3 2.14.2.6(c) Editorially revised
2.14.5.7 First sentence editorially revised
2.14.6.2.1 Third sentence added
65 2.16.4.9 Revised in its entirety
66 2.16.5.1.2 Revised
2.16.5.2 Editorially revised
74 2.19.2 (1) Title revised
(2) Revised in its entirety
75 2.19.3.2 Revised in its entirety
99 2.26.1.1 Second paragraph editorially revised
100 2.26.1.5.5 Revised
101 2.26.2 Last line in first paragraph revised, and
new second paragraph added
103 2.26.4.4 Revised in its entirety
104, 105 Table 2.26.4.3.2 Requirement 2.26.2.15 editorially revised
by adding Note (2) in Safety Function
column
106, 106.1 2.26.9.3(e) Revised
110, 111 2.27.2 Revised, and Note added
2.27.2.3 Revised
2.27.2.4 Revised
2.27.2.4.4 Revised in its entirety
2.27.2.4.5 Revised in its entirety
2.27.2.4.6 Added
2.27.3.1.6(d)(2) Revised
2.27.3.1.6(e) Revised in its entirety
112 2.27.3.1.6(i) Editorially revised
113–115 2.27.3.2.6 Second sentence deleted
2.27.3.3.1 Subparagraphs (c), (d), (e), (g), and (h)
revised
2.27.3.3.3(a) Editorially revised
2.27.3.3.7 Revised in its entirety
Fig. 2.27.3.3.7 Callouts and General Notes revised

(d)
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Page Location Change
116 2.27.3.5 Editorially revised
117 2.27.4.2 In fourth paragraph, second sentence
deleted
118 2.27.8 First two paragraphs revised
135 3.26.8 Editorially revised
136 3.27.1(c) Editorially revised
3.27.2 Second paragraph editorially revised
3.27.3(b) Editorially revised
157 5.2.1.27 Revised
186 5.9.20.1 Added
198 6.1.5.3.1(d)(5) Revised in its entirety
201 6.1.6.3.16 Third sentence added
209 6.2.5.3.1(d) Revised in its entirety
210 6.2.6.3.1(a) Editorially revised
215 7.1.1 Revised in its entirety
216, 217 7.1.7 Title and paragraph revised
7.1.7.3 Revised in its entirety
7.1.7.5 Revised
7.1.7.6 Revised in its entirety
7.1.7.9 Revised
7.1.8.2 Redesignated as 7.1.8.3 and new 7.1.8.2
added
7.1.9.4 Added
7.1.10 Revised
225 7.2.12.29–7.2.12.37 (1) New requirements 7.2.12.29 and
7.2.12.30 added
(2) Previously numbered requirements
7.2.1.2.29 through 7.2.12.37
redesignated as 7.2.12.31 through
7.2.12.39, respectively
229–230.1 7.4.9 (1) Title revised
(2) Revised in its entirety
7.4.10 Revised
7.4.10.2 Revised
7.4.10.3 Added
7.4.13.2.5 Editorially revised
240 8.1.2 Note revised in its entirety
243 8.2.2.5.1(a) In equations, variable WB editorially
corrected to read WE
8.2.2.5.1(b) In equations, variable WB editorially
corrected to read WE

(e)
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Page Location Change
8.2.2.5.1(c) In equations, variable WB editorially
corrected to read WE
244 Fig. 8.2.2.5.1 In formulas for drawings, variable WE
editorially corrected to read WB
262 8.3.2.5.5(a) Editorially revised
267 Section 8.4 First paragraph revised
268 8.4.5.1 Title revised
8.4.5.2 Title revised
282, 284–287 8.4.11 Revised in its entirety
Table 8.4.11.3 Redesignated as Table 8.4.11.13
8.4.12.1.1 (1) Title revised
(2) Subsubparagraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2)
revised
8.4.12.1.2 (1) Title revised
(2) Subsubparagraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2)
revised
(3) In subsubparagraph (c), nomenclature
for W, W′, Zx, and Zy revised
8.4.12.2.1 (1) Title revised
(2) Subparagraphs (a) and (b) revised
8.4.12.2.2 (1) Title revised
(2) Subparagraph (a) revised
(3) In subparagraph (b), nomenclature for
W revised
289, 290 8.5.3.2.2(b) Revised
Section 8.6 Title and paragraph revised in its entirety
8.6.1.1.2 Revised
8.6.1.2.1(a) (1) Subsubparagraph (a)(1) revised
(2) Subsubparagraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4)
added
8.6.1.3 Revised
291 8.6.1.7 Added
8.6.2.3 Both paragraphs editorially revised
293 8.6.4 Title revised
8.6.4.2.2 Editorially revised
294 8.6.4.3.3 First reference editorially revised
8.6.4.3.5 Editorially revised
293–302.8 8.6.4.6.3 Added
8.6.4.12.1 Editorially revised
8.6.4.17 Reference added
8.6.4.19 Added (Requirements relocated from
8.11.21.2)

(f)
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Page Location Change
8.6.4.20 Added (Requirements relocated from
8.11.2.3)
8.6.5 Title revised
8.6.5.1.1 Editorially revised
8.6.5.2 Editorially revised
8.6.5.3 Revised
8.6.5.5.2 Title and paragraph revised
8.6.5.7 Revised
8.6.5.13 Added
8.6.5.14 Added
8.6.5.15 Added
8.6.5.16 Added
8.6.6 Title revised
8.6.6.1.1 Added
8.6.6.2.1 Added
8.6.6.3.1 Added
8.6.7 Title revised
8.6.7.1.1 Added
8.6.7.2.1 Added
8.6.7.3.1 Added
8.6.7.4.1 Added
8.6.7.5.1 Added
8.6.7.6.1 Added
8.6.7.7.1 Added
8.6.7.8.1 Added
8.6.7.9.4 Added
8.6.7.9.5 Added
8.6.7.10.1 Added
8.6.7.10.2 Added
8.6.7.10.3 Added
8.6.8 Title revised
8.6.8.1 Revised
8.6.8.15 Added
8.6.9.1 Revised
Fig. 8.6.8.15.19(e) Added [formerly designated as
Fig. 8.11.4.2.19(e)]
8.6.10 Title revised
8.6.10.1 (1) Title revised
(2) Revised in its entirety

(g)
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Page Location Change
8.6.10.2.1 Added
8.6.11.1 First sentence revised
8.6.11.5.2 Last paragraph added
8.6.12.5.4 Added
8.6.12.5.5 Added
8.6.12.5.6 Added
8.6.12.5.7 Added
305 8.7.2.14.2(i) Added
309, 310 8.7.2.27.3 First paragraph revised
8.7.2.27.4 (1) Subparagraph (a) revised
(2) Subparagraph (c) added
8.7.2.28 Revised in its entirety
312–317 8.7.3.31.4 First paragraph revised
8.7.3.31.5(a) Revised
8.7.3.31.5(c) Added
8.7.3.31.8(c) Revised
8.7.5.3 Revised in its entirety
8.7.5.4 Revised in its entirety
8.8.1(a) Editorially revised
8.10.1.1.3 Third sentence deleted
318–321 8.10.2.2.1(q) Revised
8.10.2.2.2(v) Revised
8.10.2.2.2(v)(3) Added
8.10.2.2.2(ii)(2)(a) Editorially revised
8.10.2.2.2(pp) Added
323 8.10.2.3.2(j) Revised
324–326 8.10.3.2.1(q)(1) Second sentence added
8.10.3.2.2(hh) Added
328, 328.1 8.10.3.3.2(j) Revised
331 8.10.5.2 Second paragraph editorially revised
332, 333 Section 8.11 (1) Title revised
(2) Notes revised
8.11.1 Title revised
8.11.1.1 (1) Title revised
(2) Revised in its entirety
8.11.1.2 (1) Title revised
(2) Revised in its entirety
8.11.1.6 Deleted; moved to 8.6.1.7.3

(h)
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Page Location Change
8.11.2 Title revised
8.11.2.1 Revised in its entirety
336–343 8.11.2.2 Deleted; moved to 8.6.4.19
8.11.3 Title revised
8.11.3.1 Revised in its entirety
8.11.3.2 Deleted; moved to 8.6.5.14
8.11.4 Title revised
8.11.4.1 (1) First paragraph revised
(2) Notes revised
(3) Subparagraphs (h), (j), (l), (m), (s), and
(t) revised
(4) Subparagraphs (u) and (v) added
8.11.4.2 Deleted; moved to 8.6.8.15
8.11.5 (1) Title revised
(2) Revised in its entirety
8.11.5.13 Paragraphs 8.11.5.13.2 through 8.11.5.13.4
moved to 8.6.7.10.1 through 8.6.7.10.3,
respectively
345–350 Section 9.1 Revised
351, 352 Section 9.2 (1) Listing for BSI added
(2) Address for FEMA revised
388 Table N-1 Revised
388.1–388.6 Table N-2 Added
394.1–394.13 Nonmandatory Appendix S Added

SPECIAL NOTE:
The interpretations to ASME A17.1 issued between July 2006 through June 2007 follow the last
page of this addenda as a separate supplement, Interpretations No. 29.

(i)
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Editions and Supplements Approved Issued Effective

ANSI A17.1f–1975 April 2, 1975 October 31, 1975 ) (ED)


ANSI A17.1g–1976 August 12, 1976 November 30, 1976 )
Ninth Edition ANSI A17.1–1978 May 4, 1978 June 15, 1978 September 15, 1978
Supplements ANSI A17.1a–1979 February 5, 1979 March 30, 1979 June 30, 1979
ANSI A17.1b–1980 March 20, 1980 May 15, 1980 August 15, 1980

Tenth Edition ANSI/ASME A17.1–1981 September 8, 1981 October 22, 1981 April 22, 1982
Supplements ANSI/ASME A17.1a–1982 October 5, 1982 November 30, 1982 May 30, 1983
ANSI/ASME A17.1b–1983 October 24, 1983 December 23, 1983 June 23, 1984

Eleventh Edition ANSI/ASME A17.1–1984 August 16, 1984 September 16, 1984 March 16, 1985
Supplements ANSI/ASME A17.1a–1985 February 27, 1985 April 15, 1985 October 15, 1985
ANSI/ASME A17.1b–1985 August 6, 1985 October 15, 1985 April 15, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.1c–1986 March 5, 1986 April 30, 1986 October 31, 1986
ANSI/ASME A17.1d–1986 September 8, 1986 November 30, 1986 May 31, 1987
ANSI/ASME A17.1e–1987 February 18, 1987 April 30, 1987 October 30, 1987

Twelfth Edition ASME/ANSI A17.1–1987 October 20, 1987 January 15, 1988 July 16,1988
Supplements ASME/ANSI A17.1a–1988 October 6, 1988 November 15, 1988 May 16, 1989
ASME/ANSI A17.1b–1989 November 10, 1989 November 30, 1989 May 31, 1990

Thirteenth Edition ASME A17.1–1990 October 8, 1990 February 8, 1991 August 9, 1991
Supplements ASME A17.1a–1991 October 21, 1991 February 28, 1992 August 29, 1992
ASME A17.1b–1992 October 28, 1992 December 29, 1992 June 30, 1993
Fourteenth Edition ASME A17.1–1993 October 18, 1993 December 31, 1993 July 1, 1994
Supplements ASME A17.1a–1994 August 17, 1994 December 31, 1994 July 1, 1995
ASME A17.1b–1995 October 5, 1995 January 31, 1996 August 1, 1996
Fifteenth Edition ASME A17.1–1996 October 3, 1996 December 31, 1996 July 1, 1997
Supplements ASME A17.1a–1997 January 8, 1998 February 27, 1998 August 28, 1998
ASME A17.1b–1998 November 13, 1998 February 19, 1999 August 20, 1999
ASME A17.1c–1999 May 13, 1999 June 30, 1999 December 31, 1999
ASME A17.1d–2000 October 12, 2000 November 30, 2000 January 31, 2001
Sixteenth Edition ASME A17.1–2000 October 16, 2000 March 23, 2001 March 23, 2002
Supplements ASME A17.1a–2002 February 26, 2002 April 4, 2002 October 4, 2002
ASME A17.1b–2003 April 10, 2003 May 30, 2003 November 30, 2003
Seventeenth Edition ASME A17.1–2004 January 14, 2004 April 30, 2004 October 31, 2004
Supplements ASME A17.1a–2005 March 18, 2005 April 29, 2005 October 29, 2005
ASME A17.1S–2005 March 23, 2005 August 12, 2005 February 12, 2006
Eighteenth Edition ASME A17.1-2007/CSA B44-07 February 20, 2007 April 6, 2007 October 6, 2007
Supplements ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08 September 19, 2008 December 5, 2008 June 5, 2009

xi
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17 ELEVATOR
AND ESCALATOR COMMITTEE
(May 2007)

STANDARDS COMMITTEE Honorary Members


J. W. Coaker, Chair L. J. Blaiotta A. A. Mascone
H. E. Peelle III, Vice Chair W. E. Chamberlain J. McAulay, Jr.
N. B. Martin, Vice Chair B. J. Fanguy E. M. Philpot
G. A. Burdeshaw, Secretary W. J. Figiel R. L. Rogers
E. V. Baker, NEIEP H. E. Godwin, Jr. R. W. Young
R. E. Baxter, Richard E. Baxter and Associates, LLC C. E. Hempel L. E. White
L. Bialy, Otis Elevator Co. C. L. Kort
N. Marchitto, Alternate, Otis Elevator Co.
J. R. Brooks, North Carolina Department of Labor
W. C. Burklund, Kone, Inc. Regulatory Advisory Council
J. W. Coaker, Coaker & Co., PC L. C. Kanicki, Chair I. D. Jay
E. A. Donoghue, Edward A. Donoghue Associates, Inc. N. B. Martin, Vice Chair M. J. Mellon, Jr.
R. E. Droste, Consultant G. A. Burdeshaw, Staff J. L. Meyer
J. A. Filippone, Port Authority of New York and New Jersey Secretary K. P. Morse
J. H. Humphrey, Alternate, Port Authority of New York and New J. R. Runyan, Secretary M. E. Pedersen
Jersey G. Antona J. P. Roche
C. C. Fox, Rainbow Security Control Ltd. J. R. Brooks C. W. Rogler
G. W. Gibson, George W. Gibson and Associates, Inc. J. H. Burpee D. M. Stanlaske
R. A. Gregory, Vertex Corp. P. Caploon S. F. Stout
A. P. Juhasz, Kone, Inc. N. C. Dimitruck L. M. Taylor
L. C. Kanicki, Elevator Subcode Official Township of Burlington, NJ A. N. Griffin C. D. Wagner
G. A. Kappenhagen, Schindler Elevator Corp. R. F. Hadaller W. C. Watson
J. W. Koshak, Thyssen Krupp Elevator Co. S. J. Hickory W. J. Witt
H. Simpkins, Alternate, Thyssen Krupp Elevator Co.
K. S. Lloyd, Abell Elevator International
S. K. Lloyd, Alternate, Abell Elevator International NATIONAL INTEREST REVIEW COMMITTEE
N. B. Martin, Chief Elevator Insp. State of Ohio J. P. Andrew W. R. Larsen
Z. R. McCain, Jr., McCain Engineering Associates, Inc. G. Antona B. H. Larson
M. V. Farinola, Alternate, MV Farinola, Inc. T. D. Barkand M. R. Liberatore
D. McColl, Otis Canada, Inc. M. L. Blankenship M. A. Malek
H. E. Peelle III, The Peelle Co., Ltd. R. J. Blatz J. J. Mancuso
S. P. Reynolds, Alternate, The Peelle Co., Ltd. J. E. Brannon C. C. Mann
R. L. Phillips, Georgia Department of Labor M. T. Brierley N. E. Marchitto
A. Rehman, Schindler Elevator Corp. J. A. Caluori J. J. Marcusky
V. P. Robibero, Schindler Elevator Corp. M. A. Chavez J. L. Meyer
C. W. Rogler, State of Michigan H. J. Clifford T. S. Mowrey
R. L. Seymour, Robert L. Seymour and Associates, Inc. R. F. Dieter F. G. Newman
R. S. Seymour, Alternate, Robert L. Seymour and Associates, Inc. B. Faerber J. J. O’Donoghue
D. L. Steel, David L. Steel Escalators J. G. Gerk M. J. Pfeiffer
D. L. Turner, Davis L. Turner & Associates L. A. Giovannetti M. Poulin
R. S. Caporale, Alternate, Elevator World, Inc. N. R. Herchell P. M. Puno
A. H. Verschell, Consulting Engineer J. E. Herwig L. S. Rigby
C. E. Vlahovic, TSSA J. Inglis R. D. Schloss
R. Haddaller, Alternate, TSSA F. A. Kilian S. Shanes
D. M. Winkle, IUEC Local #14 M. L. Lane D. A. Swerrie
D. A. Witham, GAL Manufacturing

xii
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS

Part 1
General

SECTION 1.1 (h) cranes, derricks, hoists, hooks, jacks, and slings
SCOPE within the scope of ASME B30, CSA Z150, CSA B167,
CSA Z202, and CSA Z248
(07) 1.1.1 Equipment Covered by this Code (i) industrial trucks within the scope of ASME B56
This Code covers the design, construction, operation, and CSA B335
inspection, testing, maintenance, alteration, and repair (j) portable equipment, except for portable escalators,
of the following equipment and its associated parts, that are covered by 6.1
rooms, spaces, and hoistways, where located in or adja- (k) tiering or piling machines used to move material
cent to a building or structure (see 1.2): to and from storage located and operating entirely
(a) hoisting and lowering mechanisms, equipped within one story
with a car, that move between two or more landings. (l) equipment for feeding or positioning material at
This equipment includes, but is not limited to elevators machine tools, printing presses, etc.
(see 1.3). (m) skip or furnace hoists
(b) power-driven stairways and walkways for car- (n) wharf ramps
rying persons between landings. This equipment (o) amusement devices
includes, but is not limited to escalators and moving
(p) stage and orchestra lifts
walks (see 1.3).
(q) lift bridges
(c) hoisting and lowering mechanisms equipped with
(r) railroad car lifts and dumpers
a car that serves two or more landings and is restricted
to the carrying of material by its limited size or limited (s) mechanized parking garage equipment
access to the car. This equipment includes, but is not (t) line jacks, false cars, shafters, moving platforms,
limited to dumbwaiters and material lifts (see 1.3). and similar equipment used for installing an elevator
(u) platform elevators installed in a ship or offshore
(07) 1.1.2 Equipment Not Covered by this Code drilling rig and used for the purpose of loading and
unloading cargo, equipment, and personnel
Equipment not covered by this Code includes, but is
(v) dock levelers (freight platform lifts) having a rise
not limited to, the following:
of 500 mm (20 in.) or less
(a) personnel hoists within the scope of ANSI A10.4
(w) in Canadian jurisdictions, devices having a rise
and CSA-Z185
of 2 000 mm (79 in.) or less and used only for the transfer
(b) material hoists within the scope of ANSI A10.5
of materials or equipment
and CSA-Z256
(x) in jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, mine elevators
(c) platform lifts and stairway chairlifts within the
within the scope of 5.9
scope of ASME A18.1, CSA B355, and CSA B613
(d) manlifts within the scope of ASME A90.1 and 1.1.3 Application of Parts
CSA B311, and in jurisdictions enforcing NBCC Special
Purpose Personnel Elevators (ASME A17.1, Section 5.7) This Code applies to new installations only, except
(e) mobile scaffolds and towers; platforms within the Part 1, and 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11, that
scope of ANSI/SIA A92 and CSA-B354 apply to both new and existing installations.
(f) powered platform and equipment for exterior and
interior building maintenance within the scope of ASME 1.1.4 Effective Date (a)
A120.1 and CSA-Z271 The requirements of this edition and subsequent
(g) conveyors and related equipment within the scope addenda to the Code are effective as of the date noted
of ASME B20.1 on the Summary of Changes page of this document. The

1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

authority having jurisdiction will establish the effective alteration: any change to equipment, including its parts,
date for their local regulations. components, and/or subsystems, other than mainte-
nance, repair, or replacement.
alteration, as part of an: a repair or replacement that is
(07) SECTION 1.2 included with other work that is classified as an alter-
(05S) PURPOSE AND EXCEPTIONS ation.
1.2.1 Purpose alternate level: a floor level identified by the building
The purpose of this Code is to provide for the safety code or fire authority, other than the designated level.
of life and limb, and to promote the public welfare. annunciator, car: an electrical device in the car that indi-
Compliance with this Code shall be achieved by cates visually the landings at which an elevator landing
(a) conformance with the requirements in signal registering device has been actuated.
ASME A17.1/CSA B44; or applied frame entrance: a wraparound or partial addi-
(b) conformance with some of the requirements in tion to an existing entrance frame used to improve the
ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and for systems, subsystems, appearance or to provide the required clearances.
components, or functions that do not conform with cer-
approved: acceptable to the authority having juris-
tain requirements in ASME A17.1/CSA B44, conform
diction.
with the applicable requirements in ASME A17.7/CSA
B44.7; or authority having jurisdiction: the organization, office,
(c) conformance with the requirements in or individual responsible for enforcement of this Code.
ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 Where compliance with this Code has been mandated
by legislation or regulation, the “authority having juris-
1.2.2 Exceptions to ASME A17.1 diction” is the regulatory authority (see regulatory
The provisions of this Code are not intended to pre- authority).
vent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equiva- authorized personnel: persons who have been
lent or superior quality, strength, fire resistance, instructed in the operation of the equipment and desig-
effectiveness, durability, and safety to those prescribed nated by the owner to use the equipment.
by this Code, provided that there is technical documen- automatic transfer device: a power-operated mecha-
tation to demonstrate the equivalency of the system, nism that automatically moves a load consisting of a
method, or device. cart, tote box, pallet, wheeled vehicle, box, or other simi-
1.2.2.1 The specific requirements of this Code shall lar object from and/or to the car.
be permitted to be modified by the authority having auxiliary power lowering device: an alternatively pow-
jurisdiction based upon technical documentation or ered auxiliary control system that will, upon failure of
physical performance verification to allow alternative the main power supply, allow a hydraulic elevator to
arrangements that will assure safety equivalent to that descend to a lower landing.
which would be provided by conformance to the corres- brake, driving machine, elevator, dumbwaiter, or mate-
ponding requirements of this Code. rial lift: an electromechanically or electrohydraulically
1.2.2.2 This Code contains requirements that are released spring, or gravity applied device, that is part
also covered in the National Building Code of Canada of the electric driving machine of the elevator, dumb-
(NBCC). Reference to the NBCC is recognition that said waiter, or material lift used to apply a controlled force
requirements are not within the scope of this Code in at a braking surface to hold or retard the elevator, dumb-
Canada. waiter, or material lift. See Nonmandatory Appendix F.
In jurisdictions not enforcing the NBCC, the use of electrohydraulically released: a means of release in which
the NBCC is not intended. an electric current applied to a solenoid valve or the
motor of a hydraulic pump directs pressurized hydraulic
1.2.2.3 Exceptions shall be based on the require- fluid to an actuator (such as a hydraulic jack) that over-
ments of 1.2.2.1. comes a resisting force (such as a spring) as long as the
electric current flows.
(07) SECTION 1.3 electromechanically released: a means of release in which
(a) DEFINITIONS an electric current applied to an actuator (such as a
solenoid) causes an electromagnetic force that over-
Section 1.3 defines various terms used in this Code. comes a resisting force (such as a spring) as long as the
In addition, some nomenclature and terminology used electric current flows.
in the elevator industry and other ASME publications brake, driving machine, escalator, or moving walk: an
are defined. electromechanical device that is part of the electric driv-
access switch: see hoistway access switch. ing machine of the escalator or moving walk, used to

2
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

control, dual bridge thyristor converter: a motion con- operation, nonselective collective automatic: automatic
trol for a DC motor that supplies the armature with operation by means of one button in the car for each
variable voltage of either polarity, and is capable of cur- landing served and one button at each landing, wherein
rent flow in both directions. all stops registered by the momentary actuation of land-
control, generator field: a motion control that is accom- ing or car buttons are made irrespective of the number
plished by the use of an individual generator for each of buttons actuated or of the sequence in which the
driving-machine motor wherein the voltage applied to buttons are actuated. With this type of operation, the
the motor armature is adjusted by varying the strength car stops at all landings for which buttons have been
and direction of the generator field current. actuated, making the stops in the order in which the
control, multivoltage: a motion control that is accom- landings are reached after the buttons have been actu-
plished by impressing successively on the armature of ated, but irrespective of its direction of travel.
the driving-machine motor a number of substantially operation, selective collective automatic: automatic
fixed voltages such as may be obtained from multi- operation by means of one button in the car for each
commutator generators common to a group of elevators. landing served and by “UP” and “DOWN” buttons at
control, rheostatic: a motion control that is accom- the landings, wherein all stops registered by the momen-
plished by varying resistance and/or reactance in the tary actuation of the car buttons are made as defined
armature and/or field circuit of the driving-machine under nonselective collective automatic operation, but
motor. wherein the stops registered by the momentary actua-
control, single bridge thyristor converter: a motion con- tion of the landing buttons are made in the order in
trol for a DC motor that supplies the armature with which the landings are reached in each direction of travel
variable voltage of fixed polarity. The field is reversed after the buttons have been actuated. With this type of
to control direction and to cause regeneration. operation, all “UP” landing calls are answered when the
control, electrohydraulic: a motion control in which the car is traveling in the up direction and all “DOWN”
acceleration, speed, retardation, and stopping are gov- landing calls are answered when the car is traveling in
erned by varying fluid flow to the hydraulic jack. the down direction, except in the case of the uppermost
control, static: a motion control in which control func- or lowermost calls, that are answered as soon as they
tions are performed by solid-state devices. are reached, irrespective of the direction of travel of
the car.
control, operation: that portion of a control system that
operation, single automatic: automatic operation by
initiates the starting, stopping, and direction of motion,
means of one button in the car for each landing served
in response to a signal from an operating device.
and one button at each landing, so arranged that if any
operation, automatic: operation control wherein the
car or landing button has been actuated the actuation
starting of the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift car
of any other car or landing operating button will have
is effected in response to the momentary actuation of
no effect on the operation of the car until the response
operating devices at the landing, and/or of operating
to the first button has been completed.
devices in the car identified with the landings, and/or
in response to an automatic starting mechanism, and operation, car switch: operation control wherein the
wherein the car is stopped automatically at the landings. movement and direction of travel of the car are directly
and solely under the control of the attendant by means
operation, group automatic: automatic operation of
two or more nonattendant elevators equipped with of a manually operated car switch or of continuous-
power-operated car and hoistway doors. The operation pressure buttons in the car.
of the cars is coordinated by a supervisory control sys- operation, car switch automatic floor-stop: operation in
tem including automatic dispatching means whereby which the stop is initiated by the attendant from within
selected cars at designated dispatching points automati- the car with a definite reference to the landing at which
cally close their doors and proceed on their trips in a it is desired to stop, after which the slowing down and
regulated manner. It includes one button in each car for stopping of the elevator is effected automatically.
each floor served and “UP” and “DOWN” buttons at operation, continuous-pressure: operation control by
each landing (single buttons at terminal landings). The means of buttons or switches in the car and at the land-
stops set up by the momentary actuation of the car ings, any one of which may be used to control the move-
buttons are made automatically in succession as a car ment of the car as long as the button or switch is
reaches the corresponding landing, irrespective of its manually maintained in the actuating position.
direction of travel or the sequence in which the buttons operation, preregister: operation control in which signals
are actuated. The stops set up by the momentary actua- to stop are registered in advance by buttons in the car
tion of the landing buttons may be accomplished by any and at the landings. At the proper point in the car travel,
elevator in the group, and are made automatically by the attendant in the car is notified by a signal, visual,
the first available car that approaches the landing in the audible, or otherwise, to initiate the stop, after which
corresponding direction. the landing stop is automatic.

5
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

operation, signal: operation control by means of single designated attendant: where elevator operation is con-
buttons or switches (or both) in the car, and “UP” or trolled solely by authorized personnel (attendant ser-
“DOWN” direction buttons (or both) at the landings, vice, independent, hospital service, and other similar
by which predetermined landing stops may be set up operations).
or registered for an elevator or for a group of elevators. designated level: the main floor or other floor level
The stops set up by the momentary actuation of the car that best serves the needs of emergency personnel for
buttons are made automatically in succession as the car firefighting or rescue purposes identified by the building
reaches those landings, irrespective of its direction of code or fire authority.
travel or the sequence in which the buttons are actuated.
dispatching device, elevator automatic: a device, the
The stops set up by the momentary actuation of the
principal function of which is to either
“UP” and “DOWN” buttons at the landing are made
(a) operate a signal in the car to indicate when the
automatically by the first available car in the group
car should leave a designated landing, or
approaching the landings in the corresponding direc-
(b) actuate its starting mechanism when the car is at
tion, irrespective of the sequence in which the buttons
a designated landing
are actuated. With this type of operation, the car can be
started only by means of a starting switch or button in displacement switch: a device actuated by the displace-
the car. ment of the counterweight, at any point in the hoistway,
to provide a signal that the counterweight has moved
(05S) control room, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift: an from its normal lane of travel or has left its guide rails.
enclosed control space outside the hoistway, intended
for full bodily entry, that contains the motor controller. door: the movable portion(s) of an entrance that closes (a)
The room could also contain electrical and/or mechani- the openings. It consists of one or more solid face panels
cal equipment used directly in connection with the eleva- that are permitted to be equipped with a vision panel.
tor, dumbwaiter, or material lift but not the electric door, folding: a hinged door consisting of two or more
driving machine or the hydraulic machine. (See Non- panels that fold and move horizontally.
mandatory Appendix Q.) door, horizontally sliding: a door that moves horizon-
tally.
(05S) control space, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift: a center-opening: a horizontally sliding door con-
space inside or outside the hoistway, intended to be sisting of two panels, so arranged to open away from
accessed with or without full bodily entry, that contains each other.
the motor controller. This space could also contain elec- center-opening, multiple-speed: a horizontally sliding
trical and/or mechanical equipment used directly in door consisting of more than two panels, so arranged
connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or material that the panels or groups of panels open away from
lift but not the electric driving machine or the hydraulic each other.
machine. (See Nonmandatory Appendix Q.) multiple-speed: a horizontally sliding door with two
or more panels, so arranged to open away from one side.
NOTE: See 2.7.6.3.2 for an exception regarding the location of a
motor controller.
single-speed: a one-panel horizontally sliding door.
door or gate, manually operated: a door or gate that is
control system: the overall system governing the start- opened and closed by hand.
ing, stopping, direction of motion, acceleration, speed, door or gate, power-operated: a door or gate that is
and retardation of the moving member. See Nonmanda- opened and closed by a door or gate power-operator.
tory Appendix A. door or gate, self-closing: a manually opened door or
gate that closes when released.
controller: a device or group of devices that serves to
door, swinging: a door that pivots around a vertical axis.
control in a predetermined manner the apparatus to
door, vertically sliding: a counterweighted or counter-
which it is connected.
balanced door consisting of one or more panels that
controller, motion: an operative unit comprising a move vertically to open or close.
device or group of devices for actuating the moving door, vertically sliding sequence operation: where the
member. opening and closing relationship of the car and hoistway
controller, motor: the operative units of a motion control doors do not occur simultaneously.
system comprising the starter devices and power con- door, biparting: a vertically sliding door consisting
version equipment required to drive an electric motor. of two or more sections, so arranged that the sections
or groups of sections open away from each other.
controller, operation: an operative unit comprising a door, wraparound: a horizontally sliding door that
device or group of devices for actuating the motion bends around a car enclosure.
control.
door locked out of service: a hoistway entrance in which
deck, escalator: see escalator deck. the door is mechanically locked by means other than

6
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

escalator panel, exterior: the panel enclosing the exterior horizontally sliding noncollapsible gate: a noncollapsible
side of the balustrade. assembly consisting of one or more sections that slide
horizontally.
escalator panel, interior: the panel located between the
skirt and the escalator high deck or the handrail stand. vertically sliding gate: a counterweighted or counterbal-
anced assembly, consisting of one or more sections that
escalator skirt: the fixed, vertical panels located immedi- move vertically to open or close.
ately adjacent to the steps.
gate, semiautomatic: a gate that is opened manually
escalator skirt cover, dynamic: the stationary cover that
and that is closed automatically as the car leaves the
protects the interface between the dynamic skirt panel
landing.
and the escalator balustrade.
escalator skirt, dynamic: see skirt panel, dynamic. governor: see speed governor.
escalator wellway: an opening in a floor provided for governor pull-through tension (force): the magnitude
escalator installation between two levels of a building. of the tensile load developed in the moving governor
rope after the governor rope retarding means is actuated.
escalators, tandem operation: escalators used in series
with common intermediate landings. governor rope retarding means: a mechanical means of
developing a sufficient force in the governor rope to
factor of safety: the ratio of the ultimate strength to activate the car or counterweight safeties or to trip the
the working stress of a member under maximum static governor rope releasing carrier, where used. Such
loading, unless otherwise specified in a particular mechanical means include, but are not limited to, rope-
requirement. gripping jaws, clutch mechanisms, and traction arrange-
fail safe: a characteristic of a system or its elements ments.
whereby any failure or malfunction affecting safety will handrail stand: the uppermost portion of the balustrade
cause the system to revert to a state that is known to that supports and guides the handrail.
be safe.
hoistway (shaft), elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift:
fire barrier: a fire-resistance-rated vertical or horizontal an opening through a building or structure for the travel
assembly of material designed to restrict the spread of of elevators, dumbwaiters, or material lifts, extending
fire in which the openings are protected. from the pit floor to the roof or floor above.
fire-protection rating: a designation indicating the dura- hoistway, blind: the portion of a hoistway where
tion of the fire test exposure to which a fire door assem- hoistway entrances are not provided.
bly (entrance) was exposed and for which it met all the hoistway, multiple: a hoistway with more than one ele-
acceptance criteria as determined in accordance with a vator, dumbwaiter, or material lift.
recognized fire test standard. Ratings are stated in hours hoistway, single: a hoistway with a single elevator,
or minutes. dumbwaiter, or material lift.
fire-resistance rating: a designation indicating the dura- hoistway, mine: The area within a mine shaft, and its
tion of the fire test exposure to which components of aboveground structure required for the elevator equip-
building construction (walls, floors, roofs, beams, and ment, associated supports, and operations, including a
columns) are exposed and for which it met all the accept- minimum of 450 mm (18 in.) around same.
ance criteria as determined in accordance with a recog-
hoistway access switch: a switch, located at a landing,
nized fire test standard. Ratings are stated in hours or
the function of which is to permit operation of the car
minutes.
with the hoistway door at this landing and the car door
fire-resistive construction: a method of construction or gate open, in order to permit access to the top of the
that prevents or retards the passage of hot gases or car or to the pit.
flames, specified by the building code.
hoistway door: see door.
fixed side panel: a panel used to close a hoistway enclo-
hoistway door electric contact: see door or gate electric
sure opening on the side of a hoistway entrance.
contact.
flat steps: the distance, expressed in step lengths, that
hoistway door or gate locking device: a device that
the leading edge of the escalator step travels after emerg-
secures a hoistway door or gate in the closed position
ing from the comb before moving vertically.
and prevents it from being opened from the landing
gate: the moveable portion(s) of an entrance that closes side except under certain specified conditions.
the opening. A gate has through openings. hoistway door combination mechanical lock and electric
horizontally sliding collapsible gate: a series of horizon- contact: a combination mechanical and electrical device
tally sliding vertical members, joined by a scissors-like with two related, but entirely independent functions,
linkage that allows the assembly to collapse. that are

9
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) to prevent operation of the driving machine by of an electric elevator or from the electrically operated
the normal operating device unless the hoistway door valves and pump motor of a hydraulic elevator.
is in the closed position inclined elevator: see elevator, inclined.
(b) to lock the hoistway door in the closed position
and prevent it from being opened from the landing side installation: a complete elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator,
unless the car is within the landing zone material lift, or moving walk, including its hoistway,
hoistway enclosures and related construction, and all
NOTE: As there is no positive mechanical connection between
machinery and equipment necessary for its operation.
the electric contact and the door locking mechanism, this device
ensures only that the door will be closed, but not necessarily locked, installation, existing: an installation that has been com-
when the car leaves the landing. Should the lock mechanism fail pleted or is under construction prior to the effective date
to operate as intended when released by a stationary or retiring of this Code.
car-cam device, the door can be opened from the landing side even installation, new: any installation not classified as an
though the car is not at the landing. If operated by a stationary existing installation by definition, or an existing elevator,
car-cam device, it does not prevent opening the door from the
landing side as the car passes the floor.
dumbwaiter, escalator, material lift, inclined lift, or mov-
ing walk moved to a new location subsequent to the
hoistway door interlock: a device having two related effective date of this Code.
and interdependent functions, that are
intended car movement: controlled movement of an (a)
(a) to prevent the operation of the driving machine
elevator car, including starting, leveling, running, and
by the normal operating device unless the hoistway door
stopping, due to
is locked in the closed position
(a) operation control
(b) to prevent the opening of the hoistway door from
(b) motion control
the landing side unless the car is within the landing
zone and is either stopped or being stopped (c) continuous pressure on an operating device dur-
ing inspection operation, inspection operation with
hoistway door interlock retiring cam device: a device
open door circuits, or hoistway access operation
that consists of a retractable cam and its actuating mech-
anism and that is entirely independent of the car door NOTE: “Stopping” includes movement of an elevator car towards
or hoistway door power operator. rest once stopping is initiated, and any movement of an elevator
hoistway gate separate mechanical lock: a mechanical car due to suspension system elasticity that occurs after the brake
is set, since this movement was the result of the intended operation.
device the function of which is to lock a hoistway gate
in the closed position after the car leaves a landing and interlock: see car door interlock and hoistway door interlock.
prevent the gate from being opened from the landing
side unless the car is within the landing zone. labeled/marked: equipment or material to which has
been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark
hoistway enclosure: the fixed structure, consisting of of an approved or accredited independent certifying
vertical walls or partitions, that isolates the hoistway organization, concerned with product evaluation, that
from all other areas or from an adjacent hoistway and maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled/
in which entrances are installed. marked equipment or material, and by whose labeling/
hoistway gate: usually a counterweighted (counterbal- marking the manufacturer indicates compliance with
anced) assembly, consisting of one or more sections that appropriate standards or performance in a specified
are guided in the vertical direction to open or close. The manner.
gate may be of wood or metal construction. Wood gates
NOTE: For the purpose of this definition, accredited means that an
may consist of either horizontal or vertical slats. Metal organization has been evaluated and approved by an Authorized
gates are usually constructed of perforated or expanded Agency to operate a Certification/Listing program, and is desig-
metal. nated as such in a publication of the Authorized Agency.
hospital service: a special case of operation by a desig- landing, dumbwaiter: that portion of a floor, balcony,
nated attendant used only for medical emergencies. platform, or landing door used to discharge and receive
hydraulic jack: a unit consisting of a cylinder equipped materials.
with a plunger (ram) or piston, that applies the energy
landing, elevator or material lift: that portion of a floor,
provided by a liquid under pressure.
balcony, or platform used to receive and discharge pas-
hydraulic machine: a unit consisting of pump, motor, sengers or freight.
valves, and associated internal piping, that converts elec- landing, bottom terminal: the lowest landing served by
trical energy and supplies it as a liquid under pressure. the elevator or material lift that is equipped with a
in-car stop switch: a device located in the car and acces- hoistway entrance.
sible for operation by elevator personnel only, that, when landing, top terminal: the highest landing served by the
manually operated, causes the electric power to be elevator or material lift that is equipped with a hoistway
removed from the driving-machine motor and brake entrance.

10
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

landing, escalator or moving walk: the stationary area two landings are of equal elevation, the lower landing
at the entrance to or exit from an escalator, a moving is that landing designated by the manufacturer.
walk, or moving walk system. landing, upper, escalator: that landing of greatest eleva-
landing, lower, escalator: that landing of least elevation tion of the two landings.
of the two landings. landing, upper, moving walk: that landing of greatest
landing, lower, moving walk: that landing of least eleva- elevation of the two landings. On moving walks where
tion of the two landings. On moving walks where the

10.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

the two landings are of equal elevation, the upper land- load, impact: a suddenly applied load.
ing is that landing designated by the manufacturer. load, static: the load applied as a result of the weight.
landing, next available: the first landing in the direction lower landing, escalator: see landing, lower, escalator.
of travel that the elevator is electrically and mechanically
lower landing, moving walk: see landing, lower, mov-
capable of serving with a normal slowdown and stop.
ing walk.
landing zone: a zone extending from a point 450 mm machine, driving: the power unit that applies the energy
(18 in.) below a landing to a point 450 mm (18 in.) above necessary to drive an elevator or other equipment cov-
the landing. ered by the scope of this Code.
left, right convention: left and right designations of driving machine, electric: a driving machine in which
escalator and moving walk components are determined the energy is applied by an electric motor. It includes the
by facing the equipment at the lower landing. motor, driving-machine brake, and the driving sheave or
drum, together with its connecting gearing, belt, or
leveling: controlled car movement toward the landing, chain, if any. See Nonmandatory Appendix F.
within the leveling zone, by means of a leveling device,
driving machine, direct: an electric driving machine,
that vertically aligns the car platform sill relative to the
the motor of which is directly connected mechanically
hoistway landing sill to attain a predetermined accuracy.
to the driving sheave, drum, or shaft without the use
leveling device, elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift of belts or chains, either with or without intermediate
car: the portion of a motion control system comprised gears.
of a device or group of devices that, either automatically geared driving machine: a direct driving machine
or under control of the operator, initiates leveling, and in which the energy is transmitted from the motor to
automatically stops the car at the landing. the driving sheave, drum, or shaft through gearing.
leveling device, anticreep: a leveling device used on winding drum machine: a geared driving
hydraulic elevators to correct automatically a change in machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to
car level caused by leakage or contraction of fluid in the and wind on a drum.
hydraulic system. traction machine: a direct driving machine in
leveling device, inching: a leveling device that is con- which the motion of a car is obtained through friction
trolled by the operator by means of continuous-pressure between the suspension ropes and a traction sheave.
switches. geared traction machine: a geared-drive traction
leveling device, one-way automatic: a device that corrects machine.
the car level only in case of under-run of the car, but will gearless traction machine: a traction machine,
not maintain the level during loading and unloading. without intermediate gearing, that has the traction
leveling device, two-way automatic maintaining: a device sheave and the brake drum mounted directly on the
that corrects the car level on both under-run and over- motor shaft.
run, and maintains the level during loading and worm-geared machine: a direct driving machine in
unloading. which the energy from the motor is transmitted to the
leveling device, two-way automatic nonmaintaining: a driving sheave or drum through worm gearing.
device that corrects the car level on both under-run and driving machine, indirect: an electric driving machine,
over-run, but will not maintain the level during loading the motor of which is connected indirectly to the driving
and unloading. sheave, drum, gear reducer, or shaft by means of a belt
drive or chain drive.
leveling zone: the limited distance above or below an belt driving machine: an indirect driving machine
elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift landing within equipped with a belt system as the connecting means.
which the leveling device is permitted to cause move- chain driving machine: an indirect driving machine
ment of the car toward the landing. with a chain system as the connecting means.
listed/certified: equipment or materials accepted for driving machine, rack-and-pinion: an electric driving
inclusion in a publication by a certifying organization. machine in which the motion of the car is obtained by
a power-driven rotation pinion(s) mounted on the car,
NOTE: The means for identifying listed/certified equipment may traveling on a stationary rack mounted in the hoistway.
vary for each organization concerned with product evaluation, driving machine, screw: an electric driving machine,
some of which do not recognize equipment as listed/certified the motor of which drives a nut on a vertical screw or
unless it is also labeled/marked. The authority having jurisdiction
rotates a vertical screw to raise or lower an elevator car.
utilizes the system employed by the listing/certifying organization
to identify a listed/certified product. driving machine, chain, dumbwaiter or material lift: a driv-
ing machine in which the motion of a car is obtained
load, dynamic: the load applied as a result of accelera- through a connection between a driven sprocket and
tion or deceleration. the suspension chains.

11
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

driving machine, hydraulic: a driving machine in which (a) a type or feature of an elevator part or component
the energy is provided by a hydraulic machine and that, when actuated, requires intervention of a person
applied by a hydraulic jack. in order to reinstate it to its non-actuated state.
chain-hydraulic drive machine: a hydraulic driving (b) a type of action required to be taken by a person to
machine in which the drive member of the hydraulic jack reinstate an elevator part or component from an actuated
is connected to the car by chains or indirectly coupled to state to its non-actuated state.
the car by means of chains and sprockets. manual reset, escalator, and moving walk: a means,
direct hydraulic driving machine: a hydraulic driving not accessible to the general public, requiring personal
machine in which the driving member of the hydraulic intervention by an authorized person prior to restarting
jack is directly attached to the car frame or platform. the escalator or moving walk.
roped-hydraulic driving machine: a hydraulic driving
material lift: a hoisting and lowering mechanism nor-
machine in which the driving member of the hydraulic
mally classified as an elevator, equipped with a car that
jack is connected to the car by wire ropes or indirectly
moves within a guide system installed at an angle of
coupled to the car by means of wire ropes and sheaves.
greater than 70 deg from the horizontal, serving two or
It includes multiplying sheaves, if any, and their guides.
more landings, for the purpose of transporting materials
(05S) machine room and control room, remote, elevator, that are manually or automatically loaded or unloaded.
dumbwaiter, material lift: a machine room or control Material lifts without an automatic transfer device are
room that is not attached to the outside perimeter or Type A or Type B. On Type A material lifts no persons
surface of the walls, ceiling, or floor of the hoistway. are permitted to ride. On Type B material lifts authorized
(See Nonmandatory Appendix Q.) personnel are permitted to ride.
(05S) machine room, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift: an may: indicates permission, not a mandatory
enclosed machinery space outside the hoistway, requirement.
intended for full bodily entry, that contains the electric
mechanical lock: see hoistway door combination mechanical
driving machine or the hydraulic machine. The room
lock and electric contact and hoistway gate separate mechani-
could also contain electrical and/or mechanical equip-
cal lock.
ment used directly in connection with the elevator,
dumbwaiter, or material lift. (See Nonmandatory mode of operation: a way in which a safety-related
Appendix Q.) system is intended to be used, with respect to the rate
of demands made upon it, that may by either
(05S) machinery space, elevator, dumbwaiter, material lift:
(a) low demand mode: where the frequency of demands
(ED) a space inside or outside the hoistway, intended to be
for operation made on an electrical safety function is
accessed with or without full bodily entry, that contains
not greater than one per year and not greater than twice
elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift mechanical equip-
the proof-test frequency
ment, and could also contain electrical equipment used
(b) high demand or continuous mode: where the fre-
directly in connection with the elevator, dumbwaiter, or
quency of demands for operation made on a safety-
material lift. This space could also contain the electric
related system is greater than one per year or greater
driving machine or the hydraulic machine. (See Non-
than twice the proof-test frequency
mandatory Appendix Q.)
NOTE: High demand or continuous mode covers those safety-
(05S) machinery space and control space, remote, elevator,
related systems that implement continuous control to maintain
dumbwaiter, material lift: a machinery space or control functional safety.
space that is not within the hoistway, machine room, or
control room, and that is not attached to the outside (c) proof-test: a periodic test performed to detect fail-
perimeter or surface of the walls, ceiling, or floor of the ures in a safety-related system so that, if necessary, the
hoistway. (See Nonmandatory Appendix Q.) system can be restored to an “as new” condition or as
close as practical to this condition
main floor: the floor providing normal egress from a
building. NOTE: See IEC 61508-4, Clause 3.8.5 for additional information
on this definition.
maintained pressure: the hydraulic pressure between
the pressure source and the control valves of a main- modernization: see alteration.
tained pressure hydraulic elevator. module: the increment of rise in a modular escalator
maintenance: a process of routine examination, lubrica- that one drive unit is capable of powering.
tion, cleaning, and adjustment of parts, components, molding, escalator: see escalator molding.
and/or subsystems for the purpose of ensuring perform- moving walk: a type of passenger-carrying device on
ance in accordance with the applicable Code require- which passengers stand or walk, and in which the pas-
ments. (See also repair and replacement.) senger-carrying surface remains parallel to its direction
manually (manual) reset, elevator: of motion and is uninterrupted.

12
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

rope sprocket drive: a driving means consisting of wire to reduce the opening between the leading edges of the
rope with fixed links at constant intervals throughout hoistway door and the car door.
its length. The links engage in slots on a grooved drive signal device, elevator car flash: one providing a signal
cog to provide a positive drive force. light in the car, that is illuminated when the car
runby, bottom, elevator car: the distance between the approaches the landings at which a landing signal regis-
car buffer striker plate and the striking surface of the tering device has been actuated.
car buffer when the car floor is level with the bottom signal registering device, elevator landing: a button or
terminal landing. other device located at the elevator landing, that, when
runby, bottom, elevator counterweight: the distance actuated by a waiting passenger, causes a stop signal to
between the counterweight buffer striker plate and the be registered in the car.
striking surface of the counterweight buffer when the signal system, elevator separate: one consisting of but-
car floor is level with the top terminal landing. tons or other devices located at the landings, that, when
runby, top, direct-plunger hydraulic elevator: the dis- actuated by a waiting passenger, illuminates a flash sig-
tance the elevator car can run above its top terminal nal or operates an annunciator in the car indicating
landing before the plunger strikes its mechanical stop. floors at which stops are to be made.
running gear, escalator: all the components of an escala- signal transfer device, elevator automatic: a device by
tor moving along the tracks. means of which a signal to be registered in a car is
running gear, moving walk: all the components of a automatically transferred to the next car following, in
moving walk moving along the tracks. case the first car passes a floor for which a signal has
been registered without making a stop.
safety, car or counterweight: a mechanical device
attached to the car, car frame, or to an auxiliary frame; signal transfer switch, elevator: a manually operated
or to the counterweight or counterweight frame; to stop switch, located in the car, by means of which the operator
and hold the car or counterweight under one or more can transfer a signal to the next car approaching in the
of the following conditions: predetermined overspeed, same direction, when the operator desires to pass a floor
free fall, or if the suspension ropes slacken. at which a signal has been registered in the car.
safety, self-resetting: a car or counterweight safety skirt, escalator: see escalator skirt.
released and reset by movement in the up direction. skirt panel, dynamic: the moving vertical panels, with
safety bulkhead: a closure at the bottom of the cylinder a positive mechanical connection to the running gear,
located above the cylinder head and provided with an adjacent to, and moving with the steps.
orifice for controlling the loss of fluid in the event of slack-rope switch: a device that automatically causes the
cylinder head failure. electric power to be removed from the elevator driving-
safety integrity level (SIL): the discrete level (one out machine motor and brake when the suspension ropes
of a possible four) for specifying the safety integrity of a winding drum machine become slack.
requirements of the safety functions to be allocated to sleeving (liner): the insertion of a smaller diameter cyl-
the E/E/PE safety-related system, where safety integrity inder inside the existing cylinder of a hydraulic jack.
level 4 has the highest level of safety integrity and safety
integrity level 1 has the lowest. sling: see car frame.

screw column: a vertical structural member provided slope, moving walk: the angle that the centerline of the
with screw threads that support the car of a screw col- treadway makes with the horizontal.
umn elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift. The screw software system failure: a behavior of the software,
column may be either in tension or compression. including its support (host) hardware, that is not in
seismic switch: a device activated by ground movement accordance with the intended function.
to provide a signal that a potentially damaging earth- solid-state device: an element that can control current
quake is imminent. flow without moving parts.
sequence operation: see door, vertically sliding sequence speed governor: a continuously operating speed moni-
operation. toring and detection device that, at predetermined
shaft: see hoistway. speeds, provides signals to the controller and imparts
a retarding force to activate the car or counterweight
shall: indicates a mandatory requirement. safety.
should: indicates a recommendation, not a mandatory speed governor, escalator and moving walk: a continu-
requirement. ously operating speed monitoring and detection device
sight guard: a vertical member mounted on the hoistway that, at predetermined speeds, provides signals to the
side of the leading edge of the hoistway door. It is used controller to stop the escalator or moving walk.

15
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

starters control panel, elevator: an assembly of devices the truck zone with the car door or gate and a hoistway
by means of which the starter may control the manner door open.
in which an elevator or group of elevators function. type test: a test carried out by or witnessed by a certi-
static switching: switching of circuits by means of solid- fying organization concerned with product evaluation
state devices. and the issuing of certificates to ensure conformance to
Code requirements.
tandem operation escalators: see escalators, tandem oper-
ation. unintended car movement: any movement of an eleva- (a)
tor car that is not intended car movement resulting from
terminal landing: see landing, elevator or material lift.
a component or system failure.
terminal speed-limiting device, emergency: a device unlocking device, hoistway door: a mechanical device,
that automatically reduces the car and counterweight the function of which is to unlock and permit the open-
speed to within the rated buffer striking speed prior to ing of a hoistway door from a landing irrespective of
buffer engagement. the position of the car.
terminal speed-reducing device, hydraulic: a device on unlocking zone: a zone extending from the landing floor
hydraulic elevators that will reduce the speed prior to level to a point not less than 75 mm (3 in.) nor more
contacting the stop ring in the up direction. than 450 mm (18 in.) above and below the landing.
terminal stopping device, emergency: a device that upper landing, escalator: see landing, upper, escalator.
automatically causes the power to be removed from the upper landing, moving walk: see landing, upper, mov-
driving-machine motor and brake if the car fails to slow ing walk.
down as intended when approaching the terminal
landing. valley break: a broken wire in a wire rope in which the
outside wire of a strand breaks in the immediate vicinity
terminal stopping device, final: a device that automati- of the point where it contacts a wire or wires of an
cally causes the power to be removed from a driving- adjacent strand, generally at a point not visible when
machine motor and brake, or from a hydraulic machine, the wire rope is examined externally. One end of the
independent of the functioning of the normal stopping broken wire is long enough to reach from one valley to
means, normal terminal stopping device, and any emer- the next one and the other end of the broken wire gener-
gency terminal speed-limiting device, after the car has ally cannot be seen.
passed a terminal landing.
valve, overspeed: a device installed in the pressure pip-
terminal stopping device, machine final (stop-motion ing of a hydraulic elevator, between the hydraulic
switch): final terminal stopping device operated directly machine and the hydraulic jack, that restricts and ceases
by the driving machine. oil flow from the hydraulic jack through the pressure
terminal stopping device, normal: device(s) to slow piping when such flow exceeds a preset value.
down and stop an elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift volatile memory: memory lost when operating power
car automatically at or near a terminal landing, indepen- is removed.
dently of the functioning of the normal stopping means. waiting-passenger indicator: an indicator that shows at
threshold comb, moving walk: see comb, escalator and which landings and for which direction elevator hall
moving walk. stop-or-signal calls have been registered and are unan-
threshold plate, moving walk: see combplate, escalator swered.
and moving walk. weatherproof: so constructed or protected that exposure
to the weather will not interfere with successful oper-
transom: a panel or panels used to close a hoistway
ation.
enclosure opening above a hoistway entrance.
width, moving walk: the exposed width of the treadway.
traveling cable: a cable made up of electric conductors,
that provides electrical connection between an elevator, window: an assembly consisting of a surrounding frame
dumbwaiter, material lift car, or counterweight, and a and one or more sashes, ventilators, or fixed lights, or
fixed outlet in the hoistway or machine room. a combination of these, designed to be installed in a
wall opening for the purpose of admitting light or air,
treadway, moving walk: the passenger-carrying mem- or both.
ber of a moving walk.
working pressure: the pressure measured at the hydrau-
truck zone, elevator: the limited distance above an ele- lic machine when lifting car and its rated load at rated
vator landing within which the truck zoning device per- speed, or with Class C2 loading when leveling up with
mits movement of the elevator car. maximum static load.
truck zoning device, elevator: a device that will permit yield strength: the tensile stress that is sufficient to pro-
the operator in the car to move a freight elevator within duce a permanent deformation of 0.2%.

16
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.1.6 Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks in pit floor shall be permitted to remain in place, provided
Hoistway Enclosures that the maximum encroachment of such footings does
Hoistway enclosures shall have flush surfaces on the not exceed 15% of the cubic content of the pit, and further
hoistway side, subject to the requirements of 2.1.6.1 and provided that it is impracticable to remove the footing
2.1.6.2. 2.2.2.3 Permanent provisions shall be made to
2.1.6.1 On sides for loading and unloading, land- prevent accumulation of ground water in the pit (see
ing sills, hoistway doors, door tracks, and hangers shall 2.1.2.2).
be permitted to project inside the hoistway enclosure. 2.2.2.4 Drains and sump pumps, where provided,
Sills shall be guarded as required by 2.11.10.1. shall comply with the applicable plumbing code, and
(07) 2.1.6.2 On sides not used for loading and they shall be provided with a positive means to prevent
unloading water, gases, and odors from entering the hoistway.
(a) beams, floor slabs, or other building construction 2.2.2.5 In elevators provided with Firefighters‘ (07)
making an angle less than 75 deg with the horizontal Emergency Operation, a drain or sump pump shall be
shall not project more than 100 mm (4 in.) inside the provided. The sump pump/drain shall have the capacity
hoistway enclosure unless the top surface of the projec- to remove a minimum of 11.4 m3/h (3,000 gal/h) per
tion is beveled at an angle not less than 75 deg with the elevator.
horizontal
(b) separator beams between adjacent elevators are 2.2.2.6 Sumps and sump pumps in pits, where
not required to have bevels provided, shall be covered. The cover shall be secured
(c) where recesses or setbacks exceeding 100 mm and level with the pit floor.
(4 in.) occur in the enclosure wall, the top of the recess
or setback shall be beveled at an angle of not less than 2.2.2.7 DELETED (a)
75 deg with the horizontal
(d) bevels are not required if the projections, recesses,
and setbacks are covered with material conforming to
2.2.3 Guards Between Adjacent Pits
the following:
(1) it shall be equal to or stronger than 1.110 mm 2.2.3.1 Where there is a difference in level between
(0.0437 in.) wire the floors of adjacent pits, a metal guard, unperforated,
(2) it shall have openings not exceeding 25 mm or perforated with openings that will reject a ball 50 mm
(1 in.) (2 in.) in diameter, shall be installed for separating such
(3) it shall be supported and braced such that it pits. Guards shall extend not less than 2 000 mm (79 in.)
will not deflect more than 25 mm (1 in.) when subjected above the level of the higher pit floor and a self-closing
to a force of 4.79 kPa (100 lbf/ft2) applied horizontally access door shall be permitted.
at any point
2.2.3.2 Where the difference in level is 600 mm
(24 in.) or less, a standard railing conforming to 2.10.2
SECTION 2.2 shall be permitted to be installed in lieu of the guard.
PITS
2.2.4 Pit Access (07)
2.2.1 General
Safe and convenient access shall be provided to all
A pit shall be provided for every elevator.
pits, and shall conform to 2.2.4.1 through 2.2.4.6.
2.2.2 Design and Construction of Pits
2.2.4.1 Access shall be by means of the lowest
2.2.2.1 The construction of the pit walls, the pit hoistway door or by means of a separate pit access door.
floor, and any pit access doors (see 2.2.4) shall conform
2.2.4.2 There shall be installed in the pit of each
to 2.1.1 and 2.1.2.
elevator, where the pit extends more than 900 mm (35 in.)
2.2.2.2 The floor of the pit shall be approximately below the sill of the pit access door (lowest hoistway
level, except that door or separate pit access door), a fixed vertical ladder
(a) trenches or depressions shall be permitted for the of noncombustible material, located within reach of the
installation of buffers, compensating sheaves and access door. The ladder is permitted to be retractable or
frames, and vertically sliding biparting hoistway doors, nonretractable. Nonretractable ladders, where provided,
where structural conditions make such trenches or shall conform to 2.2.4.2.1 through 2.2.4.2.6. Retractable
depressions necessary ladders, where provided, shall conform to 2.2.4.2.1
(b) in existing buildings, where new elevators are through 2.2.4.2.3 and 2.2.4.2.5 through 2.2.4.2.8. When
installed or existing elevators are altered, existing foun- in the extended position, retractable ladders shall con-
dation footings extending above the general level of the form to 2.2.4.2.4.

19
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.2.4.2.1 The ladder shall extend not less than 2.2.4.4 Pits shall be accessible only to elevator
1 200 mm (48 in.) above the sill of the access door or personnel.
handgrips shall be provided to the same height.
2.2.4.5 Separate pit access door, when provided,
2.2.4.2.2 The ladder rungs, cleats, or steps shall shall be subject to the following requirements:
be a minimum of 400 mm (16 in.) wide. When obstruc- (a) If the door swings into the pit, it shall be located
tions are encountered, the width shall be permitted to so that it does not interfere with moving equipment.
be decreased to less than 400 mm (16 in.). The reduced (b) If the door swings out, and the lowest structural
width shall be as wide as the available space permits, or mechanical part, equipment, or device installed
but not less than 225 mm (9 in.). beneath the car platform, except guide shoes or rollers
or safety jaw assemblies, projects below the top of the
2.2.4.2.3 The ladder rungs, cleats, or steps shall separate pit access door opening when the car is level
be spaced 300 mm (12 in.) ± 13 mm (± 0.5 in.) on center, with the bottom terminal landing
shall be provided to not less than the height of access (1) an electric contact conforming to 2.26.2.26 shall
door sill, and shall be designed to minimize slipping be provided to prevent operation of the elevator when
(e.g., knurling, dimpling, coating with skid-resistant the door is open
material, etc.).
(2) the door shall be provided with a vision panel(s)
2.2.4.2.4 A clear distance of not less than 115 mm that is glazed with clear wired glass not less than 6 mm
(4.5 in.) from the centerline of the rungs, cleats, or steps (0.25 in.) thick, will reject a ball 150 mm (6 in.) in diame-
to the nearest permanent object in back of the ladder ter, and have an area of not more than 0.03 m2 (47 in.2)
shall be provided. (c) The door shall provide a minimum opening of
750 mm (29.5 in.) in width and 1 825 mm (72 in.) in
2.2.4.2.5 Side rails, if provided, shall have a clear height.
distance of not less than 115 mm (4.5 in.) from their (d) The door shall be equipped with a barrier con-
centerline to the nearest permanent object. forming to 2.11.1.2(i), where the door sill is located more
2.2.4.2.6 The ladder and its attachments shall be than 300 mm (12 in.) above the pit floor.
capable of sustaining a load of 135 kg (300 lb). (e) The door shall be self-closing and provided with
a spring-type lock arranged to permit the door to be
2.2.4.2.7 Retractable ladders that are in the line opened from inside of the pit without a key. Such doors
of movement of the car or counterweight when not fully shall be kept closed and locked. A key shall be required
retracted, shall operate a retractable ladder electrical to unlock the lock from outside the hoistway. The key
device (see 2.26.2.38) that shall cause the power to be shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
removed from the elevator driving-machine motor and
brake unless the ladder is in its fully retracted position. 2.2.4.6 Means to unlock the access door from
inside the pit shall be provided. The means shall be
2.2.4.2.8 Retractable ladders shall be capable of located
being extended, mechanically secured and unsecured, (a) when no pit ladder is provided, not more than
and retracted from the access door, and 1 825 mm (72 in.) vertically above the pit floor, or
(a) the force(s) required to extend a retractable ladder (b) when a pit ladder is provided, not more than
from the fully retracted position to the extended and 1 825 mm (72 in.) vertically above a rung, cleat, or step.
mechanically secured position shall not exceed 220 N The minimum distance from the top rung, cleat, or step
(50 lbf) to the top of the pit ladder or handhold shall not be less
(b) after being extended and mechanically secured, a than 1 200 mm (48 in.) (see 2.2.4.2.1 and Nonmandatory
retractable ladder shall remain secured in the extended Appendix J, Fig. J-1), and
position when subjected to a horizontal force not to (c) with the door in the closed position, in a plane
exceed 2 220 N (500 lbf) not more than 1 000 mm (39 in.) horizontally from a
(c) the force(s) required to retract a retractable ladder rung, cleat, or step of the pit ladder (see Nonmandatory
from its extended position to its fully retracted position, Appendix J, Fig. J-1).
after being unsecured, shall not exceed 220 N (50 lbf)
2.2.5 Illumination of Pits
(d) the ladder shall be mechanically secured when in
the retracted position A permanent lighting fixture shall be provided and
shall conform to 2.2.5.1 through 2.2.5.3.
2.2.4.3 Pit access by a ladder shall not be permitted
when the pit floor is more than 3 000 mm (120 in.) below
2.2.5.1 The lighting shall provide an illumination
of not less than 100 lx (10 fc) at the pit floor and at a
the sill of the access door, except where there is no
pit platform, when provided.
building floor below the bottom terminal landing, this
height shall be permitted to be greater but not more 2.2.5.2 The light bulb(s) shall be externally
than 4 200 mm (165 in.). guarded to prevent contact and accidental breakage.

20
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(c) from within machine rooms or control rooms to 750 mm (29.5 in.). Keys to unlock the access doors shall
machinery spaces and control spaces be Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
2.7.3.3.1 A permanent, fixed, noncombustible 2.7.3.4.5 Doors are not required at openings in (a)
ladder or stair shall be provided where the floor of the machine room or control room floors for access to
room or the space above or below the floor or roof from machinery spaces outside the hoistway, provided the
which the means of access leads, or where the distance access opening is provided on all four sides with a stan-
between floor levels in the room or space, is more than dard railing conforming to 2.10.2, one side of which is
200 mm (8 in.). arranged to slide or swing to provide access to the ladder
or stairs leading to the space. Trap doors, where pro-
2.7.3.3.2 A permanent, noncombustible stair
vided, shall have a standard railing conforming to 2.10.2
shall be provided where the floor of the room or the
or guard wings on all open nonaccess sides.
space above or below the floor or roof from which the
means of access leads, or where the distance between 2.7.3.4.6 Access openings located in the machin- (a)
floor levels in the room or space, is 900 mm (35 in.) or ery space floor, secondary level floor, machine room
more. Vertical ladders with handgrips shall be permitted floor, control space floor, or control room floor for access
to be used in lieu of stairs for access to overhead machin- into the hoistway shall be provided with doors that shall
ery spaces, except those containing controllers and be kept closed and locked. Keys to unlock the access
motor generators. doors shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
2.7.3.3.3 Permanent, fixed, noncombustible lad- 2.7.3.4.7 Access openings in elevator hoistway (a)
ders shall conform to ANSl A14.3. enclosures where full bodily entry is not necessary for
maintenance and inspection of components shall be
2.7.3.3.4 Permanent, noncombustible stairs shall (a) located to permit the required maintenance and
have a maximum angle of 60 deg from the horizontal, inspection
and shall be equipped with a noncombustible railing (b) of maximum width of 600 mm (24 in.) and a maxi-
conforming to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2, and 2.10.2.3. mum height of 600 mm (24 in.). These dimensions shall
2.7.3.3.5 A permanent, noncombustible platform be permitted to be increased, provided that any resultant
or floor shall be provided at the top of the stairs with opening through the access opening into the hoistway
noncombustible railings conforming to 2.10.2.1, 2.10.2.2, shall reject a 300 mm (12 in.) diameter ball.
and 2.10.2.3 on each open side. In jurisdictions not (c) provided with doors that shall be kept closed and
enforcing the NBCC, the size of the platform shall be locked. Keys to unlock the access doors to the elevator
sufficient to permit the full swing of the door plus hoistways shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
600 mm (24 in.) from the top of the riser to the swing 2.7.3.5 Stop Switch for Machinery Spaces or Control
line of the door. The floor of the platform shall be at the Spaces. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.24, or a
level of not more than 200 mm (8 in.) below the level disconnecting means where required by NFPA 70 or
of the access-door sill. Where the door swings inward, CSA-C22.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), accessi-
the width of the platform shall be not less than 750 mm ble and visible from the point of access to machinery
(29.5 in.), and the length not less than the width of spaces or control spaces shall be provided for each eleva-
the door. tor. Where access to machinery spaces is from the pit,
2.7.3.4 Access Doors and Openings from the top of the car, or from inside the car, the stop
switch in the pit, the stop switch on top of the car, or,
2.7.3.4.1 Access doors shall be where provided, the emergency stop switch in the car,
(a) self-closing and self-locking respectively, meet these requirements.
(b) provided with a spring-type lock arranged to per-
2.7.4 Headroom in Machinery Spaces, Machine
mit the doors to be opened from the inside without a key
Rooms, Control Spaces, and Control Rooms
(c) kept closed and locked
2.7.4.1 Elevator machine rooms, control rooms,
2.7.3.4.2 Access doors to machine rooms and
and machinery spaces containing an elevator driving
control rooms shall be provided. They shall be of a mini-
machine not located in the hoistway shall have a clear
mum width of 750 mm (29.5 in.) and a minimum height
headroom of not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.). (See also
of 2 030 mm (80 in.). Keys to unlock the access doors
2.7.4.5.)
shall be Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
2.7.4.2 Where a floor or platform is provided at
2.7.3.4.3 Access doors for spaces specified in the top of the hoistway (see 2.1.3), machinery spaces
2.7.4.2, 2.7.4.3, and 2.7.4.4 other than those for machine above such a floor or platform shall have a clear head-
rooms or control rooms shall be a minimum width and room of not less than the following:
height of 750 mm (29.5 in.). Keys to unlock the access (a) spaces containing motor-generators, 2 130 mm
doors shall be Group 2 Security (see 8.1). (84 in.)
2.7.3.4.4 Access doors for control spaces outside (b) spaces containing only overhead, secondary, or
the hoistway shall be a minimum width and height of deflecting sheaves, 1 070 mm (42 in.)

27
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(c) spaces containing overhead, secondary, or inside the car or from the car top could result in unex-
deflecting sheaves, and governors, signal machines, or pected vertical car movement, a means to prevent this
other equipment, 1 350 mm (53 in.) movement shall be provided.
2.7.4.3 Where floors are provided under overhead, 2.7.5.1.2 The means shall
secondary, or deflecting sheaves [see 2.7.4.2(b) and (c)], (a) be independent of the elevator driving-machine
the machine and supporting beams shall be permitted brake, emergency brake, motion controller, and motor
to encroach on the required headroom, provided there controller
is a clearance of not less than 900 mm (35 in.) high and (b) support not less than the unbalanced weight of
minimum width of 750 mm (29.5 in.) in the path of the system with no load and up to rated load (see also
access to sheaves, governors, signal machines, or other 2.16.8) in the car and all suspension ropes in place. The
equipment. minimum factor of safety shall be not less than 3.5, and
the materials used shall not have an elongation of less
2.7.4.4 Where a machinery space is located outside
than 15% in a length of 50 mm (2 in.) when tested in
but not above the hoistway, the headroom of the area
accordance with ASTM E 8.
from which any work is performed on the equipment
located inside such space shall be not less than 2 000 mm (c) when in the engaged position, actuate an electrical
(78 in.), except device conforming to 2.26.2.34, that shall cause the
power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine
(a) spaces containing motor-generators, the head-
motor and brake
room shall be not less than 2 130 mm (84 in.)
(d) not cause stresses and deflections that exceed the
(b) spaces containing only overhead, secondary, or
applicable requirements for the structure(s) to which
deflecting sheaves, the headroom shall be not less than
the means transmits load based on 100% of the static
1 070 mm (42 in.)
unbalanced weight of the system (see also 2.16.8)
(c) spaces containing overhead, secondary, or
deflecting sheaves, and governors, signal machines, or (e) have a sign in conformance with the requirements
other equipment, the headroom shall be not less than of ANSI Z535.2 or CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is appli-
1 350 mm (53 in.) cable, that shall be prominently posted in the work area
stating: “WARNING! Engage ‘ ’ before main-
(d) as permitted in 2.7.4.3
taining or inspecting brake, emergency brake, or control-
2.7.4.5 When working from inside the car, or from ler. Follow manufacturers instructions for use of
the top of the car in accordance with 2.7.5.1, or from the ‘ ’” (see 8.6.11.6). Unless the means has been
pit in accordance with 2.7.5.2, the headroom when the designed to support not less than the unsuspended car
means required by 2.7.5.1 or 2.7.5.2 are engaged shall with rated load (see also 2.16.8), it shall also contain the
(a) comply with the height of working space require- following wording: “Elevator suspension means must
ments of NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever is applicable be in place during use.”
(see Part 9)
NOTE: Substitute name of actual means for “ ” in the
(b) in no case be less than 1 350 mm (53 in.) above signage.
2.7.4.6 Control spaces outside the hoistway (f) be so designed as to prevent accidental disen-
intended for full bodily entry shall have a clear head- gagement
room of not less than 2 000 mm (78 in.) or the height of (g) when engaged, not require electrical power or the
the equipment, whichever is the greater. completion or maintenance of an electrical circuit to
NOTE: For control spaces outside the hoistway not intended for remain engaged.
full bodily entry, see NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever is applica-
ble (see Part 9). 2.7.5.1.3 When the means required in 2.7.5.1.1 is
engaged, egress from the working area shall be provided
2.7.5 Working Areas Inside the Hoistway and in the (see also 2.7.3.4.3).
Pit The use of the car top emergency exit for egress and
re-entry is permitted subject to the following:
2.7.5.1 Working Areas in the Car or on the Car Top. (a) all edges of the exit opening are smooth and free
The requirements of 2.7.5.1.1 through 2.7.5.1.4 shall be of burrs
complied with if maintenance or inspections of the ele-
(b) means shall be provided to descend safely to the
vator driving-machine brake, emergency brake, elevator
floor of the car, and subsequently ascend safely to the
motion controller, or motor controller are to be carried
car top
out from inside the car or from the car top.
(c) the means required in 2.7.5.1.1 shall not be
2.7.5.1.1 If maintenance or inspection of the ele- arranged to be engaged at a position that would permit
vator driving-machine brake or an emergency brake, or a vertical gap between the bottom of the vertical face
of elevator motion controllers or motor controllers from of the platform guard and the elevator landing sill.

28
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

to 2.7.3.4. A stop switch meeting the requirements of detecting systems, for pit sump pumps, and for heating
2.26.2.23, a permanent electric duplex receptacle, a light and lighting the hoistway and/or the machinery space,
switch, and light shall be provided in the enclosures machine room, control space, or control room shall be
immediately inside the access doors and openings. permitted to be installed inside the hoistway, machinery
space, machine room, control space, or control room.
2.7.8.4 A permanent means of communication
between the elevator car and remote machine room and 2.8.2.3 Bonding conductors from the lightning pro-
or control room shall be provided. tection system grounding down conductor to long verti-
cal metal bodies in the hoistway such as elevator rails
2.7.9 Lighting, Temperature, and Humidity in and vertical wireways shall be permitted to be installed
Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control in the hoistway as required by NFPA 780, or
Spaces, and Control Rooms CAN/CSA-B72, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). The
(a) 2.7.9.1 Lighting. Permanently installed electric lightning protection system grounding down conductor
lighting shall be provided in all machinery spaces, shall not be permitted in the hoistway, and the elevator
machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms. The rails shall not be used as the lightning protection system
illumination shall be not less than 200 lx (19 fc) at the grounding down conductor. Bonding conductors
floor level, at the standing surface of a working platform installed in the hoistway shall not interfere with the
(see 2.7.5.3), or at the level of the standing surface when operation of the elevator.
the car is in the blocked position (see 2.7.5.1). The light
2.8.3 Pipes, Ducts, Tanks, and Sprinklers
switch shall be located at the point of entry
(a) for machinery spaces and control spaces, and 2.8.3.1 Steam and hot-water pipes shall be permit-
(b) for machine rooms and control rooms, inside the ted to be installed in hoistways, machinery spaces,
room and where practicable on the lock-jamb side of machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms for the
the access door purpose of heating these areas only, subject to 2.8.3.1.1
through 2.8.3.1.3.
2.7.9.2 Temperature and Humidity. Machinery
spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and control 2.8.3.1.1 Heating pipes shall convey only
rooms shall be provided with natural or mechanical low-pressure steam [100 kPa (15 psi) or less] or hot water
means to keep the ambient air temperature and humid- [100°C (212°F) or less].
ity in the range specified by the elevator equipment 2.8.3.1.2 All risers and return pipes shall be
manufacturer to ensure safe and normal operation of located outside the hoistway. When the machinery
the elevator. The temperature and humidity range shall space, machine room, control space, or control room is
be permanently posted in the machine room, control located above the roof of the building, heating pipes for
room, control space, or where specified by the equip- the machinery space, machine room, control space, or
ment manufacturer, in the machinery space. control room shall be permitted to be located in the
hoistway between the top floor and the machinery space,
(05S) SECTION 2.8 machine room, control space, or control room.
EQUIPMENT IN HOISTWAYS, MACHINERY SPACES, 2.8.3.1.3 Traps and shutoff valves shall be pro-
MACHINE ROOMS, CONTROL SPACES, AND vided in accessible locations outside the hoistway.
CONTROL ROOMS
2.8.3.2 Ducts shall be permitted to be installed in
2.8.1 Equipment Allowed the hoistway, machinery space, machine room, control
Only machinery and equipment used directly in con- space, or control room for the purpose of heating, cool-
nection with the elevator shall be permitted in elevator ing, ventilating, and venting these areas only and shall
hoistways, machinery spaces, machine rooms, control not encroach upon the required clearances.
spaces, and control rooms. 2.8.3.3 Sprinkler systems conforming to NFPA 13
or the NBCC, whichever is applicable (see Part 9), shall
2.8.2 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
be permitted to be installed in the hoistway, machinery
2.8.2.1 Installation of electrical equipment and space, machine room, control space, or control room
wiring shall conform to NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, which- subject to 2.8.3.3.1 through 2.8.3.3.4.
ever is applicable (see Part 9).
2.8.3.3.1 All risers shall be located outside these (a)
(07) 2.8.2.2 Only such electrical wiring, raceways, spaces. Branch lines in the hoistway shall supply sprin-
cables, coaxial wiring, and antennas used directly in klers at not more than one floor level. When the machin-
connection with the elevator, including wiring for sig- ery space, machine room, control space, or control room
nals, for communication with the car, for lighting, heat- is located above the roof of the building, risers and
ing, air conditioning, and ventilating the car, for fire branch lines for these sprinklers shall be permitted to

33
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

be located in the hoistway between the top floor and 2.8.4 Electrical Heaters
the machinery space, machine room, control space, or Listed/certified electrical heaters shall be permitted.
control room.
(07) 2.8.3.3.2 In jurisdictions not enforcing the 2.8.5 Air Conditioning
NBCC, where elevator equipment is located or its enclo- Air conditioning equipment is permitted to be
sure is configured such that application of water from installed in machinery spaces, machine rooms, control
sprinklers could cause unsafe elevator operation, means spaces, or control rooms for the purpose of cooling these
shall be provided to automatically disconnect the main areas only, subject to 2.8.5.1 through 2.8.5.5.
line power supply to the affected elevator and any other
power supplies used to move the elevator upon or prior 2.8.5.1 Air conditioning equipment shall not be
to the application of water. located directly above elevator equipment.
(a) This means shall be independent of the elevator 2.8.5.2 The clear headroom below suspended air
control and shall not be self-resetting. conditioning equipment shall conform to 2.7.4.
(b) Heat detectors and sprinkler flow switches used to
initiate main line elevator power shutdown shall comply 2.8.5.3 Means shall be provided to collect and
with the requirements of NFPA 72. drain condensation water from these spaces. Condensa-
(c) The activation of sprinklers outside of such loca- tion drains shall not be located directly above elevator
tions shall not disconnect the main line elevator power equipment. Drains connected directly to sewers shall
supply. See also 2.27.3.3.6. not be installed.

2.8.3.3.3 Smoke detectors shall not be used to 2.8.5.4 Safe and convenient access within the ele-
activate sprinklers in these spaces or to disconnect the vator machinery space, machine room, control space, or
main line power supply. control room shall be provided to the air-conditioning
equipment for servicing and maintaining.
(07) 2.8.3.3.4 In jurisdictions not enforcing the
NOTE: See also 2.7.3.1.
NBCC, when sprinklers are installed not more than
600 mm (24 in.) above the pit floor, 2.8.3.3.4(a) and (b) 2.8.5.5 There shall be no exposed gears, sprockets,
apply to elevator electrical equipment and wiring in the belts, pulleys, or chains.
hoistway located less than 1 200 mm (48 in.) above the
NOTES (2.8.5):
pit floor, except earthquake protective devices conform-
(1) See 2.8.3.2 for requirements for duct work.
ing to 8.4.10.1.2(d); and on the exterior of the car at the (2) These requirements do not pertain to air-conditioning equip-
point where the car platform sill and the lowest landing ment used to cool selective elevator equipment.
hoistway door sill are in vertical alignment.
(a) Elevator electrical equipment shall be weather- 2.8.6 Miscellaneous Equipment
proof (Type 4 as specified in NEMA 250).
Enclosed moving, rotating, hanging machinery,
(b) Elevator wiring, except traveling cables, shall be equipment, stationary decorative lighting, stationary
identified for use in wet locations in accordance with signage or other stationary special effects devices,
the requirements in NFPA 70. securely attached to either one or more of the car, coun-
2.8.3.4 Other pipes or ducts conveying gases, terweight, or hoistway shall be permitted, provided that
vapors, or liquid and not used in connection with the the elevator, including the equipment and devices, con-
operation of the elevator shall not be installed in any forms to 2.4, 2.5, 2.8.1, 2.14.2.1.1, 2.15.7, 8.2.2.1, and
hoistway, machinery space, machine room, control 8.2.9.1. Any unenclosed moving, rotating, or hanging
space, or control room. Where a machinery space, machinery or equipment, attached to the exterior of the
machine room, control space, control room, or hoistway car or counterweight, interior of the hoistway, exterior
extend above the roof of a building, pipes shall be per- of the car, or any other elevator equipment in the
mitted from roof drains to the closest point where they hoistway is prohibited unless it is used in conjunction
can be diverted out of this space. Pipes shall be covered with the designed use of the elevator.
to prevent leakage or condensate from entering the
machinery space, machine room, control space, control
room, or hoistway.
SECTION 2.9 (05S)
MACHINERY AND SHEAVE BEAMS, SUPPORTS, AND
2.8.3.5 Where permitted and provided, pipes, FOUNDATIONS
drains, and tanks, or similar equipment that contains
liquids, shall not be located directly above the elevator 2.9.1 Supports Required
equipment and shall not encroach upon the required Machines, machinery, sheaves, and hitches shall be
clearances in the hoistway, machinery space, machine supported by overhead beams, structural floors, struc-
room, control space, or control room. tural walls, or guide rails.

34
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) driving-machine sheaves and ropes whose vertical 2.11.1.2 Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways.
projection upon a horizontal plane extends beyond the Where an elevator is installed in a single blind hoistway,
base of the machine, unless the driving-machine sheave there shall be installed in the blind portion of the
is so located as to minimize the possibility of contact hoistway an emergency door at every third floor, but
(b) sheaves not more than 11 m (36 ft) from sill to sill, conforming
(c) exposed gears, sprockets, tape or rope sheaves, or to the following:
drums of selectors, floor controllers, or signal machines, (a) The clear opening shall be at least 700 mm (28 in.)
and their driving ropes, chains, or tapes wide and 2 030 mm (80 in.) high.
(d) keys, keyways, and screws in projecting shafts (b) It shall be easily accessible and free from fixed
Handwinding wheels and flywheels that are not obstructions.
guarded shall have yellow markings. (c) It shall be either of the horizontally sliding or
swinging single-section type, irrespective of the type of
(05S) 2.10.2 Standard Railing
door installed at other landings.
A standard railing shall be substantially constructed (d) It shall be self-closing and self-locking and shall
of metal and shall consist of a top rail, intermediate rail be marked, in letters not less than 50 mm (2 in.) high,
or equivalent structural member or solid panel, and toe- “DANGER, ELEVATOR HOISTWAY.”
board.
(e) It shall be provided with an electromechanical
2.10.2.1 Top Rail. The top rail shall have a smooth device that will prevent the operation of the driving
surface, and the upper surface shall be located at a verti- machine unless the door is closed and locked (see
cal height of 1 070 mm (42 in.) from the working surface. 2.26.2.25).
2.10.2.2 Intermediate Rail, Member, or Panel. The (f) It shall be unlocked from the landing side only
intermediate rail or equivalent structural member or through the use of a cylinder-type lock, having not less
solid panel shall be located approximately centered than five pins or five discs. The cylinder lock shall
between the top rail and the working surface. (1) not be unlocked by any key that will open any
other lock or device used for any purpose in the building
2.10.2.3 Toe-Board. The toe-board shall be securely (2) be so designed that the key shall be removable
fastened and have a height not less than 100 mm (4 in.) only in the locked position
above the working surface.
(g) It shall be openable from the hoistway side with-
2.10.2.4 Strength of Standard Railing. A standard out the use of a key.
railing shall be capable of resisting anywhere along its (h) The key shall be of Group 1 Security (see 8.1). This
length the following forces when applied separately, key shall also be made available to emergency personnel
without deflecting more than 75 mm (3 in.) and without during an emergency.
permanent deformation: (i) A hinged self-closing barrier independent of the
(a) a force of at least 890 N (200 lbf) applied in any door shall be installed horizontally across the entrance
lateral or downward vertical direction, at any point on the hoistway side at a height of 1 070 mm (42 in.).
along the top rail. The barrier shall not open into the hoistway.
(b) a force of at least 666 N (150 lbf) applied in any
lateral or downward vertical direction at any point along 2.11.1.3 Telephone as Alternative to Emergency
the center of the intermediate rail, member, or panel. If Doors. Where an elevator is installed in a single blind
the standard railing is a solid panel extending from the hoistway, and there are no landings from which to gain
top rail to the toe-board, the application of the force access through an emergency door, a means of two-way
specified in 2.10.2.4(a) shall be considered to meet the conversation conforming to 2.27.1.1.4 shall be provided.
requirements of 2.10.2.4(b).
(c) a force of 225 N (50 lbf) applied in a lateral direc- NOTE: Examples are pulp mills, grain elevators, dams, or similar
locations.
tion to the toe-board.
2.11.1.4 Access Openings for Cleaning of Car and (07)
SECTION 2.11 Hoistway Enclosures. Nonremovable sliding or swing
PROTECTION OF HOISTWAY OPENINGS panels or doors in the hoistway conforming to
2.11.1.2(d), (f), (g), and (i) shall be permitted for access
2.11.1 Entrances and Emergency Doors Required to car or hoistway transparent enclosures for cleaning
2.11.1.1 Hoistway Landing Entrances. All elevator purposes. An electromechanical device shall be pro-
hoistway landing openings shall be provided with vided that will prevent the operation of the driving
entrances that shall guard the full height and width of machine unless the access panels or doors are closed
the openings. Entrances shall be at least 2 030 mm (80 in.) and locked (see 2.26.2.32). Keys used to unlock the access
in height and 800 mm (31.5 in.) in width. panels or doors shall be Group 2 Security (see 8.1).

37
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.11.2 Types of Entrances doors to the edge of the hoistway landing sill, measured
from the face of the door section nearest to the car, shall
2.11.2.1 Passenger Elevators. For passenger eleva-
be not more than the requirements specified in 2.11.4.1
tors, entrances shall be one of the following types:
and 2.11.4.2.
(a) horizontally sliding
(b) horizontally swinging, single-section 2.11.4.1 For elevators that can be operated only
(c) combination horizontally sliding and swinging from the car, 100 mm (4 in.), except that where new
(d) hand- or power-operated vertically sliding that elevators are installed in existing multiple hoistways or
slide up to open where alterations involving replacement of the doors
are made to existing elevators in multiple hoistways,
2.11.2.2 Freight Elevators. For freight elevators, and the location of the door openings is such that the
entrances shall be one of the following types: 100 mm (4 in.) dimension specified cannot be main-
(a) horizontally sliding tained, the distance specified is permitted to be increased
(b) swinging, single-section to not more than 125 mm (5 in.) where horizontally
(c) combination horizontally sliding and swinging sliding doors are used.
(d) center-opening, two-section horizontally swing-
ing, subject to restrictions of 2.11.2.3 2.11.4.2 For elevators with automatic or continu-
(e) vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced (see ous-pressure operation, 19 mm (0.75 in.) for swinging
2.16.4) doors and 57 mm (2.25 in.) for sliding doors, except that
(f ) vertically sliding counterweighted, single- or (a) freight elevators not accessible to the general pub-
multisection lic, and that are located in factories, warehouses, garages,
and similar industrial buildings are permitted to have
2.11.2.3 Limitations of Use of Center-Opening Swing- single-section or center-opening two-section horizon-
ing Entrances. Center-opening swinging entrances tally swinging doors conforming to 2.11.4.1; or
shall be permitted only (b) for swinging doors used on elevators with auto-
(a) for freight elevators that can be operated only from matic and continuous-pressure operation, the distance
the car; or shall be permitted to be increased from 19 mm to 57 mm
(b) for freight elevators not accessible to the general (0.75 in. to 2.25 in.) if such doors are emergency doors
public that can be operated from outside the hoistway, conforming to 2.11.1. (See also 2.14.4.5.)
and that are located in factories, warehouses, garages,
and similar industrial buildings. 2.11.5 Projection of Entrances and Other Equipment
Beyond the Landing Sills
2.11.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors
Entrances and equipment shall not project into an
2.11.3.1 Horizontally sliding or single-section elevator hoistway beyond the line of the landing sill,
swinging doors of automatic-operation elevators shall except for
be provided with door closers arranged to close an open (a) equipment required for interlocking, indicator and
door automatically if the car, for any reason, leaves the signal devices, and door operating devices
landing zone. (b) vertical slide entrances

2.11.6 Opening of Hoistway Doors


2.11.6.1 When the car is within the unlocking
zone, the hoistway doors shall be openable by hand
(a) 2.11.3.2 DELETED from within the car without the use of tools.
2.11.6.2 Means shall not be provided for locking
out of service the doors at
(a) the top terminal landing
(b) the bottom terminal landing
(c) the designated and alternate landings for elevators
(a) 2.11.3.2 On center-opening doors, if there is an
equipped with Phase I Emergency Recall Operation,
interlock on only one panel, the door closer required
when Phase I is effective
by 2.11.3.1 shall be provided on the leading panel that
(d) no landing for elevators equipped with Phase II
operates in the opposite direction (see 2.11.11.7).
Emergency In-Car Operation when Phase II is effective
2.11.4 Location of Horizontally Sliding or Swinging 2.11.6.3 Egress from the interior of the car to any (05S)
Hoistway Doors elevator landing by means of the car and hoistway doors
Horizontally sliding or swinging doors shall be so shall be unrestricted once the car and hoistway doors
located that the distance from the hoistway face of the are open.

38
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(07) 2.11.19 Gasketing of Hoistway Entrances 2.12.2.2 Closed Position of Hoistway Doors.
Where gasketing material is applied to entrances with Hoistway doors shall be considered to be in the closed
a fire-protection rating, it shall conform to 2.11.19.1 position under the following conditions. These dimen-
through 2.11.19.4. sions apply to the doors in their normal operating condi-
tion (see 2.14.4.11):
2.11.19.1 The gasketing material shall be subjected (a) for horizontally sliding or swinging doors, when
to the tests specified in UL 10B, NFPA 252, or the leading edge of the door is within 10 mm (0.375 in.)
CAN4-S104, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). of the nearest face of the jamb or when the panels of
2.11.19.2 The gasketing material shall withstand center-opening doors are within 10 mm (0.375 in.) of
the maximum elevated temperature tests as defined by contact with each other
ANSI/UL 1784 standard without deterioration. (b) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors,
when the leading edge of the door is within 10 mm
2.11.19.3 Each section of the gasketing material (0.375 in.) of the sill for doors that slide up to open, or
shall be labeled. Each label shall bear the name of the 10 mm (0.375 in.) of the lintel for doors that slide down
manufacturer and a statement indicating conformance to open
with 2.11.19.1 and 2.11.19.2. The label shall be visible (c) for vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced
after installation. doors, when the astragal on the upper panel is within
2.11.19.4 Labeled gasketing material shall con- 19 mm (0.75 in.) of the lower panel
form to 2.11.16 or the NBCC, whichever is applicable. 2.12.2.3 Operation of the Driving Machine With a
NOTES (2.11.19): Hoistway Door Unlocked or Not in the Closed Position.
(1) See also 2.1.1.5, 2.11.3, and 2.13.4 for additional requirements to Operation of the driving machine when a hoistway door
be considered when gasketing material is applied to a hoistway is unlocked or not in the closed position (see 2.12.2.2)
entrance. shall be permitted under one of the following conditions:
(2) These requirements do not evaluate the air and/or smoke leak-
(a) by a car leveling or truck zoning device (see
age performance of the gasketing material.
2.26.1.6)
(b) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see
SECTION 2.12 2.12.7)
HOISTWAY DOOR LOCKING DEVICES AND ELECTRIC (c) when a bypass switch is activated (see 2.26.1.5)
CONTACTS, AND HOISTWAY ACCESS SWITCHES
2.12.2.4 General Design Requirements. Interlocks
2.12.1 General shall conform to 2.12.2.4.1 through 2.12.2.4.7.
2.12.1.1 When the car is stopped within the 2.12.2.4.1 Interlock contacts shall be positively (ED)
unlocking zone, the hoistway doors shall be unlocked, opened by the locking member or by a member con-
or locked but openable from the landing side either nected to and mechanically operated by the locking
manually or by power. member, and the contacts shall be maintained in the
2.12.1.2 When the car is outside the unlocking open position by the action of gravity, or by a restrained
zone, the hoistway doors shall be openable from the compression spring, or by both, or by means of the
landing side only by a hoistway door unlocking device opening member (see 2.26.2.14). Contacts shall be open
(see 2.12.6, 2.12.7, and Nonmandatory Appendix B). when the hoistway door interlock is unlocked. If the
contacts are maintained in the open position by other
2.12.1.3 For security purposes, hoistway doors than the locking member, the interlock shall be located
shall be permitted to be locked out of service, subject such that the contacts cannot be manually closed from
to the requirements of 2.11.6. the car or landing when the doors are open.
2.12.1.4 Passenger elevator hoistway doors shall The electrical contact bridging means shall withstand
be equipped with interlocks conforming to 2.12.2. a separating force of 200 N (45 lbf) in any direction from
the locking member.
2.12.1.5 Freight elevator hoistway doors shall be
equipped with interlocks conforming to 2.12.2 or combi- 2.12.2.4.2 The locking member of the interlock
nation mechanical locks and electric contacts conform- shall hold the door in the locked position by means of
ing to, and where permitted by, 2.12.3. gravity, or by a restrained compression spring, or by
both, or by means of a positive linkage.
2.12.2 Interlocks
2.12.2.4.3 The interlock shall lock the door in the
2.12.2.1 General. Each entrance at a landing to an closed position with a minimum engagement of 7 mm
elevator used for passengers or freight and not conform- (0.28 in.) of the locking members before the interlock
ing to 2.12.3.1 shall be equipped with one or more inter- contacts are closed and before the driving machine can
locks meeting the design requirements of 2.12.2.4. be operated, except as permitted in 2.12.2.3.

45
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Devices that permit operation of the driving machine (0.5 in.) more than the average movement required to
by the normal operating device when the door is closed operate the interlock.
but before it is locked are not interlocks and are not An interlock retiring cam device shall be permanently
permitted where interlocks are required by this Code. marked by the manufacturer with its rated horizontal
force and rated horizontal movement.
2.12.2.4.4 Interlocks, used with multisection
The rated horizontal force shall be the static force
doors, shall conform to the following requirements:
exerted by a retiring cam device in the horizontal direc-
(a) They shall lock all sections of the door, but shall tion when extended a distance equal to 75% of its rated
be permitted to be applied to only one section of the horizontal movement. The rated horizontal movement
door, provided the device used to interconnect the door shall be the horizontal distance traveled by the retiring
sections is so arranged that locking one section will cam device from the fully retired position to the fully
prevent the opening of all sections. extended position.
(b) Where used with vertically sliding biparting coun-
terbalanced doors, they shall be so arranged that the 2.12.2.6 Location. Interlocks shall be so located that
interlock contacts are mechanically held in the open they are not accessible from the landing side when the
position by the door or devices attached thereto, unless hoistway doors are closed.
the door is in the closed position. 2.12.3 Hoistway Door Combination Mechanical Locks
(c) Where used with center-opening horizontally and Electric Contacts
swinging doors, either
(1) both door panels shall be equipped with inter- 2.12.3.1 Where Permitted. Hoistway door combina-
locks; or tion mechanical locks and electric contacts shall be per-
mitted only on freight elevators equipped with manually
(2) where the door panels are so arranged that one
operated vertically sliding doors and only at the follow-
panel can be opened only after the other panel has been
ing landings:
opened, the interlock is not required on the section that
(a) the top terminal landing and the landing whose
opens last, if that door panel is provided with a door
sill is located not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.) below
electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3, 2.14.4.2.5, and
the top terminal landing sill, provided that the elevator
2.26.2.15, except that terms “door or gate” and “car door
rise does not exceed 4 570 mm (15 ft)
or gate” shall be replaced with the term “hoistway door”
or “hoistway door section” and the term “accessible (b) any landing whose sill is within 1 525 mm (60 in.)
from inside the car panel” with the term “accessible from of the pit floor, regardless of the elevator rise
the landing side when the hoistway doors are closed.” 2.12.3.2 Closed Position of Hoistway Doors.
(d) Where used with combination horizontally sliding Hoistway doors shall be considered to be in the closed
and swinging doors, either position under the following conditions. These dimen-
(1) the sliding and swinging panels shall both be sions apply to the doors in their normal operating condi-
equipped with interlocks; or tion (see also 2.14.4.11):
(2) where the sliding and swinging panels are inter- (a) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors,
connected in conformity with the requirements of when the leading edge of the door is within 10 mm
2.11.13.5, the interlock is not required on the swinging (0.375 in.) of the sill for doors that slide up to open, or
panel, provided that the interlock on the sliding panel is 10 mm (0.375 in.) of the lintel for doors that slide down
so designed and installed that the car cannot be operated to open
unless the sliding and swinging panels are both locked (b) for vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced
in the closed position, as defined in 2.12.2.2. doors, when the astragal on the upper panel is within
(e) Where a door closer, used with a combination slid- 19 mm (0.75 in.) of the lower panel
ing and swinging door, is arranged to be disconnected 2.12.3.3 Operation of the Driving Machine With a
to allow the sliding panel to swing, it shall be so designed Hoistway Door Not in the Closed Position. Operation
and installed that it shall not make the interlock contact of the driving machine when a hoistway door is not in
when disconnected and released. the closed position shall be permitted under one of the
2.12.2.4.5 Interlock systems employing a single following conditions:
master switch for more than one door are prohibited. (a) by a car leveling or truck zoning device (see
2.12.2.2 and 2.26.1.6)
(07) 2.12.2.4.6 Mercury tube switches shall not be (b) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see
used. 2.12.7)
(c) when bypass switch is activated (see 2.26.1.5)
2.12.2.5 Interlock Retiring Cam Device. Retiring
cams used to actuate an interlock shall exert a force at 2.12.3.4 General Design Requirements. Combina-
least double the average force required to operate the tion mechanical locks and electric contacts shall conform
interlock and shall have a movement at least 13 mm to 2.12.3.4.1 through 2.12.3.4.6.

46
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.12.3.4.1 They shall be so designed that the (b) March 23, 2002 in jurisdictions enforcing CSA B44 (05S)
locking member and the electric contact are mounted and shall have been subjected to the tests specified in
on and attached to a common base, in such a manner CSA B44S1-97, Clause 11.5.
that there is a fixed relation between the location of the The tests shall be done by or under the supervision
contact and the location of the locking member. of a certifying organization.
They shall be so installed and adjusted that the electric 2.12.4.2 Listing/Certification. Each type and make
contact cannot close until the door is in the closed posi- of hoistway door interlock, hoistway door combination
tion as specified in 2.12.3.2, and so that the locking mem- mechanical lock and electric contact, and door or gate
ber is in a position to lock the door when or before the electric contact shall conform to the general require-
contact closes. In order to prevent motion of the door ments for tests and certification specified in 8.3.1.
from opening the electric contact while the door is locked
in the closed position, multiple-locking points shall, 2.12.4.3 Identification Marking. Each listed/certi-
where necessary, be provided on the locking mechanism. fied device shall be labeled. It shall be permanently
attached to the device, and shall be so located as to be
2.12.3.4.2 The electric contact shall be positively readily visible when the device is installed in its
opened by the locking bar of the mechanical lock or by operating position.
a lever or other device attached to and operated by the The labels shall include the following data:
door, and the electric contact shall be maintained in the (a) the name, trademark, or certifying organization
open position by the action of gravity or by a restrained file number by which the organization that manufac-
compression spring, or by both, or by positive mechani- tured the product can be identified
cal means. (See 2.26.2.14.) (b) the certifying organization name or identifying
symbol
2.12.3.4.3 The mechanical lock shall hold the
(c) statement of compliance with ASME A17.1 or
door in the locked position by means of gravity or by
CSA B44
a restrained compression spring, or by both.
(d) a distinctive type, model, or style letter or number
2.12.3.4.4 Combination mechanical locks and (e) rated voltage and current, and whether AC or DC
electric contacts used with vertical-slide multiple-panel (f) rated test force and rated test movement when the
doors shall conform to the following requirements: device is of a type released by an interlock retiring cam
(a) They shall lock all panels of the door, but shall be (see 8.3.3.4.7)
permitted to be applied to only one section of the door, (g) date (month and year) devices subjected to type
provided the device used to interconnect the door sec- test specified in 2.12.4.1
tions is so arranged that locking one panel will prevent (h) if the device has only been type tested and listed/
the opening of all panels. certified for use on a private residence elevator, the label
(b) Where used with vertically sliding biparting coun- shall indicate the restricted use
terbalanced doors, the electric contact shall be so 2.12.5 Restricted Opening of Hoistway or Car Doors
arranged that it is mechanically held in the open position
by the door or a device attached thereto, unless the door Hoistway and car doors of passenger elevators shall
is in the closed position. conform to 2.12.5.1 through 2.12.5.3.
2.12.5.1 When a car is outside the unlocking zone,
(07) 2.12.3.4.5 Mercury tube switches shall not be
the hoistway doors or car doors shall be so arranged
used.
that the hoistway doors or car doors cannot be opened
2.12.3.5 Location. Combination mechanical locks more than 100 mm (4 in.) from inside the car.
and electric contacts shall be so located that they are 2.12.5.2 When the car doors are so arranged that
not accessible from the landing side when the hoistway they cannot be opened when the car is outside the
doors are closed. unlocking zone, the car doors shall be openable from
outside the car without the use of a special tool(s).
2.12.4 Listing/Certification Door Locking Devices and
Door or Gate Electric Contacts 2.12.5.3 The doors shall be openable from within
the car (see 2.14.5.7) when the car is within the
2.12.4.1 Type Tests. Each type and make of unlocking zone.
hoistway door interlock, hoistway door combination NOTE (2.12.5): See also 2.12.1 and Nonmandatory Appendix B,
mechanical lock and electric contact, and door or gate Unlocking Zone.
electric contact, shall conform to the type tests specified
in 8.3.3, unless tested prior to 2.12.6 Hoistway Door Unlocking Devices
(a) August 1, 1996, and shall have been subjected to 2.12.6.1 General. Except in jurisdictions that limit
the tests specified in A17.1a–1994, Section 1101; or the use of hoistway door unlocking devices, they shall

47
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

be provided for use by elevator and emergency person- 2.12.7.2.2 The switch shall be of the continuous-
nel for each elevator at every landing where there is an pressure spring-return type, and shall be operated by a
entrance. cylinder-type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-
disk combination, with the key removable only when
2.12.6.2 Location and Design. Hoistway door
the switch is in the “OFF” position. The key shall be
unlocking devices shall conform to 2.12.6.2.1 through
Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
2.12.6.2.5.
2.12.6.2.1 The device shall unlock and permit 2.12.7.2.3 The electric contacts in the switch shall
the opening of a hoistway door from a landing irrespec- be positively opened mechanically; their openings shall
tive of the position of the car. not be solely dependent on springs.

2.12.6.2.2 The device shall be designed to pre- 2.12.7.3 Operating Requirements. The operation of (a)
vent unlocking the door with common tools. the switch shall permit movement of the car with the
hoistway door at this landing unlocked or not in the
2.12.6.2.3 Where a hoistway unlocking device closed position, and with the car door unlocked or not
consists of an arrangement whereby a releasing chain, in the closed position, or with the car gate not in the
permanently attached to a door locking mechanism, is closed position, subject to the requirements of 2.12.7.3.1
kept under a locked panel adjacent to the landing door, through 2.12.7.3.8.
such a panel shall be self-closing and self-locking and
shall not have identifying markings on its face. 2.12.7.3.1 The operation of the switch shall not
render ineffective the hoistway-door interlock or electric
(07) 2.12.6.2.4 The hoistway door unlocking device contact at any other landing, nor shall the car move if
shall be Group 1 Security (see 8.1). The operating means any other hoistway door is unlocked.
shall also be made available to emergency personnel
during an emergency. 2.12.7.3.2 The car cannot be operated at a speed (07)
greater than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
2.12.6.2.5 The unlocking device keyway and
For elevators with static control, an independent
locked panel (see 2.12.6.2.3), if provided, shall be located
means shall be provided to limit the speed of the car on
at a height not greater than 2 100 mm (83 in.) above the
hoistway access to a maximum of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min),
landing.
should the normal means to control this speed (mechani-
2.12.7 Hoistway Access Switches cal, electrical, or solid-state devices) fail to do so.

(a) 2.12.7.1 General 2.12.7.3.3 For automatic and continuous-pres-


sure operation elevators, provided that
2.12.7.1.1 When a hoistway access switch is pro-
(a) car and landing operating devices are first made
vided it shall be located at the lowest landing for access
inoperative by means within the car. This means shall
to the pit or top landing for access to the top of the car.
enable the hoistway access switches and shall be key
When two hoistway access switches are provided, one
operated or behind a locked cover. The key shall be
shall be located at the lowest landing and one at the top
Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
landing.
(b) power operation of the hoistway door and/or car
2.12.7.1.2 Hoistway access switches shall be pro- door or gate is inoperative.
vided when the rated speed is greater than 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min) at 2.12.7.3.4 Automatic operation by a car-leveling
(a) the lowest landing when a separate pit access door device is inoperative.
is not provided, and 2.12.7.3.5 Both top-of-car inspection operation
(b) the top landing (see 2.26.1.4.2) and in-car inspection operation (see
2.12.7.1.3 For elevators with a speed of 0.75 m/s 2.26.1.4.3) are not in effect.
(150 ft/min) or less, a hoistway access switch shall be 2.12.7.3.6 The movement of the car initiated and
provided at the top landing when the distance from the maintained by the access switch at the lowest landing,
top of the car to the landing sill exceeds 900 mm (35 in.) if this landing is the normal means of access to the pit,
when the car platform is level with the landing immedi- shall be limited in the up direction to the point where
ately below the top landing. the bottom of the platform guard is even with hoistway
2.12.7.2 Location and Design. Hoistway access entrance header.
switches shall conform to 2.12.7.2.1 through 2.12.7.2.3.
2.12.7.3.7 The movement of the car initiated and
2.12.7.2.1 The switch shall be installed adjacent maintained by the upper access switch shall be limited
to the hoistway entrance at the landing with which it is in the down direction to a travel not greater than the
identified. height of the car crosshead above the car platform, and

48
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

limited in the up direction to the distance the platform 2.13.3 Power Closing
guard extends below the car platform.
2.13.3.1 Power Closing or Automatic Self-Closing of
2.12.7.3.8 The access switch shall only control Car Doors or Gates Where Used With Manually Operated
the movement of the car within the zone specified in or Self-Closing Hoistway Doors
2.12.7.3.6 or 2.12.7.3.7. Control circuits related to, or oper-
ated by, the hoistway access switches shall comply with 2.13.3.1.1 Where a car door or gate of an auto-
2.26.9.3(c), (d), and (e) and 2.26.9.4. matic or continuous-pressure operation passenger ele-
vator is closed by power, or is of the automatically
released self-closing type, and faces a manually operated
SECTION 2.13 or self-closing hoistway door, the closing of the car door
POWER OPERATION OF HOISTWAY DOORS AND or gate shall not be initiated unless the hoistway door
CAR DOORS is in the closed position, and the closing mechanism
2.13.1 Types of Doors and Gates Permitted shall be so designed that the force necessary to prevent
Where both a hoistway door and a car door or gate closing of a horizontally sliding car door or gate from
are opened and/or closed by power, the hoistway door rest is not more than 135 N (30 lbf).
and the car door or gate shall both be either of the 2.13.3.1.2 Requirement 2.13.3.1.1 does not apply
horizontally sliding type or vertically sliding type. where a car door or gate is closed by power through
2.13.2 Power Opening continuous pressure of a door closing switch, or of the
car operating device, and where the release of the closing
2.13.2.1 Power Opening of Car Doors or Gates. switch or operating device will cause the car door or
Power opening of a car door or gate shall be subject to gate to stop or to stop and reopen.
the requirements of 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.1.2.
2.13.3.2 Power Closing of Horizontally Sliding (a)
2.13.2.1.1 Power opening shall occur only at the Hoistway Doors and Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or
landing where the car is stopping, or is leveling, or at Gates by Continuous-Pressure Means. Horizontally
rest, and shall start only when the car is within the sliding hoistway doors with manually closed, or
landing zone where an automatic car-leveling device is power-operated, or power-closed horizontally sliding
provided, except that on elevators with static control, car doors or gates shall be permitted to be closed by
power shall not be applied to open car doors until the continuous-pressure means, subject to the requirements
car is within 300 mm (12 in.) of the landing. of 2.13.3.2.1 through 2.13.3.2.4.
2.13.2.1.2 Collapsible car gates shall not be
2.13.3.2.1 The release of the closing means shall
power opened to a distance exceeding one-third of the
cause the hoistway door, and a power-operated or
clear gate opening, and in no case more than 250 mm
(10 in.). power-closed car door or gate, to stop or to stop and
reopen.
2.13.2.2 Power Opening of Hoistway Doors. Power
opening of a hoistway door shall conform to 2.13.2.2.1 2.13.3.2.2 The operation of the closing means at
through 2.13.2.2.3. any landing shall not close the hoistway door at any
other landing, nor the car door or gate when the elevator
2.13.2.2.1 Power opening shall occur only at the car is at any other landing.
landing where the car is stopping, leveling, or at rest,
and shall start only when the car is within the landing 2.13.3.2.3 Any closing means at a landing shall
zone where an automatic car-leveling device is provided, close only that hoistway door and the car door or gate
except that on elevators with static control, opening shall at the side where such means is located.
not start until the car is within 300 mm (12 in.) of the
landing. 2.13.3.2.4 For elevators having more than one
hoistway opening at any landing level, a separate closing
2.13.2.2.2 Power opening shall be permitted to means shall be provided in the car for each car door or
be initiated automatically through control circuits, pro- gate and its adjacent hoistway door, except that a sepa-
vided that the car is being automatically stopped or rate closing means need not be furnished for a horizon-
leveled, and that, when stopping under normal tally sliding hoistway door and adjacent car door or gate
operating conditions, the car shall be at rest or substan- that conform to 2.13.4.
tially level with the landing before the hoistway door
is fully opened.
2.13.3.2.5 DELETED (a)
2.13.2.2.3 Sequence opening of vertically sliding
hoistway doors and adjacent car doors or gates shall
comply with 2.13.6.

49
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.13.3.3 Power Closing of Horizontally Sliding (a) A momentary-pressure door open switch or but-
Hoistway Doors and Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or ton labeled “OPEN” shall be provided at each landing
Gates by Momentary Pressure or by Automatic Means. and in the car which when operated shall cause the
Power closing by momentary pressure or by automatic car door or gate and hoistway door at the landing to
means shall be permitted only for automatic or continu- immediately initiate a reversal, and to fully reopen or
ous-pressure operation elevators. The closing of the reopen by a distance of not less than 300 mm (12 in.).
doors shall be subject to the requirements of 2.13.3.3.1 The markings shown in Table 2.26.12.1 do not apply.
and 2.13.3.3.2. (b) The door open switch or button shall not open
2.13.3.3.1 The closing of the doors shall conform the hoistway door, car door, or gate at any other landing.
to 2.13.4. (c) Any door open switch or button at a landing shall
open only that hoistway door and the car door or gate at
2.13.3.3.2 A momentary pressure switch or but- the entrance where such means is located. The opening
ton shall be provided in the car, the operation of which switch or button shall be located adjacent to the door(s)
shall cause the doors to stop or to stop and reopen. or gate(s) that it controls.
The switch or button shall be identified as required by (d) For elevators having more than one hoistway
2.26.12. opening at any landing level, a separate door open
(a) 2.13.3.4 Power Closing of Vertically Sliding Hoistway switch or button shall be provided in the car for each
Doors and Vertically Sliding Car Doors or Gates car door or gate and its adjacent hoistway door.
2.13.3.4.1 Vertically sliding hoistway doors with 2.13.3.4.4 The average closing speed shall not
manually closed, or power-operated, or power-closed exceed 0.3 m/s (1 ft/s) for a vertical slide-up to open
vertically sliding car doors or gates, where closed by hoistway door or for each panel of a vertically sliding
continuous-pressure means, shall conform to biparting hoistway door, and shall not exceed 0.6 m/s
2.13.3.4.1(a) through (e). (2 ft/s) for a vertically sliding car door or gate.
(a) The release of the continuous-pressure closing
means shall cause the hoistway door, and a 2.13.3.4.5 Vertical slide-up to open hoistway
power-operated or power-closed car door or gate to doors with power-operated vertical slide-up to open car
immediately initiate a reversal, and to fully reopen. doors or gates without sequence operation (see 2.13.6)
Reopening by release of the continuous-pressure closing shall conform to 2.13.3.4.5(a) through (c), 2.13.3.4.8, and
means shall be permitted to be disabled when the 2.13.3.4.9.
hoistway door is within 250 mm (10 in.) of full close. (a) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
(b) The continuous-pressure closing means shall not in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 170 mm
close the hoistway door, car door, or gate at any other (6.75 in.) high, with a base 140 mm (5.5 in.) wide and
landing. 140 mm (5.5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
(c) Any continuous-pressure closing means at a land- to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the
ing shall close only that hoistway door and the car door door, in the following locations:
or gate at the entrance where such means is located. (1) anywhere within the opening width of the
The continuous-pressure closing means shall be located hoistway door and car door or gate when located imme-
where the full opening of the door that it controls is diately adjacent to the vertical plane established by the
visible. landing side of the hoistway door and where the object
(d) For elevators having more than one hoistway is located wholly within a vertical zone extending from
opening at any landing level, a separate the landing floor to a horizontal plane at
continuous-pressure closing means shall be provided in (a) 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor; or
the car for each car door or gate and its adjacent hoistway (b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
door. The continuous-pressure closing means shall be edge is less than 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor
located adjacent to the door(s) or gate(s) that it controls. (2) anywhere within the opening width of the
(e) Where a door close button or switch is provided, hoistway door and car door or gate when located imme-
it shall be labeled “CLOSE.” diately adjacent to the vertical plane established by the
2.13.3.4.2 Vertically sliding hoistway doors with car side of the car door or gate and where the object is
power-operated vertically sliding car doors or gates located wholly within a vertical zone extending from
shall be permitted to be closed by momentary pressure the car floor to a horizontal plane at
or automatic means only for automatic or (a) 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor; or
continuous-pressure operation elevators. (b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
edge is less than 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor.
2.13.3.4.3 Power-operated vertically sliding
doors shall have a door open means conforming to the NOTE [2.13.3.4.5(a)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Figs. S-1
following: and S-2.

50
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(b) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object (1) anywhere within the opening width of the car
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 400 mm door or gate when located immediately adjacent to the
(16 in.) high, with a base 210 mm (8.25 in.) wide and vertical plane established by the landing side of the car
210 mm (8.25 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel door or gate and where the object is located wholly
to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door within a vertical zone extending from the car floor to a
in the following location: horizontal plane at
(1) anywhere within the opening width of the (a) 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor; or
hoistway door and car door or gate when wholly or (b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
partially located between the vertical planes established edge is less than 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor.
by the landing side of the hoistway door and the car NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(c)(1)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-5.
side of the car door or gate, and wholly located between
horizontal planes at 480 mm (19 in.) above the car floor (2) anywhere within the opening width of the
or landing floor and at hoistway door and car door or gate when located imme-
(a) 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the associated car or diately adjacent to the vertical plane established by the
landing floor; or car side of the car door or gate and where the object is
(b) the leading edge of the door if the leading located wholly within a vertical zone extending from
edge is less than 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the floor the car floor to a horizontal plane at
(a) 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor; or
NOTE [2.13.3.4.5(b)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-3.
(b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
(c) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object edge is less than 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm
NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(c)(2)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-2.
(2 in.) high, with a base 95 mm (3.75 in.) wide and
125 mm (5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel to (d) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 400 mm
anywhere within the opening width of the car door or (16 in.) high, with a base 210 mm (8.25 in.) wide and
gate that is located on the car floor immediately adjacent 210 mm (8.25 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
to the vertical plane established by the car side of the to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door
lower panel of the car door or gate. in the following location:
Detection device(s) shall not be required when the car (1) anywhere within the opening width of the
door or gate is provided with hoistway door and car door or gate when wholly or
(1) a means to stop the closing panel when the partially located between the vertical planes established
distance between rigid members of the panel and the by the landing side of the car door or gate and the car
car platform is not less than 50 mm (2 in.) when fully side of the car door or gate, and wholly located between
closed, and horizontal planes at 480 mm (19 in.) above the car floor
(2) a nonshearing, noncrushing member on the and at
leading edge of the panel that shall provide a minimum (a) 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the car floor; or
clearance at full compression of 50 mm (2 in.) when (b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
fully closed edge is less than 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the floor
NOTE [2.13.3.4.5(c)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-4. NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(d)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-6.

2.13.3.4.6 Vertical slide-up to open hoistway (e) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
doors with power-operated vertical slide-up to open car in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm
doors or gates with sequence operation (see 2.13.6) shall (2 in.) high, with a base 95 mm (3.75 in.) wide and
conform to 2.13.3.4.6(a) through (g), 2.13.3.4.8, and 125 mm (5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel to
2.13.3.4.9. the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door
(a) Closing in compliance with 2.13.6.1.2 shall be pro- anywhere within the opening width of the car door or
vided. gate that is located on the car floor immediately adjacent
(b) A yellow and black diagonally striped hazard- to the vertical planes established by the car side and the
warning of not less than 38 mm (1.5 in.) wide shall be landing side of the lower panel of the car door or gate.
provided along the landing side leading edge of the Detection device(s) shall not be required when the car
lowermost hoistway door panel. door or gate is provided with
(c) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object (1) a means to stop the closing panel when the
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 170 mm distance between rigid members of the panel and the
(6.75 in.) high, with a base 140 mm (5.5 in.) wide and car platform is not less than 50 mm (2 in.), and
140 mm (5.5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel (2) a nonshearing, noncrushing member that shall
to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the provide a minimum clearance at full compression of
door, in the following locations: 50 mm (2 in.) when in contact with the stops

51
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

NOTE [2.13.3.4.6(e)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Figs. S-4 210 mm (8.25 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
and S-7. to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door
(f) A continuously sounding audible signal shall be in the following location:
provided with a sound level of 10 dBA minimum above (1) anywhere within the opening width of the car
ambient but shall not exceed 90 dBA when measured door or gate when wholly or partially located between
at the landing with car door or gate closed, which shall the vertical planes established by the landing side of
sound 5 s prior to car door or gate closing and continue the car door or gate and the car side of the car door or
to sound until the hoistway door is fully closed. gate, and wholly located between horizontal planes at
(g) A flashing visual signal shall be provided that is 480 mm (19 in.) above the car floor and at
visible from the landing with the car door or gate closed (a) 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the car floor; or
and shall light 5 s prior to car door or gate closing and (b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
continue to light until the hoistway door is fully closed. edge is less than 1 500 mm (59 in.) above the floor

2.13.3.4.7 Vertical biparting hoistway doors with NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(e)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-10.
power-operated car doors or gates shall conform to (f) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
2.13.3.4.7(a) through (g), 2.13.3.4.8, and 2.13.3.4.9. in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm
(a) Closing in compliance with 2.13.6.1.2 shall be pro- (2 in.) high, with a base 95 mm (3.75 in.) wide and
vided. 125 mm (5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel to
(b) The closing speed of each biparting hoistway the floor and the width parallel to the face of the door
panel shall be limited to a maximum of 0.15 m/s anywhere within the opening width of the car door or
(0.5 ft/s) when the closing panels are 250 mm (10 in.) gate that is located on the car floor immediately adjacent
or less from full close. to the vertical planes established by the car side and the
(c) A yellow and black diagonally striped hazard- landing side of the lower panel of the car door or gate.
warning of not less than 38 mm (1.5 in.) wide shall be Detection device(s) shall not be required when the car
provided along the landing side leading edge of the door or gate is provided with
lowermost hoistway door panel. (1) a means to stop the closing panel when the
(d) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object distance between rigid members of the panel and the
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 170 mm car platform is not less than 50 mm (2 in.), and
(6.75 in.) high, with a base 140 mm (5.5 in.) wide and (2) a nonshearing, noncrushing member that shall
140 mm (5.5 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel provide a minimum clearance at full compression of
to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the 50 mm (2 in.) when in contact with the stops
door, in the following locations:
NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(f)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-11.
(1) anywhere within the opening width of the car
door or gate when located immediately adjacent to the (g) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object
vertical plane established by the landing side of the car in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 50 mm
door or gate and where the object is located wholly (2 in.) high, with a base of 250 mm (10 in.) wide and
within a vertical zone extending from the car floor to a 95 mm (3.75 in.) deep, oriented with the base parallel
horizontal plane at to the floor and the width parallel to the face of the
(a) 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor; or door, that is located on the car floor anywhere within the
(b) the leading edge of the door if the leading horizontal distance between the car side of the hoistway
edge is less than 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor door to the vertical plane of the landing side of the
NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(d)(1)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-8.
car door or gate, measured at 50 mm (2 in.) above the
car floor.
(2) anywhere within the opening width of the car Detection device(s) shall not be required when the
door or gate when located immediately adjacent to the horizontal distance from the car side of the fully open
vertical plane established by the car side of the car door hoistway door measured at the hoistway door sill to the
or gate and where the object is located wholly within a vertical plane of the landing side of the fully closed car
vertical zone extending from the car floor to a horizontal door or gate measured at 50 mm (2 in.) above the car
plane at floor, is less than 95 mm (3.75 in.).
(a) 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor; or
NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(g)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-12.
(b) the leading edge of the door if the leading
edge is less than 1 880 mm (74 in.) above the floor
2.13.3.4.8 If an object has been detected in accor-
NOTE [2.13.3.4.7(d)(2)]: See Nonmandatory Appendix S, Fig. S-9.
dance with 2.13.3.4.5(a), (b), or (c), 2.13.3.4.6(c), (d), or
(e) Device(s) shall be provided that detect an object (e), or 2.13.3.4.7(d), (e), (f), or (g), where applicable, the
in the shape of a rectangular prism measuring 400 mm hoistway door and car door or gate shall not close, or if
(16 in.) high, with a base 210 mm (8.25 in.) wide and closing, shall cause the car door or gate and the hoistway

52
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

door at the landing to immediately initiate a reversal, door system shall be based upon the sum of the hoistway
and to fully reopen or reopen by a distance of not less and the car door weights, as well as all parts rigidly
than 300 mm (12 in.). connected thereto, including the rotational inertia effects
of the door operator and the connecting transmission
2.13.3.4.9 After the door has reached its fully
to the door panels.
opened position and before door closing is initiated, the
(b) Where a reopening device conforming to 2.13.5
detection means used to comply with 2.13.3.4.5(a), (b)
is used, the closing door system shall conform to the
or (c), 2.13.3.4.6(c), (d), or (e), or 2.13.3.4.7(d), (e), (f), or
following requirements:
(g), where applicable, shall be checked to assure that
(1) The kinetic energy computed for the actual clos-
the device is capable of sensing the defined objects and
ing speed at any point in the Code zone distance defined
the appropriate signal is sent to the operation control
by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 23 J (17 ft-lbf).
(see 1.3). If the device is incapable of sensing the defined
object or sending the appropriate signal, power closing (2) The kinetic energy computed for the average
of the door(s) or gates(s) shall be rendered inoperative. closing speed as determined in accordance with
2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 10 J (7.37 ft-lbf).
2.13.3.4.10 When building conditions would (c) Where a reopening device is not used, or has been
render ineffective or nonoperational the detection rendered inoperative (see 2.13.5), the closing door sys-
means required by 2.13.3.4.5(a), (b), or (c), 2.13.3.4.6(c), tem shall conform to the following requirements:
(d), or (e), or 2.13.3.4.7(d), (e), (f), or (g), the following (1) The kinetic energy computed for the actual clos-
shall be provided in lieu of compliance with 2.13.3.4.5(a), ing speed at any point in the Code zone distance defined
(b), or (c), 2.13.3.4.6(c), (d), or (e), or 2.13.3.4.7(d), (e), by 2.13.4.2.2 shall not exceed 8 J (6 ft-lbf).
(f), or (g): (2) The kinetic energy computed for the average
(a) continuous-pressure closing of the car door or gate closing speed within the Code zone distance (see
and hoistway door in compliance with 2.13.3.4.1 2.13.4.2.2), or in any exposed opening width, including
(b) usage shall be limited to authorized personnel the last increment of door travel, shall not exceed 3.5 J
only. A sign in compliance with 2.16.5.2 shall be pro- (2.5 ft-lbf).
vided but shall read: “THIS IS A FREIGHT ELEVATOR,
2.13.4.2.2 Door Travel in the Code Zone Distance
NOT A PASSENGER ELEVATOR, AND NOT FOR PUB-
LIC USE. NO PERSONS OTHER THAN AUTHORIZED (a) For all side sliding doors using single or multiple
PERSONNEL ARE PERMITTED TO OPERATE THIS speed panels, the Code zone distance shall be taken as
ELEVATOR.” the horizontal distance from a point 50 mm (2 in.) away
from the open jamb to a point 50 mm (2 in.) away from
(c) sequence operation in compliance with 2.13.6.1
the opposite jamb.
(d) the average closing speed of the car door or gate
(b) For all center-opening sliding doors using single
shall be limited to 0.20 m/s (0.67 ft/s)
or multiple speed panels, the Code zone distance shall
NOTE (2.13.3.4.10): Such building conditions include but are not be taken as the horizontal distance from a point 25 mm
limited to environments with high levels of particulates, environ- (1 in.) away from the open jamb to a point 25 mm (1 in.)
ments impacted by detector emissions, large opening widths,
from the center meeting point of the doors.
excessive cold, wash down environments, etc.
(c) The average closing speed shall be determined by
2.13.4 Closing Limitations for Power-Operated measuring the time required for the leading edge of the
Horizontally Sliding Hoistway Doors and door to travel the Code zone distance.
Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or Gates 2.13.4.2.3 Door Force. The force necessary to pre-
2.13.4.1 Where Required. Where a power-operated vent closing of the hoistway door (or the car door or
horizontally sliding hoistway door or car door/gate or gate if power operated) from rest shall not exceed 135 N
both is closed by momentary pressure or by automatic (30 lbf) (see 2.13.3.1). This force shall be measured on
means (see 2.13.3.3), or is closed simultaneously with the leading edge of the door with the door at any point
another door or car door/gate or both from one continu- between one-third and two-thirds of its travel.
ous-pressure means (see 2.13.3.2.3 and 2.13.3.2.4), the 2.13.4.2.4 Data Plate. A data plate conforming to
closing mechanism shall be designed and installed to 2.16.3.3 shall be attached to the power door operator or
conform to 2.13.4.2 and the reopening device shall be to the car crosshead and shall contain the following
designed and installed to conform to 2.13.5. information:
(a) minimum door closing time in seconds for the
2.13.4.2 Closing Mechanism
doors to travel the Code zone distance as specified in
2.13.4.2.1 Kinetic Energy 2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the kinetic energy limits
(a) Where the hoistway door and the car door/gate specified in 2.13.4.2.1(b)(2)
are closed in such a manner that stopping either one (b) minimum door closing time in seconds for the
manually will stop both, the kinetic energy of the closing doors to travel the Code zone distance as specified in

53
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.13.4.2.2 corresponding to the kinetic energy limits 2.14.1.2 Securing of Enclosures


specified in 2.13.4.2.1(c)(2), if applicable [see
2.27.3.1.6(e)] 2.14.1.2.1 The enclosure shall be securely fas-
tened to the car platform and so supported that it cannot
(c) where heavier hoistway doors are used at certain
loosen or become displaced in ordinary service, on the
floors, the minimum door closing time in seconds corres-
application of the car safety, on buffer engagement, or
ponding to the kinetic energy limits specified in
the application of the emergency brake (see 2.19).
2.13.4.2.1(b)(2) and 2.13.4.2.1(c)(2), if applicable, for the
corresponding floors shall be included on the data plate 2.14.1.2.2 The car enclosure shall be so con-
structed that removable portions cannot be dismantled
(a) 2.13.5 Reopening Device for Power-Operated from within the car.
Horizontally Sliding Car Doors or Gates
2.14.1.2.3 Enclosure linings, decorative panels,
2.13.5.1 Where required by 2.13.4, a power-oper- light fixtures, suspended ceilings, and other apparatus
ated car door shall be provided with a reopening device or equipment attached within the car enclosure shall be
that will function to stop and reopen a car door and the securely fastened and so supported that they will not
adjacent landing door sufficiently to permit passenger loosen or become displaced in ordinary service, on car
transfer in the event that the car door or gate is safety application, or on buffer engagement.
obstructed while closing. If the closing kinetic energy
is reduced to 3.5 J (2.5 ft-lbf) or less, the reopening device 2.14.1.2.4 Panels attached to the car enclosure
shall be permitted to be rendered inoperative. The for decorative or other purposes shall either
reopening device used shall be effective for substantially (a) not be unfastened from inside the car by the use
the full vertical opening of the door (see 2.13.4.2). of common tools; or
(b) be permitted to be removed from inside the car
2.13.5.2 For center-opening doors, the reopening when perforations, exceeding that which would reject
device shall be so designed and installed that the a ball 13 mm (0.5 in.) in diameter, in the enclosure used
obstruction of either door panel when closing will cause for panel hanging or support have permanent means to
the reopening device to function. prevent straight through passage beyond the running
2.13.5.3 Where Phase I Emergency Recall Opera- clearance.
tion by a fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2.3) is not 2.14.1.3 Strength and Deflection of Enclosure
provided, door reopening devices that can be affected by Walls. The enclosure walls shall be designed and
smoke or flame shall be rendered inoperative after the installed to withstand a force of 330 N (75 lbf) applied
doors have been held open for 20 s. Door closing for horizontally at any point on the walls of the enclosure
power-operated doors shall conform to 2.13.5. without permanent deformation and so that the deflec-
tion will not reduce the running clearance below the
(a) 2.13.6 Sequence Operation for Power-Operated
minimum specified in 2.5.1, nor cause the deflection to
Hoistway Doors With Car Doors or Gates
exceed 25 mm (1 in.).
2.13.6.1 Operating Requirements. The sequence
2.14.1.4 Number of Compartments in Passenger and
operation of a hoistway door and adjacent
Freight Elevator Cars. Cars shall not have more than
power-operated vertically sliding car door or gate shall
two compartments. Where elevators have two compart-
conform to 2.13.6.1.1 and 2.13.6.1.2.
ments, one shall be located above the other, and the
2.13.6.1.1 In opening, the hoistway door shall elevator shall conform to 2.14.1.4.1 through 2.14.1.4.6.
be opened at least two-thirds of its travel before the car
2.14.1.4.1 The elevator shall be used exclusively
door or gate can start to open.
for passengers or exclusively for freight at any one time.
2.13.6.1.2 In closing, the car door or gate shall be If freight is to be carried in only one compartment, means
closed at least two-thirds of its travel before the hoistway shall be provided to lock the other compartment out of
door can start to close. service.
2.14.1.4.2 Each compartment shall conform to
SECTION 2.14 the requirements of this Section, except that a trap door
CAR ENCLOSURES, CAR DOORS AND GATES, AND in the floor of the upper compartment shall provide
CAR ILLUMINATION access to the top emergency exit for the lower com-
partment.
2.14.1 Passenger and Freight Enclosures, General
2.14.1.4.3 Where either or both compartments
2.14.1.1 Enclosure Required. Elevators shall be are intended for passenger service, the minimum rated
equipped with a car enclosure. load for each compartment shall conform to 2.16.1.

54
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Where one compartment is intended for freight use, (d) The movable portion (exit panel) of the suspended
its minimum rated load shall conform to 2.16.1 or shall ceiling that is below the top exit opening shall be
be based on the freight loads to be handled, if greater restrained from falling. It shall be permitted to be hinged
than the minimum rated load required by 2.16.1. upward or downward, provided that the exit permits a
Where both compartments are used exclusively for clear opening with the top exit opening.
freight, the minimum rated load of each compartment (1) A minimum clear headroom of 2 030 mm (80 in.)
shall conform to 2.16.2. above the car floor shall be maintained when down-
The rated load of the elevator shall be the sum of the ward-swinging suspended ceiling exit panels are used.
rated loads of the individual compartments. (2) Upward-opening suspended ceiling exit panels
2.14.1.4.4 An emergency stop switch, where shall be restrained from closing when in use and shall
required by 2.26.2.5, shall be provided in each compart- not diminish the clear opening area of the corresponding
ment, and these emergency stop switches shall be so top exit opening.
connected that the car cannot run unless both are in the (3) The movable portion and the fixed portion of
run position. a suspended ceiling shall not contain lamps that could
2.14.1.4.5 An in-car stop switch, where required be shattered by the rescue operation using the top emer-
by 2.26.2.21, shall be provided in each compartment, gency exit. The movable portion of the suspended ceiling
and these switches shall be so connected that the car shall be permitted to contain light fixtures connected to
cannot run unless both are in the run position. the stationary portion of the suspended ceiling wiring
2.14.1.4.6 All hoistway doors shall be closed and by means of a plug and socket or by flexible armored
locked and the car doors for each compartment closed wiring. Flexible wiring shall not be used to support or
before the car can be operated. restrain the exit opening in the suspended ceiling in the
open position.
2.14.1.5 Top Emergency Exits. An emergency exit
with a cover shall be provided in the top of all elevator (e) Where elevators installed in enclosed hoistways
cars, except cars in partially enclosed hoistways (see are provided with special car top treatments such as
2.14.1.5.2). domed or shrouded canopies, the exit shall be made
accessible, including the car top refuge space as specified
2.14.1.5.1 Top emergency exits shall conform to
in 2.4.12.
the following requirements:
(f) Immediately adjacent to the top emergency exit
(a) The top emergency exit opening shall have an area
of not less than 0.26 m2 (400 in.2) and shall measure not there shall be a space available for standing when the
less than 400 mm (16 in.) on any side. emergency exit cover is open. This space shall be permit-
(b) The top emergency exit and suspended ceiling ted to include a portion of the refuge area (see 2.4.12).
opening, if any, shall be so located as to provide a clear All exit covers shall be provided with a car top emer-
passageway, unobstructed by fixed equipment located gency exit electrical device (see 2.26.2.18) that will pre-
in or on top of the car. Equipment is permitted directly vent operation of the elevator car if the exit cover is
above the exit opening, provided that open more than 50 mm (2 in.), and the device shall be
(1) it is not less than 1 070 mm (42 in.) above the so designed that it
top of the car; or (1) is positively opened
(2) the exit is located to allow unobstructed passage (2) cannot be closed accidentally when the cover is
of a parallelepiped volume measuring 300 mm ⴛ removed
500 mm by 1 500 mm (12 in. ⴛ 20 in. by 59 in.) at (3) must be manually reset from the top of the car
an angle not less than 60 deg from the horizontal (see and only after the cover is within 50 mm (2 in.) of the
Nonmandatory Appendix C). fully closed position
(c) The top emergency exit cover shall open outward. (4) shall be protected against mechanical damage
It shall be hinged or securely attached with a chain when
in both the open and closed positions. If a chain is used, 2.14.1.5.2 On elevators in partially enclosed
it shall be not more than 300 mm (12 in.) in length and hoistways, means shall be provided to facilitate emer-
have a factor of safety of not less than 5. The exit cover gency evacuation of passengers. Such means shall not
shall only be openable from the top of the car, where it require a top emergency exit. A top emergency exit shall
shall be openable without the use of special tools. The be permitted.
exit cover of the lower compartment of a multideck
elevator shall be openable from both compartments. On 2.14.1.6 Car Enclosure Tops. Tops of car enclosures
elevators with two compartments, if the emergency exit shall be so designed and installed as to be capable of
of the lower compartment does not open directly into sustaining a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on any area 600 mm
the upper compartment, a guarded passageway shall be ⴛ 600 mm (24 in. ⴛ 24 in.), or 45 kg (100 lb) applied to any
provided between the lower compartment roof and the point, without permanent deformation. The resulting
upper compartment floor. deflection under these loads shall be limited to prevent

55
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

damage to any equipment, devices, or lighting assem- (b) the glass is not subjected to further treatment such
blies fastened to or adjacent to the car enclosure top. as sandblasting, etching, heat treatment, painting, etc.,
that could alter the original properties of the glass
(a) 2.14.1.7 Railing and Equipment on Car Enclosure Top (c) the glass is bonded to a nonpolymeric coating,
sheeting, or film backing having a physical integrity to
(05S) 2.14.1.7.1 A standard railing conforming to hold the fragments when the glass breaks
2.10.2 shall be provided on the outside perimeter of the (d) the glass is tested and conforms to the acceptance
car enclosure top on all sides where the perpendicular criteria for laminated glass as specified in ANSI Z97.1, or
distance between the edges of the car enclosure top and 16 CFR Part 1201, Section 1201.4, or CAN/CGSB-12.11,
the adjacent hoistway enclosure exceeds 300 mm (12 in.) whichever is applicable (see Part 9)
horizontal clearance. If the standard railing is located
more than 100 mm (4 in.) from the edge of the outside 2.14.1.8.3 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC,
perimeter of the car enclosure top, the top of the car type 3C film reinforced silvered mirror glass that con-
enclosure outside of the railing shall be clearly marked. forms to CAN/CGSB-12.5 shall be permitted for lining
The marking shall consist of alternating 100 mm (4 in.) walls or ceilings.
diagonal red and white stripes. The forces specified in 2.14.1.8.4 Markings as specified in the applicable
2.10.2.4 shall not deflect the railing beyond the perimeter glazing standard shall be on each separate piece, and
of the car top. shall remain visible after installation.
The top-of-car enclosure, or other surface specified
by the elevator installer, shall be the working surface 2.14.1.9 Equipment Inside Cars
referred to in 2.10.2. 2.14.1.9.1 Apparatus or equipment not used in
connection with the function or use of the elevator shall
2.14.1.7.2 A working platform or equipment that
not be installed inside of any elevator car, except as
is not required for the operation of the elevator or its
follows:
appliances, except where specifically provided herein,
(a) Support rails (handrails) are permitted.
shall not be located above the top of an elevator car.
(b) Fastening devices for padded protective linings
2.14.1.7.3 Devices that detect unauthorized are permitted.
access to the top of the car shall be permitted. These (c) Lift hooks, conveyor tracks, and support beams
devices shall only be permitted to initiate an alarm. for freight handling, mounted in the ceiling of passenger
Audible alarms shall not exceed 90 dBA measured 1 m elevator, shall clear the car floor to a height of 2 450 mm
from the source. (96 in.) (see 2.16.9).
(d) Picture frames, graphic display boards, plaques,
2.14.1.8 Glass in Elevator Cars and other similar visual displays shall be mounted to
withstand the required elevator tests without damage.
2.14.1.8.1 Where enclosures include panels of All edges shall be beveled or rounded. The material
glass, or transparent or translucent plastic, the panels shall conform to 2.14.1.2 and 2.14.2.1. When attached to
shall the car wall less than 2 130 mm (84 in.) above the floor,
(a) be constructed of laminated glass that complies projections from the car wall, excluding support rails,
with the requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201, Sections shall not be greater than 38 mm (1.5 in.).
1201.1 and 1201.2; or be constructed of laminated glass, (e) Conveyor tracks shall be permitted in freight ele-
safety glass, or safety plastic that comply with CAN/ vators cars.
CGSB-12.1, CAN/CGSB-12.11, or CAN/CGSB-12.12, (f) Heating equipment, ventilating fans, and air-con-
whichever is applicable (see Part 9) ditioning equipment, if used, shall be securely fastened
(b) be provided with a handrail or framing designed in place and located above the car ceiling or outside the
to guard the opening should the panel become detached, enclosure.
where wall panels are wider than 300 mm (12 in.) 2.14.1.9.2 Passenger car floors shall have no pro-
(c) be mounted in the structure so that the assembly jections or depressions greater than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
shall withstand the required elevator tests without dam-
age (see 2.14.1.2) 2.14.1.10 Side Emergency Exits. Side emergency
exits are prohibited.
2.14.1.8.2 Glass used for lining walls or ceilings
shall conform to 2.14.1.8.1(a) and (c), except that tem- 2.14.2 Passenger-Car Enclosures
pered glass shall be permitted, provided that 2.14.2.1 Material for Car Enclosures, Enclosure Lin-
(a) it conforms to ANSI Z97.1, 16 CFR Part 1201, Sec- ings, and Floor Coverings. All materials exposed to the
tions 1201.1 and 1201.2, or CAN/CGSB-12.1, whichever car interior and the hoistway shall be metal, glass, or
is applicable (see Part 9) shall conform to 2.14.2.1.1 through 2.14.2.1.6.

56
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.14.2.1.1 Materials in their end-use configura- (1) be of hinged type.


tion, other than those covered by 2.14.2.1.2 through (2) open only into the car.
2.14.2.1.6 shall conform to the following requirements, (3) be provided with a lock so arranged that the
based on the tests conducted in accordance with the door shall be openable from inside the car only by a
requirements of ASTM E 84, ANSI/UL 723, NFPA 252, specially shaped removable key. Locks shall be so
or CAN/ULC-S102.2, whichever is applicable: designed that they cannot be opened from the inside by
(a) flame spread rating of 0 to 75 the use of ordinary tools or instruments. Keys shall be
(b) smoke development of 0 to 450 Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
(4) be provided with electric contacts that conform
(07) 2.14.2.1.2 In jursidictions enforcing the NBCC,
to 2.14.4.2.3(b) through (e) and 2.26.2.35, and are located
where the building is designated by the building code as
so as to be inaccessible from the inside of the car. When
a high building, materials in their end-use configuration
opened, the contact shall cause power to be removed
shall have
from the driving-machine motor and brake.
(a) a flame spread rating for walls and ceiling of 0 to
(5) be of the same material and construction as
25 with smoke development of 0 to 100 based on the
required for the enclosure.
test conducted in accordance with the requirements of
CAN/ULC-S102 2.14.2.3 Ventilation
(b) a flame spread rating for floor surfaces of 0 to 300
2.14.2.3.1 Natural ventilation openings con-
with smoke development of 0 to 300, based on the test
forming to the following shall be provided in car enclo-
conducted in accordance with the requirements of
sures:
CAN/ULC-S102.2
(a) Openings exposed to the inside of the car shall
2.14.2.1.3 Napped, tufted, woven, looped, and not be located in the portion of the enclosure walls
similar materials in their end-use configuration on car extending from a point 300 mm (12 in.) above the floor
enclosure walls shall conform to 8.3.7 or the NBCC and to a point 1 825 mm (72 in.) above the floor.
NFCC, whichever is applicable. The enclosure walls to (b) Openings less than 300 mm (12 in.) above the floor
which this material is attached shall conform to shall reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.) in diameter and be
2.14.2.1.1. guarded to prevent straight-through passage.
(c) Openings above the 1 825 mm (72 in.) level shall
2.14.2.1.4 Padded protective linings, for tempo-
reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter and be guarded
rary use in passenger cars during the handling of freight,
to prevent straight-through passage.
shall be of materials conforming to either 2.14.2.1.1 or
2.14.2.1.3, whichever is applicable. The protective lining (d) Openings in the car ceiling shall be protected and
shall clear the floor by not less than 100 mm (4 in.). shall conform to 2.14.1.6.
(e) The total area of natural ventilation openings shall
2.14.2.1.5 Floor covering, underlayment, and its be not less than 3.5% of the inside car floor area divided
adhesive shall have a critical radiant flux of not less than equally between the bottom and top of the car enclosure.
0.45 W/cm2, as measured by ASTM E 648 or conform (f) The total unrestricted opening in or around the
to the requirements of the NBCC and ULC standard car doors or gates shall be permitted to be included as
CAN/ULC-S102.2, whichever is applicable. part of the total natural ventilation required.
2.14.2.1.6 Handrails, operating devices, ventilat- (g) The unrestricted opening provided by forced ven-
ing devices, signal fixtures, audio and visual communi- tilation systems shall be permitted to be part of the
cation devices, and their housings are not required to natural ventilation area on the part of the car in which
conform to 2.14.2.1.1 through 2.14.2.1.4. it is located.

2.14.2.2 Openings Prohibited. Openings or hinged 2.14.2.3.2 Ventilating fans or blowers, if used,
or removable panels in an enclosure are prohibited, other shall be located above the car ceiling or outside the
than as required for the following: enclosure and shall be securely fastened in place.
(a) signal, operating, and communication equipment 2.14.2.3.3 Forced ventilation conforming to the
(b) entrances following shall be provided on observation elevators
(c) vision panels with glass walls exposed to direct sunlight:
(d) top emergency exit (a) There shall be a minimum air handling capacity
(e) ventilation to provide one air change per minute based on net inside
(05S) (f) access panels for cleaning of glass on observation car volume.
elevators (see 2.14.2.6) (b) An auxiliary power source capable of providing
(05S) (g) equipment access panels for maintenance and the minimum air handling capacity for a continuous
inspection of equipment shall conform to the following period of at least 1 h shall be provided on each eleva-
requirements (see also 2.7.5.1.4): tor car.

57
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

NOTE (2.14.2.3.3): Special consideration should be given to eleva- Freight elevators that are permitted to carry passen-
tors such as observation and parking garage elevators, when they gers (see 2.16.4) shall conform to 2.14.2.2.
are exposed to the elements. In extreme cases, emergency power
may be required for this purpose. 2.14.3.2 Openings in Car Tops. Hinged or remov- (05S)
2.14.2.4 Headroom in Elevator Cars. A minimum able panels shall not be provided in car tops, except
clear headroom of 2 025 mm (80 in.) above the car floor those required for emergency exit, and for equipment
shall be provided. access (see 2.7.5.1.4).
2.14.2.5 Vision Panels. Vision panels are not 2.14.3.3 Ventilation. If ventilating grilles or Iouvers
required, but where used, shall are provided in the enclosure below the 1 825 mm (72 in.)
(a) be of a total area of not more than 0.1 m2 (155 in.2) level, they shall be located not more than 300 mm (12 in.)
and contain no single glass panel having a width above the floor and shall reject a ball 50 mm (2 in.) in
exceeding 150 mm (6 in.) diameter.
(b) be provided with wire-glass panels or laminated-
glass panels conforming to 16 CFR Part 1201 or CAN/ 2.14.4 Passenger and Freight Car Doors and Gates,
CGSB-12.11, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). Mark- General Requirements
ings as specified in the applicable standard shall be on
2.14.4.1 Where Required. A door shall be provided
each separate piece of laminated glass, and shall remain
at each entrance to a passenger car and a door or gate
visible after installation.
shall be provided at each entrance to a freight car.
(c) be located in the car door or in the front return
panel of the car enclosure 2.14.4.2 Door and Gate Electric Contacts and Door
(d) have the inside face of a car door vision panel, Interlocks
grille, or cover located substantially flush with the inside
2.14.4.2.1 Each car door or gate shall be provided
surface of the car door
with a door or gate electric contact conforming to
(e) have fasteners that are located on the hoistway
2.26.2.15, 2.14.4.2.3, and 2.14.4.2.5, or a car door interlock
side. It shall not be possible to remove the fasteners with
conforming to 2.26.2.28, 2.14.4.2.4, and 2.14.4.2.5.
common tools.
2.14.2.6 Access Panels. Nonremovable sliding or 2.14.4.2.2 A car door interlock shall be
swing panels shall be permitted for access to the car or required for
hoistway transparent enclosures for cleaning purposes. (a) car doors of elevators where the clearance between
Such panels or doors shall the loading side of the car platform and hoistway enclo-
(a) if hinged, open only into the car sure exceeds the maximum specified in 2.5.1.5
(b) be provided with cylinder-type locks, having not (b) car doors of elevators that face an unenclosed por-
less than a five-pin or a five-disc combination, or a lock tion of the hoistway during the travel of the car
that provides equivalent security, arranged so that they
2.14.4.2.3 Car door and gate electric contacts
can be unlocked with a key from the car side, and the
shall
key shall be Group 2 Security (see 8.1)
(a) prevent operation of the driving machine when
(ED) (c) be manually openable from the hoistway side
the car door or gate is not in the closed position, except
(d) be self-locking
under one of the following conditions:
(e) be provided with a device arranged so that the
(1) when a hoistway access switch is operated (see
panel must be in the closed and locked position (see
2.12.7)
2.26.2.31) before the elevator can operate
(f ) have a bottom edge a minimum of 1 070 mm (2) when a car-leveling or truck-zoning device is
(42 in.) from the floor in cases where the adjacent operated (see 2.26.1.6)
hoistway wall is more than 140 mm (5.5 in.) from the (3) when a bypass switch is activated (see 2.26.1.5)
car enclosure or where there is no adjacent hoistway wall (b) be positively opened by a lever or other device
attached to and operated by the door or gate
2.14.3 Freight-Car Enclosure
(c) be maintained in the open position by the action
2.14.3.1 Enclosure Material. Enclosures shall be of of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or by
metal without perforations to a height of not less than both, or by positive mechanical means
1 825 mm (72 in.) above the floor. (d) be so designed or located that they shall not be
Above the 1 825 mm (72 in.) level, the walls and top accessible from within the car
of the enclosure shall be metal with or without perfora- (e) not utilize mercury tube switches
tions, except that portion of the enclosure wall in front
of and extending 150 mm (6 in.) on each side of the 2.14.4.2.4 Car door interlocks shall
counterweight, that shall be without perforations. (a) prevent operation of the driving machine when
Perforated portions of enclosures shall reject a ball the car door is not in the closed and locked position,
25 mm (1 in.) in diameter. except

58
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(1) when the car is within the unlocking zone for (b) where a multisection car door and a swinging-
that entrance type hoistway door are used, between the hoistway door
(2) under the conditions specified in 2.14.4.2.3(a) and the section of the car door farthest from it
(b) prevent opening of the car door from within the (c) where a car gate is used, between the car gate and
car, except when the car is in the unlocking zone for that section of the hoistway door nearest to the car gate
that entrance 2.14.4.6 Strength of Doors, Gates, and Their Guides,
(c) hold the car door in the locked position by means Guide Shoes, Tracks, and Hangers. Doors and gates
of gravity or by a restrained compression spring, or by and their guides, guide shoes, tracks, and hangers shall
both, or by means of a positive linkage be so designed, constructed, and installed that when the
(d) be so located that they are not accessible from fully closed door or gate is subjected to a force of 335 N
within the car when the car doors are closed (75 lbf), applied on an area 300 mm (12 in.) square at
(e) be designed in accordance with 2.12.2.4 right angles to and approximately at the center of the
door or gate, it will not deflect beyond the line of the
2.14.4.2.5 Each type and make of car door elec-
car sill.
tric contact, car gate electric contact, and car door inter-
When subjected to a force of 1 100 N (250 lbf) similarly
lock shall
applied, doors and vertically sliding gates shall not
(a) be type tested in conformance with 2.12.4.1
break or be permanently deformed and shall not be
(b) be listed/certified in conformance with 2.12.4.2 displaced from their guides or tracks.
(c) be marked in conformance with 2.12.4.3 Where multisection doors or gates are used, each
2.14.4.3 Type and Material for Doors. Doors shall panel shall withstand the forces specified.
be of the horizontally or vertically sliding type and of 2.14.4.7 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates. Verti-
material conforming to 2.14.2.1. cally sliding doors or gates shall conform to 2.14.4.7.1
through 2.14.4.7.5.
2.14.4.4 Type of Gates. Gates, where permitted,
shall be of the horizontally sliding or vertically sliding 2.14.4.7.1 They shall be of the balanced counter-
type, conforming to 2.14.4.7, 2.14.5, and 2.14.6. weighted type or the biparting counterbalanced type.
2.14.4.5 Location 2.14.4.7.2 Gates shall be constructed of wood or
metal, and shall be of a design that will reject a ball
2.14.4.5.1 Doors or gates for automatic or contin- 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter, except that if multisection
uous-pressure operation elevators, except freight eleva- vertical lift gates are used, the panel shall be designed
tors equipped with horizontally swinging doors and to reject a ball 10 mm (0.375 in.) in diameter.
not accessible to the general public, located in factories,
warehouses, garages, and similar buildings, shall be so 2.14.4.7.3 Doors shall be constructed of material
located that the distance from the face of the car door conforming to 2.14.2.1.
or gate to the face of the hoistway door shall be not
2.14.4.7.4 Doors or gates shall guard the full
more than the following:
width of the car entrance openings, and their height
(a) where a swinging-type hoistway door and a car shall conform to 2.14.5.4 or 2.14.6.2.3.
gate are used, 100 mm (4 in.)
(b) where a swinging-type hoistway door and a car 2.14.4.7.5 Balanced counterweighted doors or
door are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.) gates shall be either single or multiple section, and shall
(c) where a sliding-type hoistway door and a car door slide either up or down to open, conforming to 2.14.5.3
or gate are used, 140 mm (5.5 in.) and 2.14.6.2.
(d) on freight elevators that are equipped with hori- 2.14.4.8 Weights for Closing or Balancing Doors or
zontally swinging doors and that are not accessible to Gates. Weights used to close or balance doors or gates
the general public (i.e., located in factories, warehouses, shall be located outside the car enclosure and shall be
garages, and similar buildings), the distance specified guided or restrained to prevent them from coming out
in 2.14.4.5.1(a), (b), and (c) shall be not more than 165 mm of their runway.
(6.5 in.) The bottom of the guides or other restraining means
shall be so constructed as to retain the weights if the
2.14.4.5.2 The distances specified shall be mea-
weight suspension means breaks.
sured as follows:
Weights that extend beyond the hoistway side of the
(a) where a multisection car door and multisection
car door or gate guide rail shall be guarded to prevent
hoistway door are used, or where one of these doors is
accidental contact.
multisection and the other is single section, between the
sections of the car door and the hoistway door nearest 2.14.4.9 Factor of Safety for Suspension Members.
to each other Suspension members of vertically sliding car doors or

58.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

gates, and of weights used with car doors or gates, shall have no area or molding depressed or raised more than
have a factor of safety of not less than 5. At least two 3 mm (0.125 in.) and areas raised or depressed shall be
independent suspension means shall be provided so that beveled at not more than 30 deg to the panel surface.
the failure of one suspension means shall not permit the
2.14.5.6.2 Panels shall overlap the top and sides
car doors or gates to fall; or a safety device shall be
of the car entrance opening by not less than 13 mm
provided to prevent the doors or gates from falling, if
(0.5 in.) when in the closed position.
the suspension means fails.
2.14.4.10 Power-Operated and Power-Opened or 2.14.5.6.3 The vertical clearance between a panel
Power-Closed Doors or Gates. The operation of power- and the sill, or in the case of a vertically sliding door
operated and power-opened or power-closed doors or the vertical clearance between the leading edge and the
gates shall conform to 2.13. sill, shall not exceed 10 mm (0.375 in.) when in the fully
closed position.
2.14.4.11 Closed Position of Car Doors or Gates.
Car doors or gates shall be considered to be in the closed 2.14.5.6.4 The horizontal clearance shall not
position under the following conditions: exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.) for horizontally sliding panels
(a) for horizontally sliding doors or gates, when the and 25 mm (1 in.) for vertically sliding panels between
clear open space between the leading edge of the door (a) the car side of a panel and the related car
or gate and the nearest face of the jamb does not exceed entrance jamb
50 mm (2 in.) except where car doors are provided with (b) related panels of multispeed entrances
a car door interlock(s), 10 mm (0.375 in.) (c) the car side of the panel and the related car
(b) for vertically sliding counterweighted doors or head jamb
gates, when the clear open space between the leading 2.14.5.6.5 The leading edges of doors shall be
edge of the door or gate and the car platform sill does free of sharp projections.
not exceed 50 mm (2 in.)
(c) for horizontally sliding center-opening doors, or 2.14.5.6.6 The meeting panel edges of center-
vertically sliding biparting counterbalanced doors, opening entrances shall be protected with not less than
when the door panels are within 50 mm (2 in.) of contact one resilient male member extending the full height
with each other, except where horizontally sliding cen- of the panel. The meeting edges shall be permitted to
ter-opening car doors are provided with a car door inter- interlock by not more than 10 mm (0.375 in.). When in
lock(s), 10 mm (0.375 in.) the closed position, the distance between the metal parts
of the meeting panels shall not exceed 13 mm (0.5 in.).
2.14.5 Passenger Car Doors
2.14.5.6.7 The clearance between the leading
2.14.5.1 Number of Entrances Permitted. There shall edge of the trailing panel of multiple-speed panels and
be not more than two entrances to the car, except in the jamb shall not exceed
existing buildings where structural conditions make (a) 13 mm (0.5 in.) for horizontal slide
additional entrances necessary.
(b) 25 mm (1 in.) for vertical slide
2.14.5.2 Type Required. Horizontally or vertically
2.14.5.7 Manual Opening of Car Doors. Car doors (ED)
sliding doors subject to the restrictions of 2.14.5.3 shall
shall be so arranged that when the car is stopped within
be provided at each car entrance.
the unlocking zone (see 2.12.5.3) and power to the door
2.14.5.3 Vertically Sliding Doors. Vertically sliding operator is cut off, they and the mechanically related
doors shall be hoistway door, if any, shall be manually movable from
(a) of the balanced counterweighted type that slide inside the car. The force required at the edge of sliding
in the up direction to open doors to move them shall not exceed 330 N (75 lbf).
(b) power operated where facing a power-operated
vertically sliding counterbalanced or a vertically sliding- 2.14.5.8 Glass in Car Doors
down-to-open hoistway door 2.14.5.8.1 Vision panels, where provided, shall
2.14.5.4 Dimensions of Doors. Doors, when in the conform to 2.14.2.5.
fully closed position, shall protect the full width and 2.14.5.8.2 Glass doors, where provided, shall
height of the car entrance opening. conform to the following requirements:
2.14.5.5 Openings in Doors. There shall be no open- (a) The glass shall be laminated glass conforming to (05S)
ings in doors, except where vision panels are used. the requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201, or be laminated
glass, safety glass, or safety plastic conforming to the
2.14.5.6 Door Panels
requirements of CAN/CGSB-12.1, whichever is applica-
2.14.5.6.1 Door panels shall have a flush surface ble (see Part 9). Markings as specified shall be on each
on the side exposed to the car interior. The panels shall separate piece, and shall remain visible after installation.

58.2
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(b) The glass shall be not less than 60% of the total (b) where a vertically sliding car gate with a door
visible door panel surface area as seen from the car side reopening device is provided, the 25 mm (1 in.) maxi-
of the doors. Door lap shall not be used in calculating mum dimension specified shall be measured from the
glass size. car floor to the bottom of the leading member
(c) In power-operated doors, the glass panel shall be
2.14.6.2.4 The horizontal clearance between the
substantially flush with the surface of the car side of
car side of a panel and the related car entrance jamb or
the door.
between related panels of multispeed doors or gates
(d) The glass shall conform to the applicable strength
shall not exceed 25 mm (1 in.).
requirements of 2.14.4.6.
(e) The glass shall be so mounted that it, and its 2.14.6.3 Collapsible-Type Gates
mounting structure, will withstand the required elevator
2.14.6.3.1 Collapsible-type gates shall protect
tests without becoming damaged or dislodged.
the full width of the car entrance opening, and they shall
(f) A nonglass edge shall be provided on the leading extend from the car floor to a height of not less than
edge of the door panel. 1 825 mm (72 in.) when fully closed.
2.14.6 Freight Elevator Car Doors and Gates 2.14.6.3.2 When in the fully closed (extended)
2.14.6.1 Type of Gates position, the opening between vertical members shall
not be more than 115 mm (4.5 in.).
2.14.6.1.1 For elevators designed for Class A
loading (see 2.16.2.2), car gates shall be either of the 2.14.6.3.3 Every vertical member shall be
vertically sliding type (see 2.14.6.2) or the horizontally restricted from moving perpendicular to the direction
sliding collapsible type (see 2.14.6.3). of travel more than 13 mm (0.5 in.).

2.14.6.1.2 For elevators designed for Class B or 2.14.6.3.4 They shall not be power opened,
Class C loading (see 2.16.2.2), car gates shall be of the except as permitted by 2.13.2.1.2.
vertically sliding type (see 2.14.6.2). 2.14.6.3.5 When in the fully opened (collapsed)
2.14.6.2 Vertically Sliding Doors and Gates position, collapsible gates shall be permitted to be
arranged to swing inward.
(a) 2.14.6.2.1 On elevators used exclusively for
freight, car doors and gates shall be either of the balanced 2.14.6.3.6 Handles of manually operated col-
counterweighted type that slide up or down to open, lapsible gates nearest the car operating device on eleva-
or of the biparting counterbalanced type. They shall be tors operated from the car only shall be so located that
manually operated or power operated. Where the nearest handle is not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.)
power-operated vertically sliding biparting counterbal- from the car operating device when the gate is closed
anced or power-operated vertically sliding counter- (extended position), and not more than 1 225 mm (48 in.)
weighted hoistway doors are provided, facing car doors above the car floor. Gate handles shall be provided with
and gates shall be of the power-operated balanced coun- finger guards.
terweighted type that slide up to open.
2.14.7 Illumination of Cars and Lighting Fixtures
2.14.6.2.2 Where used on freight elevators per-
2.14.7.1 Illumination and Outlets Required. Cars
mitted to carry passengers (see 2.16.4), car doors shall
shall be provided with an electric light or lights conform-
conform to 2.14.5.
ing to 2.14.7.1.1 through 2.14.7.1.4.
2.14.6.2.3 Car doors and gates shall protect the
2.14.7.1.1 Not less than two lamps shall be pro-
full width of the car entrance opening, and their height
vided.
shall be determined as follows:
(a) car doors and gates shall extend from a point not 2.14.7.1.2 The minimum illumination at the car
more than 25 mm (1 in.) above the car floor to a point threshold, with the door closed, shall be not less than
not less than 1 825 mm (72 in.) above the car floor (a) 50 lx (5 fc) for passenger elevators

58.3
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.16.3 Capacity and Data Plates 2.16.4.5 Car doors shall be provided, and shall
conform to 2.14.5.
2.16.3.1 Plates Required and Locations. Every ele-
vator shall be provided with a capacity plate and a data
2.16.4.6 Openings in car enclosures shall conform
plate permanently and securely attached.
to 2.14.2.2.
The capacity plate shall be located in a conspicuous
position inside the car.
The data plate shall be located on the car crosshead, 2.16.4.7 Hoistway doors and/or car doors shall
or inside the car for underslung elevators having no conform to 2.12.5.
crosshead.
2.16.4.8 The factors of safety for suspension wire
2.16.3.2 Information Required on Plates ropes shall conform to Table 2.20.3 for passenger ele-
vators.
2.16.3.2.1 Capacity plates shall indicate the rated
load of the elevator in kilograms or pounds or both (see
Nonmandatory Appendix D), and, in addition, this plate 2.16.4.9 Power-operated vertically sliding doors (a)
or a separate plate shall indicate shall be power closed conforming to the following:
(a) the capacity lifting one-piece loads where the ele- (a) requirement 2.13.3.4
vator conforms to 2.16.7 (b) supporting chains, cables, or ropes shall not be
(b) for freight elevators designed for Class C2 loading, exposed to the car interior
the maximum load the elevator is designed to support
while being loaded or unloaded [see 2.16.2.2.4(c)]
2.16.5 Signs Required in Freight Elevator Cars
2.16.3.2.2 Data plates shall indicate
(a) the weight of the complete car, including the car
2.16.5.1 Signs Required. Signs, in addition to the
safety and all auxiliary equipment attached to the car
capacity and data plates required by 2.16.3.1, shall be
(b) the rated load and speed
provided inside the car and shall be located in a conspic-
(c) the wire rope data required by 2.20.2.1 uous position and permanently and securely fastened to
(d) the name or trademark of the manufacturer and the car enclosure, subject to the requirements of 2.16.5.1.1
year manufactured through 2.16.5.1.3.
(e) rail lubrication instructions (see 2.17.16)

2.16.3.3 Material and Marking of Plates. Plates shall 2.16.5.1.1 For every freight elevator, the sign
be of such material and construction that the letters and shall specify the type of loading (see 2.16.2.2) for which
figures stamped, etched, cast, or otherwise applied to the elevator is designed and installed, with one of the
the faces shall remain permanently and readily legible. following markings.
The height of the letters and figures shall be not (a) “CLASS A LOADING. ELEVATOR TO BE
less than LOADED OR UNLOADED MANUALLY OR BY
(a) 6 mm (0.25 in.) for passenger elevator capacity MEANS OF HAND TRUCKS ONLY. NO SINGLE PIECE
plates OF FREIGHT OR SINGLE HAND TRUCK AND ITS
(b) 25 mm (1 in.) for freight elevator capacity plates LOAD SHALL EXCEED KG ( LB).“
(c) 3 mm (0.125 in.) for data plates (b) “CLASS B LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT MOTOR VEHICLES
2.16.4 Carrying of Passengers on Freight Elevators HAVING A MAXIMUM GROSS WEIGHT NOT TO
EXCEED KG ( LB).”
Freight elevators conforming to 2.16.4.1 through
(c) “CLASS C1 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
2.16.4.9 shall be permitted to carry passengers.
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT LOADED INDUSTRIAL
2.16.4.1 The elevator shall not be accessible to the TRUCK. MAXIMUM COMBINED WEIGHT OF
general public. INDUSTRIAL TRUCK AND LOAD NOT TO
EXCEED KG ( LB).”
2.16.4.2 The rated load shall not be less than that (d) “CLASS C2 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR
required by 2.16.1. DESIGNED FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING BY
2.16.4.3 The elevator shall conform to 2.16.8. INDUSTRIAL TRUCK. MAXIMUM LOADING AND
UNLOADING WEIGHT WHILE PARKED NOT TO
2.16.4.4 Hoistway entrances shall conform to EXCEED KG ( LB). MAXIMUM WEIGHT
2.12.1.1 and 2.11.2.1, or shall be power-operated doors TRANSPORTED NOT TO EXCEED KG (
conforming to 2.11.2.2(e). LB).”

65
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(e) “CLASS C3 LOADING. THIS ELEVATOR 2.16.7.6 The car frame, car platform, sheaves,
DESIGNED TO TRANSPORT CONCENTRATED shafts, ropes, and locking devices shall be designed for
LOADS NOT TO EXCEED KG ( LB).” the specified “Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads,” pro-
vided that
(a) 2.16.5.1.2 For freight elevators not permitted to
(a) in the design of the car frame, platform, sheaves,
carry passengers, the sign shall read: “THIS IS A
FREIGHT ELEVATOR, NOT A PASSENGER ELEVA- shafts, and ropes, the allowable stress is permitted to
TOR, AND NOT FOR GENERAL PUBLIC USE.” be 20% higher than those permitted for normal loading
(b) the factor of safety for the locking device is not
2.16.5.1.3 For freight elevators permitted to less than 5
carry passengers (see 2.16.4), a sign reading “PASSEN-
GERS ARE PERMITTED TO RIDE THIS ELEVATOR.” 2.16.7.7 The car safeties shall be designed to stop
and hold the specified “Capacity Lifting One-Piece
(ED) 2.16.5.2 Material and Marking of Signs. Material
Loads” with the ropes intact. The safety is not required
and marking of signs shall conform to 2.16.3.3, except
to conform to the safety stopping distances specified in
that the letters shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high.
Table 2.17.3 if applied while the elevator is carrying a
one-piece load exceeding the rated load.
2.16.6 Overloading of Freight Elevators
Freight elevators shall not be loaded in excess of their 2.16.7.8 Where there is an occupied space, or an
rated load as specified on the capacity plate required unoccupied space not secured against unauthorized
by 2.16.3, except for access (see 2.6), under the hoistway, the requirements of
(a) static loads on elevators loaded and unloaded by 2.16.7.8.1 through 2.16.7.8.4 shall be conformed to.
industrial trucks as noted on capacity or separate plate
[see 2.16.2.2.3 and 2.16.3.2.1(b)] 2.16.7.8.1 The machine shall be designed to
(b) elevators designed and installed to conform to operate the “Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads” at slow
2.16.7 to carry one-piece loads exceeding their rated load speed.

2.16.7 Carrying of One-Piece Loads Exceeding the 2.16.7.8.2 The car safety shall be designed to
Rated Load stop and hold the car with this load, independently of
the hoisting ropes.
Passenger and freight elevators shall be permitted to
be used, where necessary, to carry one-piece loads 2.16.7.8.3 The counterweight safety, where
greater than their rated load, provided they are required by 2.6, shall be designed to stop and hold the
designed, installed, and operated to conform to 2.16.7.1 entire weight of the counterweight, independently of
through 2.16.7.11. the ropes.
2.16.7.1 A locking device shall be provided that 2.16.7.8.4 Under the conditions described in
will hold the car at any landing, independently of the 2.16.7.8.2 and 2.16.7.8.3, the car and counterweight safe-
hoisting ropes, while the car is being loaded or ties are not required to conform to the safety stopping
unloaded.
distances specified in Table 2.17.3 when the elevator is
2.16.7.2 The locking device shall be so designed carrying a one-piece load exceeding the rated load and
that it cannot be unlocked until the entire weight of the the counterweight is provided with additional weight
car and load is suspended on the ropes. as required by 2.16.7.9.

2.16.7.3 A removable wrench or other device shall 2.16.7.9 For traction machines, where it is neces-
be provided to operate the locking device. sary to secure adequate traction, an additional counter-
weight shall be added during the period of use with
2.16.7.4 The locking device shall be so designed
one-piece loads so that the total overbalance is at least
that the locking bars will be automatically withdrawn
equal to 45% of the “Capacity Lifting One-Piece Loads.”
should they come into contact with the landing locks
when the car is operated in the up direction. 2.16.7.10 A special operating device of the car (05S)
2.16.7.5 A special capacity plate shall be provided switch or continuous-pressure type shall be provided
inside the elevator car and located in a conspicuous in a machine room, control space located outside the
place that shall bear the words “CAPACITY LIFTING hoistway, or control room to operate the elevator.
ONE-PIECE LOADS” in letters, followed by figures giv- Means shall be provided to visually observe the driv-
ing the special capacity in kilograms (pounds) for lifting ing machine when this special operating device is oper-
one-piece loads for which the machine is designed. For ated. When this device is operative, all other operating
material and size of letters, see 2.16.3.3. devices shall be inoperative (see 2.26.1.3).

66
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(h) name or trademark by which the manufacturer of Table 2.18.7.4 Multiplier for Determining
the rope can be identified Governor Sheave Pitch Diameter
A new tag shall be installed at each rope renewal. The Rated Speed,
material and marking of the rope data tag shall conform m/s (ft/min) Number of Strands Multiplier
to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters and figures
shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.). 1.00 or less (200 or less) 6 42
1.00 or less (200 or less) 8 30
2.18.6 Design of Governor-Rope Retarding Means for Over 1.00 (over 200) 6 46
Type B Safeties Over 1.00 (over 200) 8 32
Type B car and counterweight safeties shall be acti-
vated by a speed governor with a governor-rope
retarding means conforming to 2.18.6.1 through 2.18.6.5.
car shall remain inoperative until the switch is manu-
2.18.6.1 Upon activation at the tripping speeds
ally reset.
given by 2.18.2, the means shall retard the rope with a
force that is at least 67% greater than the force required to 2.18.7.3 Governor sheave grooves shall have
activate the safety or to trip the governor-rope releasing machine-finished surfaces. Governor tension sheaves
carrier, where used (see 2.17.15). shall have machine-finished grooves for rated car speeds
2.18.6.2 The means shall be set to allow the gover- of more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min). Machined governor
nor rope to slip through the speed governor at a rope sheave grooves shall have a groove diameter of not more
tension (the governor pull-through tension) higher than than 1.15 times the diameter of the governor rope.
required to activate the safety or to trip the releasing 2.18.7.4 The pitch diameter of governor sheaves
carrier as specified in 2.17.15. The maximum tension in and governor tension sheaves shall be not less than the
the rope shall not exceed one-fifth of the rated ultimate product of the diameter of the rope and the applicable
strength of the rope. multiplier listed in Table 2.18.7.4, based on the rated
2.18.6.3 The means shall be designed to prevent speed and the number of strands in the rope.
appreciable damage to, or deformation of, the governor
2.18.8 Factors of Safety in Load-Bearing Parts of
rope resulting from its application (stopping action).
Speed Governor
2.18.6.4 The means shall provide a continuous
tension in the governor rope as required to operate the 2.18.8.1 Material, except cast iron, used in load-
safety during the entire stopping interval in accordance bearing parts of speed governors shall have a factor of
with 2.17.5.2. safety of not less than 3.5, and the materials used shall
have an elongation of not less than 15% in a length of
(05S) 2.18.6.5 The governor shall be arranged to be 50 mm (2 in.) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 8.
manually tripped or activated to facilitate the tests speci- Forged, cast, or welded parts shall be stress relieved.
fied in 8.10 and 8.11. Cast iron shall have a factor of safety of not less than 10.
NOTE: Manually tripped or activated includes means such as
but not limited to a finger, hand or cable-actuated lever, cam, etc., 2.18.8.2 The factors of safety shall be based upon
or some form of electromechanical actuation. the maximum stresses developed in the parts during
normal or governor tripping operation.
2.18.7 Design of Speed-Governor Sheaves and
Traction Between Speed-Governor Rope and 2.18.9 Speed-Governor Marking Plate
Sheave
A metal plate shall be securely attached to each speed
2.18.7.1 The arc of contact between the governor governor and shall be marked in a legible and permanent
rope and the governor sheave shall, in conjunction with manner with letters and figures not less than 6 mm
a governor-rope tension device, provide sufficient trac- (0.25 in.) in height indicating the following:
tion to cause proper functioning of the governor. (a) the speed in m/s (ft/min) at which the governor
2.18.7.2 Where the rope force imparted to the is set and sealed to trip the governor-rope retarding
governor rope (see 2.18.6.1) necessary to activate the means
safety, or to trip the releasing carrier, if used, is depen- (b) the size, material, and construction of the governor
dent upon the tension in the governor rope prior to rope on which the governor-rope retarding means were
governor tripping, a switch or switches mechanically designed to operate
opened by the governor tension sheave before the sheave (c) the governor pull-through tension (force) in N (lbf)
reaches its upper or lower limit of travel shall be pro- (see 2.18.6.2)
vided. This switch shall be of the manually reset type (d) manufacturer’s name or trademark
and shall conform to 2.26.4.3. Subsequent to the first (e) statement “DO NOT LUBRICATE GOVERNOR
stop of the car following the opening of the switch, the ROPE”

73
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

SECTION 2.19 (b) control system


ASCENDING CAR OVERSPEED AND UNINTENDED (c) any other component upon which intended car
CAR MOVEMENT PROTECTION movement depends, except suspension means and drive
2.19.1 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection sheave of the traction machine
2.19.1.1 Purpose. Ascending car overspeed protec-
2.19.2.2 Where Required and Function. All electric
tion shall be provided to prevent the car from striking
traction elevators shall be provided with a means (see
the hoistway overhead structure as a result of a failure in
2.26.2.30) that shall
(a) the electric driving-machine motor, brake, cou-
(a) detect unintended car movement in either direc-
pling, shaft, or gearing
(b) the control system tion away from the landing with the hoistway door not
(c) any other component upon which the speed of the in the locked position and the car door or gate not in
car depends, except the suspension ropes and the drive the closed position.
sheave of the traction machine NOTE [2.19.2.2(a)]: Freight elevators provided with combination
2.19.1.2 Where Required and Function. All electric mechanical locks and contacts on the hoistway door shall detect
traction elevators, except those whose empty car weight the closed position of the hoistway door and the closed position
of the car door or gate.
exceeds the total weight of the suspension ropes and
counterweight, shall be provided with a device to pre- (1) If the detection means requires electrical power
vent an ascending elevator from striking the hoistway for its functioning, then
overhead structure. This device (see 2.26.2.29) shall (a) a loss of electrical power to the unintended
(a) detect an ascending car overspeed condition at a movement detection and control means shall cause the
speed not greater than 10% higher than the speed at immediate activation of the emergency brake as required
which the car governor is set to trip (see 2.18.2.1). in 2.19.2.2(b)
(1) If the overspeed detection means requires elec- (b) the occurrence of a single ground, or the fail- (07)
trical power for its functioning ure of any mechanically operated switch that does not
(a) a loss of electrical power to the ascending car
meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3, any single magneti-
overspeed detection and control means shall cause the
cally operated switch, contactor, or relay, or any single
immediate activation of the emergency brake as required
solid-state device, or software system failure, shall not
in 2.19.1.2(b)
render the detection means inoperative
(07) (b) the occurrence of a single ground, or the fail-
(2) The failure of any single mechanically operated
ure of any mechanically operated switch that does not
switch that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3,
meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3.1, any single magneti-
cally operated switch, contactor, or relay, or any single shall not render the detection means inoperative.
solid-state device, or a failure of a software system not (3) When a fault specified in 2.19.2.2(a)(1)(b) or
conforming to 2.26.4.3.2, shall not render the detection 2.19.2.2(a)(2) is detected, the car shall stop at or before
means inoperative the next landing for which a demand was registered,
(2) The failure of any single mechanically operated and shall not be permitted to restart.
switch that does not meet the requirements of 2.26.4.3 (4) Once actuated by unintended movement, the
shall not render the detection means inoperative. detection means shall remain actuated until manually
(3) When a fault specified in 2.19.1.2(a)(1)(b) or reset, and the car shall not start or run unless the detec-
2.19.1.2(a)(2) is detected, the car shall stop at or before tion means is reset.
the next landing for which a demand was registered, (b) upon detection of unintended car movement, stop
and shall not be permitted to restart. and hold the car, with any load up to rated load [see
(4) Once actuated by overspeed, the overspeed also 2.16.8(h)], by applying an emergency brake con-
detection means shall remain actuated until manually forming to 2.19.3. The stopped position of the car shall
reset, and the car shall not start or run unless the detec- be limited in both directions, to a maximum of 1 220 mm
tion means is reset. (48 in.) as measured from the landing sill to the car sill.
(b) decelerate the car when loaded with any load up The car shall not start or run unless the emergency brake
to its rated load [see 2.16.8(h)] by applying an emergency provided for the unintended movement protection is
brake conforming to 2.19.3. The car shall not start or reset.
run unless the emergency brake is reset.
(a) 2.19.2 Unintended Car Movement Protection 2.19.3 Emergency Brake (See Nonmandatory
2.19.2.1 Purpose. Protection shall be provided with Appendix F)
a means to detect unintended car movement (see 1.3) 2.19.3.1 Where Required
and stop the car movement, as a result of failure in any
of the following: 2.19.3.1.1 When required by 2.19.1 for protection
(a) electric driving-machine motor, brake, coupling, against ascending car overspeed, an emergency brake
shaft, or gearing (see 1.3) conforming to 2.19.3.2 shall be provided.

74
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.19.3.1.2 When required by 2.19.2 for protection safety, when applied during the retardation phase of
against unintended car movement, an emergency brake emergency braking, shall be not less than those specified
(see 1.3) conforming to 2.19.3.2 shall be provided. in 2.24.3.1 and 2.24.3.2. Degradation of the emergency
2.19.3.1.3 A single device shall be permitted to brake due to wear shall be considered.
meet the requirements of both 2.19.3.1.1 and 2.19.3.1.2, (3) Where an emergency brake acts on the suspen-
or separate devices shall be provided. sion or compensation means
(a) the factor of safety with respect to the break-
(a) 2.19.3.2 Requirements. The emergency brake is ing strength of the suspension and compensation mem-
permitted to consist of one or more devices and shall ber shall be not less than 5 at any time during the
(a) function to decelerate the car by acting on one or retardation phase, and
more of the following (see also 2.19.4): (b) it shall be designed to prevent appreciable
(1) counterweight [e.g., counterweight safety (see damage or deformation to the suspension and compen-
2.17.4 and 2.17.7)] sation member resulting from its activation
(2) car (j) be arranged to be tested in accordance with the
(3) suspension or compensation means system requirements specified in 8.10.2
(4) drive sheave of a traction machine (k) if the design of the emergency brake is such that (05S)
(5) brake drum or braking surface of the driving- field adjustment or servicing is required and the emer-
machine brake, provided that the driving-machine brake gency brake acts on the brake drum or braking surface
surface is integral (cast or welded) with or directly of the driving-machine brake, it shall be provided with
attached to the driving-machine sheave. Attachments, a sign stating “EMERGENCY BRAKE.” The sign shall
where used, shall conform to 2.24.3 and 2.24.4.1. Weld- be located on the emergency brake at a location visible
ing, where used, shall conform to 8.8. from the area likely to require service. The sign shall be
(b) be independent of the driving-machine brake of such material and construction that the letters shall
(c) not be used to provide, or assist in providing, the remain permanently and readily legible. The height of
stopping of the car when on automatic operation, unless the letters shall be not less than 6 mm (0.25 in.).
applied as required in 2.19.1 and 2.19.2, or as permitted
in 2.19.3.2(e) and (f) 2.19.3.3 Marking Plate Requirements. The emer-
(d) be permitted to be applied only after the car is gency brake shall be provided with a marking plate
stopped when on automatic operation, except as indicating the range of total masses (car with attach-
required in 2.19.1 and 2.19.2 ments and its load) for which it is permitted to be used,
(e) be permitted to be applied to a stationary or mov- the range of speeds at which it is set to operate, and the
ing braking surface when any electrical protective device criteria such as rail lubrication requirements that are
(2.26.2) is actuated critical to the performance.
(f) be permitted to be applied to a stationary or mov- 2.19.4 Emergency Brake Supports
ing braking surface when on continuous-pressure opera-
tion (e.g., continuous-pressure inspection operation, All components and structural members, including
inspection operation with open door circuits, or their fastenings, subjected to forces due to the applica-
hoistway access operation) tion of the emergency brake shall be designed to with-
(g) not require the application of electrical power for stand the maximum forces developed during the
its activation, nor be rendered inoperative by the failure retardation phase of the emergency braking so that the
of any power supply resulting stresses shall not exceed those permitted for
(h) not on its own cause the car average retardation the applicable type of equipment as follows:
to exceed 9.8 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2) during the stopping or (a) machinery and sheave beams (see 2.9.6)
slowdown phase during ascending car overspeed (b) guide rails and their supports (see 2.23.5.3)
(i) be designed so that the factors of safety based on (c) counterweight frames (see 2.21.2.3.3)
the maximum stresses developed in the parts subject to (d) car frames (see 2.15.10.2)
load during the operation of the emergency brake shall (e) machines, sheaves, and bedplates (see 2.24.3.2)
comply with the following:
(1) Where an emergency brake is applied only SECTION 2.20
when protecting against either an ascending car SUSPENSION ROPES AND THEIR CONNECTIONS
overspeed condition or unintended car movement with
the car and hoistway doors open, the minimum factors 2.20.1 Suspension Means
of safety, when applied during the retardation phase of Elevator cars shall be suspended by steel wire ropes
emergency braking, shall be not less than those specified attached to the car frame or passing around sheaves
in 2.17.12.1. attached to the car frame specified in 2.15.1. Ropes that
(2) Where an emergency brake is applied as permit- have previously been installed and used on another
ted in 2.19.3.2(d), (e), and (f), the minimum factors of installation shall not be reused.

75
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Only iron (low-carbon steel) or steel wire ropes, hav- Table 2.20.3 Minimum Factors of Safety for
ing the commercial classification ”Elevator Wire Rope,” Suspension Wire Ropes
or wire rope specifically constructed for elevator use, Minimum Factor of Safety
shall be used for the suspension of elevator cars and for Rope Speed,
m/s (ft/min) Passenger Freight
the suspension of counterweights. The wire material
for ropes shall be manufactured by the open-hearth or 0.25 (50) 7.60 6.65
electric furnace process or their equivalent. 0.37 (75) 7.75 6.85
0.50 (100) 7.97 7.00
2.20.2 Wire Rope Data 0.62 (125) 8.10 7.15
2.20.2.1 On Crosshead Data Plate. The crosshead 0.75 (150) 8.25 7.30
data plate required by 2.16.3 shall bear the following 0.87 (175) 8.40 7.45
wire-rope data:
1.00 (200) 8.60 7.65
(a) the number of ropes 1.12 (225) 8.75 7.75
(b) the diameter in millimeters (mm) or inches (in.) 1.25 (250) 8.90 7.90
(c) the manufacturer’s rated breaking strength per 1.50 (300) 9.20 8.20
rope in kilonewton (kN) or pounds (lb) 1.75 (350) 9.50 8.45

2.20.2.2 On Rope Data Tag. A metal data tag shall 2.00 (400) 9.75 8.70
be securely attached to one of the wire-rope fastenings. 2.25 (450) 10.00 8.90
This data tag shall bear the following wire-rope data: 2.50 (500) 10.25 9.15
(a) the diameter in millimeters (mm) or inches (in.) 2.75 (550) 10.45 9.30
(b) the manufacturer’s rated breaking strength
3.00 (600) 10.70 9.50
(c) the grade of material used
3.25 (650) 10.85 9.65
(d) the month and year the ropes were installed 3.50 (700) 11.00 9.80
(e) the month and year the ropes were first shortened 3.75 (750) 11.15 9.90
(f) whether the ropes were nonpreformed or pre-
formed 4.00 (800) 11.25 10.00
(g) construction classification 4.25 (850) 11.35 10.10
4.50 (900) 11.45 10.15
(h) name of the person or organization who installed
4.75 (950) 11.50 10.20
the ropes
(i) name or trademark of the manufacturer of the 5.00 (1,000) 11.55 10.30
ropes 5.25 (1,050) 11.65 10.35
(j) lubrication information 5.50 (1,100) 11.70 10.40
A new tag shall be installed at each rope renewal. 5.75 (1,150) 11.75 10.45
The material and marking of the rope data tag shall
6.00 (1,200) 11.80 10.50
conform to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters 6.25 (1,250) 11.80 10.50
and figures shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.06 in.). 6.50 (1,300) 11.85 10.55
2.20.3 Factor of Safety 6.75 (1,350) 11.85 10.55

The factor of safety of the suspension wire ropes shall 7.00–10.00 (1,400–2,000) 11.90 10.55
be not less than shown in Table 2.20.3. Figure 8.2.7 gives
the minimum factor of safety for intermediate rope
speeds. The factor of safety shall be based on the actual
rope speed corresponding to the rated speed of the car.
2.20.4 Minimum Number and Diameter of
The factor of safety shall be calculated by the following
Suspension Ropes
formula:
The minimum number of hoisting ropes used shall
SⴛN
fp be three for traction elevators and two for drum-type
W
elevators.
where Where a car counterweight is used, the number of
N p number of runs of rope under load. For 2:1 counterweight ropes used shall be not less than two.
roping, N shall be two times the number of The term “diameter,” where used in reference to ropes,
ropes used, etc. shall refer to the nominal diameter as given by the rope
S p manufacturer ’s rated breaking strength of manufacturer.
one rope The minimum diameter of hoisting and counter-
W p maximum static load imposed on all car ropes weight ropes shall be 9.5 mm (0.375 in.). Outer wires of
with the car and its rated load at any position the ropes shall be not less than 0.56 mm (0.024 in.) in
in the hoistway diameter.

76
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Rope or rod operating devices actuated manually, or (5) when in the “NORMAL” position, disable
rope operating devices actuated by wheels, levers, or inspection operation by means of the inspection
cranks, shall not be used. operating devices
(c) Inspection operating devices shall
2.26.1.2 For Car-Switch Operation Elevators. Han-
dles of lever-type operating devices of car-switch opera- (1) be of the continuous-pressure type
tion elevators shall be so arranged that they will return (2) be labeled “UP” and ”DOWN,” respectively
to the stop position and latch there automatically when (d) Inspection operation shall conform to the fol-
the hand of the operator is removed. lowing:
(1) the speed of the car shall not exceed 0.75 m/s (07)
2.26.1.3 Additional Operating Devices for Elevators (150 ft/min)
Equipped to Carry One-Piece Loads Greater Than the For elevators with static control, an independent
Rated Load. Elevators equipped to carry one-piece means shall be provided to limit the inspection speed
loads greater than their rated load shall be provided to a maximum of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min), should the
with an additional operating device of the continuous- normal means to control this speed (mechanical, electri-
pressure type to operate the elevator at a speed not cal, or solid-state devices) fail to do so.
exceeding 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) under such conditions. (2) be subject to the electrical protective devices
The normal operating devices shall be inoperative dur- required by 2.26.2, except as permitted by 2.26.1.5
ing such operation (see 2.16.7.10). (3) fully closed doors shall be permitted to be held
(05S) 2.26.1.4 Inspection Operation. See Appendix R, in the closed position with power applied
Table R-1. (e) Inspection operation shall be used only by elevator
personnel.
2.26.1.4.1 General Requirements
(a) Operating Devices 2.26.1.4.2 Top-of-Car Inspection Operation. Top-
(1) Operating devices for inspection operation shall of-car inspection operation shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1
be provided and the following:
(a) on the top of the car (a) A stop switch (see 2.26.2.8) shall be permanently
(b) at the inspection and test panel when required located on the car top and readily accessible to a person,
by 2.7.6.5.2(h) while standing at the hoistway entrance normally used
(2) Operating devices for inspection operation shall for access to the car top.
also be permitted (b) The transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)] shall be
(a) in the car located on the car top and shall be so designed as to
(b) in a machinery space outside the hoistway prevent accidental transfer from the ”INSPECTION” to
(c) in a machine room “NORMAL” position.
(d) in a control space outside the hoistway (c) A separate device of the continuous-pressure type
(e) in a control room labeled “ENABLE” shall be provided adjacent to the
(f) in the pit in accordance with 2.7.5.2.2 inspection operating devices.
(g) at a working platform in accordance with (d) The inspection operating devices shall become
2.7.5.3.6 effective only when the “ENABLE” device is activated.
(b) A switch for transferring control of the elevator (e) The inspection operating devices [see
to the operating devices for inspection operation shall 2.26.1.4.1(c)], shall be permitted to be of the portable
be provided, that shall type, provided that
(1) be manually operated (1) the “ENABLE” device [see 2.26.1.4.2(c)], and a
(2) be labeled “INSPECTION” stop switch, in addition to the stop switch required in
(3) have two positions, labeled “INSPECTION” or 2.26.1.4.2(a) are included in the portable unit
“INSP” and “NORMAL” or “NORM” (2) the flexible cord is permanently attached so that
(4) when in the “INSPECTION” position the portable unit cannot be detached from the car top
(a) enable inspection operation by means of the (f) Separate additional devices of the continuous-
inspection operating devices pressure type shall be permitted to be provided on the
(b) except as provided, in 2.26.1.4.2(f), cause the car top to make power door opening and closing and
movement of the car to be solely under the control of automatic car leveling operative from the top of the car
the inspection operating devices through a contact that for testing purposes.
shall be positively opened mechanically and whose (g) When on top-of-car inspection operation, a sepa-
opening shall not depend solely on springs rate additional device shall be permitted to render inef-
(c) disable automatic power door opening and fective the top final terminal stopping device, and the
closing and car leveling, except as provided in buffer switch for gas spring-return counterweight oil
2.26.1.4.2(f) buffers, in conformance with the requirements of

99
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.26.4.3, 2.26.9.3(a), and 2.26.9.4, and it shall allow the (d) Where inspection operation from a working plat-
car to be moved to a position in conformance with the form is provided and the working platform transfer
requirements of 2.7.4.5 and 2.7.5.1.3(c). switch is in the “INSPECTION” position, the controls
shall prevent operation of the car when any other inspec-
2.26.1.4.3 In-Car Inspection Operation. When in- tion transfer switch, other than that at the working plat-
car inspection operation is provided, it shall conform to form, is in the “INSPECTION” position, or when
2.26.1.4.1, and the transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)] hoistway access operation is enabled.
(a) shall be located in the car.
(b) shall be key-operated or placed behind a locked 2.26.1.5 Inspection Operation With Open Door Cir- (05S)
cover. Keys to operate or access the switch shall be Group cuits. A single set of switches marked “CAR DOOR
1 Security (see 8.1). BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS” shall be
provided in the elevator controller enclosure containing
(c) shall be rendered ineffective if top-of-car inspec-
the car door and gate electric contact circuits and
tion operation is activated.
hoistway door interlock and hoistway door electric con-
(d) when in the “INSPECTION” position, shall not tact circuits (see 2.26.2.14 and 2.26.2.15); except where
enable hoistway access switch(es). A third switch posi- the switches are not accessible from outside the
tion shall be permitted to enable the hoistway access hoistway, they shall be located in the inspection and test
switches [see 2.12.7.3.3(a)]. panel (see 2.7.6.5). The switches shall prepare the control
2.26.1.4.4 Machinery Space Outside the Hoistway, system so that, only when top-of-car or in-car inspection
Machine Room, Control Space Outside the Hoistway, Con- operation is activated, the car shall be permitted to be
trol Room, Pit, Landing, and Working Platform Inspection moved with open door contacts. The switches shall con-
Operations. Where inspection operation in a machinery form to 2.26.1.5.1 through 2.26.1.5.8.
space outside the hoistway, machine room, control space 2.26.1.5.1 They shall have contacts that are posi-
outside the hoistway, control room, pit, or at an inspec- tively opened mechanically, when switching to either
tion and test panel, or a working platform is provided, “BYPASS” or “OFF” positions, and their opening shall
it shall conform to 2.26.1.4.1 and the following: not be solely dependent on springs.
(a) The transfer switch [see 2.26.1.4.1(b)] shall be
2.26.1.5.2 The positions of the “BYPASS”
(1) located in the pit, where provided in accordance switches shall be clearly marked “BYPASS” and “OFF.”
with 2.7.5.2.2 (Pit Inspection Operation)
(2) located in the inspection and test panel as 2.26.1.5.3 The related circuits shall comply with
required by 2.7.6.5.2(h) (Landing Inspection Operation) 2.26.9.3 and 2.26.9.4.
(3) located in the machinery space outside the 2.26.1.5.4 When either or both of the switches
hoistway, machine room, control space outside the are in the “BYPASS” position, all means of operation
hoistway, or control room, as applicable shall be made inoperative except top-of-car and in-car
(4) located at a working platform where required inspection operation [see also 2.26.1.4.4(c) and (d)].
by 2.7.5.3.6 (Working Platform Inspection Operation)
2.26.1.5.5 When the “CAR DOOR BYPASS” (a)
(5) rendered ineffective if top-of-car inspection switch is in the “BYPASS” position, it shall permit top-
operation, in-car inspection operation, or hoistway of-car and in-car inspection operation with open car
access operation is activated, or when a car door or door interlocks or car door or gate contacts.
hoistway door bypass switch is in the “BYPASS”
position 2.26.1.5.6 When the “HOISTWAY DOOR
(b) Only one mode of the inspection operation as BYPASS” switch is in the “BYPASS” position, it shall
described in 2.26.1.4.4(a)(1) through (4) shall be permit- permit top-of-car and in-car inspection operation with
ted to be operative at any time. If more than one inspec- open hoistway door interlocks or contacts.
tion operation transfer switch, as permitted in 2.26.1.5.7 Each of the “BYPASS” switches shall
2.26.1.4.4(a)(1) through (4), is in the “INSPECTION” be permitted to be replaced by a set of switches used
position, the controls shall prevent operation of the car to bypass individual groups of door contacts. Each
from any location as described in 2.26.1.4.4(a)(1) switch in this set shall be marked to identify the specific
through (4). door contacts bypassed.
(c) Pit inspection operation where provided shall also
2.26.1.5.8 A warning sign shall be mounted adja-
conform to 2.26.1.4.2(c) and (d). When the pit transfer
cent to the “BYPASS” switches stating, “Jumpers shall
switch is in the “INSPECTION” position, the controls
not be used to bypass hoistway door or car door electric
shall prevent operation of the car when any inspection
contacts.”
transfer switch, other than that in the pit, is in the
“INSPECTION” position, or when hoistway access oper- 2.26.1.6 Operation in Leveling or Truck Zone. Oper-
ation is enabled. ation of an elevator in a leveling or truck zone at any

100
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

landing by a car leveling or truck zoning device, when When an electrical protective device is activated
the hoistway doors, or the car doors or gates, or any (operated, opened), it shall be permitted to cause the
combination thereof, are not in the closed position, is emergency brake to apply (see 2.19.3).
permissible, subject to the requirements of 2.26.1.6.1
2.26.2.1 Slack-Rope Switch. Winding-drum
through 2.26.1.6.7.
machines shall be provided with a slack-rope device
2.26.1.6.1 Operating devices of manually oper- equipped with a slack-rope switch of the enclosed manu-
ated car leveling devices or truck zoning devices shall ally reset type. This switch shall operate whenever the
be of the continuous-pressure type and located in the car. ropes are slack.
2.26.1.6.2 Car platform guards, conforming to 2.26.2.2 Motor-Generator Running Switch. Where
2.15.9, shall be provided. Where a car leveling device is generator-field control is used, means shall be provided
used, landing sill guards, conforming to 2.11.12.7, shall to prevent the application of power to the elevator
also be provided. driving-machine motor and brake unless the motor gen-
erator set connections are properly switched for the run-
2.26.1.6.3 The leveling zone at any landing shall ning condition of the elevator. It is not required that
not extend more than 450 mm (18 in.) above and below the electrical connections between the elevator driving
any landing where an automatic leveling device is used, machine motor and the generator be opened in order
and not more than 250 mm (10 in.) above and below to remove power from the elevator motor.
any landing where a manually operated leveling device
is used. 2.26.2.3 Compensating-Rope Sheave Switch. Com-
pensating-rope sheaves shall be provided with a com-
2.26.1.6.4 The truck zone at any landing shall not pensating-rope sheave switch or switches mechanically
extend more than 1 700 mm (67 in.) above the landing. opened by the compensating-rope sheave before the
2.26.1.6.5 Where a truck or leveling zone for one sheave reaches its upper or lower limit of travel.
hoistway entrance extends into the door interlocking 2.26.2.4 Motor Field Sensing Means. Where direct
zone for a second entrance, the truck zoning or leveling current is supplied to an armature and shunt field of an
operation shall be inoperative unless the hoistway door elevator driving-machine motor, a motor field current
at the second entrance is in the closed position. sensing means shall be provided, that shall cause the
Where a truck or leveling zone for one hoistway electric power to be removed from the driving-machine
entrance extends into the leveling zone for a second motor armature, and brake unless current is flowing in
entrance, the leveling operation for the second entrance the shunt field of the motor, except for static control
shall be inoperative while the hoistway door at the first elevators provided with a device to detect an overspeed
entrance is open. condition prior to, and independent of, the operation of
2.26.1.6.6 A leveling or truck-zoning device shall the governor overspeed switch. This device shall cause
not move the car at a speed exceeding 0.75 m/s power to be removed from the elevator driving-machine
(150 ft/min). motor armature and machine brake.
For elevators with static control, an independent 2.26.2.5 Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency
means shall be provided to limit the leveling speed to stop switch shall not be provided on passenger elevators.
a maximum of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) with the doors On all freight elevators, an emergency stop switch shall
open, should the normal means to control this speed be provided in the car, and located in or adjacent to each
(mechanical, electrical, or solid-state devices) fail to car operating panel.
do so. When open (“STOP” position), this switch shall cause
the electric power to be removed from the elevator driv-
2.26.1.6.7 For elevators with static control, an
ing-machine motor and brake.
inner landing zone extending not more than 75 mm
Emergency stop switches shall
(3 in.) above and 75 mm (3 in.) below the landing shall
(a) be of the manually opened and closed type
be provided. A car shall not move if it stops outside of
(b) have red operating handles or buttons
the inner landing zone unless the doors are fully closed.
(c) be conspicuously and permanently marked
(a) 2.26.2 Electrical Protective Devices “STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and “RUN” posi-
tions
When an electrical protective device is activated
(d) while opened, cause the audible device to sound
(operated, opened), it shall cause the electric power to
(see 2.27.1.2)
be removed from the elevator driving-machine motor
and brake. [See also 2.26.3, 2.26.4.3, 2.26.4.4, 2.26.7, NOTE (2.26.2.5): See 2.26.2.21 for in-car stop switch requirements
for passenger elevators.
2.26.8.3(c), 2.26.9.3, and 2.26.9.4.] Electrical protective
devices shall be provided as specified in 2.26.2.1 through 2.26.2.6 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain Switches. The
2.26.2.37. switch or switches that shall be opened by a failure of

101
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

a rope, tape, or chain, shall be provided when required 2.26.2.21 In-Car Stop Switch. On passenger eleva-
by 2.25.2.3.2 or 2.25.4.1.8(b). tors, a stop switch, either key operated or behind a
locked cover, shall be provided in the car and located
2.26.2.7 Stop Switch in Pit. A stop switch conform-
in or adjacent to the car operating panel. The key shall
ing to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), (c) shall be provided in the pit of
be Group 1 Security (see 8.1).
every elevator (see 2.2.6).
The switch shall be clearly and permanently marked
2.26.2.8 Stop Switch on Top of Car. A stop switch “STOP” and shall indicate the “STOP” and “RUN” posi-
conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided tions.
on the top of every elevator car. When opened (“STOP” position), this switch shall
cause the electric power to be removed from the elevator
2.26.2.9 Car Safety Mechanism Switch. A switch,
driving-machine motor and brake.
conforming to 2.17.7 shall be required where a car safety
is provided. 2.26.2.22 Buffer Switches for Gas Spring-Return Oil
Buffers. Buffer switches conforming to 2.22.4.5(c) shall
2.26.2.10 Speed-Governor Overspeed Switch. A be provided.
speed-governor overspeed switch shall be provided
when required by 2.18.4.1 and shall conform to 2.18.4.1.2, 2.26.2.23 Stop Switch in Remote Machine and Con-
2.18.4.2, and 2.18.4.3. trol Rooms. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a),
(b), and (c) shall be provided in remote machine and
2.26.2.11 Final Terminal Stopping Devices. Final control rooms where required by 2.7.8.
terminal stopping devices, conforming to 2.25.3, shall
be provided for every electric elevator. 2.26.2.24 Stop Switch for Machinery Spaces and Con- (05S)
trol Spaces. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a),
2.26.2.12 Emergency Terminal Speed-Limiting (b), and (c) shall be provided where required by 2.7.3.5.
Devices. Where reduced-stroke oil buffers are provided,
as permitted by 2.22.4.1.2, emergency terminal speed- 2.26.2.25 Blind Hoistway Emergency Door Locking
limiting devices conforming to 2.25.4.1 shall be pro- Device. A locking device conforming to 2.11.1.2(e) shall
vided. be provided on every emergency door in a blind
hoistway.
2.26.2.13 Buffer Switches for Oil Buffers Used With
2.26.2.26 Pit Access Door Electric Contact. An elec-
Type C Car Safeties. Oil level and compression switches
tric contact shall be provided on each pit access door
conforming to 2.17.8.2.7 and 2.17.8.2.8 shall be provided
where required by 2.2.4.4.
for all oil buffers used with Type C safeties (see 2.17.5.3).
2.26.2.27 Stop Switch in Remote Counterweight
2.26.2.14 Hoistway Door Interlocks and Hoistway
Hoistways. A stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.5(a), (b),
Door Electric Contacts. Hoistway door interlocks or
and (c) shall be provided in the remote counterweight
hoistway door electric contacts conforming to 2.12 shall
hoistway where required by 2.3.3.3.
be provided for all elevators.
2.26.2.28 Car Door Interlock. An interlock conform-
2.26.2.15 Car Door and Gate Electric Contacts. Car ing to 2.14.4.2 shall be provided where required by
door or gate electric contacts, conforming to 2.14.4.2, 2.14.4.2.1.
shall be provided for all elevators; except when car door
interlock, conforming to 2.26.2.28 is provided. 2.26.2.29 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection
Device. An overspeed device shall be provided when
2.26.2.16 Emergency Terminal Stopping Devices. required by 2.19.1 and shall meet the requirements of
Emergency terminal stopping devices conforming to 2.19.1.2(a).
2.25.4.2 shall be provided for all elevators where static
control is used, unless exempted by 2.25.4.2. 2.26.2.30 Unintended Car Movement Device. An
unintended car movement device shall be provided
2.26.2.18 Car Top Emergency Exit Electrical Device. when required by 2.19.2 and shall meet the requirements
An electrical device conforming to 2.14.1.5.1(f) shall be of 2.19.2.2(a). Where generator-field control is used, this
provided on the car top emergency exit cover. electrical protective device shall also cause the power
2.26.2.19 Motor-Generator Overspeed Protection. to be removed from the drive motor of the motor-genera-
Means shall be provided to cause the electric power to tor set.
be removed automatically from the elevator driving- 2.26.2.31 Car Access Panel Locking Device. A lock-
machine motor and brake should a motor-generator set, ing device conforming to 2.14.2.6 shall be provided
driven by a DC motor, overspeed excessively. where required by 2.14.2.6(e).
2.26.2.20 Electric Contacts for Hinged Car Platform 2.26.2.32 Hoistway Access Opening Locking
Sills. Hinged car platform sills, where provided, shall Device. Access openings in the hoistway shall be pro-
be equipped with electric contacts conforming to 2.15.16. vided with a locking device where required by 2.11.1.4.

102
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.26.2.33 Firefighter’s Stop Switch. A firefighter’s solely dependent on springs. Exceptions are devices
stop switch that conforms to the requirements of described by 2.26.2.4, 2.26.2.19, 2.26.2.29, and 2.26.2.30;
2.26.2.5(a), (b), and (c) shall be provided where required and 2.26.2.12 and 2.26.2.16 where magnetically operated,
by 2.27.3.3.1(m). optical, or static-type switches are used.
(05S) 2.26.2.34 Unexpected Car Movement Device. An 2.26.4.3.2 They shall be listed/certified and
unexpected car movement device shall be provided labeled/marked to a SIL rating in accordance with the
where required by 2.7.5.1.2(c). This requirement shall be applicable requirements of IEC 61508-2 and IEC 61508-3
permitted to be satisfied by another device specified in with a SIL rating equal to or greater than the SIL indi-
2.26.2, provided that the means required by 2.7.5.1.1 cated for the applicable device shown in Table 2.26.4.3.2.
actuates the electrical device. The detection of a dangerous fault (e.g., with diagnos-
tic tests, proof-tests, or by any other means) in SIL rated
(05S) 2.26.2.35 Equipment Access Panel Electrical
E/E/PES that can tolerate a single fault shall cause the
Device. An electric contact on equipment access panels
elevator to revert to a known fail-safe condition. Where
in the car shall be provided where required by 2.7.5.1.4
necessary, to maintain the integrity of the SIL rated
or 2.14.2.2(g).
E/E/PES and maintain the fail-safe condition prior to
(05S) 2.26.2.36 Working Platform Electrical Device. An a second fault that could lead to a dangerous condition,
electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3(b), (c), and (e) a manual reset shall be required to remove the SIL rated
shall be provided where required by 2.7.5.3.1. E/E/PES from the fail-safe condition.
(05S) 2.26.2.37 Retractable Stop Electrical Device. An 2.26.4.4 Control equipment shall be tested in (a)
electric contact conforming to 2.14.4.2.3(b), (c), and (e) accordance with the testing requirements of EN 12016
shall be provided where required by 2.7.5.5(a). by exposing it to interference levels at the test values
specified for “safety circuits.” The interference shall not
(07) 2.26.2.38 Retractable Ladder Electrical Device. An cause any of the conditions described in 2.26.9.3(a)
electrical contact conforming to the following shall be through (e) and shall not cause the car to move while
provided where required by 2.2.4.2.7: on inspection operation.
(a) be positively opened by a device attached to and
operated by the ladder 2.26.4.4.1 The test for voltage dips in Table 6 of
(b) not utilize mercury tube switches EN 12016 shall be permitted to be conducted by either
using the times specified in Table 6, or using a voltage
2.26.3 Contactors and Relays for Use in Critical reduction of 30% of the nominal input voltage for 0.5
Operating Circuits cycles at 60 Hz and a voltage reduction of 60% of nominal
Where electromechanical contactors or relays are pro- input voltage for 5 cycles at 60 Hz.
vided to fulfill the requirements of 2.26.8.2, and 2.26.9.3 NOTE: The test requirements for voltage dips in 2.26.4.4.1 are
through 2.26.9.7, they shall be considered to be used in adjusted for 60 Hz operation.
critical operating circuits. If contact(s) on these electro- 2.26.4.4.2 If enclosure doors or suppression
mechanical contactors or relays are used for monitoring equipment must remain installed to meet the above
purposes, they shall be prevented from changing state requirements, warning signs to that effect shall be posted
if the contact(s) utilized in a critical operating circuit on the control equipment.
fail to open in the intended manner. The ability of the
monitoring contact(s) to perform this function shall not 2.26.4.5 In jurisdictions enforcing CSA-C22.1,
be solely dependent upon springs. power supply line disconnecting means, shall not be
opened automatically by a fire alarm system.
2.26.4 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
2.26.5 System to Monitor and Prevent Automatic (07)
2.26.4.1 All electrical equipment and wiring shall Operation of the Elevator With Faulty Door
conform to NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, whichever is applica- Contact Circuits
ble (see Part 9).
Means shall be provided to monitor the position of
(07) 2.26.4.2 Electrical equipment shall be listed/certi- power-operated car doors that are mechanically coupled
fied and labeled/marked. CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5 with the landing doors while the car is in the landing
defines the scope and applicable requirements for this zone, in order
listing/certification. (a) to prevent automatic operation of the car if the
car door is not closed (see 2.14.4.11), regardless whether
(07) 2.26.4.3 The devices covered by 2.26.2 shall meet
the portion of the circuits incorporating the car door
the requirements of either 2.26.4.3.1 or 2.26.4.3.2.
contact or the interlock contact of the landing door cou-
2.26.4.3.1 They shall have contacts that are posi- pled with the car door, or both, are closed or open,
tively opened mechanically; their opening shall not be except as permitted in 2.26.1.6

103
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(07) Table 2.26.4.3.2 SIL for Electrical Protective Devices and Other Electrical Safety Functions
(ED)
Requirement Device Name Safety Function SIL

2.12.7.3.3(a) Hoistway access switches Check enable hoistway access operation 3


2.26.1.4.1(b) Inspection switch Check on enable of inspection operation 3
2.26.1.5 Bypass switches Check bypass device for bypassing landing and car 3
door device(s)
2.26.1.6 Car leveling or truck zoning device Check on leveling (re-leveling) with car and hoistway 2
doors not in the closed position
2.26.2.1 Slack-rope switch Check the tension of winding drum machine ropes 2
2.26.2.2 Motor-generator running switch Check that the motor generator is switched for the run- 1
ning condition
2.26.2.3 Compensating-rope sheave switch Check the position limits of compensating-rope sheave 2
2.26.2.4 Motor field sensing means Check for current flow in the motor shunt field 1
2.26.2.5 Emergency stop switch Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.6 Broken rope, tape, or chain Check for a failure of a rope, tape, or chain 2
switches
2.26.2.7 Stop switch in pit Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.8 Stop switch on top of car Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.9 Car safety mechanism switch Check on the operation of the car safety mechanism 1
2.26.2.10 Speed-governor overspeed switch Check on overspeed 2
2.26.2.11 Final terminal stopping devices Check that the car has passed a terminal landing 1
2.26.2.12 Emergency terminal speed-limiting Check on retardation in the case of reduced stroke 2
devices buffers
2.26.2.13 Buffer switches for oil buffers Check on the return to normal. 1
used with Type C car safeties Extended position of buffer.
2.26.2.14 Hoistway door interlocks and Check on locked and/or closed position of landing 3
hoistway door electric contacts doors
2.26.2.15 Car door and gate electric contacts Check on closed position of car door [Note (2)] 3
2.26.2.16 Emergency terminal stopping Check on stopping at terminal landings 1
devices
2.26.2.18 Car top emergency exit electrical Check on the closed position of the car top exit 2
device
2.26.2.19 Motor-generator overspeed pro- Check on overspeed of DC driven motor generator sets 1
tection
2.26.2.20 Electric contacts for hinged car Check on the retracted position of car platform sill. SIL rated
platform sills Obsolete technology. device not
permitted
2.26.2.21 In-car stop switch Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.22 Buffer switches for gas spring- Check on the return to normal 3
return oil buffers extended position of buffer
2.26.2.23 Stop switch in remote machine Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
and control rooms
2.26.2.24 Stop switch for machinery spaces Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
and control spaces
2.26.2.25 Blind hoistway emergency door Check on the locked position of blind hoistway door 2
locking device
2.26.2.26 Pit access door electric contact Check on the closed position of pit access doors 2

104
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Table 2.26.4.3.2 SIL for Electrical Protective Devices and Other Electrical Safety Functions (Cont’d)
Requirement Device Name Safety Function SIL

2.26.2.27 Stop switch in remote counter- Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
weight hoistways
2.26.2.28 Car door interlock Check on locking and closed position of car doors 3
2.26.2.29 Ascending car overspeed protec- Check on the ascending car overspeed protection 2
tion device means
2.26.2.30 Unintended car movement device Check on unintended car movement with doors open 2
2.26.2.31 Car access panel locking device Check on locked position of car access panel SIL rated
device not
permitted
[see Note (1)]
2.26.2.32 Hoistway access opening locking Check on locked position of hoistway access openings SIL rated
device device not
permitted
[see Note (1)]
2.26.2.33 Firefighter’s stop switch Check that the stop switch is actuated 3
2.26.2.34 Unexpected car movement device Check on actuation of unexpected car movement 3
means
2.26.2.35 In-car equipment access panel Check on closed position of access panel in the car 2
device
2.26.2.36 Working platform electrical device Check on fully retracted position of working platform 4
2.26.2.37 Retractable stop electrical device Check on fully retracted position of retractable stops 2

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) For the purpose of this Standard, the SIL represents the requirement for a device operating in the low demand mode and the probabil-
ity of failure to perform its safety function on demand (see CEI IEC 61508-1, Table 2). However, where the device is used for continu-
ous control to maintain functional safety, for example when the use of a stop switch solely prevents an elevator controller from
operating in automatic operation, the SIL shall represent the requirement for a device considered operating in the high demand mode
and the dangerous failure rate of the device (see CEI IEC 61508-1, Table 3 and definition).
(b) For the purposes of this Standard, SIL refers to SIL rating of a E/E/PES to the applicable requirements of CEI IEC 61508-2 and CEI IEC
61508-3.
(c) The SIL values specified in Table 2.26.4.3.2 are based on a proof-test frequency of no more than half the rate of demand on the safety
function. The inspection frequencies provided in Nonmandatory Appendix N serve as a reference to this proof-test interval and are
addressed in the Maintenance Control Program. See requirement 8.6.1.2.1(a)(1).
(d) It is possible to use several lower safety integrity level systems to satisfy the need for a higher safety integrity level function provided
that the implementation is certified.
(e) The summary of functions described in the “Safety Function” column are for reference only. The referenced Code item in the “Require-
ment” column must be used to determine the safety function of the item in the “Device Name” column.
NOTES:
(1) A device rated SIL 4 or less cannot fulfill this function.
(2) For the application of a SIL 3 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC/PROGRAMMABLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS device for freights and cars with swing
hoistway doors, an independent monitoring of the closed car door gate position by the elevator control is required to prevent the car
from moving if the car/gate door is open.

(b) to prevent the power closing of the doors during closed, or the portions of the circuits incorporating these
automatic operation if the car door is fully open and contacts are bypassed
any of the following conditions exist:
(1) the car door contact is closed or the portion of 2.26.6 Phase Protection of Motors
the circuit, incorporating this contact is bypassed Elevators having a polyphase AC power supply shall
(2) the interlock contact of the landing door that is be provided with means to prevent the starting of the
coupled to the opened car door is closed or the portion elevator drive motor or door motor if a reversal of phase
of the circuit, incorporating this contact is bypassed rotation, or phase failure of the incoming polyphase AC
(3) the car door contact and the interlock contact power, will cause the elevator car or elevator door(s) to
of the door that is coupled to the opened car door are operate in the wrong direction.

105
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(05S) 2.26.7 Installation of Capacitors or Other Devices to 2.26.9.2 The completion or maintenance of an
Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power
The installation of capacitors or other devices, the to the elevator driving-machine motor or brake at the
operation or failure of which will cause an unsafe opera- terminal landings, nor to stop the car when any of the
tion of the elevator, is prohibited. electrical protective devices (see 2.26.2) operate.
No permanent device that will make any required Requirement 2.26.9.2 does not apply to dynamic braking,
electrical protective device ineffective shall be installed nor to speed control switches.
except as provided in 2.7.6.5.2(h), 2.12.7.1, 2.26.1.4.2(g), 2.26.9.3 The occurrence of a single ground or the (07)
2.26.1.5, 2.26.1.6, and 2.27.3.1.6(c) (see 8.6.1.6.1). failure of any single magnetically operated switch, con-
tactor, or relay, or any single device that limits the level-
2.26.8 Release and Application of Driving-Machine
ing or truck zone, or any single solid-state device not a
Brakes
part of a software system; or a failure of a software
(05S) 2.26.8.1 Driving-machine brakes shall not be elec- system in circuits not in conformance with 2.26.9.4(b),
trically released until power has been applied to the shall not
driving-machine motor except as permitted by 2.7.6.4.3. (a) render any electrical protective device ineffective
(07) 2.26.8.2 Two means shall be provided to indepen- (see 2.26.2)
dently remove power from the brake. The electrical pro- (b) permit the car to move beyond the leveling or
tective devices required by 2.26.2 shall control both truck zone if any hoistway-door interlock is unlocked
means, except that leveling shall be permitted to take or if any hoistway door or car door or gate electric
place with power opening of doors and gates in confor- contact is not in the closed position (see 2.26.1.6)
mance with 2.13.2.1.1 and 2.13.2.2.1. (c) permit speeds in excess of those specified in
One of the means shall be either a contactor, or an 2.12.7.3.2, 2.26.1.4.1(d)(1), and 2.26.1.6.6
E/E/PES with a SIL of not less than the highest SIL of (d) permit the car to revert to normal operation when (05S)
the function for the electrical protective devices involved the electrical contact required by 2.7.5.2.1(b)(3) is in the
with removing power from the brake and shall be open position, or the electrical device as permitted in
listed/certified and labeled/marked for compliance 2.7.5.5(b) is activated, or on hoistway access switch oper-
with the applicable requirements of IEC 61508-2 and ation (see 2.12.7.3), or on inspection operation (see
IEC 61508-3. This means is not required to remove power 2.26.1.4), or on bypass operation (see 2.26.1.5)
from the driving-machine motor. (e) render ineffective any hoistway-door or car door (a)
If the brake circuit is ungrounded, power shall be interlock, or car door or gate electric contact, or hoistway
interrupted at all power feed lines to the brake. door combination mechanical lock and electric contact
when either a hoistway access switch (see 2.12.7.3) or a
2.26.8.3 The brake shall apply automatically when “BYPASS” switch (see 2.26.1.5) is in the “OFF” position.
(a) the operating device of a car switch or continuous-
pressure operation elevator is in the stop position 2.26.9.4 Methods used to satisfy 2.26.9.3 shall be (07)
(b) a normal stopping means functions checked prior to each start of the elevator from a landing,
(c) any electrical protective device is activated when on automatic operation. When a single ground or
(d) there is a loss of power to the driving-machine failure, as specified in 2.26.9.3 occurs, the car shall not
brake be permitted to restart. Methods implemented using
software systems are permitted, provided that
2.26.8.4 The application of the brake shall be per- (a) the removal of power from the driving-machine
mitted to occur on or before the completion of the slow- motor and brake is not solely dependent on
down and leveling operations, under conditions software-controlled means, or
described in 2.26.8.3(a) and (b). (b) the software system and related circuits are
2.26.8.5 The brake shall not be permanently con- listed/certified and labeled/marked for compliance
nected across the armature or field of a direct-current with the applicable requirements of IEC 61508-2 and
elevator driving-machine motor. IEC 61508-3. This software system and its related circuits
shall have a SIL of not less than the highest SIL value
2.26.9 Control and Operating Circuits of the safety function(s) in Table 2.26.4.3.2 used in the
The design and installation of the control and circuit.
operating circuits shall conform to 2.26.9.1 through
2.26.9.5 Except for elevators employing alternat-
2.26.9.8.
ing-current hoist motors driven from a direct-current
2.26.9.1 If springs are used to actuate switches, source through a static inverter (see 2.26.9.6), elevators
contactors, or relays to break the circuit to stop an eleva- with driving motors employing static control without
tor at the terminal landings, they shall be of the compres- motor-generator sets shall conform to 2.26.9.5.1 through
sion type. 2.26.9.5.4.

106
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(07) 2.26.9.5.1 Two means shall be provided to (a) An electromechanical contactor arranged to
remove power independently from the driving-machine (1) open each time the car stops, or
motor. At least one shall conform to either 2.26.9.5.1(a) (2) open, at the latest, each time the car reverses
or 2.26.9.5.1(b). direction, except for releveling, and it has been verified

106.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.26.12.2 The emergency stop switch shall have (e) After the call acknowledgement signals are sent
the ”STOP” and “RUN” positions conspicuously and [2.27.1.1.3(c)], the two-way voice communications shall
permanently marked as required by 2.26.2.5(c). be available between the car and authorized personnel.
(f) The two-way communications, once established,
2.26.12.3 Where Braille is provided it shall con-
shall be disconnected only when authorized personnel
form to the requirements in Table 2.26.12.1.
outside the car terminate the call.
NOTE (2.26.12): See also ANSI/ICC A117.1, ADAAG, and B44 (g) The two-way communication means shall not use
Appendix E. a handset in the car.
2.26.12.4 Identify “HELP” button [see (h) The two-way communications shall not be trans-
2.27.1.1.3(b)] and visual indication [see 2.27.1.1.3(c)] with mitted to an automated answering system. The call for
the phone symbol. help shall be answered by authorized personnel.
(i) Operating instructions shall be incorporated with
or adjacent to the “HELP” button.
(07) SECTION 2.27
EMERGENCY OPERATION AND SIGNALING DEVICES 2.27.1.1.4 Where the elevator rise is 18 m (60 ft) (07)
or more, a two-way voice communication means within
NOTE (2.27): Additional requirements, including those for fire-
fighters’ communications systems, may be found in the building
the building accessible to emergency personnel shall be
code. provided and comply with the following requirements:
(a) The means shall enable emergency personnel
2.27.1 Car Emergency Signaling Devices within the building to establish two-way voice commu-
nications to each car individually. Two-way voice com-
2.27.1.1 Emergency Communications
munication shall be established without any intentional
(07) 2.27.1.1.1 A two-way communications means delay and shall not require intervention by a person
between the car and a location staffed by authorized within the car. The means shall override communica-
personnel shall be provided. tions to outside of the building.
(b) Two-way voice communications, once established,
(07) 2.27.1.1.2 When the two-way communications
shall be disconnected only when emergency personnel
location is not staffed 24 h a day, by authorized personnel
outside the car terminates the call.
who can take appropriate action, the means of two-way
(c) Once the two-way voice communication has been
communications shall automatically be directed within
established, the visual indication [see 2.27.1.1.3(c)]
30 s to an additional on- or off-site location, staffed by
within the car shall illuminate. The visual indication
authorized personnel, where an appropriate response
shall be extinguished when the two-way communication
can be taken.
is terminated.
2.27.1.1.3 The two-way communication means (d) Operating instructions shall be incorporated with
within the car shall comply with the following require- or adjacent to the two-way voice communication outside
ments: the car. Instructions shall conform to 2.27.7.3.
(a) In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, Appendix E of
2.27.1.1.5 If the emergency communication
CSA B44, or in jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, ICC/
means is normally connected to the building’s main
ANSI A117.1.
power supply, it shall automatically transfer to an alter-
(b) A push button to actuate the two-way communica-
nate source(s) of power when the normal power supply
tion means shall be provided in or adjacent to a car
fails. The alternate source(s) of power (standby, emer-
operating panel. The push button shall be visible and
gency, etc.) shall be capable of providing power for illu-
permanently identified as “HELP.” The identification
mination of the visual indication [see 2.27.1.1.3(c)]
shall be on or adjacent to the “HELP” button. When
within the car, and the means of emergency communica-
the push button is actuated, the emergency two-way
tions for at least 4 h; and the audible signaling device
communication means shall initiate a call for help and
(see 2.27.1.2) for at least 1 h.
establish two-way communications.
(c) A visual indication on the same panel as the 2.27.1.2 Emergency Stop Switch Audible Signal.
“HELP” push button shall be provided, that is activated When an emergency stop switch (2.26.2.5) is provided,
by authorized personnel, to acknowledge that two-way an audible signaling device shall be provided. The audi-
communications link has been established. The visual ble signaling device shall
indication shall be extinguished when the two-way com- (a) have a rated sound pressure rating of not less than
munication link is terminated. 80 dBA nor greater than 90 dBA at 3 m (10 ft)
(d) The two-way communication means shall provide (b) respond without delay after the switch has been
on demand to authorized personnel, information that activated
identifies the building location and elevator number and (c) be located inside the building and audible inside
that assistance is required. the car and outside the hoistway

109
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(d) for elevators with a rise greater than 30 m (100 ft), open and remain open. The selection shall then be auto-
be duplicated as follows: matically transferred to another elevator until all eleva-
(1) one device shall be mounted on the car tors have been selected.
(2) a second device shall be placed at the desig- (b) When selected, elevators on designated attendant
nated level operation, inspection operation (2.26.1.4), or Firefight-
ers’ Emergency Operation (2.27.3 through 2.27.7) shall
(a) 2.27.2 Emergency or Standby Power System
operate in accordance with those requirements and shall
Elevators provided with an emergency or standby remain selected until the car is stopped and the doors
power system to operate the elevator in case the normal are open, except as specified in 2.27.2.4.4(c). For cars
power supply fails shall comply with the requirements on Firefighters’ Emergency Operation, the in-car visual
of 2.27.2.1 through 2.27.2.5. signal [2.27.3.1.6(h) and 2.27.3.3.8] shall not activate until
NOTE (2.27.2): Requirements for emergency or standby power the car is selected.
systems are addressed in the building code. Requirements for (c) If any selected car does not move for more than
health care facilities are addressed in NFPA 99 and NFPA 70,
20 s to 30 s, the selection shall be transferred to another
Article 517.
car, until all elevators have been selected.
2.27.2.1 The emergency or standby power system (d) After all elevators have been selected, the process
shall be capable of operating the elevator(s) with rated shall repeat for any cars that failed to move to give them
load (see 2.16.8), at least one at a time, unless otherwise a second opportunity.
required by the building code.
2.27.2.2 The transfer between the normal and the 2.27.2.4.5 After all cars have been recalled, (a)
emergency or standby power system shall be automatic. moved to a floor, or failed to move after a second oppor-
tunity, one or more of the elevators, identified by the
(a) 2.27.2.3 An illuminated signal marked “ELEVA- manual selection switch(es) (see 2.27.2.4.1), shall be
TOR EMERGENCY POWER” shall be provided in the selected to remain in operation. If no elevator(s) has been
elevator lobby at the designated level to indicate that
manually selected [switch(es) in “AUTO” position], it
the normal power supply has failed and the emergency
shall be permissible to automatically select the eleva-
or standby power is in effect for one or more of the cars
tor(s) to remain in operation. Preference shall be given to
in this group operation.
cars on Hospital Service followed by cars on Firefighters’
(a) 2.27.2.4 Where the emergency or standby power Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.
system is not capable of operating all elevators simulta- The manual selection switch(es) shall not override the
neously, the elevators shall conform to requirements automatic power selection until
2.27.2.4.1 through 2.27.2.4.6. (a) the automatic return sequence is complete (see
2.27.2.4.1 A selector switch(es) marked “ELEVA- 2.27.2.4.4), or
TOR EMERGENCY POWER” in red lettering a mini- (b) a “FIRE RECALL” switch is in the “ON” position
mum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) in height, that is key-operated (see 2.27.3.1).
or under a locked cover (see 2.27.8), shall be provided Operation of the manual selection switch(es) shall not
to permit the selection of the elevator(s) to operate on cause a car to be deselected until the elevator is stopped.
the emergency or standby power system. The key shall
be Group 3 Security (see 8.1). 2.27.2.4.6 A visual means, located adjacent to the (a)
2.27.2.4.2 The selector switch(es) positions shall manual selector switches, shall be provided to indicate
be marked to correspond with the elevator identification which elevator(s) is currently selected.
number (see 2.29) and a position marked “AUTO.”
2.27.2.5 When the emergency or standby power
2.27.2.4.3 The selector switch(es) shall be located system is designed to operate only one elevator at a
at the designated level in view of all elevator entrances, time, the energy absorption means (if required) shall be
or if located elsewhere means shall be provided adjacent permitted to be located on the supply side of the elevator
to the selector switch(es) to indicate that the elevator is power disconnecting means, provided all other require-
at the designated level with the doors in the normally ments of 2.26.10 are conformed to when operating any
open position. of the elevators the power might serve. Other building
(a) 2.27.2.4.4 An automatic means shall be provided loads, such as power and lights that can be supplied by
to select each elevator one or more at a time as follows: the emergency or standby power system, shall not be
(a) When selected, an elevator that is not on desig- considered as a means of absorbing the regenerated
nated attendant operation, inspection operation, or Fire- energy for the purposes of conforming to 2.26.10, unless
fighters’ Emergency Operation shall return to the such loads are normally powered by the emergency or
designated level where power-operated doors shall standby power system.

110
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(07) 2.27.3 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation: Automatic (b) A car traveling away from the designated level
Elevators shall reverse at or before the next available landing with-
Firefighters’ Emergency Operation shall apply to all out opening its doors and proceed to designated level.
automatic elevators except where the hoistway or a por- (c) A stopped car shall have the in-car stop switch
tion thereof is not required to be fire-resistive construc- (see 2.26.2.21) and the emergency stop switch in the car
tion (see 2.1.1.1), the rise does not exceed 2 000 mm (see 2.26.2.5) when provided, rendered inoperative as
(80 in.), and the hoistway does not penetrate a floor. soon as the car moves away from the landing. A moving
car shall have the in-car stop switch and the emergency
NOTE (2.27.3): When the structure (building, etc.) is located in stop switch in the car when provided, rendered inopera-
a flood hazard area, the alternate and designated levels (see 8.12.1) tive without delay. Once the emergency stop switch in
should be above the base flood elevation.
the car and the in-car stop switch have been rendered
2.27.3.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation inoperative, they shall remain inoperative while the car
is on Phase I Emergency Recall Operation. All other stop
(07) 2.27.3.1.1 A three-position key-operated switch switches required by 2.26.2 shall remain operative.
that will not change position without a deliberate action (d) A car standing at a landing other than the desig-
by the user, shall be nated level, with the doors open and the in-car stop
(a) provided only at the designated level for each switch and the emergency stop switch in the car when
single elevator or for each group of elevators. provided, in the run position, shall conform to the fol-
(b) labeled “FIRE RECALL” and its positions marked lowing:
“RESET,” “OFF,” and “ON” (in that order), with the (1) Elevators having automatic power-operated
“OFF” position as the center position. The horizontally sliding doors shall close the doors without
“FIRE RECALL” letters shall be a minimum of 5 mm delay and proceed to the designated level.
(0.25 in.) high in red or a color contrasting with a red (2) Elevators having power-operated vertically (a)
background. sliding doors provided with automatic or momentary
(c) located in the lobby within sight of the elevator or pressure closing operation shall have the closing
all elevators in that group and shall be readily accessible. sequence initiated without delay in accordance with
2.13.2.4, and the car shall proceed to the designated level.
(07) 2.27.3.1.2 An additional key-operated
(3) Elevators having power-operated doors pro-
“FIRE RECALL” switch, with two positions that will
vided with continuous pressure closing operation (see
not change position without a deliberate action by the
2.13.3.2), or elevators having manual doors, shall be pro-
user, marked “OFF” and “ON” (in that order), shall be
vided with a visual and audible signal system [see
permitted only at the building fire control station.
2.27.3.1.6(h)] to alert an operator to close the doors and
2.27.3.1.3 The switch(es) shall be rotated clock- shall, when the doors are closed, proceed to the desig-
wise to go from the “RESET” (designated level switch nated level. Sequence operation, if provided, shall
only), to “OFF” to “ON” positions. Keys shall be remov- remain effective.
able only in the “OFF” and “ON” positions. (e) Door reopening devices for power-operated doors (a)
that are sensitive to smoke or flame shall be rendered
(05S) 2.27.3.1.4 Only the “FIRE RECALL” switch(es) inoperative without delay. Door reopening devices not
or fire alarm initiating device located at floors that are sensitive to smoke or flame (e.g., mechanically actuated
served by the elevator, or in the hoistway, or in an eleva- devices) are permitted to remain operative.
tor machine room, or a control space, or a control room (1) Door closing for power-operated horizontally
(see 2.27.3.2) shall initiate Phase I Emergency Recall sliding doors shall conform to 2.13.5.
Operation. (2) Door closing for power-operated vertically slid-
2.27.3.1.5 All “FIRE RECALL” switches shall be ing doors shall conform to 2.13.6.1.2 and shall have an
provided with an illuminated visual signal to indicate average closing car door or gate speed not to exceed
when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect. 0.20 m/s (0.67 ft/s).
(f) All car and corridor call buttons shall be rendered
2.27.3.1.6 When a “FIRE RECALL” switch is in inoperative. All call-registered lights and directional lan-
the “ON” position all cars controlled by the switch shall terns shall be extinguished and remain inoperative. Car
operate as follows: position indicators, where provided, shall remain opera-
(a) A car traveling towards the designated level shall tive. Where provided, landing position indicators shall
continue nonstop to the designated level and power- be extinguished and remain inoperative, except at the
operated doors shall open and remain open. designated level and the building fire control station,
On cars with two entrances, if both entrances can be where they shall remain operative.
opened at the designated level, only the doors serving (g) Where provided on elevators with vertically slid-
the lobby where the “FIRE RECALL” switch is located ing doors, corridor door open and door close buttons
shall open and remain open. shall remain operative.

111
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(07) Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) Visual Signal

25 mm 25 mm
(1 in.) (1 in.)
min. min.

25 mm (1 in.) min.

(h) An illuminated visual and audible signal system (n) If the normal power supply, emergency power (07)
shall be activated. The visual signal shall be one of the supply, and standby power supply are not available and
symbols shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) and located on the the elevator is equipped with an alternate source of
car-operating panel. The entire circular or square area power that is insufficient to move the car to the recall
or the outline of the hat, or the outline of the area shown level, the following requirements shall apply:
in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall be illuminated. The visual sig- (1) The visual signal [2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall extinguish.
nal shall remain activated until the car is restored to (2) A car that is not at a landing shall move to the
automatic operation. When the door is open, the audible closest landing it is capable of reaching.
signal shall remain active until the door is closed. When (3) A car that has automatic power-operated hori-
the door is closed, the audible signal shall remain active zontally sliding doors or power-operated vertically slid-
for a minimum of 5 s. The audible signal shall not be ing doors provided with automatic closing operation
active when the car is at the recall level. and is stopped at a landing, shall open the doors, and
(07) (i) A car stopped at a landing shall have the in-car then within 15 s, initiate reclosing.
(ED) door open button(s) rendered inoperative as soon as the (4) A car that is stopped at a landing shall have its
car moves away from the landing. The in-car door open door open button operative.
button(s) shall remain inoperative when a car stops to (5) A car stopped at a landing shall not move until
reverse direction. Once the in-car door open button(s) normal power, emergency power, or standby power
has been rendered inoperative, it shall remain inopera- becomes available.
tive until the car has returned to the designated level. 2.27.3.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation by Fire
(j) Where an additional “FIRE RECALL” switch is Alarm Initiating Devices
provided, both “FIRE RECALL” switches shall be in the
2.27.3.2.1 In jurisdictions not enforcing the (07)
“ON” position to recall the elevator to the designated
NBCC, fire alarm initiating devices used to initiate Phase
level if the elevator was recalled to the alternate level
I Emergency Recall Operation shall be installed in con-
(see 2.27.3.2.4).
formance with the requirements of NFPA 72, and shall
(k) To remove the elevator(s) from Phase I Emergency be located
Recall Operation, the “FIRE RECALL” switch shall be
(a) at each floor served by the elevator
rotated first to the “RESET,” and then to the “OFF”
(b) in the associated elevator machine room, control
position, provided that
space, or control room
(1) the additional two-position “FIRE RECALL” (c) in the elevator hoistway, when sprinklers are
switch, where provided, is in the “OFF” position located in those hoistways
(2) no fire alarm initiating device is activated (see
2.27.3.2.2 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC, (07)
2.27.3.2).
smoke detectors, or, if applicable, the building fire alarm
(07) (l) Means used to remove elevators from normal oper-
system (fire alarm initiating devices), used to initiate
ation shall not prevent Phase I Emergency Recall Opera-
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, shall be installed
tion, except
in conformance with the requirements of the NBCC, and
(1) as specified in this Code shall be located in
(2) as controlled by elevator personnel (a) each elevator lobby
(m) No device, that measures load, shall prevent oper- (b) the machine room
ation of the elevator at or below the capacity and loading NOTE (2.27.3.2.2): Fire alarm initiating devices are referred to as
required in 2.16. fire detectors in the NBCC.

112
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.27.3.2.3 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation 2.27.3.3 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation. A (07)
to the designated level shall conform to the following: three-position (“OFF,” “HOLD,” and “ON,” in that
(a) The activation of a fire alarm initiating device order) key-operated switch that will not change position
specified in 2.27.3.2.1 or 2.27.3.2.2(a) at any floor, other without a deliberate action by the user, shall be labeled
than at the designated level, shall cause all elevators “FIRE OPERATION”; provided in an operating panel
that serve that floor, and any associated elevator of a in each car; and shall be readily accessible. The label
group automatic operation, to be returned nonstop to “FIRE OPERATION” lettering shall be a minimum of
the designated level. 5 mm (0.25 in.) high in red or a color contrasting with
(07) (b) The activation of a fire alarm initiating device a red background. It shall become effective only when
specified in 2.27.3.2.1(b) or 2.27.3.2.2(b) shall cause all Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect and the
elevators having any equipment located in that machine car has been returned to the recall level. The switch shall
room, and any associated elevators of a group automatic be rotated clockwise to go from “OFF” to “HOLD” to
operation, to be returned nonstop to the designated “ON.”
level. If the machine room is located at the designated The key shall only be removable in the “OFF” and
level, the elevator(s) shall be returned nonstop to the “HOLD” position. For elevators with power-operated
alternate level. doors, the “OFF,” “HOLD,” and “ON” positions shall
(07) (c) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, the activation not change the mode of operation within Phase II Emer-
of a fire alarm initiating device specified in 2.27.3.2.1(c) gency In-Car Operation until the car is at a landing with
or in jurisdictions enforcing NBCC, the initiation of a the doors in the normal open position, except as required
fire detector in the hoistway shall cause all elevators by 2.27.3.3.4 and 2.27.3.4. The three modes of operation
having any equipment in that hoistway, and any associ- within Phase II In-Car Operation (“OFF,” “HOLD,” and
ated elevators of a group automatic operation, to be “ON”) are specified by 2.27.3.3.1 through 2.27.3.3.4.
returned nonstop to the designated level, except that For elevators with manual doors, after the car and
initiating device(s) installed at or below the lowest land- hoistway doors have been opened at least once at the
ing of recall shall cause the car to be sent to the upper recall level, the “OFF,” “HOLD,” and “ON” positions
recall level. shall then change the mode of operation in accordance
(d) The Phase I Emergency Recall Operation to the with 2.27.3.3.1 through 2.27.3.3.4.
designated level shall conform to 2.27.3.1.6(a) through
2.27.3.3.1 When the “FIRE OPERATION” switch
(n).
is in the “ON” position, the elevator shall be on Phase
2.27.3.2.4 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation II Emergency In-Car Operation, for use by emergency
to an alternate level (see 1.3) shall conform to the fol- personnel only, and the elevator shall operate as follows:
lowing: (a) The elevator shall be operable only by a person
(a) the activation of a fire alarm initiating device spec- in the car.
ified in 2.27.3.2.1(a) or 2.27.3.2.2(b) that is located at the (b) The car shall not respond to landing calls. Direc-
designated level, shall cause all elevators serving that tional lanterns, where provided, shall remain inopera-
level to be recalled to an alternate level, unless Phase I tive. Car position indicators, where provided, shall
Emergency Recall is in effect remain operative. Landing position indicators, where
(b) the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(f), (j), (m), and (n) provided, shall remain inoperative, except at the desig-
(c) the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), nated level and the building fire control station, where
(g), (h), (i), (k), and (l), except that all references to the they shall remain operative.
“designated level” shall be replaced with “alternate (c) Door open and close buttons shall be provided for (07)
level” power-operated doors only and located as required by (a)
2.27.3.3.7. Buttons shall be a minimum of 19 mm (0.75 in.)
2.27.3.2.5 The recall level shall be determined
in the smallest dimension. The door open and door close
by the first activated fire alarm initiating device for that
buttons shall be labeled “OPEN” and “CLOSE” and
group (see 2.27.3.2.1 or 2.27.3.2.2).
when applicable “REAR OPEN” and “REAR CLOSE”
If the car(s) is recalled to the designated level by the
or “SIDE OPEN” and “SIDE CLOSE” in lettering a mini-
“FIRE RECALL” switch(es) [see also 2.27.3.1.6(j)], the
mum of 5 mm (0.25 in.) in height with a contrasting
recall level shall remain the designated level.
background. The labeling shall be on or adjacent to the
(05S) 2.27.3.2.6 When a fire alarm initiating device buttons. Requirement 2.26.12 does not apply to these
(a) in the machine room, control space, control room, or buttons. The door open and close buttons shall be opera-
hoistway initiates Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, tive when the elevator is stopped within an unlocking
as required by 2.27.3.2.3 or 2.27.3.2.4, the visual signal zone.
[see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate (d) The opening of power-operated doors shall be (a)
intermittently only in a car(s) with equipment in that controlled only by a continuous-pressure door open but-
machine room, control space, control room, or hoistway. ton. If the button is released prior to the doors reaching

113
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

the normal open position, the doors shall automatically (k) Means used to remove elevators from normal (07)
reclose. Requirements 2.13.3.3, 2.13.3.4, 2.13.4.2.1(b)(2), operation shall not prevent Phase II Emergency In-Car
and 2.13.4.2.1(c) do not apply. All door open button(s) Operation, except
in the car shall be operational. (1) as specified in this Code
On cars with multiple entrances, if more than one (2) as controlled by elevator personnel
entrance can be opened at the same landing, separate (l) No device, that measures load, shall prevent opera-
door open buttons shall be provided for each entrance tion of the elevator at or below the capacity and loading
in conformance with 2.27.3.3.7. required in 2.16.
(a) (e) Open power-operated doors shall be closed only (m) Every car shall be provided with a switch, con- (07)
by continuous pressure on the door close button. If the forming to the requirements of 2.26.2.33 and located as
button is released prior to the doors reaching the fully required in 2.27.3.3.7. When the switch is in the “STOP”
closed position, horizontally sliding doors shall auto- position, all registered calls shall be canceled and power
matically reopen, and vertically sliding doors shall auto- shall be removed from the elevator driving-machine
matically stop or stop and reopen. Where provided, motor and brake. When the switch is moved to the
additional door close button(s) in the car shall be opera- “RUN” position from the “STOP” position, the car shall
tional. not move, except for leveling, until a call is entered. If
On cars with multiple entrances, if more than one the type of switch used is a button, it shall be a minimum
entrance can be opened at the same landing, a separate of 19 mm (0.75 in.) in the smallest dimension.
door close button shall be provided for each entrance
NOTE [2.27.3.3.1(m)]: This requirement does not limit the fire-
in conformance with 2.27.3.3.7. fighters’ stop switch to a specific style of switch. Toggle switches
(f) Opening and closing of power-operated car doors and push/pull buttons are two possible styles. A switch, if pro-
or gates that are opposite manual swing or manual slide vided, should be operable to the “STOP” position by a firefighter
hoistway doors shall conform to 2.27.3.3.1(d) and (e). wearing protective gloves (see NFPA 1971).
(a) (g) All door reopening devices, except the door open (n) If the normal power supply, emergency power (07)
button(s), shall be rendered inoperative. Full-speed clos- supply, and standby power supply are not available and
ing shall be permitted. the elevator is equipped with an alternate source of
Landing door opening and closing buttons, where power that is insufficient to move the car to all landings,
provided, shall be rendered inoperative. the requirements of 2.27.3.1.6(n)(1) through (5) shall
(07) (h) Every car shall be provided with a button labeled apply.
(a) ”CALL CANCEL,” located as required in 2.27.3.3.7, that
shall be effective during Phase II Emergency In-Car 2.27.3.3.2 For elevators with power-operated (07)
Operation. When activated, all registered calls shall be doors, when the car is at a landing, with the doors open,
canceled and a traveling car shall stop at or before the and the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is in the “HOLD”
next available landing. The button shall be a minimum position, the car shall remain at the landing with the
of 19 mm (0.75 in.) in the smallest dimension. Button doors open. The door close buttons shall be inoperative,
labeling shall be in lettering a minimum of 5 mm and car calls shall not be registered.
(0.25 in.) in height with a contrasting background. The For elevators with manual doors, when the car is at
labeling shall be on or adjacent to the button. a landing and the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is in the
“HOLD” position, the car shall remain at the landing
(07) (i) Floor selection means shall be provided in the car
and car calls shall not be registered.
to permit travel to all landings served by the car, and
shall be operative at all times, except as in 2.27.3.3.2 2.27.3.3.3 When the car is at a landing other
and 8.12.1. Means to prevent the operation of the floor than the recall level, with the doors in the normal open
selection means or door-operating buttons shall be ren- position, and the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is in the
dered inoperative. The floor selection means shall be ”OFF” position, power-operated doors shall operate as
operable without the use of keys, cards, tools, or special follows:
knowledge. The floor selection means shall be permitted (a) Horizontal sliding doors shall close automatically. (ED)
to be located behind the locked cover specified in All door reopening devices shall remain inoperative.
2.27.3.3.7, only if floor selection means for all landings Door open buttons in the car shall remain operative.
served are included behind the locked cover. Where Full-speed closing is permitted. If the “FIRE OPERA-
buttons not accessible to the public are provided they TION” switch is turned to the “ON” or ”HOLD” posi-
shall be a minimum of 19 mm (0.75 in.) in the smallest tion prior to the completion of door closing, the doors
dimension. shall reopen.
(j) A traveling car shall stop at the next available land- (b) Elevators having vertically sliding doors shall
ing for which a car call was registered. When a car stops have corridor “DOOR OPEN” and “DOOR CLOSE“ but-
at a landing, all registered car calls shall be canceled. tons rendered operative. All door reopening devices

114
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

shall remain inoperative. Door closing shall be in accor- Fig. 2.27.3.3.7 Panel Layout (a)
dance with 2.27.3.3.1(e). Full-speed closing is permitted.
If the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is turned to the “ON” Additional
visual signal
or “HOLD” position prior to the completion of door
closing, the doors shall reopen.
(07) 2.27.3.3.4 When the doors are in the closed posi- Call Stop
Cancel switch
tion and the “FIRE OPERATION” switch is placed in
button
the “OFF” position, the car shall return to the recall
level in conformance with 2.27.3.1.6(a) through (n) and
2.27.3.2.5. Door Door
2.27.3.3.5 Elevators shall be removed from Phase Open Close
button button
II Emergency In-Car Operation only when the “FIRE
OPERATION” switch is in the “OFF” position and the Door
car is at the designated level and the doors are in the Door Close
normal open position. Open button
button Fire Operation (rear/side),
2.27.3.3.6 The occurrence of an accidental (rear/side), when
key switch
ground or short circuit in elevator electrical equipment when applicable
located on the landing side of the hoistway enclosure applicable
and in associated wiring, as a result of exposure to water, GENERAL NOTES:
shall not disable Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation (a) Switches and buttons show only the location not the labeling.
once it has been activated. (b) Not to scale.

(a) 2.27.3.3.7 The “FIRE OPERATION” switch


(2.27.3.3), the “CALL CANCEL” button [2.27.3.3.1(h)],
the “STOP” switch [2.27.3.3.1(m)], the door open but- 2.27.3.3.8 An additional visual signal shall be
ton(s), the door close button(s), the additional visual provided and located as required by 2.27.3.3.7. The addi-
signal (2.27.3.3.8), and the operating instructions shown tional visual signal shall be one of the symbols shown
in Fig. 2.27.7.2 shall be grouped together at the top of in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h). The entire circular or square area
a main car operating panel behind a locked cover. shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall be illuminated. This
The fire department communication system phone additional visual signal shall be activated whenever the
jack shall be permitted to be installed in the firefighters’ visual signal in 2.27.3.1.6(h) is activated.
operation panel. No other equipment shall be permitted
in the firefighters’ operation panel. 2.27.3.4 Interruption of Power. Upon the resump- (07)
The firefighters’ operation panel cover shall be open- tion of power (normal, emergency, or standby), the car
able by the same key that operates the “FIRE OPERA- shall be permitted to move to reestablish absolute car
TION” switch. The cover shall be permitted to open position. Restoration of electrical power following a
automatically when the car is on Phase I Emergency power interruption shall not cause any elevator to be
Recall Operation and at the recall level. When the key removed from Phase I Emergency Recall Operation or
is in the “FIRE OPERATION” switch, the cover shall Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.
not be capable of being closed. When closed, the cover The failure and subsequent restoration of electrical
shall be self-locking. power (normal, emergency, or standby) shall not cause
Where rear or side doors are provided, buttons for any elevator to be removed from Phase I Emergency
the front, rear, or side doors shall be provided in the Operation or Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation.
firefighters’ operation panel. The door open and door (a) Elevators on Phase I Emergency Operation shall
close buttons for the rear entrance (where provided) be permitted to move only to the next floor in the direc-
shall be labeled “REAR OPEN” and “REAR CLOSE.” tion of the recall level to reestablish absolute car position
The door open and door close buttons for the side prior to conforming to 2.27.3.1 and 2.27.3.2.
entrance (where provided) shall be labeled “SIDE (b) Elevators on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation
OPEN” and “SIDE CLOSE.” with the key in the “OFF” position shall be permitted
All buttons and switches shall be readily accessible, to move only to the next floor in the direction of the
located not more than 1 800 mm (72 in.) above the floor recall level to reestablish absolute car position prior to
and shall be arranged as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.3.7. conforming to 2.27.3.3.3 and 2.27.3.3.4. If the key is
Requirement 2.26.12 does not apply to these buttons and moved to the “ON” or “HOLD” position before the
switches. The front of the cover shall contain the words doors are fully closed, 2.27.3.4(c) or (d) shall apply, and
“FIREFIGHTERS’ OPERATION” in red letters at least automatic power-operated doors shall open if in a
10 mm (0.4 in.) high. level zone.

115
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(c) Elevators on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation (b) in jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC where the
with the key in the “HOLD” position shall not move, NBCC does not require Firefighters’ Emergency
except for leveling within a leveling zone. Automatic Operation
power-operated doors shall open if the doors are not (c) where Firefighters’ Emergency Operation is pro-
fully closed and the car is in a level zone. vided voluntarily these requirements shall also apply
(d) Elevators on Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation
with the key in the “ON” position shall not move, except 2.27.4.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation. A (05S)
for leveling within a leveling zone, until a car call is three-position key-operated switch shall be provided at
entered. Automatic power-operated doors shall not the designated level for each single elevator or for each
move until a door open or close button is pressed; after group of elevators. The three-position switch shall be
which they shall conform to 2.27.3.3.1(d) and (e). After labeled “FIRE RECALL” and its positions marked
a car call is entered, the car shall be permitted to move “RESET,” “OFF,” and “ON” (in that order), with the
only to the next floor in the direction of the recall level “OFF” position as the center position. The “FIRE
to reestablish absolute car position prior to answering RECALL” letters shall be a minimum of 5 mm (0.25 in.)
car calls. high in red or a color contrasting with a red background.
The three-position switch shall be located in the lobby
(07) 2.27.3.5 Multicompartment Elevators. Multicom- within sight of the elevator or all elevators in that group
(a) partment elevators shall also conform to 2.27.3.5.1 and shall be readily accessible.
through 2.27.3.5.4.
An additional “FIRE RECALL” switch with two-posi-
2.27.3.5.1 The “FIRE RECALL” switch (2.27.3.1) tions, “OFF” and “ON” (in that order), shall be permitted
shall be located at the designated level served by the only at the building fire control station.
upper compartment. The switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from
the “RESET” (designated level switch only), to the
2.27.3.5.2 The “FIRE OPERATION” switch (see
“OFF” and to the “ON” positions.
2.27.3.3) shall be located in the upper compartment.
All keys shall be removable only in the “OFF” and
2.27.3.5.3 A means to display the entire floor “ON” positions.
area in the lower compartment shall be located in the Only the “FIRE RECALL” switch(es) or fire alarm
upper compartment. The means shall display the lower initiating devices located at floors that are served by the
compartment only when Phase I and Phase II is in effect. elevator, in the hoistway, or in an elevator machine room,
or a control space, or a control room (see 2.27.3.2) shall
2.27.3.5.4 A switch labeled “LOWER
CAR LOCKOUT” with two positions marked “OFF” initiate Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.
and “ON” shall be located behind the firefighters’ opera- All “FIRE RECALL” switches shall be provided with
tion panel cover (see 2.27.3.3.7). an illuminated visual signal to indicate when Phase I
Emergency Recall Operation is in effect.
NOTE (2.27.3.5.4): The switch should be operable by a firefighter When all switches are in the “OFF” position, normal
wearing protective gloves (see NFPA 1971).
elevator service shall be in effect and the fire alarm
(a) The “LOWER CAR LOCKOUT” switch shall only initiating devices required by 2.27.4.2 shall be operative.
be functional when Phase II is in effect. When a “FIRE RECALL” switch is in the “ON” posi-
(b) When placed in the “ON” position, the “LOWER tion, a visual and audible signal shall be provided to
CAR LOCKOUT” switch shall alert the attendant to return nonstop to the designated
(1) disable all door reopening devices in the lower or alternate level. The visual signal shall read “FIRE
compartment, and RECALL — RETURN TO ” [insert level to which
(2) initiate closing of the lower compartment doors the car should be returned (the designated or alternate
in accordance with 2.13.4.2.1(c). level)]. The signal system shall be activated when Phase
(c) When the car is stopped at a landing and the I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect.
“LOWER CAR LOCKOUT” switch is in the “OFF” posi- Where an additional “FIRE RECALL” switch is pro-
tion, the lower compartment doors shall be opened. vided, both “FIRE RECALL” switches must be in the
“ON” position to recall the elevator to the designated
2.27.4 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation: level if the elevator was recalled to the alternate level.
Nonautomatic Elevators Where an additional “FIRE RECALL” switch is pro-
Firefighters’ Emergency Operation shall apply to all vided, it shall not affect the visual signal if the designated
nonautomatic elevators, except as follows: level fire alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2.4) has been
(a) where the hoistway or a portion thereof is not activated.
required to be fire-resistive construction (see 2.1.1.1), the To extinguish the audible and visual signals, the “FIRE
rise does not exceed 2 000 mm (80 in.), and the hoistway RECALL” switch shall be rotated first to the “RESET”
does not penetrate a floor and then to the “OFF” position, provided that

116
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) the additional two-position “FIRE RECALL” Fig. 2.27.7.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
switch, where provided, is in the ”OFF” position Instructions
(b) no fire alarm initiating device is activated (see also
2.27.3.2.4)
No device, that measures load, shall prevent operation
of the elevator at or below the capacity and loading FIREFIGHTERS’ OPERATION
required in 2.16.
To recall elevators
(07) 2.27.4.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation by Fire Insert fire key and turn to “ON”
(a) Alarm Initiating Devices. Fire alarm initiating devices
shall be installed at each floor served by the elevator,
and in the associated machine room, control space, or
control room, and elevator hoistway, in compliance with
the requirements in NFPA 72 or NBCC, whichever is alarm initiating device (see 2.27.3.2) is activated to alert
applicable (see Part 9). In jurisdictions enforcing the the operator of an emergency. A means located in the
NBCC, compliance with 2.27.4.2 is not required where car shall be permitted for manually silencing the audible
the NBCC specifies manual Emergency Recall opera- signal, after the signal has been active for at least 5 s.
tions only. The signal shall be automatically reactivated when the
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, conforming to doors open.
2.27.4.1, shall be initiated when any Phase I Emergency The car shall remain under control of the operator
Recall Operation fire alarm initiating device at the eleva- until removed from hospital service. An elevator on
tor lobbies, machine room, control space, control room, firefighters’ emergency operation shall not be placed on
or hoistway is activated. hospital service.
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, when initiated
by a Phase I Emergency Recall Operation fire alarm 2.27.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation: Inspection
initiating device, shall be maintained until canceled by Operation
moving the “FIRE RECALL” switch to the “RESET” When an elevator that is provided with firefighters’
position. service is on inspection operation (see 2.26.1.4 and
When a fire alarm initiating device in the machine 2.26.1.5) or when the hoistway access switch(es) has been
room, control space, control room, or hoistway initiates enabled [see 2.12.7.3.3(a)], a continuous audible signal,
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation as required by audible at the location where the operation is activated
2.27.3.2.3 or 2.27.3.2.4, the visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall sound when the “FIRE RECALL” switch(es) (see
and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate intermittently 2.27.3.1) is in the “ON” position or when the fire alarm
only in a car(s) with equipment in that machine room, initiating device (see 2.27.3.2) is activated to alert the
control space, control room, or hoistway. operator of an emergency. The car shall remain under
the control of the operator until removed from inspection
2.27.5 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation: Automatic
operation or hoistway access operation. Inspection oper-
Elevators With Designated-Attendant
ation or hoistway access operation shall take precedence
Operation
over Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and Phase II
2.27.5.1 When designated-attendant operation is Emergency In-Car Operation.
not in effect, elevators shall conform to 2.27.3.
2.27.7 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation: Operating
2.27.5.2 When operated by a designated attendant Procedures
in the car, except hospital service:
(07) (a) elevators parked at the recall level shall conform 2.27.7.1 Instructions for operation of elevators
to 2.27.3 without delay; elevators parked at a floor other under Phase I Emergency Recall Operation shall be
than the recall level shall conform to 2.27.3.1.6(h). At incorporated with or adjacent to the “FIRE RECALL”
the completion of a time delay of not less than 10 s and switch at the designated level. The instructions shall
not more than 30 s, elevators parked at a floor away include only the wording shown in Fig. 2.27.7.1.
from the recall level shall conform to 2.27.3.
2.27.7.2 A sign containing instructions for opera-
(b) A moving car shall conform to 2.27.3.
tion of elevators under Phase II Emergency In-Car Oper-
2.27.5.3 When an elevator that is provided with ation shall be incorporated with or adjacent to the switch
firefighters’ emergency operation is on hospital service, in each car and shall be visible only when the cover
a visual signal as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) shall illumi- (2.27.3.3.7) is open. The sign shall include only the word-
nate and a continuous audible signal, audible within ing and graphics shown in Fig. 2.27.7.2, except
the car, shall sound when the “FIRE RECALL” switch(es) (a) for elevators with manually operated doors, the
(see 2.27.3.1) is in the “ON” position, or when a fire instructions for opening and closing the doors shall be

117
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. 2.27.7.2 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation

FIRE OPERATION

When flashing, exit elevator

To operate car Insert fire key and turn to “ON.”


Enter floor selection.

To cancel Press “CALL CANCEL” button.


floor selection

To close door Press and hold “CLOSE” button.

To open door Press and hold “OPEN” button.

To hold car With doors open, turn key to “HOLD.”


at floor

For emergency stop Use “STOP” switch.

To automatically return Turn key to “OFF.”


to recall floor

permitted to be replaced with short phrases such as These keys shall be kept on the premises in a location
“PUSH DOOR” or “PULL DOOR UP” readily accessible to firefighters and emergency person-
(b) for elevators with vertically sliding doors, the nel, but not where they are available to the public. This
instructions for returning the car to the recall floor shall key shall be of a tubular, 7 pin, style 137 construction
be permitted to be expanded to include instructions for and shall have a bitting code of 6143521 starting at the
closing the door tab sequenced clockwise as viewed from the barrel end
of the key. The key shall be coded “FEO-K1.” The posses-
2.27.7.3 Instructions shall be in letters not less
sion of the “FEO-K1” key shall be limited to elevator
than 3 mm (0.125 in.) in height and shall be permanently
personnel, emergency personnel, elevator equipment
installed and protected against removal or defacement.
manufacturers, and authorized personnel during check-
2.27.7.4 In jurisdictions that enforce the NBCC, a ing of Firefighters’ Emergency Operation (see 8.1 and
symbol showing a red firefighters’ hat on a contrasting 8.6.11.1).
background, as shown in Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h) (figure not to Where provided, a lock box, including its lock and
scale), shall be used exclusively to identify elevators that other components, shall conform to the requirements of
comply with 2.27.3 and additional NBCC requirements. UL 1037 (see Part 9).
This identification shall be located on the elevator NOTE (2.27.8): Local authorities may specify additional require-
entrance frame or adjacent to it at each emergency recall ments for a uniform keyed lock box and its location to contain the
level. The identification on the entrance frame, or adja- necessary keys.
cent to it, shall be a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) in height.
2.27.9 Elevator Corridor Call Station Pictograph
(07) 2.27.8 Switch Keys When the building code requires a sign be posted
(a) The key switches required by 2.27.2 through 2.27.5 for adjacent to hall call fixtures instructing occupants not
all elevators in a building shall be operable by the to use the elevator in case of fire, the sign shown in
FEO-K1 key. The keys shall be Group 3 Security (see Fig. 2.27.9 shall be provided. The sign shall include only
8.1). A separate key shall be provided for each switch. the wording and graphics shown in Fig. 2.27.9. When

118
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

the building code specifies a different design, 2.27.9 shall (f) the impact load on buffer supports due to buffer
not apply. engagement at the maximum permissible speed and
load (see 8.2.3)
(g) where compensation tie-down is applied (see
SECTION 2.28
2.21.4.2), the load on the compensation tie-down sup-
LAYOUT DRAWINGS
ports
2.28.1 Information Required on Layout Drawings (h) the total static and dynamic loads from the gover-
Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to other nor, ropes, and tension system
data, indicate the following: (i) the horizontal forces on the building structure stip-
(a) the maximum bracket spacing (see 2.23) ulated by 2.11.11.8 and 2.11.11.9
(b) the estimated maximum vertical forces on the
guide rails on application of the safety or other retarding SECTION 2.29
device (see 2.23 and 2.19.3) IDENTIFICATION
(c) in the case of freight elevators for Class B or C
loading (see 2.16.2.2), the horizontal forces on the guide- 2.29.1 Identification of Equipment
rail faces during loading and unloading, and the esti- In buildings with more than one elevator, each eleva-
mated maximum horizontal forces in a post-wise direc- tor in the building shall be assigned a unique alphabeti-
tion on the guide-rail faces on the application of the cal or numerical identification, a minimum of 50 mm
safety device (see 2.23) (2 in.) in height unless otherwise specified. The
(d) the size and linear weight kg/m (lb/ft) of any rail identification shall be painted on, engraved, or securely
reinforcement, where provided (see 2.23) attached to
(05S) (e) the total static and impact loads imposed on (a) the driving machine
machinery and sheave beams, supports, and floors or (b) MG set
foundations (see 2.9)

118.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(d) car door or gate electric contacts; or car door inter- (c) no car calls are registered
locks (d) the speed during recycling does not exceed normal
(e) hinged car platform sill electric contacts down leveling speed but in no case shall be more than
(f) in-car stop switch, where required by 2.26.2.21 0.10 m/s (20 ft/min)
(e) normal operation cannot be resumed until car is
3.26.5 Phase Reversal and Failure Protection returned to bottom landing and normal terminal stop-
Hydraulic elevators powered by a polyphase AC ping devices are restored to normal operation
motor shall be provided with the means to prevent over-
heating of the drive system (pump and motor) due to
3.26.8 Pressure Switch (a)

phase rotation reversals or failure. When cylinders are installed with the top of the cylin-
der above the top of the storage tank, a pressure switch
3.26.6 Control and Operating Circuits shall be provided in the line between the cylinder and
The design and installation of the control and the valve, which shall be activated by the loss of positive
operating circuits shall conform to 3.26.6.1 and 3.26.6.2. pressure at the top of the cylinder. The switch shall
prevent automatic door opening and the operation of
3.26.6.1 Springs, where used to actuate switches, the lowering valve or valves. The door(s) shall be permit-
contactors, or relays to stop an elevator at the terminals ted to open by operation of the in-car open button(s),
or to actuate electrically operated valves, shall be of the when the car is within the unlocking zone.
compression type.
3.26.9 Low Oil Protection
(07) 3.26.6.2 The completion or maintenance of an
electric circuit shall not be used to interrupt the power 3.26.9.1 A means shall be provided to render the
to the control valve, or to the pump driving motor of elevator on normal operation inoperative if for any rea-
electrohydraulic elevators, or both under the following son the liquid level in the tank falls below the permissible
conditions: minimum. Suitable means include, but are not limited
(a) to stop the car at the terminals to, the following:
(b) to stop the car when any of the electrical protective (a) direct sensing of liquid level
devices operate (b) a pump-run timer
Actuation of the means shall automatically bring the
(07) 3.26.6.3 For electrohydraulic elevators where there car down to the lowest landing, when the doors are
are two means of controlling upward movement of the closed.
elevator (e.g., a pump motor and a valve), at least one
means shall be directly controlled by an electromechani- 3.26.9.2 When at the lowest landing, the doors
cal contactor or relay unless the terminal speed reducing shall comply with the following:
device (see 3.25.2) directly removes power from one of (a) For elevators with power-operated doors that
the control means. automatically close, the door(s) shall open and shall
initiate automatic closing within 15 s.
(07) 3.26.6.4 For electrohydraulic elevators where the (b) For elevators with manual doors or with doors
only means of controlling upward movement of the ele- that do not automatically close, they shall be provided
vator is the pump motor, the pump motor control shall with a signal system to alert an operator to close the
conform to the following: doors.
(a) Two devices shall be provided to remove power
independently from the pump motor. At least one device 3.26.9.3 The car shall then shut down. The means
shall be an electromechanical contactor. shall require manual reset before returning the car to
(b) The contactor shall be arranged to open each time service. For elevators with power-operated doors, the
the car stops. in-car door open button(s) shall remain operative, but
(c) The electrical protective devices shall control both the doors shall not be able to be power-opened from
devices [see 3.26.6.4(a)] in accordance with 3.26.4. the landing.

3.26.7 Recycling Operation for Multiple or 3.26.10 Auxiliary Power Lowering Operation
Telescopic Plungers Where the auxiliary power supply is provided solely
Recycling operation shall permit the car to be lowered for the purpose of lowering the car, in the case of main
more than 25 mm (1 in.) below the bottom landing, power supply failure, the auxiliary lowering operation
but not require lowering in order to restore the relative shall conform to 3.26.10.1 through 3.26.10.3.
vertical position of the multiple plunger sections, pro- 3.26.10.1 Auxiliary lowering shall be permitted
vided that to be initiated, provided that all operating and control
(a) the car is at rest at bottom landing devices, including door open and close buttons, function
(b) the doors and gates are closed and locked as with normal power supply, except that the following

135
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

devices shall be permitted to be bypassed or made inop- 3.27.2 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation Prior to (07)
erative: Device Actuation (ED)
(a) landing and car floor registration devices (or call If any of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a), (b), or (c)
buttons) is activated, while Phase I Emergency Recall Operation
(b) devices enabling operation by designated atten- is in effect, but before the car reaches the recall level,
dant (hospital service, attendant operation) the car shall do one of the following:
(c) devices initiating emergency recall operation to (a) complete Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, if
the recall level, unless otherwise specified in 3.27 the car is above the recall level
(d) “FIRE OPERATION” switch, unless otherwise (b) descend to an available floor, if the car is below
specified in 3.27 the recall level
Upon arrival, automatic power-operated doors shall
3.26.10.2 When the auxiliary lowering operation open, and then reclose within 15 s. The door open but-
has been initiated, the car shall descend directly to the ton(s) shall remain operative. The visual signal
lowest landing, except that the operating system shall [2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall extinguish.
be permitted to allow one or more intermediate stops,
and then, after a predetermined interval, the car shall 3.27.3 Device Actuation at Recall Level
proceed to the lowest landing, provided the auxiliary If either of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a) or (c) is
power supply is of sufficient capacity to open and close activated while the car is stationary at the recall level
doors at each intermediate stop. and Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is in effect, the
following shall apply:
3.26.10.3 If the car and landing doors are power (a) automatic power-operated doors shall close
operated, and if the auxiliary power supply is of ade- within 15 s
quate capacity, the doors shall open when the car stops at (b) the door open button(s) shall remain operational (ED)
the lowest landing and shall close after a predetermined (c) the visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illumi-
interval. nate intermittantly
NOTE (3.26.10): For the main disconnect switch auxiliary contact, 3.27.4 Device Actuation With Phase II Emergency In-
see ANSI/NFPA 70 and CSA-C22.1 requirements, where applicable
Car Operation in Effect
(see Part 9).
If any of the devices specified in 3.27.1(a), (b), or (c)
activate while the elevator is on Phase II Emergency In-
SECTION 3.27 Car Operation, a traveling car shall stop and all calls
EMERGENCY OPERATION AND SIGNALING DEVICES shall be canceled. The visual signal [see Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)]
shall illuminate intermittently. The elevator shall accept
Emergency operation and signaling devices shall con- calls only to landings below its location and respond in
form to 2.27, except as modified by the following: The compliance with the requirements for Phase II Emer-
requirements of 3.26.9 and 3.18.2.7 shall be modified gency In-Car Operation.
when Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and Phase
II Emergency In-Car Operation are in effect, as specified SECTION 3.28
in 3.27.1 through 3.27.4. LAYOUT DATA
(07) 3.27.1 Phase I Emergency Recall Operation After 3.28.1 Information Required on Layout Drawing
Device Actuation Elevator layout drawings shall, in addition to other
data, indicate the following:
If Phase I Emergency Recall Operation is activated
(a) required clearances and basic dimensions
while the elevator is responding to any of the following
(b) the bracket spacing (see 3.23)
devices, the car shall return to the recall level:
(c) the estimated maximum vertical forces on the
(a) low oil protection (see 3.26.9) guide rails on application of the safety, where provided
(b) plunger-follower guide protection, provided the (see 3.23)
car is capable of being moved (see 3.18.2.7) (d) in the case of freight elevators for Class B or Class
(ED) (c) auxiliary power lowering device (see 3.26.10) C loading (see 2.16.2.2), the horizontal forces on the
If the elevator is incapable of returning to the recall guide-rail faces during loading and unloading, and the
level, the car shall descend to an available floor. Upon estimated maximum horizontal forces in a post-wise
arrival, automatic power-operated doors shall open, and direction on the guide-rail faces on the application of
then reclose within 15 s. The door open button(s) shall the safety device, where provided (see 3.23)
remain operative. The visual signal [2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall (e) the size and weight per meter (foot) of any rail
extinguish. reinforcement, where provided (see 3.23)

136
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

stopping device. All final terminal stopping and slack- comply with 3.7, except as modified by 5.2.1.7.
rope devices shall operate independently of one another.
5.2.2.3 Car Frames and Platforms. Car frames and
The power feed lines to the driving machine and brake
platforms shall conform to 3.15, except as modified by
shall be opened by one or both of the upper final termi-
5.2.1.15.2.
nal stopping devices and either the slack-rope switch or
the lower terminal stopping device, or both. 5.2.2.4 Capacity and Loading. The capacity and
5.2.1.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment. loading shall conform to 3.16, except as modified by
Operating devices and control equipment shall conform 5.2.1.16.1 and 5.2.1.16.2. Requirement 5.2.1.16.3 does not
to 2.26, except as modified by the following: apply.
(a) Requirement 2.26.1.3 does not apply. 5.2.2.5 Alternative to Speed Governor for
(b) Requirement 2.26.2.5 does not apply. Roped-Hydraulic Elevators. Car and counterweight
(c) Requirement 2.26.2.10 does not apply. safeties and plunger gripper shall conform to 3.17,
(d) Requirement 2.26.2.12 does not apply. except as modified by 5.2.2.5.1 and 5.2.2.5.2.
(e) Requirement 2.26.2.16 does not apply.
NOTE: See also 5.2.1.18.
(07) 5.2.1.27 Emergency Operations and Signaling
5.2.2.5.1 The safeties on roped-hydraulic eleva-
(a) Devices. Emergency operation and signaling devices
tors shall be operated by a speed governor or shall be
shall conform to 2.27, except as modified by 5.2.1.27.1.
permitted to be operated by inertia where an overspeed
5.2.1.27.1 Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation valve conforming to 3.19.4.7 is provided.
shall not be provided.
5.2.2.5.2 Upon the parting of the suspension
5.2.1.28 Manual Operation. Elevators shall be per- ropes, the safeties shall apply without appreciable delay
mitted to be arranged for manual operation in case of and their application shall be independent of the loca-
power failure. The manual operating device shall con- tion of the break in the ropes and shall be permitted to
form to the following: be accomplished by the use of restrained compression
(a) It shall not be accessible from inside the car. springs or by the action of gravity, or by both, or by
(b) It shall not release the brake. positive mechanical means.
(c) Upon removal of the device, the car shall not move.
5.2.2.6 Hydraulic Jacks and Sheaves. Hydraulic
(d) It shall be actuated by mechanical means only.
jacks and sheaves shall conform to 3.18. The reference
(e) Instructions shall be posted at or near the manual
in 3.18.1.2.1 and 3.18.1.2.2 to 2.20 shall be modified by
operating device.
5.2.1.20. The reference in 3.18.1.2.5 to 2.24.2 shall be mod-
5.2.1.29 Layout Data. The information provided on ified by 5.2.1.24.2 and 5.2.1.24.3.
layout data shall conform to 2.28.
5.2.2.7 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings.
5.2.1.30 Welding. Welding shall conform to 8.8. Valves, pressure piping, and fittings shall conform to
5.2.1.31 Identification. Identification shall conform 3.19. Requirement 5.2.1.28 does not apply.
to 2.29. 5.2.2.8 Counterweights. Counterweights shall con-
form to 3.21.
(07) 5.2.2 Hydraulic Limited-Use/Limited-Application
Elevators 5.2.2.9 Buffers and Bumpers. Buffers and bumpers
Hydraulic limited-use/limited-application elevators shall conform to 3.22, except as modified by 5.2.1.22.1.
shall conform to 5.2.1, except as modified by 5.2.2.1 5.2.2.10 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and Their
through 5.2.2.15. Fastenings. Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their
5.2.2.1 Bottom and Top Clearances and Runbys. fastenings shall conform to 2.23, except as modified by
Bottom and top clearances and runbys for cars and coun- 3.23 and 5.2.1.23.2.
terweights shall conform to 3.4, except as follows:
5.2.2.11 Hydraulic Machines and Tanks. Hydraulic
(a) Bottom car clearances shall conform to 3.4.1 or machines and tanks shall conform to 3.24. Requirement
5.2.1.4.2. 5.2.1.24 does not apply, except as modified by 5.2.2.6.
(b) Requirement 3.4.2.1 does not apply. The bottom
car runby shall not be less than 50 mm (2 in.). 5.2.2.12 Terminal Stopping Devices. Requirement
(c) The top car clearances shall conform to 3.4.4 or 5.2.1.25 does not apply. Terminal stopping devices shall
5.2.1.4.4. conform to 3.25.1 and 3.25.3.
5.2.2.2 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control 5.2.2.13 Operating Devices and Control Equipment.
Spaces, and Control Rooms. Machinery spaces, Requirement 5.2.1.26 does not apply. Operating devices
machine rooms, control spaces, and control rooms shall and control equipment shall conform to 3.26.

157
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

5.2.2.14 Emergency Operations and Signaling (one-floor rise) conforming to one of the following:
Devices. Requirement 5.2.1.27 does not apply. Emer- (a) the floor opening at the upper landing is protected
gency operations and signaling devices shall conform by a partial enclosure and gate at least 910 mm (36 in.)
to 3.27, except firefighters’ emergency operations (2.27.3 high with openings that will reject a ball 25 mm (1 in.)
through 2.27.8) does not apply. When firefighters’ emer- in diameter and the gate is provided with a combination
gency operation is provided, it shall conform to 3.27.1 mechanical lock and electric contact
through 3.27.4. (b) the floor opening is provided with a vertically
5.2.2.15 Layout Data. Requirement 5.2.1.29 does not lifting hatch cover which is automatically raised and
apply. The information provided on layout data shall lowered vertically by the ascending and descending car,
conform to 3.28. provided this cover meets the following requirements:
(1) It is fitted with guides to ensure its proper
seating.
SECTION 5.3 (2) It is designed and installed to sustain a total
PRIVATE RESIDENCE ELEVATORS load of 3.6 kPa (75 lb/ft2) or 135 kg (300 lb) at any one
Requirement 5.3 applies to elevators installed in or point.
at a private residence. Requirement 5.3 also applies to (3) It is equipped with an electric contact that will
similar elevators installed in buildings as a means of prevent the upward travel of the car when a force of
access to private residences within such buildings pro- 90 N (20 lbf) is placed at any point on the top of the
vided the elevators are so installed that they are not hatch cover.
accessible to the general public or to other occupants in 5.3.1.2 Pits
the building.
5.3.1.2.1 Guarding of Pits. A pit provided in other
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to
private residence elevators.
than a fully enclosed hoistway shall be guarded by a
solid enclosure at least 2 130 mm (84 in.) high. The
5.3.1 Private Residence Electric Elevators entrance shall be provided with a door conforming to
5.3.1.7. When the enclosure does not extend from floor
(07) 5.3.1.1 Construction of Hoistway and Hoistway Enclo-
to ceiling, only solid car doors or gates rejecting a 13 mm
sures. The hoistway shall be solidly enclosed through-
(0.5 in.) diameter ball shall be used.
out its height without grillwork or openings other than
for landing or access doors, except that any exterior 5.3.1.2.2 Pit Maintenance. Where a pit is pro-
windows within the hoistway shall be protected by vided, it shall be kept clean and free from dirt and
metal grillwork. Grillwork shall reject a ball 76 mm (3 in.) rubbish and the accumulation of water. It shall not be
in diameter and shall be securely fastened from the used for storage purposes.
inside of the hoistway. Enclosures shall be of sufficient
5.3.1.3 Top Car Clearance. The top car clearance
strength to support in true alignment the hoistway doors
shall be not less than 152 mm (6 in.) plus 25 mm (1 in.)
and gates and their locking equipment. The fire resist-
for each 0.017 m/s (3.3 ft/min) of the rated speed in
ance rating shall be in accordance with the requirements
excess of 0.15 m/s (30 ft/min). Where the machine or
of the building code.
its controls are located on the top of the car, a refuge
(07) 5.3.1.1.1 The enclosure shall be permitted to be space on top of the car enclosure shall be provided in
omitted on the lowest landing served, provided the ele- conformance with 2.4.12.
vator
5.3.1.4 Horizontal Car Clearances
(a) does not open directly into a garage
(b) has continuous-pressure operation 5.3.1.4.1 Between Car and Hoistway Enclosures or
(c) car platform is equipped with a device that, if the Counterweight. There shall be a clearance of not less
platform is obstructed in its downward travel by a force than 20 mm (0.75 in.) between the car and the hoistway
of 18 N (4 lbf) or more applied anywhere at its lower enclosure, and between the car and its counterweight.
surface, will open an electric contact in the control circuit
5.3.1.4.2 Between Car and Landing Sill. The clear-
and thus stop the downward travel of the car within
ance between the car platform and the landing sill shall
75 mm (3 in.). The stroke of the device shall be not less
be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) nor more than 38 mm
than the stopping distance of the platform. This device
(1.5 in.).
shall be of a type that will not reset unless it has been
returned to its normal position. The elevator shall be 5.3.1.5 Pipes in Hoistways. Pipes conveying steam,
permitted to operate in the up direction. gas, or liquids, which if discharged into the hoistway
would endanger life, shall not be installed in the
(07) 5.3.1.1.2 The enclosure shall be permitted to be
hoistway.
omitted on the upper landing on continuous-pressure
operation elevators serving only adjacent landings 5.3.1.6 Guarding of Suspension Means

158
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(d) Requirement 2.11.16 does not apply. ladder shall project through the car canopy at least
(e) Requirement 2.11.17 does not apply. 1 070 mm (42 in.) above the car top, or handgrips shall
(f) Requirement 2.11.18 does not apply. be provided to the same height.
(g) Requirement 2.11.19 does not apply. The rungs, cleats, or steps shall be spaced 300 mm
(12 in.) on center. A clear distance of not less than 115 mm
5.9.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric (4.5 in.) from the centerline of the rungs, cleats, or steps
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches to the nearest permanent object in the back of the ladder
Hoistway door locking devices, hoistway door and shall be provided. Handgrips, if provided, shall have a
car door or gate electric contacts, and hoistway access clear distance of not less than 115 mm (4.5 in.) from
switches shall conform to 2.12, except as modified by their centerline to the nearest permanent object.
the following: 5.9.14.3 Car Top Protection. Protection from falling
(a) In addition, a car door interlock shall be provided. debris shall be provided on all car tops. The car top
(b) Hoistway access switches are not required if a car protection shall
top access panel is provided. (a) not interfere with the use of the car top access
panel
5.9.13 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
(b) be solid without perforations and shall comply
Doors
with strength requirements of 2.14.1.6
When provided, power operation of hoistway doors (c) provide a minimum head height clearance of 2 m
and car doors and gates shall conform to 2.13. (78 in.)
(d) be removable if the car top protection interferes
5.9.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car with normal inspection, maintenance, and repairs
Illumination
5.9.14.4 Requirement 2.14.1.7.2 does not apply.
Car enclosures, car doors and gates, and car illumina-
tion shall conform to 2.14, except as modified by 5.9.14.1 5.9.14.5 Requirement 2.14.7.1.3 does not apply.
through 5.9.14.5.
5.9.15 Car Frames and Platforms
5.9.14.1 Car Top Access Panel. A car top access
panel shall be provided in the top of all elevator cars. Car frames and platforms shall conform to 2.15 and
Car top access panels shall conform to the following: 5.9.15.1.
(07) (a) Requirement 2.14.1.5 applies, except as modified 5.9.15.1 Corrosion Protection. Car frames, plat-
by this requirement. The car top access panel will substi- forms, bolts, rivets, and fastenings shall be treated with
tute for the car top emergency exit panel. a corrosion-resistant protective coating, be electroplated,
(07) (b) The car top access panel shall have an area of not or be made of corrosion-resistant material.
less than 0.58 m2 (900 in.2) and shall measure not less
than 635 mm (25 in.) on any side. The panel shall open 5.9.16 Capacity and Loading
outward or slide over the car top. It shall be hinged, or Capacity and loading requirements shall conform to
be retained in a track. The movable portion of the access 2.16.
panel, if hinged, shall be provided with means to coun-
terbalance the panel and restrain it from closing when 5.9.17 Car and Counterweight Safeties
in the open position. The force required to open the
Car and counterweight safeties shall conform to 2.17,
access panel or prevent it from closing shall not exceed
except as modified by 5.9.17.1 through 5.9.17.6.
45 N (10 lbf). When in the fully opened position, the
access panel shall resist accidental closing. The movable 5.9.17.1 Requirement 2.17.7.2 applies, except every
portion of the access panel shall not reduce the running safety shall be provided with a switch, operated by the
clearance. The access panel shall be openable without safety mechanism (see 2.26.2.9).
the use of tools or keys. The counterweight safety switch shall be operated by
(07) (c) The car top access panel shall be provided with a the safety mechanism or a means to detect application of
switch whose contacts are positively opened mechani- the safety independent from the counterweight governor
cally and their opening shall not be dependent on switch(es) shall be provided.
springs that will initiate a controlled slow down and
5.9.17.2 Requirement 2.17.7.3 applies to both car
stop when the access panel is opened. A permanently
and counterweight safety mechanism switches.
mounted emergency stop switch shall be located on top
of the car, adjacent to the access panel to secure the car 5.9.17.3 Requirement 2.17.7.4 applies to both car
prior to transferring to inspection operation. and counterweight safety mechanism switches.
5.9.14.2 A permanent fixed ladder shall be pro- 5.9.17.4 Requirement 2.17.9.1 applies, except safe-
vided for passage through the car top access panel. The ties applied by rope drums are prohibited.

185
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

5.9.17.5 Requirement 2.17.9.3 applies to both car 5.9.24 Driving Machines and Sheaves
and counterweight safeties. When the counterweight Driving machines and sheaves shall conform to 2.24.
safeties are furnished, means shall be provided to release
the safeties if both safeties are applied simultaneously. 5.9.25 Terminal Stopping Devices
5.9.17.6 Requirement 2.21.4.2 does not apply. Terminal stopping devices shall conform to 2.25.

5.9.18 Speed Governors 5.9.26 Operating Devices and Control Equipment


Speed governors shall conform to 2.18, except as mod- Operating devices and control equipment shall con-
ified by 5.9.18.1. form to 2.26, except 2.26.2.5, 2.26.2.21, and 2.26.12.
An emergency stop switch shall be provided in the
5.9.18.1 Governor Rope Tension Sheaves. In addi-
car, and located in or adjacent to each car operating
tion to the requirements of 2.18.7, the governor rope
panel.
tension sheave shall be provided with a governor rope
When open (“STOP” position), this switch shall cause
tension sheave switch or switches mechanically opened
the electric power to be removed from the elevator driv-
by the governor rope tension sheave before the sheave
ing-machine motor and brake.
reaches its upper or lower limit of travel, to cause the
Emergency stop switches shall
elevator speed to be reduced to 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min).
(a) be of the manually opened and closed type
This switch shall be manually reset.
(b) have red operating handles or buttons
5.9.19 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car (c) be conspicuously and permanently marked
Movement Protection “STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and “RUN” posi-
tions
Ascending car overspeed and unintended car move-
(d) while opened, cause the audible device to sound
ment protection shall conform to 2.19.
(see 2.27.1.1.1)
5.9.20 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections (e) conform to 2.26.4.3

Suspension ropes and their connections shall conform 5.9.27 Emergency Operations and Signaling Devices
to 2.20.
Conformance to 2.27 is not required, except 2.27.1 and
(a) 5.9.20.1 Suspension and Compensating Means and 2.27.2 apply.
Governor Ropes. When elevator suspension or compen-
sating means or governor ropes are exposed to an envi- 5.9.28 Layout Drawings
ronment that will cause corrosion, surface pitting, or Information required on layout drawings shall con-
loss of cross-sectional area, the wire ropes shall be con- form to 2.28.
structed of electrogalvanized or other type of corrosion
resistant material suitable for the environment and 5.9.29 Identification
application. Identification of equipment shall conform to 2.29,
except 2.29.2 does not apply.
5.9.21 Counterweights
Counterweights shall conform to 2.21. 5.9.30 Welding
Welding shall conform to 8.8, except when welding
5.9.22 Buffers and Bumpers
in or above the hoistway, requirements of 30 CFR 75.1106
Buffers and bumpers shall conform to 2.22, except as and 75.1106-1 apply.
modified by the following:
(a) Oil buffers shall be suitable for operation at
extreme temperatures experienced in the anticipated SECTION 5.10
mining environment. ELEVATORS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION
(b) Requirement 2.22.4.5(c) applies, except that all oil Requirement 5.10 applies to elevators temporarily
buffers shall be provided with a switch conforming to used for construction or demolition to provide transpor-
2.26.4.3 that will cause the power to be removed from tation for construction personnel, tools, and materials
the driving machine when the plunger is not within only.
13 mm (0.5 in.) of the fully extended position. Such elevators utilize temporary or permanent equip-
ment in a temporary or permanent location. Because of
5.9.23 Car and Counterweight Guide Rails, Guide- their special use in a special environment, full compli-
Rail Supports, and Fastenings ance with Part 2 and Part 3 is not practical or necessary.
Car and counterweight guide rails, guide-rail sup- Requirement 5.10.1 applies to electric elevators used
ports, and fastenings shall conform to 2.23. for construction.

186
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Requirement 5.10.2 applies to hydraulic elevators of NOTE (5.10): See also Part 8 for additional requirements that
apply to elevators used for construction.
the direct-plunger type used for construction.
Elevators used for construction shall not be accessible 5.10.1 Electric Elevators Used for Construction
to the general public unless they comply with Part 2 or 5.10.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway
Part 3. Enclosures

186.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

␪ p the angle of inclination, deg (see 6.1.3.1) 6.1.3.10 Design Factors of Safety. Factors of safety
W p width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2) are based on either single driving-machine design or
modular driving-machine design.
6.1.3.9.3 Brake
The factors of safety shall be at least the following.
(a) For the purpose of brake calculations, the rated
load for all single driving machines shall be considered 6.1.3.10.1 Trusses and all supporting structures,
to be not less than the following: including tracks, shall conform to the AISC Specifica-
(1) with escalator stopped tions for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings, or the CSA Standard
(SI Units) CAN/CSA-S16.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9),
based on the maximum static load calculated per
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.27 (W + 203)B1 6.1.3.9.1.

(Imperial Units) 6.1.3.10.2 For driving-machine parts based on


not less than the loads calculated per 6.1.3.9.2:
Brake rated load (lb) p 4.6 (W + 8)B1 (a) where made of steel or bronze, the factor of safety
shall be 8
(2) with escalator running (b) where made of cast iron or other materials, the
factor of safety shall be 10
(SI Units)
6.1.3.10.3 For power transmission members, the
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.21 (W + 203)B1 factor of safety shall be 10, based on not less than the
loads calculated per 6.1.3.9.2.
(Imperial Units)
6.1.3.10.4 For steps, the factor of safety shall be
Brake rated load (lb) p 3.5 (W + 8)B1 5, based on not less than the loads designated in 6.1.3.9.4.
6.1.3.11 Chains. The use of chains with cast iron
(b) The rated load per module for two or more modu-
links shall not be permitted.
lar driving machines shall be considered to be not less
than the following: 6.1.3.12 Headroom. The minimum headroom shall
(1) with escalator stopped be 2 130 mm (84 in.) measured vertically from the step
noseline, landing plates, and landings.
(SI Units)
6.1.3.13 Welding. Welding shall conform to 8.8.
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.27 (W + 203)B2 6.1.3.14 Non-Escalator-Related Equipment. Com-
ponents not used directly in connection with the escala-
(Imperial Units) tor are prohibited to be installed on, in, or through the
escalator.
Brake rated load (lb) p 4.6 (W + 8)B2
6.1.3.15 Pit Drains. Permanent provisions shall be
(2) with escalator running made to prevent accumulation of water in the pit. Drains
and sump pumps, where provided, shall comply with
(SI Units) 2.2.2.4.
Brake rated load (kg) p 0.21 (W + 203)B2 6.1.4 Rated Speed

(Imperial Units) 6.1.4.1 Limits of Speed. The rated speed shall be


not more than 0.5 m/s (100 ft/min), measured along
Brake rated load (lb) p 3.5 (W + 8)B2 the centerline of the steps in the direction of travel.
The speed attained by an escalator after start-up shall
where not be intentionally varied.
B1 p cot ␪ ⴛ total rise, m (ft)
B2 p cot ␪ ⴛ rise per module, m (ft) 6.1.5 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake
␪ p the angle of inclination, deg (see 6.1.3.1) 6.1.5.1 Connection Between Driving Machine and
W p width of the escalator, mm (in.) (see 6.1.3.2) Main Drive Shaft. The driving machine shall be con-
nected to the main drive shaft by toothed gearing, a
6.1.3.9.4 Step. The step shall be designed to sup-
mechanical coupling, or a chain.
port a load of 135 kg (300 lb) on a 150 mm ⴛ 250 mm
(6 in. ⴛ 10 in.) plate placed on any part of the step with 6.1.5.2 Driving Motor. An electric motor shall not
the 250 mm (10 in.) dimension in the direction of step drive more than one escalator driving machine. A driv-
travel. ing machine shall not operate more than one escalator.

197
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

6.1.5.3 Brakes shaft by a chain used to connect the driving machine to


6.1.5.3.1 Escalator Driving-Machine Brake the main drive shaft, a mechanically or magnetically
applied brake capable of stopping a down-running esca-
(a) Each escalator driving machine shall be provided
lator with brake rated load (see 6.1.3.9.3) shall be pro-
with an electrically released and mechanically or mag-
vided on the main drive shaft. If the brake is
netically applied brake. If the brake is magnetically
magnetically applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall
applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall be used.
be used.
There shall be no intentional time delay designed into
the application of the brake. 6.1.5.3.3 Escalator driving-machine brakes shall
(b) The brake shall be applied automatically if the be certified to the requirements of 8.3.1 and 8.3.6.
electrical power supply is interrupted. The brake shall 6.1.6 Operating and Safety Devices (07)
be capable of stopping the down-running escalator with 6.1.6.1 General. Operating and safety devices con-
any load up to the brake rated load [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(2) forming to the requirements of this Section shall be pro-
or (b)(2)]. The brake shall hold the stopped escalator with vided. When more than one driving machine per
any load up to the brake rated load [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(1) or escalator is utilized, actuation of devices covered by this
(b)(1)]. Section shall simultaneously control all driving
(c) Driving-machine brakes shall stop the down-run- machines.
ning escalator steps at an average rate not greater than
0.91 m/s2 (3 ft/s2) as measured over the total retardation 6.1.6.1.1 Automatic Operation. Automatic start-
time. No peak horizontal retardation value exceeding ing by any means, or automatic stopping, except as
0.91 m/s2 (3 ft/s2) shall have a time duration greater required in 6.1.6, shall be prohibited.
than 0.125 s (see Nonmandatory Appendix I, Fig. I-11). 6.1.6.2 Starting and Inspection Control Switches
(See also 6.1.6.3.6.) 6.1.6.2.1 Escalators shall be provided with start-
(d) The escalator brake shall be provided with a data ing switch(es) conforming to the following:
plate that is readily visible, located on the machine brake (a) Location and Design. The switch(es) shall be:
and when necessary, a duplicate data plate with the (1) located so that the escalator steps are within
certification mark shall be placed adjacent to the sight.
machine brake. The data plate shall indicate: (2) key operated, of the continuous-pressure
(1)(a) for fixed torque brakes, the range of brake spring-return type, and shall be operated by a cylinder-
torque that complies with 6.1.5.3.1 and 6.1.6.3.6; or type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-disk
(1)(b) for variable torque brakes, the minimum combination.
brake torque for a loaded escalator and the minimum (3) clearly and permanently marked “DOWN,”
stopping distance for the unloaded escalator, which “RUN,” and “UP,” in that order, with the key removable
complies with 6.1.5.3.1 and 6.1.6.3.6; only in the “RUN” (spring return) position. The
(2) the method of measuring the torque, designated switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from the
“BREAKAWAY” or “DYNAMIC,” based on the method “DOWN” to “RUN” to “UP” position.
used when measuring the torque; (b) Operating Requirements. The operation of the
(3) the location where the torque is to be measured, switch(es) shall initiate movement of the escalator. The
e.g., “MOTOR SHAFT,” “MACHINE INPUT SHAFT,” escalator shall not start (restart) unless all starting
“MAIN DRIVE SHAFT”; switch(es) were first in the “RUN” position.
(4) the type of brake as fixed or variable torque; (c) The starting switch(es) shall be located within
(a) (5) the maximum stopping distance with rated load reach of an emergency stop button (see 6.1.6.3.1).
in the down direction that corresponds to the minimum (d) The key shall be of Group 2 Security (see 8.1).
distance between 6.1.6.2.2 Inspection Control. Each escalator shall
(a) the comb and the step when the step is posi- be equipped with inspection controls not accessible to
tioned to activate any of the safety devices required in the general public during normal operation to provide
6.1.6.3.6, 6.1.6.3.9, 6.1.6.3.11, 6.1.6.5, or constant pressure operation during maintenance, repair,
(b) the activation point of the Dynamic Skirt or inspection by means of a manually operated control
Panel Obstruction Device (see 6.1.6.3.16) and the device.
entrance of the skirt panel into the balustrade. (a) General Requirements
(e) Where means other than a continuous shaft, (1) Switches for transferring the control of the esca-
mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing is used to con- lator to inspection operation shall be provided or a
nect the motor to a gear reducer, the escalator driving- switch shall be provided at each landing in a portable
machine brake shall be located on the gear reducer or control station; the switch(es) shall function as follows:
main drive shaft. (a) be through a contact that shall be positively
6.1.5.3.2 Main Drive Shaft Brake. If the escalator opened mechanically and whose opening shall not
driving-machine brake is separated from the main drive depend solely on springs

198
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

shall be provided when required by 6.1.6.2.2: stops. These escalators shall also be electrically inter-
(a) when opened (“STOP” position), cause the electric locked to assure that they run in the same direction.
power to be removed from the escalator driving-
6.1.6.8 Escalator Smoke Detectors. Smoke detectors
machine motor and brake
shall be permitted that shall activate the alarm required
(b) be of the manually opened and closed type by 6.1.6.3.1(b) and, after at least 15 s, shall cause the
(c) have red operating handles or buttons interruption of power to the driving-machine motor and
(d) be conspicuously and permanently marked brake.
“STOP,” and shall indicate the “STOP” and “RUN” posi-
tions 6.1.6.9 Signs
(e) shall have contacts that are positively opened 6.1.6.9.1 Caution Signs. A caution sign shall be
mechanically and their opening shall not be solely located at the top and bottom landing of each escalator,
dependent on springs readily visible to the boarding passengers.
The sign shall include the following wording:
(a) 6.1.6.3.16 Dynamic Skirt Panel Obstruction
Device. Means shall be provided to cause the electric (a) “Caution”
power to be removed from the escalator driving- (b) “Passengers Only”
machine motor and brake if an object becomes caught (c) “Hold Handrail”
between the dynamic skirt panel and the dynamic skirt (d) “Attend Children”
panel cover in the upper or lower transition zone. The (e) “Avoid Sides”
device shall be of the manual-reset type. The escalator The sign shall be standard for all escalators and shall
shall stop before that object reaches the balustrade with be identical in format, size, color, wording, and pictorials
any load up to full brake rated load with the escalator as shown in Fig. 6.1.6.9.1. The sign shall be durable and
running [see 6.1.3.9.3(a)(2) and (b)(2)]. have a maximum thickness of 6.4 mm (0.25 in.), with
rounded or beveled corners and edges.
6.1.6.4 Handrail Speed Monitoring Device. A hand-
rail speed monitoring device shall be provided that will 6.1.6.9.2 Additional Signs. Signs in addition to
cause the activation of the alarm required by 6.1.6.3.1(b) those required by 6.1.6.9.1 relating to cautions or warn-
without any intentional delay, whenever the speed of ings applying to escalator passengers, when provided,
either handrail deviates from the step speed by 15% or shall be in a readily visible location, and limited to con-
more. The device shall also cause electric power to be veying any additional cautions and/or warnings. The
removed from the driving-machine motor and brake additional signs shall be prohibited in the area starting
when the speed deviation of 15% or more is continuous from 3 000 mm (118 in.) horizontally outward from the
within a 2 s to 6 s range. The device shall be of the end of the newel and to the point where the steps start
manual-reset type. to move vertically. Its location shall not impede or other-
wise cause persons about to board the escalator to sud-
6.1.6.5 Missing Step and Missing Dynamic Skirt denly pause or stop. The sign shall comply with
Devices ANSI Z535.2 or CAN/CSA-Z321, whichever is applica-
(a) A device shall be provided to detect a missing ble (see Part 9).
step and bring the escalator to a stop, before the gap
6.1.6.10 Control and Operating Circuits. The design
resulting from the missing step emerges from the comb.
and installation of the control and operating circuits
The device shall cause power to be removed from the
shall conform to 6.1.6.10.1 through 6.1.6.10.3.
driving-machine motor and brake. The device shall be
of the manual-reset type. 6.1.6.10.1 The occurrence of a single ground or
(b) For escalators with dynamic skirts, a device shall the failure of any single magnetically operated switch,
be provided to detect a missing dynamic skirt panel and contactor, or relay; or any single solid-state device; or a
bring the escalator to a stop, before the gap resulting software system failure, shall not
from the missing dynamic skirt panel emerges from the (a) permit the escalator to start; or
balustrade. The device shall cause power to be removed (b) render ineffective any electrical protective device
from the driving-machine motor and brake. The device required by 6.1.6.3, or the handrail speed monitoring
shall be of the manual-reset type. device required by 6.1.6.4, or the missing step or missing
dynamic skirt device required by 6.1.6.5.
6.1.6.6 Tandem Operation. Tandem operation esca-
lators shall be electrically interlocked where traffic flow NOTE [6.1.6.10.1(b)]: Requirements only apply to the circuits in
which the devices are used and not to the devices themselves.
is such that bunching will occur if the escalator carrying
passengers away from the intermediate landing stops. 6.1.6.10.2 Redundancy used in the control and
The electrical interlocks shall stop the escalator carrying operating circuits to satisfy the requirements of 6.1.6.10.1
passengers into the common intermediate landing if the shall be checked prior to each start of the escalator. When
escalator carrying passengers away from the landing a single ground or failure as specified in 6.1.6.10.1 occurs,

201
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. 6.1.6.9.1 Caution Sign

CAUTION
Passengers Only

197 mm (7.75 in.)


White

Black

Yellow

Red

Hold Handrail
Attend Children
Avoid Sides
102 mm (4 in.)

the escalator shall not be permitted to restart. Implemen- (b) An additional contactor shall be provided to also
tation of redundancy by a software system shall be per- open the driving-machine brake circuit. This contactor
mitted, provided that the removal of power from the is not required to have contacts in the driving-machine
driving-machine motor and brake shall not be solely motor circuit.
dependent on software-controlled means. (c) The electrical protective devices required by 6.1.6.3
6.1.6.10.3 Escalators with driving-machine shall control the solid-state device and both contactors.
motors employing static control shall conform to the (d) After each stop of the escalator, the escalator shall
following: not respond to a signal to start unless both contactors
(a) Two devices shall be provided to remove power [see 6.1.6.10.3(a) and (b)] are in the de-energized
from the driving-machine motor. At least one device position.
shall be an electromechanical contactor.
(1) The contactor shall be arranged to open each 6.1.6.11 Electrically Powered Safety Devices. If the
time the escalator stops. handrail speed monitoring device required by 6.1.6.4,
(2) The contactor shall cause the removal of power the missing step or missing skirt device, required by
from the driving-machine brake in accordance with 6.1.6.5, or any electrical protective device required by
6.1.6.3.4. 6.1.6.3, requires electrical power for its functioning

202
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Table 6.2.4 Treadway Speed (d) The moving walk brake shall be provided with a (a)
Maximum Treadway Slope
data plate that is readily visible, located on the machine
at Any Point on Treadway, Maximum Treadway Speed, brake and, when necessary, a duplicate data plate with
deg m/s (ft/min) the certification mark shall be placed adjacent to the
machine brake. The data plate shall indicate
0 to 8 0.9 (180)
Above 8 to 12 0.7 (140)
(1)(a) for fixed torque brakes, the range of brake
torque that complies with 6.2.5.3.1, or
(1)(b) for variable torque brakes, the minimum
brake torque for a loaded moving walk and the mini-
mum stopping distance for the unloaded moving walk
6.2.3.17 Nonmoving-Walk Related Equipment.
that complies with 6.2.5.3.1
Components not used directly in connection with the
moving walk are prohibited to be installed on, in, or (2) the method of measuring the torque, designated
through the moving walk. “BREAKAWAY” or “DYNAMIC,” based on the method
used when measuring the torque
6.2.4 Rated Speed (3) the location where the torque is to be measured,
e.g., “MOTOR SHAFT,” “MACHINE INPUT SHAFT,”
The maximum speed of a treadway shall depend on
the maximum slope at any point on the treadway. The “MAIN DRIVE SHAFT”
speed shall not exceed the value determined by (4) the type of brake as fixed or variable torque
Table 6.2.4. (e) Where means other than a continuous shaft,
The speed attained by a moving walk after startup mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing is used to con-
shall not be intentionally varied. nect the motor to a gear reducer, the moving walk driv-
ing-machine brake shall be located on the gear reducer,
6.2.5 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake main drive shaft, or a specially attached braking surface
attached directly to the treadway.
6.2.5.1 Connection Between Driving Machine and
Main Drive Shaft. The driving machine shall be con- 6.2.5.3.2 Main Drive Shaft Brake. If the moving
nected to the main drive shaft by toothed gearing, a walk driving-machine brake is connected to the main
mechanical coupling, or a chain. drive shaft by a chain, and the moving walk, with the
6.2.5.2 Driving Motor. An electric motor shall not drive chain disconnected, is capable of running under
drive more than one moving walk driving machine. A gravity with any load up to and including rated load
driving machine shall not operate more than one mov- (see 6.2.3.10.2), a mechanically or magnetically applied
ing walk. brake capable of stopping a down-running moving walk
with brake rated load (see 6.2.3.10.3) shall be provided
6.2.5.3 Brakes on the main drive shaft or specially attached braking
6.2.5.3.1 Moving Walk Driving-Machine Brakes surface attached directly to the treadway. If the brake is
magnetically applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall
(a) Each moving walk driving machine shall be pro-
be used.
vided with an electrically released and mechanically or
magnetically applied brake. If the brake is magnetically
applied, a ceramic permanent magnet shall be used. 6.2.6 Operating and Safety Devices
There shall be no intentional time delay designed into
the application of the brake. 6.2.6.1 General
(b) The brake shall be applied automatically if the
6.2.6.1.1 Operating and safety devices conform-
electrical power supply is interrupted. The brake shall
ing to 6.2.6 shall be provided. When more than one
be capable of stopping the down- or horizontal-running
driving machine per moving walk is utilized, actuation
moving walk with any load up to the brake rated load
of devices covered by 6.2.6 shall simultaneously control
[see 6.2.3.10.3(a)(2) or (b)(2)]. The brake shall hold the
all driving machines.
stopped moving walk with any load up to the brake
rated load [see 6.2.3.10.3(a)(1) or (b)(1)]. 6.2.6.1.2 Automatic Operation. Automatic start-
(c) Driving-machine brakes shall stop the down- or ing by any means, or automatic stopping, except as
horizontal-running moving walk treadway at an average required in 6.2.6, shall be prohibited.
rate not greater than 0.91 m/s2 (3 ft/s2) as measured
over the total retardation time. No peak horizontal retar- 6.2.6.2 Starting and Inspection Control Switches
dation value exceeding 0.91 m/s2 (3 ft/s2) shall have a
time duration greater than 0.125 s (see Nonmandatory 6.2.6.2.1 Moving walks shall be provided with
Appendix I, Fig. I-11). starting switch(es) conforming to the following:

209
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Location and Design. The switch(es) shall be (d) be located so that the moving walk treadway
(1) located so that the exposed treadway is surface is within sight
within sight. (3) A stop switch conforming to 6.2.6.3.12 shall be
(2) key operated, of the continuous-pressure provided adjacent to the constant pressure operating
spring-return type, and shall be operated by a cylinder- devices.
type lock having not less than a five-pin or five-disk (4) When portable control stations are used, the
combination. cord length shall not exceed 3 000 mm (120 in.) in length.
(3) clearly and permanently marked “TOWARDS,” (b) Plug-in Portable Control Station. A plug-in portable
“RUN,” and “AWAY,” in that order, with the key remov- control station shall be permitted provided that
able only in the “RUN” (spring return) position. The (1) either a transfer switch conforming to
switch(es) shall be rotated clockwise to go from the 6.2.6.2.2(a)(1)(a), (a)(1)(b), and (a)(1)(c) is complied with,
“TOWARDS” to “RUN” to “AWAY” position. or when plugged in, the moving walk shall automati-
(b) Operating Requirements. The operation of the cally transfer to inspection operation
switch(es) shall initiate movement of the moving walk. (2) when the switch, if provided, is in the “INSPEC-
The moving walk shall not start (restart) unless all start- TION” position, or when the control station is plugged
ing switch(es) were first in the “RUN” position. in, it shall cause the movement of the moving walk to be
(c) The starting switch(es) shall be located within solely under the control of constant pressure operating
reach of an emergency stop button (see 6.2.6.3.1). devices contained in the portable unit
(d) The key shall be of Group 2 Security (see 8.1). (3) the plug-in portable control station is stored at
the upper landing machinery space
6.2.6.2.2 Inspection Control. Each moving walk
shall be equipped with inspection controls not accessible 6.2.6.3 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical pro-
to the general public during normal operation to provide tective devices shall be provided in accordance with
constant pressure operation during maintenance, repair, 6.2.6.3.1 through 6.2.6.3.12.
or inspection by means of a manually operated control
device. 6.2.6.3.1 Emergency Stop Buttons
(a) General Requirements (a) Location. In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, a (07)
(1) Switches for transferring the control of the mov- red stop button shall be visibly located at the top and (ED)
ing walk to inspection operation shall be provided or a the bottom landings on the right side facing the moving
switch shall be provided at each landing in a portable walk. Remote stop buttons are prohibited. In jurisdic-
control station; the switch(es) shall function as follows: tions enforcing NBCC, a red stop button shall be visibly
(a) be through a contact that shall be positively located at the top and the bottom landings on the right
opened mechanically and whose opening shall not side facing the moving walk. If auxiliary emergency-stop
depend solely on springs buttons are provided, they shall be located within view
of the moving walk.
(b) be manually operated
(1) On high deck balustrades, they shall be located
(c) be labeled “INSPECTION”
on the curved newel deck in the upper quadrant, with
(d) have two positions, labeled “INSPECTION”
the centerline of the button at a 45 deg angle from the
or “INSP” and “NORMAL” or “NORM”
horizontal.
(e) when in the “INSPECTION” position, it shall
(2) On low deck balustrades, they shall be located
cause the movement of the moving walk to be solely
below the handrail height. The centerline of the button
under the control of constant pressure operating devices
shall be located on a radial line 45 deg above the hori-
at that landing or in that portable control station
zontal, such that no part of the button assembly is within
(f) be arranged so that if more than one inspec- 38 mm (1.5 in.) of the bottom of the handrail and the
tion transfer switch is in the “INSPECTION” position, button is no more than 90 mm (3.5 in.) from the bottom
then all constant pressure operating devices at all loca- of the handrail.
tions shall be inoperative
(b) Cover, Alarm, and Marking. The buttons shall be
(g) be protected against accidental contact covered with a transparent cover that can be readily
(h) the completion or maintenance of an electric lifted or pushed aside. When the cover is moved, an
circuit shall not be used to initiate inspection control audible warning signal shall be activated. The signal
(2) Constant pressure operating devices shall shall have a sound intensity of 80 dBA minimum at the
(a) allow movement of the moving walk only by button location. The cover shall be marked “EMER-
constant application of manual pressure GENCY STOP,” “MOVE COVER” or equivalent legend
(b) be distinctly recognizable from indications on (e.g., “LIFT COVER,” “SLIDE COVER,” etc.), and
the device as to the direction of travel controlled “PUSH BUTTON.” “EMERGENCY STOP” shall be in
(c) be protected against accidental contact letters not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.) high. Other required

210
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Part 7
Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts

(07) SCOPE 7.1.2.2 Requirement 2.2.4 does not apply. The


access door shall be provided with an electric contact,
Part 7 applies to dumbwaiters and material lifts.
which will cause the interruption of power to the motor
NOTE: See also Part 8 for additional requirements that apply to and brake when the door is open.
dumbwaiters and material lifts.
7.1.2.3 Requirement 2.2.5 does not apply. If the
Where the term “elevator” is used in a referenced level of illumination in the pit, where provided, does
requirement, it shall mean “dumbwaiter” or “material not meet the requirements of 2.2.5, then a permanent or
lift.” portable lighting means complying with 2.2.5.1 shall be
provided.
(07) SECTION 7.1 7.1.2.4 Requirement 2.2.6 applies only where pit
POWER AND HAND DUMBWAITERS WITHOUT access is provided by means of a ladder (see 2.2.4.2).
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICES
7.1.2.5 Requirement 2.2.7 does not apply.
Requirement 7.1 applies to all power and hand dumb-
waiters without automatic transfer devices. 7.1.2.6 Requirement 2.2.8 does not apply.

(a) 7.1.1 Construction of Hoistways and Hoistway 7.1.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights
Enclosures Requirement 2.3 does not apply to the location and
The construction of hoistways and hoistway enclo- guarding of counterweights, except that the location of
sures shall comply with 2.1, except as modified by 7.1.1.1 counterweight shall comply with 2.3.1.
through 7.1.1.4. 7.1.4 Vertical Car Clearances and Runbys for Cars
7.1.1.1 Requirement 2.1.1.1 applies, except where and Counterweights
dumbwaiters are installed in a private residence. In pri- Requirement 2.4 does not apply. Bottom and top car
vate residences, fire-resistive construction shall conform clearances and runbys for cars and counterweights shall
to the requirements of the building code. conform to 7.1.4.1 through 7.1.4.2.
(07) 7.1.1.2 Requirement 2.1.2.1 does not apply. Where 7.1.4.1 When the car or counterweight reaches its
a hoistway extends into the top floor of a building, the maximum limit of downward travel, no part of the car
hoistway or machinery space enclosures, where or counterweight or any equipment attached thereto
required, shall be constructed in accordance with the shall strike any part of the pit or floor beneath the lowest
requirements of the building code (see 1.3). landing or equipment located in the hoistway, except a
7.1.1.3 Requirement 2.1.3.1 does not apply. If a buffer or bumper.
floor is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall 7.1.4.2 When the car or counterweight reaches its
comply with 7.1.1.4. maximum limit of upward travel, no part of the car or
7.1.1.4 Requirement 2.1.3.2 does not apply. The counterweight or any equipment attached thereto shall
floor shall be designed in accordance with other floors strike any part of the overhead structure or equipment
in the building. Where the dumbwaiter machine is to located in the hoistway, except a mechanical stop or
be supported by machine room floor, the floor shall be buffer.
designed in accordance with 2.9.4 and 2.9.5. 7.1.4.3 Where a top-of-car operating device is pro- (07)
vided, a minimum vertical space shall be provided on
7.1.2 Pits the car top when the car reaches its maximum limit of
Pits are not required, but shall be permitted. Where upward travel. The space shall comply with 7.1.4.3.1
a pit is provided, it shall conform to 2.2, except as modi- and 7.1.4.3.2.
fied by 7.1.2.1 through 7.1.2.6.
7.1.4.3.1 Horizontal unobstructed area on the car
7.1.2.1 Requirement 2.2.1 does not apply. Pits shall top of not less than 0.370 m2 (570 in.2) and measured
be permitted to be provided. not less than 500 mm (20 in.) on one side, and

215
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.1.4.3.2 Vertical height of not less than 1 100 mm (b) Where a dumbwaiter machine is located at the
(43 in.) measures vertically between the top of the car bottom of the hoistway, the control equipment shall be
enclosure and the overhead structure or other located outside the hoistway or in a cabinet on the inside
obstruction. surface of the access door.
7.1.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances 7.1.7.4 Requirement 2.7.3.1 does not apply. A
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall means of access to dumbwaiter machine rooms and
conform to 2.5, except as modified by 7.1.5.1 through overhead machinery spaces shall be provided, from out-
7.1.5.4. side the hoistway, for elevator personnel.

7.1.5.1 Requirement 2.5.1.1 applies for dumbwait- 7.1.7.5 Requirement 2.7.3.3 applies only where a (a)
ers with rated load over 227 kg (500 lb). For dumbwaiters machine room or control room is provided for machine
with a rated load of 227 kg (500 lb) or less, the clearance and control equipment.
between the car and hoistway enclosure shall be not less 7.1.7.6 Access doors and openings shall conform (a)
than 13 mm (0.5 in.). to 2.7.3.4 except as modified by 7.1.7.6.1 and 7.1.7.6.2.
7.1.5.2 Requirement 2.5.1.2 applies for dumbwait- Requirement 2.7.3.4.1 applies only where a separate
ers with a rated load over 227 kg (500 lb). For dumbwait- machine room is provided and complete bodily entry
ers with a rated load of 227 kg (500 lb) or less, clearances is necessary.
between the car and counterweight shall be not less than 7.1.7.6.1 Requirements 2.7.3.4.3, 2.7.3.4.4, and
13 mm (0.5 in.). 2.7.3.4.5 do not apply.
7.1.5.3 Requirement 2.5.1.4 applies, except when 7.1.7.6.2 Requirement 2.7.3.4.6 applies, except
a counterbalanced car door is provided. The clearance the maximum width of an access opening located not
shall be measured between the landing side of the car more than 1 525 mm (60 in.) above the lowest point of
door sill and the hoistway edge of any landing sill, or the hoistway, contiguous to and in vertical alignment
the hoistway side of any vertically sliding counter- with a hoistway entrance, shall be the lesser of 1 220 mm
weighted or counterbalanced hoistway door or of any (48 in.) or the hoistway entrance width.
vertically sliding counterbalanced biparting hoistway Hoistway access openings shall be provided with an
door sill. electric contact that will cause interruption of power to
7.1.5.4 Requirement 2.5.1.5 does not apply. the motor and brake when the access door is open.

7.1.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistway 7.1.7.7 Requirement 2.7.3.5 does not apply.
Requirement 2.6 applies, except as modified by 7.1.6.1 7.1.7.8 Requirement 2.7.4 does not apply.
through 7.1.6.3.
7.1.7.9 Lighting, temperature, and humidity shall (a)
7.1.6.1 Car and counterweight safeties shall be conform to 2.7.9, except 2.7.9.2 does not apply. Where
provided conforming to 7.2.4. there is a machine room, it shall be provided with natural
or mechanical ventilation to avoid overheating of the
7.1.6.2 Buffers shall be provided conforming to
electrical equipment to ensure normal operation of the
7.2.8.1 or 7.2.8.2.
dumbwaiter.
7.1.6.3 Direct-plunger hydraulic dumbwaiters
shall conform to 3.6. 7.1.7.10 Requirement 2.7.6 does not apply.
7.1.7.11 Requirement 2.7.8.4 does not apply.
(a) 7.1.7 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control
Spaces, and Control Rooms 7.1.8 Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Pipes, Ducts, and
Machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and HVAC in Hoistways and Machine Rooms
control rooms shall comply with 2.7, except as modified Electrical equipment, pipes, and ducts in hoistways,
by 7.1.7.1 through 7.1.7.11. machine rooms, and machinery spaces shall comply
7.1.7.1 Requirement 2.7.1.1 applies only where a with 2.8, except as modified by 7.1.8.1 and 7.1.8.2.
separate machinery space is provided. 7.1.8.1 Type SF or equivalent wire is not required
7.1.7.2 Requirement 2.7.1.2 applies only where a for the wiring to the hoistway door interlock from the
separate machinery space is provided. hoistway riser.
(a) 7.1.7.3 Dumbwaiter machine rooms shall conform 7.1.8.2 Requirement 2.8.1 does not apply. Dumb- (a)
to 2.7.2, or the following: waiter machine and control equipment shall be permit-
(a) Guards on dumbwaiter equipment shall prevent ted to be located in a room or space containing other
accidental contact with moving parts and shall permit equipment essential to the operation of the building,
visual inspection without complete removal. provided that all exposed moving parts are guarded.

216
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) 7.1.8.3 Requirement 2.8.3.3 does not apply. Sprin- (e) vertical slide counterweighted, single- or multi-
klers shall be permitted in the hoistway when conform- section
ing to NFPA 13 or the NBCC, whichever is applicable 7.1.11.2.2 For hand dumbwaiters, entrances
(see Part 9). All sprinkler risers and returns shall be shall be one of the following types:
located outside the hoistway. (a) manually operated vertical slide counter-
7.1.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and weighted, single- or multi-section
Foundations (b) manually operated vertical slide biparting coun-
Machinery and sheave beams, supports, and founda- terbalanced
tions shall comply with 2.9, except as modified by 7.1.9.1 (c) manually operated swing, single-section
and 7.1.9.2. 7.1.11.3 Closing of Hoistway Doors. Requirement
2.11.3 does not apply.
7.1.9.1 Requirement 2.9.3.1 does not apply.
7.1.11.3.1 For power dumbwaiters, all doors
7.1.9.2 Machines and equipment directly over the
shall be kept closed, except the door at the floor at which
hoistway shall be permitted to be hung underneath the
the car is being loaded or unloaded.
supporting beams at the top of the hoistway.
7.1.11.3.2 For hand dumbwaiters
7.1.9.3 Requirement 2.9.3.2 applies to the machine
(a) all doors shall be kept closed, except the door at
or sheave connections between the machine or sheave
the floor at which the car is being loaded, unloaded, or
and the beams, foundations or floor, and machinery that
operated
is hung underneath beams.
(b) each entrance shall have conspicuously displayed
(a) 7.1.9.4 Requirement 2.9.3.3.1 does not apply. on the landing side, above the door opening, in letters
Machines, sheaves, equipment, and hitches shall be per- not less than 50 mm (2 in.) high, the words: “DANGER-
mitted to be secured to and supported by the guide rails DUMBWAITER-KEEP CLOSED”
and structural walls. (c) all doors shall be equipped with devices to close
(a) 7.1.10 Guarding of Equipment them automatically when the devices are actuated by
heat or smoke
Requirement 2.10 does not apply, except that the
guarding of equipment shall comply with 2.10.1. Hand 7.1.11.4 Location of Hoistway Door Openings.
and power dumbwaiter machines and sheaves shall be Requirement 2.11.4 does not apply. The bottom of the
permitted to be located inside the hoistway enclosure hoistway-door opening shall be not less than 600 mm
at the top or bottom without intervening enclosures or (24 in.) above the floor, except for power dumbwaiters
platforms. applications conforming to 7.1.12.1.2 or 7.1.12.1.3.
7.1.11.5 Hoistway Access Doors. Access openings
7.1.11 Protection of Hoistway Openings
shall be permitted to be provided in the hoistway enclo-
The protection of hoistway openings shall conform to sure for maintenance and inspection. Access openings
2.11, except as modified by 7.1.11.1 through 7.1.11.14. when provided shall conform to 7.1.7.5.
7.1.11.1 Entrances. Requirement 2.11.1 does not 7.1.11.6 Projection of Equipment Beyond Landing
apply. All hoistway-landing openings shall be provided Sills. Requirement 2.11.5 does not apply.
with entrances that shall guard the full height and width
7.1.11.7 Opening of Hoistway Doors From Hoistway
of the opening.
Side. Requirement 2.11.6 does not apply.
7.1.11.1.1 For power dumbwaiters, the doors 7.1.11.8 Hoistway Door Vision Panels. Hoistway
shall not open to a 25 mm (1 in.) greater width and door vision panels (see 2.11.7) are not required. Where
height than the width and height of the car, unless the provided, they shall comply with 2.11.7.1.2, 2.11.7.1.3,
car is being removed or installed. 2.11.7.1.4, and 2.11.7.1.6, and the total area of one or
7.1.11.1.2 For hand dumbwaiters, the width of more vision panels in any hoistway door shall not exceed
the door openings shall not exceed the width of the car 0.016 m2 (25 in.2).
by more than 150 mm (6 in.). The height of the door 7.1.11.9 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Power
shall not exceed 1 375 mm (54 in.). Operation. Requirement 2.11.9 does not apply. Doors
7.1.11.2 Types of Entrances. Requirement 2.11.2 shall be provided with door-locking devices conforming
does not apply. to 7.1.12. Where hoistway doors are power operated or
are opened or closed by power, they shall conform to
7.1.11.2.1 For power dumbwaiters, entrances
7.1.13.
shall be one of the following types:
(a) horizontal slide, single- or multi-section 7.1.11.10 Landings and Landing Sills. Requirement
(b) swing, single section 2.11.10.1 does not apply.
(c) combination horizontal slide and swing 7.1.11.11 Horizontal Slide-Type Entrances. Require-
(d) vertical slide biparting counterbalanced ment 2.11.11.1(b) does not apply.

217
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.1.11.12 Vertical Slide-Type Entrances. Require- 7.1.11.13 Swing-Type Entrances. For swing-type
ments 2.11.12.1, 2.11.12.2, 2.11.12.3, 2.11.12.7, and entrances, 2.11.13 applies, except as modified by
2.11.12.8 do not apply. 7.1.11.3.1 through 7.1.11.13.3.
7.1.11.12.1 Landing sills shall be of metal, 7.1.11.13.1 Requirements 2.11.13.1(b) and
securely fastened to the frame or building structure and 2.11.13.3.3 do not apply.
of sufficient strength to support the rated load of the
7.1.11.13.2 Requirement 2.11.13.3.5 does not
dumbwaiter, applied vertically over an area of 100 mm
apply. The panels and their assembled accessories shall
ⴛ 100 mm (4 in. ⴛ 4 in.) at the center of the sill, with
be capable of withstanding normal attempts to open a
no permanent displacement or deformation of the sill.
closed and locked door by pulling the handle. The panel
7.1.11.12.2 Either the panel guide rails or the shall be so designed to withstand a force of 1 110 N
jambs used to frame the opening shall be securely (250 lbf) applied on the landing side at right angles to
anchored to a masonry wall, or securely fastened to the and approximately at the center of the panel. This force
building structure or wall-supporting members. shall be distributed over an area of approximately
7.1.11.12.3 Panel guide rails, not fastened in con- 100 mm ⴛ 100 mm (4 in. ⴛ 4 in.). There shall be no
formance with 7.1.11.12.2, shall be securely fastened to appreciable permanent displacement or deformation of
the jambs at intervals throughout the frame height, and any parts of the entrance assembly resulting from this
shall be permitted to be fastened to the building struc- force.
ture where the rails extend past the frame. Rails and 7.1.11.13.3 Requirement 2.11.13.3.7 applies,
their fastenings shall withstand the forces specified in except it shall be in conformance with 7.1.11.13.1.
7.1.11.12.1, and any reactions resulting from the loading
7.1.11.14 Marking. Marking (see 2.11.15) shall
and unloading operations, that are capable of being
apply, except as modified by 7.1.11.14.1 and 7.1.11.14.2.
transmitted to the rails.
7.1.11.14.1 Requirement 2.11.15.1.1(c) does not
7.1.11.12.4 Requirement 2.11.12.4.2 applies only
apply.
where truckable sills are required.
7.1.11.14.2 Requirement 2.11.15.1.2(b) applies,
7.1.11.12.5 Requirements 2.11.12.4.3(a) and (b)
except it shall be in conformance with 2.11.11.5.1 and
do not apply. Panels of biparting counterbalanced
2.11.11.5.2 or 7.1.11.12.6.
entrances shall conform to the following:
(a) They shall be provided with means to stop the 7.1.12 Hoistway Door Locking Devices, Access
closing panels when the distance between the closing Switches, and Unlocking Devices
rigid members of the upper and lower panels is not less Hoistway door locking devices, access switches, and
than 20 mm (0.8 in.) unlocking devices shall comply with 7.1.12. Require-
(b) A fire-resistive, nonshearing, and noncrushing ment 2.12 does not apply, except as referenced in 7.1.12.
member of either the meeting or overlapping type shall
be provided on the upper panel to close the distance 7.1.12.1 Hoistway Door Locking Devices for Power
between the rigid door panels when in contact with the Dumbwaiters. Hoistway door locking devices for power
stops. dumbwaiters shall comply with 7.1.12.1.1 through
7.1.12.1.3.
7.1.11.12.6 Requirement 2.11.12.4.4 applies,
except that the overlap shall be not less than 13 mm 7.1.12.1.1 Hoistway door interlocks in confor-
(0.5 in.). mance with 7.1.12.1.2 are required at all landings, except
that hoistway door combination mechanical locks and
7.1.11.12.7 Requirement 2.11.12.4.6 does not electric contacts conforming to 7.1.12.1.1 shall be permit-
apply. The entrance assembly shall be capable of with- ted to be used at the following landings:
standing a force of 1 110 N (250 lbf) applied on the (a) at landings where the bottom of the door opening
landing side at right angles to, and approximately at is 600 mm (24 in.) or more above the floor
the center of a panel. This force shall be distributed over (b) the top terminal landing and the landing located
an area of approximately 100 mm ⴛ 100 mm (4 in. ⴛ not more than 1 220 mm (48 in.) below the top terminal
4 in.). There shall be no appreciable permanent displace- landing, provided that the dumbwaiter rise does not
ment or deformation of any parts of the entrance assem- exceed 4 570 mm (180 in.)
bly resulting from this test. (c) any landing whose sill is within 1 525 mm (60 in.)
7.1.11.12.8 Requirement 2.11.12.5.3 does not of the pit floor, regardless of the dumbwaiter rise
apply. Guide members shall be designed to withstand 7.1.12.1.2 Hoistway door combination mechani-
the forces specified in 7.1.11.12.7. cal locks and electric contacts, where provided, shall
7.1.11.12.9 Requirement 2.11.12.6 does not apply conform to the following:
to hand-operated dumbwaiters covered in 7.1.11.3. (a) requirement 2.12.3.2

218
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.2.12.15 Requirement 2.26.2.15 does not apply. Requirement 2.28.1(b) applies only where safeties are
Car door or gate electric contacts, conforming to provided.
7.2.1.2.2, shall be provided for all dumbwaiters.
7.2.14 Welding for Dumbwaiters
7.2.12.16 Requirement 2.26.2.17 does not apply.
Requirement 8.8 applies, except for tack welds and
7.2.12.17 Requirement 2.26.2.18 does not apply. other nonload-carrying welds.
7.2.12.18 Requirement 2.26.2.20 does not apply.
SECTION 7.3 (07)
7.2.12.19 Requirement 2.26.2.21 does not apply. HYDRAULIC DUMBWAITERS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC
7.2.12.20 Requirement 2.26.2.22 does not apply. TRANSFER DEVICES

7.2.12.21 Requirement 2.26.2.23 does not apply. Requirement 7.3 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters
without automatic transfer devices.
7.2.12.22 Requirement 2.26.2.24 does not apply.
7.3.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car
7.2.12.23 Requirement 2.26.2.25 does not apply. Illumination
7.2.12.24 Requirement 2.26.2.26 does not apply. Requirement 7.2.1 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
7.2.12.25 Requirement 2.26.2.28 does not apply. 7.3.2 Car Frames and Platforms
7.2.12.26 Requirement 2.26.2.29 does not apply. Requirement 7.2.2 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
7.2.12.27 Requirement 2.26.2.30 does not apply. 7.3.3 Capacity and Loading
7.2.12.28 Requirement 2.26.2.31 does not apply. Requirement 7.2.3 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.

(a) 7.2.12.29 Requirement 2.26.2.33 does not apply. 7.3.4 Car and Counterweight Safeties
(a) 7.2.12.30 Requirement 2.26.2.34 does not apply. 7.3.4.1 Car Safeties. Car safeties, where provided
(see 7.1.6), shall conform to 7.2.4, 7.3.4.1.1, and 7.3.4.1.2.
(a) 7.2.12.31 Requirement 2.26.3 does not apply.
7.3.4.1.1 The safety shall be of a type that can
(a) 7.2.12.32 Requirement 2.26.4.3 does not apply. The be released only by moving the car in the up direction.
following switches shall have contacts that are positively
opened mechanically; their opening shall not be solely 7.3.4.1.2 The switches required by 2.18.4.1 shall,
dependent on springs: when operated, remove power from the driving machine
(a) stop switch in pit (see 2.26.2.7) motor and control valves before or at the time of applica-
(b) stop switch on top-of-car (see 2.26.2.8) tion of the safety.
(c) car safety mechanism switch (see 2.26.2.12) 7.3.4.2 Counterweight Safeties. Counterweight
(d) speed-governor overspeed switch (see 2.26.2.10) safeties, where provided (see 7.1.6), shall conform to
(e) final terminal stopping device (see 7.2.11) 7.2.4, provided that safeties are operated as a result of the
(f) hoistway door locking devices for power dumb- breaking or slackening of the counterweight suspension
waiters (see 7.1.12.1) ropes, irrespective of the rated speed of the dumbwaiter.
(a) 7.2.12.33 Requirement 2.26.4.4 does not apply. 7.3.5 Hydraulic Driving Machines
(a) 7.2.12.34 Requirement 2.26.4.5 does not apply. Jacks shall conform to 3.18; valves, pressure piping,
and fittings shall conform to 3.19; and hydraulic machine
(a) 7.2.12.35 Requirement 2.26.5 does not apply. and tanks shall conform to 3.24.
(a) 7.2.12.36 Requirement 2.26.6 applies. When sin- 7.3.6 Rope, Rope Connections, and Sheaves
gle-phase AC motors are provided, they shall come to
a complete stop before electrically reversing direction. 7.3.6.1 Ropes and Rope Connections. The wire
ropes and their connections, where provided, shall con-
(a) 7.2.12.37 Requirements 2.26.9.3(c), (d), and (e) do form to 7.2.6.
not apply.
7.3.6.2 Sheaves. Sheaves, where provided, shall
7.2.12.38 Requirement 2.26.9.4 does not apply. conform to 7.2.10.
7.2.12.39 Requirement 2.26.12 does not apply. 7.3.6.3 Welding. Welding shall comply to 7.2.14.
7.2.13 Layout Data 7.3.7 Counterweights
The information provided on layout data shall con- Requirement 7.2.7 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters
form to 2.28, except that 2.28.1(c) and (d) do not apply. where counterweights are provided.

225
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.3.8 Buffers and Bumpers 7.3.11.4.1 The following devices shall prevent
operation of the dumbwaiter by the normal operating
7.3.8.1 Car Buffers or Bumpers. Requirements
device and also the movement of the car in response to
7.2.8.1 and 7.2.8.2 apply to hydraulic dumbwaiters,
the anticreep leveling device:
except the term “maximum speed in the down direction
with rated load” shall substitute for the term “rated (a) stop switches in the pit
speed.” (b) stop switches on top of car
(c) slack rope switch when required by 3.18.1.2.7
7.3.8.2 Counterweight Buffers. Requirement 7.2.8 (d) speed governor switch when required by 7.2.5
applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
Where counterweights are provided for hydraulic 7.3.11.4.2 The following devices, when actuated,
dumbwaiters, counterweight bumpers or buffers shall shall prevent the operation of the dumbwaiter by the
not be provided. normal operating device, but the anticreep leveling
device required by 7.3.11.3 shall remain operative:
7.3.9 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and
(a) broken rope, tape, or chain switches on normal
Fastenings
stopping devices when such devices are located in the
Requirement 7.2.9 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters. machine room or overhead space
(b) hoistway door interlocks or hoistway door con-
7.3.10 Terminal Stopping Devices
tacts
Direct-plunger and roped-hydraulic dumbwaiter ter- (c) car door or gate electric contacts
minal stopping devices shall conform to the require- (d) hinged car platform sill electric contacts
ments of 3.25.
7.3.11.5 Electrical Equipment and Wiring
7.3.11 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
7.3.11.5.1 All electrical equipment and wiring
7.3.11.1 Types of Operating Devices. Requirement shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 70 or
7.2.12.1 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters. CSA-C22.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9).
7.3.11.2 Top-of-Car Operating Devices. Require-
7.3.11.5.2 Electrical equipment shall be listed/ (07)
ment 7.2.12.4 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
certified and labeled/marked. CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5
7.3.11.3 Anticreep Leveling Devices. Each dumb- defines the scope and applicable requirements for this
waiter shall be provided with an anticreep leveling listing/certification.
device conforming to 7.3.11.3.1 through 7.3.11.3.4.
7.3.11.6 Installation of Capacitors or Devices to Make
7.3.11.3.1 The anticreep leveling device shall Electrical Protective Devices Inoperative. Requirement
maintain the car within 25 mm (1 in.) of the landing 2.26.7 applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
irrespective of the position of the hoistway door.
7.3.11.7 Control and Operating Circuits. Require-
7.3.11.3.2 For electrohydraulic dumbwaiters, the
ments 3.26.6 and 2.26.9.3(a) and (b) apply to hydraulic
anticreep leveling device shall be required to operate
dumbwaiters.
the car only in the up direction.
7.3.11.3.3 For maintained pressure hydraulic 7.3.11.8 Recycling Operation for Multiple or Tele-
dumbwaiters, the anticreep leveling device shall be scopic Plungers. Requirement 3.26.7 applies to hydrau-
required to operate the car in both directions. lic dumbwaiters.

7.3.11.3.4 The operation of the anticreep leveling 7.3.11.9 Pressure Switch. Requirement 3.26.8
device shall be permitted to depend on the availability applies to hydraulic dumbwaiters.
of the electric power supply provided that
(a) the power supply line disconnecting means 7.3.12 Layout Data
required by 7.3.11.7 is kept in the closed position at all The information provided on layout data shall con-
times except during maintenance, repairs, and
form to 3.28, except as modified in 7.3.12.1 through
inspection
7.3.12.3.
(b) the electrical protective devices required by
7.3.11.4.2 shall not cause the power to be removed from 7.3.12.1 Requirement 3.28.1(c) applies only where
the device safeties are provided.
7.3.11.4 Electrical Protective Devices. Electrical 7.3.12.2 Requirement 3.28.1(d) does not apply.
protective devices conforming to 7.2.12 shall be
provided. 7.3.12.3 Requirement 3.28.1(e) does not apply.

226
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.4.6.2.3 If a platform is equipped with a ceiling 7.4.9.1 Requirement 2.7.3.4.6 applies to Type A
it shall be solid and capable of sustaining a load of Material Lifts except the maximum width.
360 kg/m 2 (73 lb/ft 2 ) equally distributed, or 45 kg
7.4.9.2 Requirement 2.7.4 does not apply to Type
(100 lb) at any point; and the clearance shall conform
A Material Lifts.
to 7.4.6.1.4. A stop switch conforming to 7.5.12.2.7 shall
be provided on the top of the car. 7.4.9.3 Requirement 2.7.5 does not apply to Type
A Material Lifts except 2.7.5.1 applies only to Type A
7.4.7 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances Material Lifts, where a machine room is provided and
Horizontal car and counterweight clearances shall full bodily entry is necessary. If maintenance or inspec-
conform to 2.5, except as modified by 7.4.7.1 through tions of the material lift driving-machine brake or an
7.4.7.4. emergency brake, or of material lift motion controllers
or motor controllers located in the hoistway, is to be
7.4.7.1 Requirement 2.5.1.1 applies, except that for carried out from inside the car or from the car top, a
Type A Material Lifts the clearance between the car and means shall be provided to prevent uncontrolled and
hoistway enclosure shall be not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.). unexpected vertical car movement that poses a hazard
For Type B Material Lifts the clearance between the car to maintenance or inspection personnel. If maintenance
and the hoistway enclosure shall be not less than 50 mm or inspections of the material lift driving-machine brake
(2 in.). or an emergency brake or of material lift motion control-
7.4.7.2 Requirement 2.5.1.2 applies, except that the lers or motor controllers is to be carried out from the
clearance between the car and the counterweight, and pit, a mechanical device shall be provided to stop the
the counterweight and the hoistway enclosure shall be car to create a vertical clearance as required by 7.4.6.1.3.
not less than 13 mm (0.5 in.). A platform located in the car, on the car, or in the
hoistway shall be permitted for access to and mainte-
7.4.7.3 Requirements 2.5.1.4 and 2.5.1.5.1 apply, nance and inspection of equipment in machinery spaces
except where a counterbalanced car door is provided, or control spaces in the hoistway and shall comply with
the clearance shall be measured from the landing side 2.7.5.3.1 through 2.7.5.3.4.
of the car door sill rather than the car platform sill.
7.4.10 Equipment in Hoistways and Machine Rooms (a)
7.4.7.4 Beveling and Clearance Requirements for
Type B Material Lifts Electrical equipment, wiring, pipes, and ducts in
hoistways and machine rooms shall conform to 2.8,
7.4.7.4.1 Where the door is recessed more than except as modified by 7.4.10.1 and 7.4.10.3.
15 mm (0.6 in.) the door frame header shall be beveled
7.4.10.1 Type SF or equivalent wire is not required
(see Nonmandatory Appendix K).
for the wiring to the hoistway door interlock from the
7.4.7.4.2 Any projections on the access side of hoistway riser.
the hoistway wall that are in excess of 6 mm (0.25 in.)
7.4.10.2 Requirement 2.8.3.3 does not apply. Stan- (a)
shall be beveled.
dard sprinkler protection conforming to NFPA 13 or the
7.4.7.4.3 Where beveling is required it shall be NBCC, whichever is applicable, shall be permitted to
at an angle not less than 60 deg from horizontal (see be installed in a material lift hoistway when all risers
Nonmandatory Appendix K). and returns are located outside the hoistway.

7.4.8 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways 7.4.10.3 Requirement 2.8.1 does not apply to Type (a)
B Material Lifts.
Protection of spaces below the hoistway shall conform
to 2.6. Where safeties are required they shall conform 7.4.11 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and (07)
to 7.5.4. Where buffers are required they shall conform Foundations
to 7.5.8. Requirement 2.9 applies to Type A Material Lifts. Type
Type B Material Lifts shall conform to 7.4.8 or the B Material Lifts shall conform to 2.9.1.1, 2.9.2.2, 2.9.3.2,
floor shall be designed and constructed to safely support 2.9.3.3, and 2.9.4.
the maximum load that would be applied to it by a free-
falling platform that is carrying its rated load. 7.4.12 Guarding of Equipment and Standard Railing (07)
Requirement 2.10.1 applies. Requirement 2.10.2 does
(07) 7.4.9 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control not apply.
(a) Spaces, and Control Rooms
Machinery spaces, machine rooms, control spaces, and
7.4.13 Protection of Hoistway Landing Openings
control rooms shall conform to 2.7 except as modified 7.4.13.1 For Type B Material Lifts, where fire-
in 7.4.9.1 through 7.4.9.5. Requirement 2.7 does not apply resistive construction is not required, 7.4.13.1.1 through
to Type B Material Lifts. 7.4.13.1.3 shall apply.

229
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.4.13.1.1 Entrances to the platform shall be 7.4.13.2.11 Requirement 2.11.13.5 does not
equipped with doors or gates with a minimum height apply.
of 2 030 mm (80 in.), constructed as required in 7.4.3(b),
7.4.14 Hoistway Door Locking Devices and Electric
(c), and (d).
Contacts, and Hoistway Access Switches
7.4.13.1.2 The clear entrance height to the plat- Hoistway door locking devices, hoistway door and
form shall be a minimum of 2 030 mm (80 in.). car door or gate electric contacts, and hoistway access
7.4.13.1.3 Solid gates or doors shall have a vision switches shall conform to 2.12, except as modified by
panel in accordance with 2.11.7.1. 7.4.14.1 through 7.4.14.5.
7.4.14.1 Requirement 2.12.1.4 does not apply.
7.4.13.2 For Types A and B Material Lifts where
fire-resistive construction is required, the protection of 7.4.14.2 Requirement 2.12.5 does not apply.
hoistway landing openings shall conform to 2.11, except 7.4.14.3 Requirement 2.12.6 applies except that
as modified by 7.4.13.2.1 through 7.4.13.2.11. unlocking devices are required at only the lowest and
7.4.13.2.1 Requirement 2.11.1 does not apply. All top landings.
hoistway entrances shall guard the full height and width 7.4.14.4 Requirement 2.12.7 applies only to Type
of the openings. Entrance opening size for Type A Mate- A Material Lifts.
rial Lifts shall not exceed 2 290 mm (90 in.) in height
7.4.14.5 For Type B Material Lifts, the interlock or
and 1 220 mm (48 in.) in width and shall not exceed the
mechanical lock and electric contact shall not be readily
height and width of the car entrance opening.
accessible from inside the platform.
7.4.13.2.2 Requirement 2.11.2 does not apply.
7.4.15 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors and Car
Only the following types of entrances shall be used with
Doors and Gates
material lifts:
(a) horizontal slide When provided, power operation, power opening,
(b) swing single section only with manual load/ and power closing of hoistway doors and car doors
and gates shall conform to 2.13, except as modified by
unload material lifts
7.4.15.1 through 7.4.15.6.
(c) vertical slide biparting counterbalanced
(d) vertical slide counterweighted single- or multi- 7.4.15.1 Requirement 2.13.3.2.4 does not apply to
section Type A Material Lifts.
(e) center-opening, two-section, horizontally swing 7.4.15.2 Requirement 2.13.3.3.2. For Type A Mate-
only with manual load/unload material lifts, subject to rial Lifts, a momentary pressure switch shall be provided
the restrictions of 2.11.2.3. at each landing.
7.4.13.2.4 Requirement 2.11.4 does not apply. 7.4.15.3 Requirement 2.13.3.4. For Type A material
lifts, in nonrestricted areas and restricted areas where
(ED) 7.4.13.2.5 Requirement 2.11.6 does not apply.
the hoistway is accessible to personnel, all requirements
When the car is within the unlocking zone the material
of 2.13.3.4, except 2.13.3.4.2, apply. Requirement
lift hoistway doors shall be manually openable from
2.13.3.4.4 applies, except that for Type A Material Lifts,
within the car. a momentary pressure button will not be provided in
7.4.13.2.6 Requirement 2.11.7.1 applies, except the car.
that hoistway door vision panels are not required on 7.4.15.4 Requirement 2.13.4 does not apply to Type
Type A Material Lifts. A Material Lifts.
7.4.13.2.7 Requirement 2.11.7.2 does not apply. 7.4.15.5 Requirement 2.13.6 does not apply to Type
A Material Lifts.
7.4.13.2.8 Requirement 2.11.10.1 does not apply.
For Type B Material Lifts, see 7.4.7.4. 7.4.15.6 For Type A Material Lifts, no door
operating buttons shall be in the car.
7.4.13.2.9 Requirement 2.11.10.3 applies, except
that car to landing bridging sills shall be permitted to 7.4.16 Identification of Equipment
be hinged on the lift and shall be permitted to form the Requirement 2.29.1 applies.
bridge only when the hoistway doors are in the fully
opened position. SECTION 7.5
7.4.13.2.10 Requirement 2.11.12 applies, except ELECTRIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITHOUT AUTOMATIC
the pull straps required by 2.11.12.8 for Type A Material TRANSFER DEVICES
Lifts shall be mounted on the landing side of manually Requirement 7.5 applies to electric material lifts with-
operated, vertically sliding doors. out automatic transfer devices.

230
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.5.1 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car (b) for Type B Material Lifts, the platform enclosure
Illumination on nonaccess sides shall be 2 030 mm (80 in.) high, shall
be permitted to be of openwork construction, and shall
Car enclosures and car doors and gates shall conform be in compliance with 7.4.3(b), (c), and (d).
to 2.14, except as modified by 7.5.1.1 through 7.5.1.3.
7.5.1.1.2 Requirement 2.14.1.2 does not apply.
7.5.1.1 Car Enclosure The enclosure shall be securely fastened and so sup-
ported that it cannot loosen or become displaced in
7.5.1.1.1 Requirement 2.14.1 applies, except ordinary service, on the application of the car safety, or
(a) for Type A Material Lifts, the enclosure width shall on buffer engagement.
not exceed 1 220 mm (48 in.). The height of the enclosure 7.5.1.1.3 Requirement 2.14.1.3 does not apply.
walls shall not exceed 2 280 mm (90 in.). The car enclosure shall be of such strength and so

230.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

7.9.2.16 Requirement 2.26.1.4 does not apply, SECTION 7.10


except where the gross weight (i.e., car, transfer device, HYDRAULIC MATERIAL LIFTS WITH AUTOMATIC
rated load, operating devices, etc.) exceeds 680 kg (1,500 TRANSFER DEVICES
lb) a top of car operating device conforming to 2.26.1.4.2
Hydraulic material lifts shall conform to 3.1, 3.18
shall be provided.
through 3.20, 3.23 through 3.26, and 3.28, except as modi-
7.9.2.17 Requirement 2.26.1.5 does not apply. fied by 7.9.1, 7.9.2, and 7.11.

7.9.2.18 Requirement 2.26.2.5. An emergency stop


switch (switches) conforming to 2.26.2.5 shall be pro- SECTION 7.11
vided to stop operation of the material lifts, the door MATERIAL LIFTS WITH OBSCURED TRANSFER
operation, and automatic transfer device operation. The DEVICES
emergency stop switch shall be located in the car adja- Any material lift that contains an automatic transfer
cent to each entrance in a position that shall be accessible device not readily visible to the public (e.g., material
to a person standing at the floor adjacent to the car lifts handling self-propelled carts or with the automatic
entrance. If a permanently mounted automatic transfer transfer device mounted fully below the floor with slot
device, located at the landing, blocks the entrance to the operation) shall conform to the requirements of Part 2 or
car, an emergency stop switch shall be located at that Part 3 of this Code, and shall be classified as a passenger
landing in a position accessible to a person standing elevator or a freight elevator permitted to carry passen-
near that landing in addition to the emergency stop gers. Such elevators are permitted to have dual control
switch in the car. systems, one for material handling and the other for
7.9.2.19 Requirement 2.27 does not apply. public use. The material handling system shall be locked
out of operation when the material lift is in public use.
7.9.2.20 Requirement 8.8 applies, except for tack When operating as a material lift, the operation shall
welds and other nonload-carrying welds. conform to 7.9.

239
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Part 8
General Requirements

SCOPE (j) Requirement 3.19.4.5, access to pressure gauge fittings.


(k) Requirement 2.11.1.2(h), emergency access doors. (Shall also
Part 8 contains general requirements for new and be made available to emergency personnel during an emergency.)
existing equipment. (l) Requirement 2.12.6.2.4, hoistway door unlocking device.
(Shall also be made available to emergency personnel during an
NOTE: Requirements 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11 apply to both
emergency.)
new and existing installations.
(m) Requirement 2.12.7.2.2, hoistway access switch.
(n) Requirement 2.12.7.3.3, hoistway access enabling switch or
its locked cover.
SECTION 8.1
(o) Requirement 2.26.1.4.3(b), in-car inspection operation trans-
SECURITY fer switch.
(07) 8.1.1 General (p) Requirement 2.26.2.21, in-car stop switch or its locked cover.
(q) Requirement 4.2.5.2, screw machine controllers located away
Key(s) used to access or operate elevator, escalator, from hoistway, machine room, or machinery space.
moving walk, dumbwaiter, and material lift equipment (r) Requirement 4.2.5.5, screw machine access panels.
shall conform to the following: (s) Requirement 5.1.10.1(b), inclined elevator hoistway access
(a) Keys used to open any other lock in the building switch.
(t) Requirement 5.1.11.1.2(d), inclined elevator uphill end emer-
shall not access or operate the devices classified as Secu-
gency exit.
rity Group 1, 2, 3, or 4. (u) Requirement 5.7.8.3, hoistway door unlocking device.
(b) The same key shall be permitted to access or oper- (v) Requirement 7.1.12.4, power and hand dumbwaiters without
ate all of the devices within only one assigned group automatic transfer devices hoistway access switch.
(see 8.1.2, 8.1.3, 8.1.4, or 8.1.5), and not those in any (w) Requirement 7.9.2.15, electric material lifts with automatic
other group except as indicated in 8.1.1(c). transfer devices car-mounted operating devices.
(c) The keys for Group 1 devices shall also be permit- 8.1.3 Group 2: Authorized Personnel (07)
ted to operate Group 2, 3, and 4 devices. The keys for Group 2 covers access or operation of equipment by (05S)
Group 2 devices shall be permitted to operate Group 3 authorized and elevator personnel.
and 4 devices. NOTE: See the following:
(d) Keys shall be kept on the premises in a location (a) Requirement 2.7.3.4.2, machine room and control room
readily accessible to the personnel in the assigned group, access doors.
but not where they are accessible to the general public. (b) Requirements 2.7.3.4.3 and 2.7.3.4.4, machinery spaces and
(e) Elevator personnel shall have access to all assigned control spaces as specified.
(c) Requirement 2.11.1.4, access openings for cleaning of car and
groups.
hoistway enclosures.
(a) (d) Requirement 2.14.2.6(b), access openings for cleaning of car
(07) and hoistway enclosure.
(05S) 8.1.2 Group 1: Restricted (e) Requirement 2.14.7.2.1(b), car light control switch or its
Group 1 covers access or operation of equipment locked cover.
restricted to elevator personnel, except as noted. (f) Requirement 3.19.4.1, access to manually operated shutoff
valve.
NOTE: See the following: (g) Requirement 5.6.1.25.2(b), rooftop elevator keyed operation
(a) Requirement 2.2.4.4(e), pit access doors. switch.
(b) Requirement 2.7.3.4.6, access openings in machinery space (h) Requirement 6.1.6.2.1(d), escalator starting switch.
floor, etc. (i) Requirement 6.1.7.3.3, escalator side access door to interior.
(c) Requirement 2.7.3.4.7(c), hoistway access doors. (j) Requirement 6.2.6.2.1(d), moving walk starting switch.
(d) Requirement 2.7.5.1.4, equipment access panels. (k) Requirement 6.2.7.3.3, moving walk side access door to
(e) Requirement 2.7.6.3.2(b), motor controller cabinet door(s) or interior.
panel(s).
8.1.4 Group 3: Emergency Operation (07)
(f) Requirement 2.7.6.4.3(b), access to the means to move the car
from outside the hoistway. Group 3 covers access or operation of equipment by
(g) Requirement 2.7.6.4.3(d), access to removable means to move emergency, authorized, and elevator personnel.
the car from outside the hoistway. NOTE: See the following:
(h) Requirement 2.7.6.5.2(b), inspection and test panel enclosure. (a) Requirements 2.27.2.4.1 and 2.27.8, emergency or standby
(i) Requirement 3.19.4.4, access to a manual lowering valve. power access selector switch.

240
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. 8.2.1.2 Minimum Rated Load for Passenger Elevators (Cont’d)

14 000 (30,837)

13 000 (28,634)

12 000 (26,432)

11 000 (24,229)

10 000 (22,026)
Rated Load, kg (lb)

9 000 (19,824)

8 000 (17,621)

7 000 (15,419)

6 000 (13,216)

5 000 (11,013)

4 000 (8,811)

3 000 (6,608)

2 000 (4,405)
5 10 15 20 25
(53.8) (107.6) (161.5) (215.3) (269.1)

Inside Net Platform Area, m2 (ft2)

Where KL/4HZu is the bending stress in each upright in (Imperial Units)


the plane of the frame due to live load W on the platform
冢2 − 48冣 or K p
for the class of loading A, B, or C for which the elevator E WE
KpW
is to be used (see 2.16.2.2); G/2A is the tensile strength 8
in each upright, and K is determined by the following
formulas [see Fig. 8.2.2.5.1]: whichever is greater.
(ED) (a) For Class A freight loading or passenger loading (c) For Class C freight loading (ED)

(SI Units) (SI Units)

冢4冣
WE
冢8冣
WE K p 9.807
K p 9.807

(Imperial Units) (Imperial Units)

WE WE
Kp Kp
8 4

NOTE (8.2.2.5.1): Symbols used in the preceding formulas are


(ED) (b) For Class B freight loading defined in 8.2.2.1.1.

(SI Units) 8.2.2.5.2 Slenderness Ratio. The slenderness ratio


L/R for uprights subject to compressions other than those

冢2 − 1.219冣 or K p 9.807 冢 8 冣
E WE resulting from safety and buffer action shall not exceed
K p 9.807 W
120. Where the upper side-brace connections on passen-
ger elevator car frame uprights are located at a point
whichever is greater. less than two-thirds of L from the bottom, (top fastening

243
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Fig. 8.2.2.5.1 Turning Moment Based on Class of Loading

E E E
W E − 48 E
L L 4 L
2 2
E
4 W W

H H H

WE WE
K=
8
K =W ( E2 − 48) K=
4
Class A Freight Loading Class B Freight Loading Class C Freight Loading
or Passenger Loading

GENERAL NOTE: See 8.2.2.5.1 for formulas in SI Units.

in car frame plank) a slenderness ratio of L/R not truck weight, whichever is greater, divided into two
exceeding 160 is permissible (L/R ≤ 160). equal parts, 765 mm (30 in.) apart
(e) for Class C1 or C2 Loading, with a rated load in
NOTE (8.2.2.5.2): Symbols used in the above formulas are defined
in 8.2.2.1.1. excess of 9 000 kg (20,000 lb), 80% of the 9 000 kg
(20,000 lb) or of the maximum loaded truck weight,
8.2.2.5.3 Moment of Inertia. The moment of iner- whichever is greater, divided into two equal parts,
tia of each upright shall be not less than determined by 765 mm (30 in.) apart
the following formula: (f) for Class C3 Loading, determined on the basis
of the actual loading conditions but not less than that
(SI Units) required for Class A loading
KL3 8.2.2.7 Hoisting Rope Hitch Plates and Shapes. The
Ip
457.2EH stresses in hoisting rope hitch plates and shapes shall
be based on the total applied rope load with the car and
(Imperial Units) its rated load at rest at the top terminal landing.
KL3 8.2.3 Impact on Buffer Supports
Ip
18EH
8.2.3.1 Buffer Reaction and Impact for Oil Buffer Sup-
NOTE (8.2.2.5.3): Symbols used in the preceding formula are ports. The following formulas give the buffer reaction
defined in 8.2.2.1.1. and the impact on the car and counterweight oil buffer
8.2.2.6 Freight Elevator Platform. The calculation supports resulting from buffer engagement [see
for stresses in the platform members of freight elevators 2.1.2.3(a) or 3.22.1.2.1]:
shall be based on the following concentrated loads (a) Buffer Reaction
assumed to occupy the position that will produce the (SI Units)
maximum stress:
冢 冣
␷2
(a) for Class A Loading, 25% of the rated load R p W 9.807 +
2S
(b) for Class B Loading, 75% of the rated load or
15 400 kg (34,000 lb), whichever is less, divided into two (Imperial Units)
equal parts 1 525 mm (60 in.) apart
冢 冣
(c) for Class C1 Loading, with a load rating of 9 000 kg ␷2
RpW 1+
(20,000 lb) or less, 80% of the rated load divided into 64.4S
two equal parts, 765 mm (30 in.) apart
(b) Impact
(d) for Class C2 Loading, with a load rating of 9 000 kg
(20,000 lb) or less, 80% of the rated load or of the loaded P p 2R

244
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

shall conform to 2.22.4.9 and the data specified on the from a height such that the maximum velocity attained
buffer marking plate. by the falling weight during the buffer compression shall
After filling with oil, the procedure outlined below be equal to 125% of the rated car speed for which the
shall be followed to ensure that a constant oil level has buffer is rated. In this test, the retardation shall be noted
been established. and shall be permitted to exceed the values specified in
(a) The buffer shall be fully compressed at slow speed, 8.3.2.5.1.
and shall then be allowed to return to its fully extended Immediately following this test, the buffer shall be
position and remain there for at least 10 min. The oil examined externally for visible deformation or injury.
level shall then be checked. If no damage is apparent, the buffer shall then be fully
(b) If the oil level as previously determined has compressed at low speed and then released to determine
changed, due to the elimination of entrapped air or due if it will return freely to its extended position.
to the retention of air under pressure within the buffer, (2) After the buffer has been examined externally
the change in level shall be noted and the procedure and has returned freely to its extended position, a second
repeated until a constant oil level is obtained when the drop test shall be made from the same height and with
buffer is in its extended position. the same load as specified in 8.3.2.5.1(a). During this
(c) If the oil level tends to remain above the level to test, the retardation shall not exceed the corresponding
which it was filled, the air vents, if provided, should be retardation developed in the test specified in 8.3.2.5.1(a)
checked for obstructions. by more than 5%.
(d) When a constant oil level has been established, (b) If for given stroke of buffer having more than one
the level shall be adjusted to the manufacturer’s lowest porting, the construction of the buffer varies for the
gauge line, and the exact level noted and recorded before different portings, then a strength test similar to that
making the drop tests hereinafter specified. specified in 8.3.2.5.2(a)(1) shall also be made for the
porting having the range at minimum loads for which
8.3.2.5 Buffer Tests. Each oil buffer with oil port- the porting is designed as specified in 8.3.2.2(b).
ings as submitted shall be subjected to tests for retarda- Following each drop test, the buffer shall be held in
tion, strength, oil leakage, plunger return, and lateral its fully compressed position for a period of 5 min, and
plunger movement, as hereinafter specified. shall then be allowed to freely return to its fully extended
8.3.2.5.1 Retardation Tests. The following drop position and stand for 30 min to permit return of the
tests shall be made for each buffer porting specified in oil to the reservoir and to permit the escape of any air
8.3.2.2, from a height such that the striking velocity of entrained in the oil.
the falling weight will be equal to 115% of the rated car 8.3.2.5.3 Oil Leakage Tests. Tests for oil leakage
speed for which the buffer is designed: shall be made concurrently with the retardation tests
(a) three drop tests with a total test weight equal to specified in 8.3.2.5.1, and the drop test specified in
the manufacturer’s rated maximum load for which the 8.3.2.5.2(a)(2), to determine the loss of oil during these
porting is designed [see 8.3.2.2(a)] tests. The oil level shall be noted after the buffer has
(b) one drop test with a total test weight equal to returned to its fully extended position following each
the manufacturer’s rated minimum load for which the drop test, and after the time interval specified in 8.3.2.5.1.
porting is designed [see 2.7.2.2] The drop in oil level, as indicated by these measure-
Following each drop test, the buffer shall be held its ments, shall show no loss of oil exceeding 5 mm/m
fully compressed position for a period of 5 min, and (0.06 in./ft) of buffer stroke, but in no case shall the loss
shall then be allowed to return free to its fully extended be such as to lower the oil level below the bottom of
position and stand for 30 min to permit return of the the plunger or below the highest metering orifice, which-
oil to the reservoir and to permit escape of any air ever is higher.
entrained in the oil. Where the volume of oil above the porting is small
On each of these tests, the average retardation of the when the buffer is filled to its normal working level, the
test weight, during the stroke of the buffer, shall not laboratory shall be permitted to make additional tests
exceed 9.81 m/s2 (32.2 ft/s2), and any retardation peak for oil leakage.
having a duration of more than 0.04 s shall not exceed
24.5 m/s2 (80.5 ft/s2).
8.3.2.5.4 Plunger Return Test. During the drop
tests specified in 8.3.2.5.1 and 8.3.2.5.2, the time required
On completion of the drop tests, no part of the buffer
for the buffer plunger to return to its fully extended
shall show any permanent deformation or injury.
position, measured from the instant the test weight is
8.3.2.5.2 Strength Tests raised clear of the buffer until the plunger has returned
(a) Two drop tests shall be made as follows: to its fully extended position, shall be noted. This time
(1) One drop test shall be made with the porting shall be not more than 90 s.
as specified in 8.3.2.2(a), with a total test weight equal Should the plunger fail to return to its fully extended
to 120% of the manufacturer’s rated maximum load, position, or should the time required for it to return to

261
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

its fully extended position exceed the time specified, the 8.3.3 Type Tests of Interlocks, Combination
manufacturer shall either submit a duplicate buffer or Mechanical Locks and Electric Contacts, and
install a new pressure cylinder and piston, following Door or Gate Electric Contacts
which the plunger-return test shall be repeated. Should 8.3.3.1 General. This Section specifies the type test
the buffer again fail to meet the plunger-return test of hoistway door interlocks, car door interlocks, combi-
requirements, it shall be rejected. nation mechanical locks and electric contacts, and
Buffers of the spring-return type shall be tested for hoistway door and car door or gate electric contacts.
plunger return with a 20 kg (45 lb) test weight resting
on top of the plunger during the test. The plunger shall 8.3.3.2 Examination Before Test. Prior to testing,
be depressed 50 mm (2 in.) and when released, the the certifying organization shall examine each device
submitted to ascertain that it conforms to the applicable
plunger, while supporting the test weight, shall return
requirements in Part 2.
to its fully extended position within 30 s.
8.3.3.3 General Requirements
8.3.2.5.5 Tests for Lateral Movement. The follow-
ing tests shall be made for lateral movement. 8.3.3.3.1 Connections for and Test of Electrical
Parts. During the tests specified by 8.3.3.4.1, 8.3.3.4.3,
(ED) (a) Spring-Return-Type Buffers. The lateral movement
and 8.3.3.4.4, the devices shall have their electrical parts
at the top of the fully extended plunger shall be accu-
connected in a noninductive electrical circuit having a
rately measured, the upper end of the plunger being constant resistance and in which a current of twice the
manually moved from its extreme right to its extreme rated current at rated voltage is flowing. The electric
left position. One-half of the total movement measured circuit shall be closed, but shall not be broken at the
shall be considered as being the true lateral movement contact within the device on each cycle of operation
at the top of the plunger and shall not exceed 5 mm/m during the tests.
(0.06 in./ft) of buffer stroke.
8.3.3.3.2 Retesting of Electric Contacts Previously
(b) Gravity-Return-Type Buffers. A similar test for lat-
Tested. If the electric contact of a device submitted for
eral movement shall be made. The measurement shall
test has already been tested as part of another device,
be taken at the lower end of the buffer cylinder when the
and has successfully met the test requirements (see
buffer plunger is fully extended and braced to prevent
8.3.3), the electrical tests of the contact need not be
lateral movement. One-half of the total movement mea- repeated.
sured shall not exceed 5 mm/m (0.06 in./ft) of buffer
stroke. 8.3.3.3.3 Tests of Retiring Cams or Equivalent
Devices. Tests of retiring cams or equivalent devices
8.3.2.6 Certification used to operate interlocks shall not be required.
8.3.3.3.4 Tests of Hoistway Door (Runway Door)
8.3.2.6.1 After the buffer has been subjected to
Combination Mechanical Locks and Electric Contacts.
all of the specified tests, and all test records and data
The testing equipment shall actuate the mechanical lock-
indicate that it conforms to 2.22, and to the requirements
ing members of hoistway door (runway door) combina-
of 8.3.2, the laboratory shall issue a test report and a
tion mechanical locks and electric contacts to unlock at
certificate to the manufacturer.
each cycle of operation during the tests specified by
8.3.3.4.1, 8.3.3.4.3, and 8.3.3.4.4.
8.3.2.6.2 The certificate shall conform to 8.3.1.3.1
and shall include the following: 8.3.3.4 Required Tests and Procedure. Each device
(a) the maximum impact speed submitted shall be subjected to and shall successfully
(b) the maximum total load pass the following tests.
(c) the minimum total load 8.3.3.4.1 Endurance Test. The device, lubricated
(d) specification of the fluid in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, shall
(e) a statement to the effect that the buffer having complete 960 000 cycles of operation without failure of
the particular stroke and portings tested has met the any kind, without excessive wearing or loosening of
requirements of 2.22 and 8.3.2 for the maximum and parts, or without undue burning or pitting of the con-
minimum loads as stated in the certificate tacts (see 8.3.3.3.1). For private residence elevators the
number of cycles shall be reduced to 25 000.
8.3.2.6.3 When the test results are not satisfac- 8.3.3.4.2 Current Interruption Test. After comple-
tory with the minimum and maximum total loads tion of the test specified by 8.3.3.4.1, the device used
appearing in the application, the laboratory shall be therein shall satisfactorily complete the following addi-
permitted to, in agreement with the applicant, establish tional tests, to check that the ability to break a live circuit
the acceptable limits. is adequate.

262
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.3.11.6 This test is to be performed on each step 8.4.2.3 Fastenings and Stresses
or pallet width.
8.4.2.3.1 Fastening devices (except for guide-rail
brackets, see 8.4.8.4) including bolts used to attach
(a) SECTION 8.4 equipment to the supporting structure, which are of the
ELEVATOR SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC rigid type or are not subject to impact loads, shall be
RISK ZONE 2 OR GREATER designed to withstand seismic forces acting simultane-
Section 8.4 applies to all electric elevators with coun- ously of not less than those required to produce an accel-
terweights, and direct-acting or roped-hydraulic eleva- eration of:
tors where applicable, where such elevators are installed (a) gravity horizontally and 1⁄2 gravity vertically (zone
in buildings that are designed and built to the require- 3 or greater); or
ments of, and located in, seismic risk zone 2 or greater (b) 1⁄2 gravity horizontally and 1⁄4 gravity vertically
as defined by the building code (see 1.3). (zone 2).
Where the applicable building code does not make 8.4.2.3.2 Fastenings subject to impact loads shall
reference to seismic risk zones, the ground motion be designed to withstand forces double those required
parameters shown in 8.4.13 shall be used. for rigid fastenings.
The elevator safety requirements contained in 8.4 shall
be in addition to the requirements in the other parts of 8.4.2.3.3 Maximum combined stresses in fasten-
the Code unless otherwise specified. ings and their parts due to the specified seismic forces
shall not exceed 88% of the yield strength of the mate-
8.4.1 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clearances rial used.
8.4.1.1 Between Car and Counterweight and Counter-
weight Screen. The following clearances shall super- 8.4.3 Guarding of Equipment
sede those specified in 2.5.1.2. 8.4.3.1 Rope Retainers
8.4.1.1.1 The clearance between the car and the 8.4.3.1.1 Rope retainers shall be provided on
counterweight assembly shall be not less than 50 mm deflecting and secondary sheaves, driving machine
(2 in.), except that where the counterweight is enclosed sheaves and drums, compensating sheaves, governor
by double U-brackets or where single U-brackets are sheaves, governor tension sheaves, and suspension
provided and are located within the space between the sheaves on cars and counterweights to inhibit the dis-
car and its counterweight, the clearance shall be not less placement of ropes, except as specified in 8.4.3.1.4.
than 100 mm (4 in.).
8.4.3.1.2 The retainer shall be continuous over
8.4.1.1.2 The clearance between the counter- not less than two-thirds of the arc of contact between
weight assembly and the hoistway enclosure or separa- the rope and its sheave or drum and shall be so located
tor beams shall be not less than 50 mm (2 in.). that not more than one-sixth of the arc of contact is
8.4.1.1.3 The running clearance between the exposed at each end of the retainer.
counterweight assembly and the nearest obstruction,
8.4.3.1.3 For double-wrap traction applications,
including counterweight screens, shall be not less than
the arc of contact for drums and secondary sheaves shall
25 mm (1 in.).
be that length of arc that is uninterrupted by the entry/
8.4.2 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports, and exit of the ropes leading to/from the car or counter-
Foundations weight (see Fig. 8.4.3.1.3).

8.4.2.1 Beams and Supports. Overhead beams and 8.4.3.1.4 Rope restraints shall be permitted to be
supports including hitch-plate blocking beams shall be used in lieu of continuous guards, provided they con-
anchored to prevent overturning and displacement as a form to the following:
result of a seismic force acting in a horizontal direction of (a) Where the arc of contact is 30 deg or less and
not less than that required to produce an acceleration of: one rope restraint, located at the midpoint of the arc of
(a) gravity (zone 3 or greater) contact, is provided.
(b) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 2) (b) Where the arc of contact exceeds 30 deg and
restraints are provided at intervals not exceeding 30 deg
8.4.2.2 Overhead Beams and Floors. Fastening
of arc along the arc of contact and a restraint is located
devices including bolts used to secure machines, control
at each end of the arc of contact.
panels, motor-generator units, machine beams, support
beams, and sheaves, including compensating sheave 8.4.3.2 Guarding of Snag Points. Snag points cre-
assemblies, to the building structure shall conform to ated by rail brackets, rail clip bolts, fishplates, vanes,
8.4.2.3. Requirement 2.9.3.1.2 shall not apply in seismic and similar devices shall be provided with guards to
risk zone 2 or greater. prevent snagging of the following:

267
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. 8.4.3.1.3 Arc of Contact shall limit the car speed to not more than 0.75 m/s
(150 ft/min).
a a
8.4.5 Guiding Members and Position Restraints
e 8.4.5.1 Location. Upper and lower position (a)
restraints attached to the car frame shall be provided.
e e e
The distance between the upper and lower position
restraints shall be not less than the height of the car
frame. Separate position restraints are not required
e a where such restraints are an integral part of the guiding
member.
e
8.4.5.2 Design (a)

8.4.5.2.1 Position restraints and their attach-


ments to car frames shall be designed to withstand a
a = uninterrupted arc length seismic force acting horizontally on the weight of the
e = main entry/exit points
car plus 40% of its rated capacity of not less than that
required to produce an acceleration of:
(a) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 3 or greater)
(a) the counterweight end of compensating ropes or (b) 1⁄4 gravity (zone 2)
chains where located 760 mm (30 in.) or less from a
counterweight rail bracket 8.4.5.2.2 When the car is centrally located
(b) compensating chains where any portion of their between its guide rails and the platform is level, the
loop below the mid-point of the elevator travel is located clearance between each running face of the guide rail
915 mm (36 in.) or less horizontally from a snag point and the position restraint shall not exceed 5 mm
(c) governor ropes where located 500 mm (20 in.) or (0.187 in.) and the depth of engagement with the rail
less from a snag point shall be not less than the dimension of the side running
(d) suspension ropes where located 300 mm (12 in.) face of the rail.
or less from a snag point
(e) traveling cables where any portion of their loop 8.4.6 Car and Counterweight Safeties
below the mid-point of the elevator travel is located 8.4.6.1 Compensating Rope Sheave Assembly.
915 mm (36 in.) or less horizontally from a snag point Where compensating ropes are used with a tension
sheave assembly, means shall be provided to prevent
8.4.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and Car the tension sheave assembly from being dislocated from
Illumination its normal operating position when subjected to seismic
8.4.4.1 Top Emergency Exits forces acting either separately or simultaneously of not
less than those required to produce an acceleration of:
8.4.4.1.1 The requirements specified in 2.14.1.5
(a) gravity horizontally and 1⁄2 gravity vertically (zone
shall apply except that the emergency exit shall be so
3 or greater)
arranged that it can be opened from within the car by
(b) 1⁄4 gravity horizontally and 1⁄4 gravity vertically
means of a keyed spring-return cylinder-type lock hav-
(zone 2)
ing not less than a five-pin or five-disk combination and
Compensating rope sheaves shall be provided with a
opened from the top of the car without the use of a key.
compensating rope sheaves switch or switches conform-
The key required to open the emergency exit lock shall
ing to 2.26.2.3.
be kept on the premises in a location readily accessible
to authorized persons, but not where it is available to 8.4.7 Counterweights
the public. No other key to the building shall unlock the
emergency exit lock except that where hoistway access 8.4.7.1 Design
switches conforming to 2.12.7 are provided, the key used
8.4.7.1.1 The counterweight frame and its weight
to operate the access switches shall be permitted to also
sections shall be so designed and arranged as to limit
unlock the top emergency exit. This key shall be Group
the guide-rail force at the lower position restraint to not
1 Security (see 8.1).
more than two-thirds of the total seismic force due to
8.4.4.1.2 The top emergency exit shall be pro- the weight or effective weight of the counterweight
vided with a car door electric contact conforming to assembly when it is subjected to a horizontal seismic
2.14.1.5.1(f) and so located as to be inaccessible from the force of not less than that required to produce an acceler-
inside of the car. The opening of the electrical contact ation of:

268
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. 8.4.10.1.1 Earthquake Elevator Equipment Requirements Diagrammatic Representation

Start

Elevator With
Counterweight No

Yes

Car Speed ≥
0.75m/s (150 ft/min)
No

Yes

Traction
Machine No

Yes

Elevator Elevator
Installation Installation
in Zone ≥ 3 No in Zone 2 No

Yes
Yes
Provide at Least One
Seismic Switch
Per Building Zone 3
Rail System
No Used
Provide Counterweight
Displacement Switch
Yes

Code is Not
Applicable
Attendant
No

Yes

Provide Visual and Audible


Signal System

Provide Momentary
Reset Button
on Switch in Control
Panel in Machine Room

End

281
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

response of the switch shall be 1 Hz to 10 Hz. (h) Elevators stopped by an earthquake protective
Where the seismic switch is used exclusively to control device with a volatile-type memory shall remain idle in
the elevators, it shall be located in the elevator machine the event of a power failure. Subsequent restoration of
room and, where possible, shall be mounted adjacent to power shall not cancel the status of the earthquake pro-
a vertical load-bearing building structural member. tective devices nor the slow speed status of the elevator
(c) A displacement switch shall be activated by the system if such existed prior to the loss of power.
derailment of the counterweight at any point in the (i) An elevator shall be permitted to be returned to
hoistway to provide information to the control system normal service by means of the momentary reset button
that the counterweight has left its guides. or switch [see 8.4.10.1.1(a)(2)], provided the displace-
(d) Earthquake protective devices with exposed live ment switch is not activated.
electrical parts in the hoistway shall operate at not more (j) Electrical protective devices required by 2.26.2
than 24 V root mean square alternating current or 24 V shall not be rendered inoperative nor bypassed by earth-
direct current above or below ground potential and shall quake protective devices
not be capable of supplying more than 0.5 A when short-
8.4.10.1.4 Maintenance of Equipment. Earthquake
circuited.
protective devices shall be arranged to be checked for
8.4.10.1.3 Elevator Operation (See Fig. 8.4.10.1.3) satisfactory operation and shall be calibrated at intervals
(a) Upon activation of a seismic switch, all elevators specified by the manufacturer.
with traction machines, counterweights, and selective,
8.4.11 Hydraulic Elevators (a)
collective, or group automatic operation that are in
motion shall proceed to the nearest available floor, open Requirement 8.4.11 applies to all direct-acting hydrau-
their doors, and shut down; except that where Phase II lic elevators and roped-hydraulic elevators.
Emergency In-Car Operation is in effect, door operation For roped-hydraulic elevators other than those
shall conform to 2.27.3.3. defined by Section 1.3 (Definitions), the requirements,
(b) When the counterweight displacement switch is formulas, and specified methods of calculation of loads
activated, the elevator, if in motion, shall initiate an and the resulting stresses and deflections do not gener-
emergency stop and then proceed away from the coun- ally apply and shall be modified to suit the specific
terweight at a speed of not more than 0.75 m/s conditions and requirements in each case.
(150 ft/min) to the nearest available floor, open the 8.4.11.1 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clear-
doors, and shut down; except that where Phase II Emer- ances. Where hydraulic elevators are provided with
gency In-Car Operation is in effect, door operation shall counterweights, clearances shall conform to 8.4.1.
conform to 2.27.3.3.
(c) Elevators with power-operated doors, upon reach- 8.4.11.2 Beams, Supports, and Floors
ing a landing shall cause their doors to open and remain 8.4.11.2.1 Beams and Supports. Overhead beams
open; except that where Phase II Emergency In-Car for attaching hitch plates shall be anchored to prevent
Operation is in effect, door operation shall conform to overturning and displacement as a result of a horizontal
2.27.3.3. seismic force. The seismic force shall be of not less than
(d) Upon activation of an earthquake protective that required to produce an acceleration of
device, an elevator standing at a floor with its doors (a) gravity (zone 3 or greater)
open shall remain at the floor. If its doors are closed, it (b) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 2)
shall open its doors. Where Phase II Emergency In-Car
8.4.11.2.2 Floors. Fastening means in compliance
Operation is in effect, door operation shall conform to
with 8.4.2.3 shall be provided to prevent hydraulic
2.27.3.3.
machines, control panels, and storage tanks from being
(e) An elevator not in operation when an earthquake
overturned or displaced.
protective device is activated shall remain at the landing.
(f) An elevator shall be permitted to be operated at 8.4.11.3 Guarding of Equipment
a speed of not more than 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min), provided 8.4.11.3.1 Rope Retainers. Rope retainers pro-
the counterweight displacement switch is of the continu- vided on traveling sheaves and deflecting sheaves, in
ously monitoring type and is not activated. accordance with 3.18.1.2.6, shall comply with 8.4.3.1.2
(g) Continuous activation of a displacement switch through 8.4.3.1.4.
shall
(1) prevent operation of the car, except from the 8.4.11.4 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and
inspection station located on top of the car Car Illumination. Requirement 8.4.4 does not apply to
hydraulic elevators.
(2) prevent operation of the car by means of the
emergency service key described in 2.27.3.1 and 2.27.3.3, 8.4.11.5 Guiding Members and Position Restraints.
hospital emergency service key, and other similar types Guiding members and position restraints shall conform
of operation to 8.4.5 and 8.4.11.5.1.

282
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. 8.4.10.1.3 Earthquake Emergency Operation Diagrammatic Representation

Start 1

Protective Device Continuously Yes


Operated Activated
Displacement
Switch
Permissible to Operate
Elevator From
No Top of Car
Car Yes
With Permissible to Run
Elevator at Reduced
Operator Speed [ 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min)]
Operate Visual No
Elevator Inspect
No & Audible Signal O.K.

Yes
Car No
in
Authorized Personnel to
Motion Determine if it Is Safe to
Run Elevators. Use Momentary
Yes Reset Button or Switch in
Control Panel in Machine
Room to Restore Normal
Service.

Displacement Yes
Switch
Operate
Emergency End
No Stop

Proceed at
Reduced Speed
Power Interrupt
[≤ 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min)]
Sub-Routine
in Direction Away
From CWT
Power Fails

Stop at Nearest
Landing
Stop Elevator

No Power Restored
Operation
2.27.3

Open doors
Yes Protective
Yes Devices No
Opening of Doors Shutdown With Volatile
Subject to Memory
Fireman
Elevator Resumes Status
Elevator Remains
That Prevailed Prior
1 Stopped
to Interruption

283
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.4.11.5.1 Traveling Sheave Position Restraints Table 8.4.11.13 Pipe Support Spacing (a)
Location. Position restraints attached to the traveling Nominal Maximum Spacing
sheave shall be provided for roped-hydraulic elevators. Pipe Size, Between Supports,
Separate position restraints are not required where such in. mm (in.)
restraints are an integral part of the guiding means.
1.0 1 525 (60)
8.4.11.5.2 Design. Position restraints and their 1.5 2 300 (90)
attachments to the traveling sheave shall be designed 2.0 2 600 (102)
to withstand a horizontal seismic force. The seismic force 2.5 2 750 (108)
shall be not less than that required to produce an acceler- 3.0 3 000 (120)
4.0 3 500 (138)
ation of
(a) 1⁄2 gravity (zone 3 or greater)
(b) 1⁄4 gravity (zone 2)
(b) a plunger gripper(s) conforming to 3.17.3, except
on 1⁄2 the weight of the driving member of the hydraulic
as modified by 8.4.11.2(b)(1) and (2).
jack plus the weight of the traveling sheave and its
attachments. (1) Requirement 3.17.3.2 applies as modified. The
primary actuation shall be mechanical or hydraulic.
8.4.11.6 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Require- Electrical means are permitted as a secondary actuation
ment 8.4.6 does not apply to hydraulic elevators. means.
8.4.11.7 Counterweights. Where counterweights (2) The plunger gripper shall be capable of with-
are provided, they shall conform to 8.4.7. standing inertia effects of the elevator masses without
operational failure when subjected to seismic forces act-
8.4.11.8 Guide Rails, Guide-Rail Supports, and Fas- ing separately, of not less than those required to produce
tenings. Guide rails, guide-rail supports, and their fas- an acceleration as follows:
tenings shall conform to the following, whichever is (a) for zone 3 or greater
more restrictive: (1) gravity horizontally acting on the mass of
(a) Where car safeties are provided, 3.17.2 shall apply. the plunger
(b) Seismic load application (2) 1⁄2 gravity vertically acting on the mass of
(1) Requirement 8.4.8 shall apply. the plunger with the mass of the car at rated load
(2) The load on the car side of direct-plunger (b) for zone 2
hydraulic elevators shall be as determined by 8.4.8.3(a) (1) 1⁄2 gravity horizontally acting on the mass
and (b). of the plunger
(3) Requirement 8.4.8.9 shall not apply. (2) 1⁄4 gravity vertically acting on the mass of
8.4.11.9 Hydraulic Jacks. The attachment of above the plunger with the mass of the car at rated load
ground hydraulic jacks to the building structure shall 8.4.11.13 Piping Supports. Piping supports to
be capable of withstanding the inertia effect of their restrain transverse motion shall be provided near
masses without permanent deformation when subjected changes in direction and particularly near valves and
seismic forces acting separately. The seismic force shall joints and shall comply with 8.4.2.3.
be of not less than those required to produce an accelera- Horizontal spans shall be supported at intervals not
tion of to exceed those specified in Table 8.4.11.13.
(a) gravity horizontally and 1⁄2 gravity vertically (a) Spacing is based on a natural frequency limit of
(zone 3 or greater) 20 Hz. The pipe is presumed to have oil in it and, for
(b) 1⁄2 gravity horizontally and 1⁄4 gravity vertically an added margin of safety, the oil is assumed to weigh
(zone 2) 900 kg/m3 (56 lb/ft3) at 15.6°C (60°F).
8.4.11.10 Emergency Operation and Signaling (b) Maximum combined bending and shear stress is
Devices. Requirement 8.4.10 does not apply to hydrau- limited to 71.8 kPa (1,500 psi).
lic elevators. (c) Maximum sag at the center of the span is limited
to 2.5 mm (0.1 in.).
8.4.11.11 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces.
(d) For pipe sizes other than shown, the maximum
Where buildings are designed with expansion joints, the
spacing between supports shall be determined by the
machine room and the hoistway shall be located on the
following formula:
same side of an expansion joint.
(07) 8.4.11.12 Overspeed Valve and Plunger Gripper. (SI Units)
Hydraulic elevators not provided with car safeties com- 1/

冢 冣
plying with 3.17.2 shall be provided with EI 4
ᐉ p 0.01163
(a) an overspeed valve(s) conforming to 3.19.4.7, or 9.807W

284
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(Imperial Units) 8.4.11.15.2 Force normal to (y-y) axis of the rail


(see 8.4.8.9):
1/
(a) Where L ≥ ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):
冢 冣
EI 4
ᐉ p 0.192
W
(SI Units)
where
E p modulus of elasticity for steel [2 068 ⴛ 106 MPa
冢6 + 8 冣
W Wp
Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
(30 ⴛ 106 psi)]
I p moment of inertia or pipe, mm4 (in.4)
p 9.807冢 +
12 16 冣
W W p
Fy-y (Zone 2)
ᐉ p maximum spacing between supports, m (ft)
W p weight per foot of pipe with oil at 15.6°C (60°F),
kg/m (lb/ft) (Imperial Units)
1/ 1/

冤 冢 冣冥
␲ 32.2 2 2 W Wp
0.192 p constant p Fy-y p + (Zone ≥ 3)
40 144 6 8
W Wp
8.4.11.14 Support of Tanks. Means shall be pro- Fy-y p + (Zone 2)
12 16
vided to prevent the tank from being overturned or
displaced. Such means shall comply with 8.4.2.3. (b) Where L < ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):
8.4.11.15 Information on Elevator Layouts. The fol-
lowing information is required on elevator layout draw- (SI Units)
ings. The horizontal seismic forces imposed on the
冤 4 冢1 − 3ᐉ冣 + 8 冥
W L Wp
guide-rail faces by the position restraints of the traveling Fy-y p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
sheave and the lower position restraints of the car or
p 9.807冤 冢1 − 冣 +
16 冥
W L W p
the counterweight (where provided) shall be determined Fy-y (Zone 2)
8 3ᐉ
as shown in 8.4.11.15.1 and 8.4.11.15.2.
8.4.11.15.1 Force normal to (x-x) axis of the rail (Imperial Units)
(see 8.4.8.9):
(a) Where L ≥ ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):
冢 冣
W L W
Fy-y p 1− + p (Zone ≥ 3)
4 3ᐉ 8
(SI Units)
8 冢
1− 冣+
W L W p
Fy-y p (Zone 2)
3ᐉ 16
冢 冣
W Wp
Fx-x p 9.807 + (Zone ≥ 3)
3 4
where
p 9.807冢 +
8冣
W W p
Fx-x (Zone 2) F p seismic force, N (lbf)
6

(Imperial Units) (1) For car and counterweight lower position


restraints:
W Wp W p total weight of car plus 40% of rated capacity,
Fx-x p + (Zone ≥ 3)
3 4 or the total weight of the counterweight, kg (lb)
W Wp Wp p plunger weight, kg (lb) (for direct-acting
Fx-x p + (Zone 2)
6 8 hydraulic elevators), or
p 0 (for elevators provided with counterweights
(b) Where L < ᐉ (see Table 8.4.8.7):
and roped-hydraulic elevators)
(SI Units)
(2) For traveling sheave position restraints where

冤 冢 冣 冥
W L W guided on rails separate from car:
Fx-x p 9.807 1− + p (Zone ≥ 3)
2 3ᐉ 4 W p 1.5 ⴛ (weight of traveling sheave plus guide
p 9.807冤 冢1 − 冣 +
8冥
W L W p attachments), kg (lb)
Fx-x (Zone 2)
4 3ᐉ Wp p plunger weight, kg (lb) (for roped-hydraulic
elevators)
(Imperial Units)
8.4.12 Design Data and Formulas for Elevators
冢 冣
W L W
Fx-x p 1− + p (Zone ≥ 3)
2 3ᐉ 4 8.4.12.1 Maximum Weight Per Pair of Guide Rails.

4 冢
1− 冣+
W L W p The following formulas shall be used to determine the
Fx-x p (Zone 2)
3ᐉ 8 maximum allowable weight per pair of guide rails.

285
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) 8.4.12.1.1 Force Normal to (x-x) Axis of Rail (See (SI Units)
8.4.8.9)
Zx
(a) No intermediate tie brackets (car and counter- W p 740.6 (Zone ≥ 3)

weight rails):
Zx
(1) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or W p 1 481 (Zone 2)

hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where pro-
vided): (Imperial Units)

(SI Units) Zx
W p 1,053,495 (Zone ≥ 3)

Zx Zx
W p 504.5 (Zone ≥ 3) W p 2,106,990 (Zone 2)
ᐉ ᐉ
Zx
W p 1 009 (Zone 2) 8.4.12.1.2 Force Normal to (y-y) Axis of Rail (See (a)

8.4.8.9)
(Imperial Units) (a) No intermediate tie brackets (car and counter-
weight rails):
Zx (1) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or
W p 717,671 (Zone ≥ 3)
ᐉ hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where pro-
Z vided):
W p 1,435,342 x (Zone 2)

(SI Units)
(2) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails
only) or separately guided traveling sheaves: Zy
W p 1 009 (Zone ≥ 3)

(SI Units) Zy
W p 2 018 (Zone 2)

Zx
W ′ p 168 (Imperial Units)

(Imperial Units) Zy
W p 1,435,342 (Zone ≥ 3)

Zx Zy
W ′ p 239,224 W p 2,870,684

(Zone 2)

where (2) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails (a)


only) or separately guided traveling sheaves:
W Wp
W′ p + (Zone ≥ 3) (SI Units)
3 4
W Wp Zy
W′ p + (Zone 2) W ′ p 336
6 8 ᐉ

(b) One intermediate tie bracket located midway (Imperial Units)


between main counterweighted guide-rail brackets:
Zy
W ′ p 478,448
(SI Units) ᐉ

Zx where
W p 669 (Zone ≥ 3)

W Wp
Z W′ p + (Zone ≥ 3)
W p 1 338 x (Zone 2) 3 4

W Wp
W′ p + (Zone 2)
(Imperial Units) 6 8

Zx (b) One intermediate tie bracket located midway


W p 951,991 (Zone ≥ 3) between main counterweighted guide-rail brackets:

Z (SI Units)
W p 1,903,982 x (Zone 2)

Zy
W p 1 338.5 (Zone ≥ 3)
(c) Two intermediate tie brackets approximately ᐉ
equally spaced between main counterweighted guide- Zy
W p 2 677 (Zone 2)
rail brackets: ᐉ

286
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(Imperial Units) (Imperial Units)

Zy Wᐉ3
W p 1,903,982 (Zone ≥ 3) Ix p (Zone ≥ 3)
ᐉ 249⌬E
Zy Wᐉ3
W p 3,807,962 (Zone 2) Ix p (Zone 2)
ᐉ 498⌬E

(c) Two intermediate tie brackets approximately (b) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails
equally spaced between main counterweighted guide- only) or separately guided traveling sheaves:
rail brackets:
(SI Units)
(SI Units)
冤 冢 冣冥
ᐉ3 W W
Ix p 9.807 + p (Zone ≥ 3)
Zy ⌬E 249 267
W p 1 481 (Zone ≥ 3)
⌬E 冢498 534冣冥

p 9.807 冤
3
ᐉ W W p
Ix + (Zone 2)
Zy
W p 2 962 (Zone 2)

(Imperial Units)
(Imperial Units)
冢 冣
ᐉ3 W W
Ix p + p (Zone ≥ 3)
Z ⌬E 249 267
W p 2,106,990 y (Zone ≥ 3)

⌬E 冢498 534冣
ᐉ 3
W W p
Zy Ix p + (Zone 2)
W p 4,213,963 (Zone 2)

8.4.12.2.2 Force Normal to (y-y) Axis of Rail (See (a)
where 8.4.8.9)
ᐉ p distance between main car or counterweight (a) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or
guide-rail brackets, mm (in.) hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where pro-
W p total weight of car plus 40% rated capacity vided):
or the total weight of the counterweight, kg
(lb), or (SI Units)
p 1.5 ⴛ total weight of traveling sheave plus
冢498⌬E冣
Wᐉ3
guide attachments, kg (lb) (for separately Iy p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
guided traveling sheaves)
p 9.807 冢
996⌬E冣
3
W ′ p maximum weight per pair of guide rails Wᐉ
Iy (Zone 2)
(hydraulic direct-acting elevators and sepa-
rately guided traveling sheaves), kg (lb)
(Imperial Units)
Wp p weight of hydraulic plunger, kg (lb)
Zx p section modulus of rail about (x-x) axis, Wᐉ3
mm3 (in.3) Iy p (Zone ≥ 3)
498⌬E
Zy p section modulus of rail about (y-y) axis, Wᐉ3
mm3 (in.3) Iy p (Zone 2)
996⌬E
8.4.12.2 Required Moment of Inertia of Guide Rails. (b) Direct-acting hydraulic elevators (car guide rails
The following formulas shall be used to determine the only) or separately guided traveling sheaves:
minimum allowable moment of inertia of guide rails.
(SI Units)
(a) 8.4.12.2.1 Force Normal to (x-x) Axis of Rail (See
8.4.8.9)
冤⌬E 冢498 + 534冣冥
ᐉ3 W Wp
Iy p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3)
(a) Traction elevators, roped-hydraulic elevators, or

⌬E 冢996 1 068冣冥

p 9.807 冤
hydraulic elevator counterweight rails (where pro- 3
W W p
Iy + (Zone 2)
vided):

(SI Units) (Imperial Units)

冢249⌬E冣 冢 冣
Wᐉ3 ᐉ3 W W
Ix p 9.807 (Zone ≥ 3) Iy p + p (Zone ≥ 3)
⌬E 498 534

p 9.807 冢
498⌬E冣 ⌬E 冢996 1,068冣
Wᐉ3
ᐉ 3
W W p
Ix (Zone 2) Iy p + (Zone 2)

287
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Table 8.4.12.2.2 Maximum Allowable Deflection SECTION 8.5


Rail Size, ⌬, Max.,
ESCALATOR AND MOVING WALK SAFETY
kg (lb) mm (in.) REQUIREMENT FOR SEISMIC RISK ZONE 2 OR
GREATER
12.0 (8.0) 20 (0.75)
16.5 (11.0) 25 (1.00) Requirement 8.5 applies to all escalators and moving
18.0 (12.0) 32 (1.25) walks, where installed in buildings that are designed
22.5 (15.0) 38 (1.50) and built to the requirements of, and located in, seismic
27.5 (18.5) 38 (1.50) risk zone 2 or greater as defined by the building code
33.5 (22.5) 38 (1.50) (see 1.3).
45.0 (30.0) 45 (1.75)
Where the applicable building code does not make
reference to seismic risk zones, the ground motion
parameters shown in 8.4.13 shall be used.
The escalator and moving walk safety requirements
where contained in 8.5 shall be in addition to the requirements
ᐉ p distance between main car and counterweight in the other parts of the Code unless otherwise specified.
guide-rail brackets, mm (in.)
E p modulus of elasticity for steel p 2.068 ⴛ 8.5.1 Balustrade Construction
105 MPa (30 ⴛ 106 psi) Balustrades shall be designed to resist a lateral load
Ix p moment of inertia of rail about (x-x) axis, of 730 N/m (50 lbf/ft) applied to the top of the handrail.
mm4 (in.4) In balustrades where glass is part of the structural sys-
Iy p moment of inertia of rail about (y-y) axis, tem the design shall include provision for the application
mm4 (in.4) of 0.5 gravity in both principle directions and the
W p total weight of car plus 40% rated capacity, required lateral load to verify that the glass does not
or the total weight of the counterweight, kg exceed the material deflection limit or stress limit.
(lb), or
8.5.2 Truss Members
p 1.5 ⴛ total weight of traveling sheave plus
guide attachments, kg (lb) (for separately All members of escalators and moving walk trusses
guided traveling sheaves) together with their supports shall be capable of with-
Wp p weight of hydraulic plunger, kg (lb) standing the inertia effect of their masses without per-
⌬ p maximum allowable deflection at center of rail manent deformation when subjected to seismic forces
span, mm (in.), based on Table 8.4.12.2.2. active separately in vertical and horizontal directions.
8.5.2.1 Lateral forces shall be applied in horizontal
8.4.13 Ground Motion Parameters directions that result in the most critical loadings as
8.4.13.1 For application to building codes of the calculated in conformance with the AISC Specifications
United States: for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel
for Buildings. The most critical loading shall be based
Affected Peak on the total dead load of the escalator including cladding
Zone(s) Velocity Acceleration, Av plus 25% of the rated load in accordance with 6.1.3.9.
0 and 1 Av < 0.10
The horizontal seismic force shall be considered to be
2 0.10 ≤ Av < 0.20 not less than:
3 and 4 0.20 ≤ Av
Fp p ZICp(Wp + Wr)
where
Av p affected peak velocity acceleration where
Cp p horizontal force factor
Zv p peak horizontal ground acceleration
Fp p total horizontal force
(07) 8.4.13.2 Where required, in jurisdictions enforcing I p importance factor
NBCC, the following values of Zv (velocity-related seis- Wp p dead load including cladding
mic zone) will determine the applicable seismic zone. Wr p 25% of the rated load calculated per 6.1.3.9
Z p seismic zone factor
Velocity-Related
Zone(s) Seismic Zone, Zv 8.5.2.1.1 The seismic zone shall be taken from
the NHRP maps.
2 2 ≤ Zv < 4
≥3 Zv ≥ 4 NOTE: When local building codes are more stringent, higher
values may be applicable:
NOTE: For Zv values, see “Design Data for Selected Locations (a) For zone 2, Z p 0.25.
in Canada,” in NBCC-1995, Appendix C. (b) For zone 3 or 4, Z p 0.5.

288
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Where the applicable building code does not make reference to seismic restraint, that allows some degree of longitudinal
seismic risk zones, the ground motion parameters shown in 8.4.13 and transverse motion, is provided at both ends, addi-
shall be used.
tional means shall be provided to prevent the upper end
8.5.2.1.2 The escalator or moving walk is consid- of the truss from slipping off the building support. All
ered a nonbuilding structure component. The value of other supports shall be free to slide in the longitudinal
I shall be considered to be 1.0 unless the building is direction sufficiently to accommodate the remainder of
specified as an essential facility in which case a value the design story drift.
of 1.25 shall be used. 8.5.3.2.2 At the sliding end or ends, the width
8.5.2.1.3 The value of Cp shall be 0.75 when any or widths of the beam seat shall be capable of accommo-
portion of an escalator is located above grade and 0.50 dating, without damage, at least 1.5 times story drift as
when an escalator is located below grade. obtained by either of the following:
(a) through engineering calculations
NOTE: When more than six stories above grade other values of Cp
may apply and should be determined based upon the fundamental (b) by using the maximum code allowed story drift (a)
period of the building. per the NEHRP Table 4.5-1 for Allowable Story Drifts.
This table allows story drifts of 0.025 hsx where hsx is the
8.5.2.2 Vertical forces shall be split equally between building story height.
the two end supports. The total vertical force shall be
(1 ± 0.25) ⴛ (Wp + Wr) for zone 2 and (1 ± 0.50) ⴛ (Wp 8.5.4 Earthquake Protective Devices
+ Wr ) for zone 3 or greater. Wp and Wr are defined in Earthquake protective devices shall be of the fail-
8.5.2.1. safe type.
8.5.2.3 Truss Calculations. The members in the A minimum of one seismic switch shall be provided
truss shall be calculated by the Allowable Stress Method in every building in which an escalator or moving walk
of the AISC Specification for Design, Fabrication, and is installed.
Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. The allowable (a) The seismic switch shall conform to 8.4.10.1.2(b).
stress as stipulated by the various sections is required (b) Activation of the seismic switch(es) shall remove
to be used in lieu of yield stress. (See AISC example D1 power from the escalator driving machine motor and
for tension, E2 for compression, and F4 for shear stress. brake.
There are multiple rules for bending depending on type (c) Where a seismic switch(es) is used exclusively to
of section; therefore, examples are not listed.) Truss anal- control the escalator or moving walk, it shall be located
ysis, whether verified by computer or hand calculations, in a machine room, machinery space, and where possible
shall consider axial stresses of either compression or shall be mounted adjacent to a vertical load-bearing
tension, combined axial compressive and bending stress, member. Should no vertical load-bearing member be in
and combined axial tension and bending stress. There close proximity, it shall be permitted to locate the seismic
is no requirement for the escalator truss to be considered switch at the nearest accessible vertical load-bearing
as a structural member of the building. member at approximately the same horizontal level as
the upper machinery space or machine room.
8.5.3 Supporting Connections Between the Truss
and the Building
SECTION 8.6 (07)
8.5.3.1 The end supports shall provide lateral MAINTENANCE, REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, AND (a)
restraint for forces in both principle horizontal directions TESTING
imposed by seismic forces on the truss. Vertical restraint
is not required since per formula downward force will Requirement 8.6 applies to maintenance, repairs,
be 0.50 (Wp + Wr ) or greater (see 8.5.2.1). Calculations replacements, and testing.
shall be permitted to be based on either rigid or flexible NOTES:
restraints. Where suitable flexible restraints are used, (1) See 8.7 for alteration requirements.
forces resulting from movement of building structure (2) See “General” in Preface for assignment of responsibilities.
members are not considered as being applied to the
8.6.1 General Requirements
truss.
8.6.1.1 Maintenance, Repair, and Replacement
8.5.3.2 The design connections shall account for
maximum design story drift. 8.6.1.1.1 Equipment covered within the scope of
this Code shall be maintained in accordance with 8.6.
8.5.3.2.1 Where seismic restraint is provided at
one end, the design shall account for the forces devel- 8.6.1.1.2 Maintenance, repairs, replacements, (a)
oped by building movement in a manner that restricts and tests shall conform to 8.6 and the
transfer of these forces to the truss. All other supports (a) Code at the time of the installation
shall be free to slide in the longitudinal direction. Where (b) Code requirements at the time of any alteration

289
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(c) ASME A17.3 if adopted by the authority having 8.6.1.2.2 Where a defective part directly affecting
jurisdiction the safety of the operation is identified, the equipment
shall be taken out of service until the defective part has
8.6.1.1.3 It is not the intent of 8.6 to require been adjusted, repaired, or replaced.
changes to the equipment to meet the design, nameplate
or performance standard other than those specified in 8.6.1.3 Maintenance Personnel. Maintenance, (a)
8.6.1.1.2, unless specifically stated in 8.6. repairs, replacements, and tests shall be performed only
by elevator personnel (see 1.3).
8.6.1.2 General Maintenance Requirements
8.6.1.4 Maintenance Records
8.6.1.2.1 A written Maintenance Control Pro-
gram shall be in place to maintain the equipment in 8.6.1.4.1 Maintenance records shall document
compliance with the requirements of 8.6. compliance with 8.6 of the Code and shall include rec-
ords on the following activities:
(a) The Maintenance Control Program shall consist of
(a) description of maintenance task performed and
but not be limited to
dates
(a) (1) examinations and maintenance of equipment at
(b) description and dates of examinations, tests,
scheduled intervals in order to ensure that the installa-
adjustments, repairs, and replacements
tion conforms to the requirements of 8.6. The mainte-
(c) description and dates of call backs (trouble calls)
nance procedures and intervals shall be based on
or reports that are reported to elevator personnel by any
(a) equipment age, condition, and accumulated
means, including corrective action taken
wear
(d) written record of the findings on the firefighter’s
(b) design and inherent quality of the equipment service operation required by 8.6.11.1
(c) usage
(d) environmental conditions 8.6.1.4.2 Record Availability. The maintenance
(e) improved technology records shall be available to the elevator personnel.
(07) (f) the manufacturer’s recommendations for any 8.6.1.5 Code Data Plate
SIL rated devices or circuits
(2) cleaning, lubricating, and adjusting applicable 8.6.1.5.1 A data plate that indicates the Code
and edition in effect at the time of installation and any
components at regular intervals and repairing or replac-
alteration (see 8.7.1.8) shall be provided. The data plate
ing all worn or defective components where necessary
shall also specify the Code and edition in effect at the
to maintain the installation in compliance with the
time of any alteration and the applicable requirements
requirements of 8.6.
of 8.7.
(a) (3) tests of equipment at scheduled intervals
(8.6.1.7) in order to ensure that the installation conforms 8.6.1.5.2 The Code data plate shall comply
to the requirements of 8.6. with 8.9.
(a) (4) all Code required written procedures (e.g.,
8.6.1.6 General Maintenance Methods and Proce-
check out, inspection, testing, and maintenance).
dures
(b) The instructions for locating the Maintenance
Control Program shall be provided in or on the controller 8.6.1.6.1 Making Safety Devices Inoperative or Inef-
along with instructions on how to report any corrective fective. No person shall at any time make inoperative
action that might be necessary to the responsible party. or ineffective any device on which safety of users is
(c) The maintenance records required by 8.6.1.4 shall dependent, including any electrical protective device,
be kept at a central location. except where necessary during tests, inspections (see
(d) The Maintenance Control Program shall be acces- 8.10 and 8.11), maintenance, repair, and replacement,
sible to the elevator personnel and shall document com- provided that the installation is first removed from nor-
pliance with 8.6. mal operation.
Such devices shall be restored to their normal
(07) (e) Procedures for tests, periodic inspections, mainte-
operating condition in conformity with the applicable
nance, replacements, adjustments, and repairs for all SIL
requirements prior to returning the equipment to service
rated E/E/PES electrical protective devices and circuits
(see 2.26.7 and 8.6.1.6).
shall be incorporated into and made part of the Mainte-
nance Control Program. See 2.26.4.3.2, 2.26.9.4(b), 8.6.1.6.2 Lubrication. All parts of the machinery
2.26.9.5.1(b), and 2.26.9.6.1(b). and equipment requiring lubrication shall be lubricated
(07) (f) Where unique or product-specific procedures or with lubricants equivalent to the type and grade recom-
methods are required to inspect or test equipment, such mended by the manufacturer.
procedures or methods shall be included in the Mainte- Alternative lubricants shall be permitted when
nance Control Program. intended lubrication effects are achieved.

290
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

All excess lubricant shall be cleaned from the equip- NOTE: Recommended intervals for periodic tests can be found
ment. Containers used to catch leakage shall not be in Nonmandatory Appendix N.
allowed to overflow. 8.6.1.7.1 Periodic tests shall be witnessed by an
(05S) 8.6.1.6.3 Controllers, Wiring, and Wiring Diagrams inspector employed by the authority having jurisdiction
(a) Up-to-date wiring diagrams detailing circuits of or by a person authorized by the authority having juris-
all electrical protective devices (see 2.26.2) and critical diction. The inspector shall conform to the requirements
operating circuits (see 2.26.3) shall be available in the in 8.11.1.1.
machinery space, machine room, control space, or con- 8.6.1.7.2 A test tag with the test date, the require-
trol room as appropriate to the installation. ment number requiring the test, and the name of the
(b) The interiors of controllers and their components person or firm performing the test shall be installed in
shall be cleaned when necessary to minimize the accu- the machine room for all Category 1 and 5 tests for
mulation of foreign matter that can interfere with the electric elevators and Category 1, 3, and 5 tests for
operation of the equipment. hydraulic elevators.
(c) Temporary wiring and insulators or blocks in the
armatures or poles of magnetically operated switches, 8.6.1.7.3 No person shall at any time make any
contactors, or relays on equipment in service are pro- required safety device or electrical protective device
hibited. ineffective, except where necessary during tests. Such
(07) (d) When jumpers are used during maintenance, devices shall be restored to their normal operating condi-
repairs, or testing, all jumpers shall be removed and tion in conformity with the applicable requirements
the equipment tested prior to returning it to service. prior to returning the equipment to service (see 2.26.7).
Jumpers shall not be stored in machine rooms, control 8.6.1.7.4 All references to “Items” and “Parts”
rooms, hoistways, machinery spaces, control spaces, are to Items in A17.2.
escalator/moving walk wellways, or pits (see also
8.6.1.6.1). 8.6.2 Repairs
NOTE [8.6.1.6.3(d)]: See “Elevator Industry Field Employees’ See 8.6.2.1 through 8.6.2.5 for general requirements
Safety Handbook” for jumper control procedures. for repairs.
(e) Control and operating circuits and devices shall 8.6.2.1 Repair Parts. Repairs shall be made with
be maintained in compliance with applicable Code parts of at least equivalent material, strength, and design
requirements (see 8.6.1.1.2). (see 8.6.3.1).
8.6.1.6.4 Painting. Care shall be used in the paint- 8.6.2.2 Welding and Design. Welding and design
ing of the equipment to make certain that it does not of welding shall conform to 8.7.1.4 and 8.7.1.5.
interfere with the proper functioning of any component.
Painted components shall be tested for proper operation 8.6.2.3 Repair of Speed Governors. Where a repair (ED)
upon completion of painting. is made to a speed governor that affects the tripping
linkage or speed adjustment mechanism, the governor
(05S) 8.6.1.6.5 Fire Extinguishers. In jurisdictions not shall be checked in conformance with 8.6.4.19.2.
enforcing NBCC, Class “ABC” fire extinguishers shall Where a repair is made to the governor jaws or associ-
be provided in elevator electrical machine rooms, control ated parts that affect the pull-through force, the governor
rooms, and control spaces outside the hoistway intended pull-through force shall be checked in conformance with
for full bodily entry, and walk-in machinery and control 8.6.4.19.2(b). A test tag shall be attached, indicating the
rooms for escalators and moving walks; and they shall date the pull-through test was performed.
be located convenient to the access door.
8.6.2.4 Repair of Releasing Carrier. When a repair
8.6.1.6.6 Workmanship. Care should be taken is made to a releasing carrier, the governor rope pull-out
during operations such as torquing, drilling, cutting, and and pull-through forces shall be verified in conformance
welding to ensure that no component of the assembly is with 8.11.2.3.2(b).
damaged or weakened. Rotating parts shall be properly
aligned. 8.6.2.5 Repair of Ropes. Suspension, governor, and
compensating ropes shall not be lengthened or repaired
8.6.1.6.7 Signs and Data Plates. Required signs by splicing (see 8.7.2.21).
and data plates that are damaged or missing shall be
repaired or replaced. 8.6.3 Replacements
(a) 8.6.1.7 Periodic Tests. The frequency of periodic 8.6.3.1 Replacement Parts. Replacements shall be
tests shall be established by the authority having juris- made with parts of at least equivalent material, strength,
diction as required by 8.11.1.3. and design.

291
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.6.3.2 Replacement of a Single Suspension Rope. hitch plates that cause interference between the replace-
If one rope of a set is worn or damaged and requires ment fastening shall have the replacement fastening
replacement, the entire set of ropes shall be replaced, staggered, or the hitch plates shall be replaced with
except, where one rope has been damaged during instal- a design that provides clearance between replacement
lation or acceptance testing prior to being subjected to shackles.
elevator service, it shall be permissible to replace a single (b) Replacement hitch plates shall conform to 2.15.13.
damaged rope with a new rope, provided that the (c) Replacement fastenings shall be permitted to be
requirements of 8.6.3.2.1 through 8.6.3.2.6 are met. installed on the car only, the counterweight only, at either
of the dead-end hitches, or at both attachment points.
8.6.3.2.1 The wire rope data for the replacement
rope must correspond to the wire rope data specified (d) Rope fastenings at the drum connection of wind-
in 2.20.2.2(a), (b), (c), (f), and (g) for the other ropes. ing-drum machines shall comply with 8.6.4.10.2.

8.6.3.2.2 The replacement rope shall be provided 8.6.3.3.3 Runby and Clearances After Reroping or
with a wire rope data tag conforming to 2.20.2.2. Shortening. The minimum car and counterweight
clearances specified in 2.4.6 and 2.4.9 shall be maintained
8.6.3.2.3 The suspension ropes, including the when new suspension ropes are installed or when
damaged rope, shall not have been shortened since their existing suspension ropes are shortened.
original installation. The minimum clearances shall be maintained by any
8.6.3.2.4 The diameter of any of the remaining of the following methods (see 8.6.4.11).
ropes shall not be less than the nominal diameter minus (a) Limit the length that the ropes are shortened.
0.4 mm (0.015 in.). (b) Provide blocking at the car or counterweight strike
plate. The blocking shall be of sufficient strength and
8.6.3.2.5 The tension of the new replacement secured in place to withstand the reactions of buffer
rope shall be checked and adjusted as necessary at semi- engagement as specified in 8.2.3. If wood blocks are
monthly intervals over a period of not less than two used to directly engage the buffer, a steel plate shall
months after installation. If proper equalization of rope be fastened to the engaging surface or shall be located
tension cannot be maintained after 6 months, the entire between that block and the next block to distribute the
set of hoist ropes shall be replaced. load upon buffer engagements.
8.6.3.2.6 The replacement rope shall be provided (c) Provide blocking under the car and/or counter-
with the same type of suspension-rope fastening used weight buffer of sufficient strength and secured in place
with the other ropes. to withstand the reactions of buffer engagement as
described in 8.2.3.
8.6.3.3 Replacement of Ropes Other Than Governor
Ropes 8.6.3.4 Replacement of Governor or Safety Rope

8.6.3.3.1 Replacement of all ropes, except gover- 8.6.3.4.1 Governor ropes shall be of the same
nor ropes (see 8.6.3.4), shall conform to the following: size, material, and construction as the rope specified by
(a) Replacement ropes shall be as specified by the the governor manufacturer, except that a rope of the
original elevator manufacturer or be at least equivalent same size but of different material or construction shall
in strength, weight, and design. be permitted to be installed in conformance with
(b) Ropes that have been previously used in another 8.7.2.19.
installation shall not be reused. 8.6.3.4.2 The replaced governor ropes shall com-
(c) When replacing suspension, compensating, and ply with 2.18.5.
car or drum counterweight ropes, all ropes in a set shall
be replaced, except as permitted by 8.6.3.2. 8.6.3.4.3 After a governor rope is replaced, the
(d) The ropes in the set shall be new, all from the governor pull-through force shall be checked as speci-
same manufacturer, and of the same material, grade, fied in 8.11.2.3.2(b).
construction, and diameter.
8.6.3.4.4 A test tag indicating the date when the
(e) Data tags conforming to 2.20.2.2 shall be applied.
pull-through test was performed shall be attached.
(f) Suspension, car, and drum counterweight rope fas-
tenings shall conform to 2.20.9. 8.6.3.4.5 The safety rope shall comply with
2.17.12.4 and 2.17.12.5.
8.6.3.3.2 Rope Fastenings and Hitchplates.
Replacement of rope fastenings and hitchplates shall 8.6.3.5 Belts and Chains. If one belt or chain of a
conform to the following: set is worn or stretched beyond that specified in the
(a) When the suspension-rope fastenings are replaced manufacturer’s recommendation, or is damaged so as
with an alternate means that conforms to 2.20.9, existing to require replacement, the entire set shall be replaced.

292
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Spockets and toothed sheaves shall also be replaced 8.6.3.10 Replacement of Hydraulic Jack, Plunger, Cyl-
if worn beyond that specified in the manufacturer’s rec- inder, Tanks, and Anticreep Leveling Device
ommendations.
8.6.3.10.1 A hydraulic jack replacement shall be
8.6.3.6 Replacement of Speed Governor. When a classified as an alteration and shall comply with
speed governor is replaced, it shall conform to 2.18. 8.7.3.23.1.
When a releasing carrier is provided, it shall conform 8.6.3.10.2 A plunger replacement shall be classi-
to 2.17.15. The governor rope shall be of the type and fied as an alteration and shall comply with 8.7.3.23.2.
size specified by the governor manufacturer.
The governor shall be checked in conformance with 8.6.3.10.3 A cylinder replacement shall be classi-
8.11.2.3.2. Drum-operated safeties that require continu- fied as an alteration and shall comply with 8.7.3.23.3.
ous tension in the governor rope to achieve full safety 8.6.3.10.4 A tank replacement shall be classified
application shall be checked as specified in 8.11.2.3.1 as an alteration and shall comply with 8.7.3.29.
and 8.7.2.19.
8.6.3.10.5 An anticreep leveling device replace-
8.6.3.7 Listed/Certified Devices ment shall be classified as an alteration and shall comply
8.6.3.7.1 Where a listed/certified device is with 8.7.3.31.3.
replaced, the replacement shall be subject to the applica- 8.6.3.11 Replacement of Valves and Piping. Where
ble engineering or type test as specified in 8.3, or the any valves, pipings, or fittings are replaced, replace-
requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5. Hoistway ments shall conform to 3.19 with the exception of
door interlocks, hoistway door combination mechanical 3.19.4.6. Replacement control valves must conform to
lock and electric contact, and door or gate electric con- the Code under which it was installed.
tact, shall conform to the type tests specified in 2.12.4.1.
The device shall be labeled by the certifying organization 8.6.4 Maintenance and Testing of Electric Elevators (a)
(see 8.6.1.1). In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, door The maintenance and testing of electric elevators shall
panels, frames, and entrances hardware shall be pro- conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.4.
vided with the instructions required by 2.11.18.
8.6.4.1 Suspension and Compensating Wire Ropes
(07) 8.6.3.7.2 Where a component in a listed/certified
device is replaced, the replacement component shall be 8.6.4.1.1 Suspension and compensating ropes
subject to the requirements of the applicable edition of shall be kept lightly lubricated and clean so that they
CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5 and/or the engineering or type can be visually inspected.
test in 8.3. Hoistway door interlocks, hoistway door com- 8.6.4.1.2 Precautions shall be taken in lubricating
bination mechanical lock and electric contact, and door suspension wire ropes to prevent the loss of traction.
or gate electric contact, shall conform to the type tests Lubrication shall be in accordance with instructions on
specified in 2.12.4.1. The component shall be included the rope data tag [see 2.20.2.2(j)], if provided.
in the original manufacturer’s listed/certified device
8.6.4.1.3 Equal tension shall be maintained (07)
documentation or as a listed/certified replacement com-
between individual ropes in each set. When suspension-
ponent (see 8.6.1.1).
rope tension is checked or adjusted, an anti-rotation
Each replacement component shall be plainly marked
device conforming to the requirements of 2.20.9.8 shall
for identification in accordance with the certifying orga-
be permitted.
nization’s procedures. In jurisdictions not enforcing
NBCC, door panels, frames, and entrances hardware 8.6.4.2 Governor Wire Ropes
shall be provided with the instructions required by
8.6.4.2.1 The ropes shall be kept clean.
2.11.18.
8.6.4.2.2 Governor wire ropes shall not be lubri- (ED)
NOTE (8.6.3.7): Devices that may fall under this requirement are
cated after installation. If lubricants have been applied
included but not limited to hoistway door locking devices and
electric contacts, car door contacts and interlocks, hydraulic control
to governor ropes, they shall be replaced, or the lubricant
valves, escalator steps, fire doors, and electrical equipment. removed, and the governor and safety shall be tested
as specified in 8.6.4.19.2(b) and 8.6.4.18.2.
8.6.3.8 Replacement of Door Reopening Device.
Where a reopening device for power-operated car doors 8.6.4.3 Lubrication of Guide Rails
or gates is replaced, it shall conform to 8.7.2.13. 8.6.4.3.1 The lubrication of guide rails shall be
in accordance with the requirements on the crosshead
8.6.3.9 Replacement of Releasing Carrier. Where a
data plate (see 2.17.16), where provided.
replacement is made to a releasing carrier, the governor
rope pull-out and pull-through forces shall be verified 8.6.4.3.2 Where a data plate is not provided, the
in conformance with 8.11.2.3.2(b). lubrication of guide rails shall conform to the following:

293
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Guide rails, except those of elevators equipped (see 2.24.8.3), it shall be adjusted and checked by means
with roller or other types of guiding members not requir- that will verify its proper function and holding capacity.
ing lubrication, shall be kept lubricated.
8.6.4.6.3 If any part of the emergency brake is (a)
(b) Where sliding-type safeties are used, the guide-
changed or adjusted that can affect the holding capacity
rail lubricants, or prelubricated or impregnated guide-
or decelerating capacity of the emergency brake when
shoe gibs, where used, shall be of a type recommended
required (see 2.19.3), it shall be adjusted and checked
by the manufacturer of the safety (see 8.6.1.2.3).
by means that will verify its proper function and holding
(ED) 8.6.4.3.3 If lubricants other than those recom- capacity.
mended by the manufacturer are used, a safety test con-
8.6.4.7 Cleaning of Hoistways and Pits
forming to 8.6.4.19.1 shall be made to demonstrate that
the safety will function as required by 2.17.3. 8.6.4.7.1 Hoistways and pits shall be kept free
8.6.4.3.4 Rails shall be kept clean and free of lint of dirt and rubbish and shall not be used for storage
and dirt accumulation and excessive lubricant. Means purposes.
shall be provided at the base of the rails to collect excess 8.6.4.7.2 Landing blocks and pipe stands shall
lubricant. be permitted to be stored in the pit, provided that they
(ED) 8.6.4.3.5 Rust-preventive compounds such as do not interfere with the operation of the elevator and
paint, mixtures of graphite and oil, and similar coatings do not present a hazard for persons working in the pit.
shall not be applied to the guiding surfaces, unless rec- 8.6.4.7.3 Pit access doors shall be kept closed
ommended by the manufacturer of the safety. Once and locked.
applied, the safety shall be checked as specified in
8.6.4.19.1. 8.6.4.7.4 Water and oil shall not be allowed to
accumulate on pit floors. See also 8.6.10.3.
8.6.4.4 Oil Buffers
8.6.4.8 Machinery Spaces, Machine Rooms, Control (05S)
8.6.4.4.1 The oil level shall be maintained at the
Spaces, and Control Rooms
level indicated by the manufacturer. The grade of oil to
be used shall be as indicated on the buffer marking 8.6.4.8.1 Floors and machinery and control
plate, where required (see 2.22.4.10 and 2.22.4.11). spaces shall be kept free of water, dirt, rubbish, oil, and
grease.
8.6.4.4.2 Buffer plungers shall be kept clean and
shall not be coated or painted with a substance that will 8.6.4.8.2 Articles or materials not necessary for
interfere with their operation. the maintenance or operation of the elevator shall not
8.6.4.4.3 Buffer oil shall not be stored in the pit be stored in machinery spaces, machine rooms, control
or hoistway or on top of the car. spaces, and control rooms.

8.6.4.5 Safety Mechanisms 8.6.4.8.3 Flammable liquids having a flashpoint


of less than 44°C (110°F) shall not be kept in such rooms
8.6.4.5.1 Safety mechanisms shall be kept lubri- or spaces.
cated and free of rust and dirt that can interfere with
the operation of the safety. 8.6.4.8.4 Access doors shall be kept closed and
locked.
8.6.4.5.2 The required clearance between the
safety jaws and the rail shall be maintained. 8.6.4.8.5 Machinery spaces and control spaces (05S)
located in the hoistway shall not be used for storage
8.6.4.6 Brakes
purposes (see also 8.6.4.7.1).
8.6.4.6.1 The driving-machine brake shall be
8.6.4.9 Cleaning of Top of Cars. The tops of cars
maintained to ensure proper operations, including, but
shall be kept free of oil, water, dirt, and rubbish, and
not limited to the following:
shall not be used for storing lubricants, spare parts, tools,
(a) residual pads (antimagnetic pads)
or other items.
(b) lining and running clearances
(c) pins and levers 8.6.4.10 Refastening or Resocketing of Car-Hoisting
(d) springs Ropes on Winding-Drum Machines
(e) sleeves and guide bushings
8.6.4.10.1 General. The hoisting ropes of eleva-
(f) discs and drums
tors having winding-drum driving-machines with 1:1
(g) brake coil and plunger
roping, if of the babbitted rope socket type, shall be
8.6.4.6.2 If any part of the driving machine brake resocketed, or for other type of fastenings, replaced or
is changed or adjusted that can affect the holding capac- moved on the rope to a point above the existing fastening
ity or decelerating capacity of the brake when required at the car ends at intervals no longer than

294
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) 1 year, for machines located over the hoistway. or both, that interfere with operation or function, includ-
(b) 2 years, for machines located below or at the side ing the accumulation of rope lubricant or materials, or
of the hoistway. both, in the grooves of governors or sheaves.
(c) where auxiliary rope-fastening devices conform-
8.6.4.13 Door Systems
ing to 2.20.10 are installed, refastening at the periods
specified is not required, provided that, where such 8.6.4.13.1 General. All landing and car-door or
devices are installed, all hoisting ropes shall be refas- gate mechanical and electrical components shall be
tened on the failure or indication of failure of any rope maintained to ensure safe and proper operation includ-
fastening. ing but not limited to, the following:
(d) where the elevator is equipped with a drum coun- (a) hoistway door interlocks or mechanical locks and
terweight, the fastenings shall be examined for fatigue electric contacts
or damage at the socket. Where fatigue or damage is (b) car door electric contacts or car door interlocks,
detected, the ropes shall be refastened in conformance where required
with 8.6.4.10.2. (c) door reopening devices
8.6.4.10.2 Procedure. In resocketing babbitted (d) vision panels and grilles, where required
rope sockets or replacing other types of fastenings, a (e) hoistway door unlocking devices and escutcheons
sufficient length shall be cut from the end of the rope (f) hangers, tracks, door rollers, up-thrusts, and door
to remove damaged or fatigued portions. The fastenings safety retainers, where required
shall conform to 2.20.9. Where the drum ends of the (g) astragals and resilient members, door space
ropes extend beyond their clamps or sockets, means guards, and sight guards, where required
shall be provided to prevent the rope ends from coming (h) sills and bottom guides, fastenings, condition, and
out of the inside of the drum and to prevent interference engagement
with other parts of the machine. (i) clutches, engaging vanes, retiring cams, and
engaging rollers
8.6.4.10.3 Tags. A legible metal tag shall be (j) interconnecting means
securely attached to one of the wire rope fastenings after
(k) door closers, where required
each resocketing or changing to other types of fastenings
(l) door restrictors, where required
and shall bear the following information:
(a) the name of the person or firm who performed the 8.6.4.13.2 Kinetic Energy and Force Limitation for
resocketing or changing of other types of fastenings and Automatic Closing, Horizontal Sliding Car and Hoistway
(b) the date on which the rope was resocketed or other Doors or Gates. Where a power-operated horizontally
types of fastening changed sliding door is closed by momentary pressure or by
The material and marking of the tags shall conform automatic means, the closing kinetic energy and closing
to 2.16.3.3, except that the height of the letters and figures force shall be maintained to conform to 2.13.4 and 2.13.5.
shall be not less than 1.5 mm (0.0625 in.).
8.6.4.14 Hoistway Access Switches. Hoistway
8.6.4.11 Runby access switches, where provided, shall be maintained.
8.6.4.11.1 The car and counterweight runby shall 8.6.4.15 Car Emergency System. Emergency opera-
be permitted to be reduced (see 2.4.2), provided the car tion of signaling devices (see 2.27), lighting (see 2.14.7),
or counterweight does not strike the buffer, the top car communication (see 2.27.1.1.2, 2.27.1.1.3, and 2.27.1.2)
clearances are not reduced below that required at the and ventilation (see 2.14.2.3), shall be maintained.
time of installation or alteration, and the final terminal-
8.6.4.16 Stopping Accuracy. The elevator shall be
stopping device is still operational (see also 8.6.3.3.3).
maintained to provide a stopping accuracy at the land-
8.6.4.11.2 Where spring-return oil buffers are ings during normal operation as appropriate for the type
provided and compression was permitted with the car of control, in accordance with applicable Code require-
at the terminals (see 2.4.2 and 2.22.4.8), the buffer com- ments.
pression shall not exceed 25% of the buffer stroke.
8.6.4.17 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended (a)
8.6.4.12 Governors Car Movement Protection. Devices for ascending car
overspeed and unintended car movement protection
(ED) 8.6.4.12.1 Governors shall be examined to ensure shall be maintained (see 2.19).
that all seals are intact and manually operated to deter-
mine that all moving parts, including the rope-grip jaws 8.6.4.18 Compensation Sheaves and Switches (07)
and switches, operate freely.
8.6.4.18.1 Suspension and compensation means
8.6.4.12.2 Governors, governor ropes, and all shall be maintained to prevent the compensation sheave
sheaves shall be free from contaminants or obstructions, from reaching the upper or lower limit of travel and to

295
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

prevent unintended actuation of compensation sheave shall be examined and tested to determine conformance
switch(es) during normal operation. with the applicable requirements (2.25) (Items 3.5.2.1
and 3.6.2.1).
(a) 8.6.4.19 Periodic Test Requirements — Category 1
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3. 8.6.4.19.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation. Fir-
efighters’ emergency operation shall be tested to deter-
8.6.4.19.1 Oil Buffers. Car and counterweight
mine conformance with the applicable requirements
buffers shall be tested to determine conformance with
(Division 6).
the applicable plunger return requirements (Item
5.9.2.1). 8.6.4.19.7 Standby or Emergency Power Opera-
tion. Operation of elevators equipped with standby or
8.6.4.19.2 Safeties
emergency power shall be tested to determine confor-
(a) Examinations. All working parts of car and coun-
mance with the applicable requirements (Item 1.17.2.1).
terweight safeties shall be examined to determine that
Tests shall be performed with no load in the car.
they are in satisfactory operating condition and that
they conform to the applicable requirements of 8.7.2.14 8.6.4.19.8 Power Operation of Door System. The
through 8.7.2.28 (see 2.17.10 and 2.17.11; Division 112). closing forces of power-operated hoistway door systems
Check the level of the oil in the oil buffer and the opera- shall be tested to determine conformance with the appli-
tion of the buffer compression-switch on Type C safeties. cable requirements (Item 1.10.2).
(b) Tests. Safeties shall be subjected to the following
tests with no load in the car:
8.6.4.19.9 Broken Rope, Tape, or Chain Switch.
Where a rope, tape, or chain is used to connect the
(1) Type A, B, or C governor-operated safeties shall
motion of the car to the machine room normal limit, the
be operated by manually tripping the governor with the
switch that senses failure of this connection shall be
car operating at the slowest operating speed in the down
tested for compliance with 2.26.2.6 (Item 3.26.1.1).
direction.
In this test, the safety shall bring the car to rest 8.6.4.19.10 The person or firm maintaining the
promptly. equipment shall provide a written checkout procedure
In the case of Type B safeties, the stopping distance and demonstrate that all E/E/PES electrical protective
is not required to conform to 2.17.3. devices operate as intended.
In the case of Type C safeties, full oil buffer compres-
sion is not required. 8.6.4.19.11 Ascending Car Overspeed Protection
In the case of Type A, B, or C safeties employing and Unintended Car Motion Devices. In jurisdictions
rollers or dogs for application of the safety, the rollers enforcing NBCC
or dogs are not required to operate their full travel (Item (a) Examinations. All working parts of ascending car
2.29.2.1). overspeed protection and unintended car motion
(2) Governor-operated wood guide-rail safeties devices shall be examined to determine that they are in
shall be tested by manually tripping the governor with satisfactory operating condition and that they conform
the car at rest and moving the car in the down direction to the applicable requirements of 2.19.1.2(a) and
until it is brought to rest by the safety and the hoisting 2.19.2.2(a).
ropes slip on traction sheaves or become slack on wind- (b) Tests. These devices shall be subjected to tests with
ing drum sheaves (Item 2.29.2.1). no load in the car at the slowest operating speed in the
(3) Type A and wood guide-rail safeties without up direction.
governors which are operated as a result of the breaking 8.6.4.20 Periodic Test Requirements — Category 5 (a)
or slackening of the hoisting ropes shall be tested by
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
obtaining the necessary slack rope to cause it to function
(Item 2.29.2.1). 8.6.4.20.1 Car and Counterweight Safeties. Types
8.6.4.19.3 Governors shall be operated manually A, B, and C car safeties, except those operating on wood
to determine that all parts, including those which impart guide rails, and their governors, shall be tested with
the governor pull-through tension to the governor rope, rated load in the car. Counterweight safety tests shall
operate freely [Item 2.13.2.1(a)]. be made with no load in the car. Tests shall be made by
manually tripping the governor at the rated speed. The
8.6.4.19.4 Slack-Rope Devices on Winding Drum following operational conditions shall be checked (Item
Machines. Slack-rope devices on winding drum 2.29.2.1):
machines shall be operated manually and tested to (a) Type B safeties shall stop the car with the rated
determine conformance with the applicable require- load within the required range of stopping distances for
ments (Item 2.20.2.1). which the governor is tripped (Item 2.29.2.1).
8.6.4.19.5 Normal and Final Terminal Stopping (b) For Type A safeties and Type A safety parts of
Devices. Normal and final terminal stopping devices Type C safeties, there shall be sufficient travel of the

296
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

safety rollers or dogs remaining after the test to bring or standby power shall be examined and tested for con-
the car and its rated load to rest on safety application formance with the applicable requirements (Item
at governor tripping speed. 1.17.2.1).
A metal tag shall be attached to the safety-releasing
carrier in a permanent manner, giving the date of the 8.6.4.20.6 Emergency Terminal Stopping and
safety test, together with the name of the person or firm Speed-Limiting Devices. Emergency terminal
who performed the test. speed-limiting devices, where provided, shall be tested
for conformance with applicable requirements (2.25.4;
8.6.4.20.2 Governors and Item 5.3.2.1). For static control elevators, emergency
(a) The tripping speed of the governor and the speed terminal stopping devices, when provided, shall be
at which the governor overspeed switch, where pro- tested for conformance with applicable requirements
vided, operates shall be tested to determine confor- (2.25.4) (Item 2.28.2.1).
mance with the applicable requirements and the
adjustable means shall be sealed (Item 2.13.2.1). 8.6.4.20.7 Power Opening of Doors. Determine
(b) The governor rope pull-through and pull-out that power opening of car and hoistway doors only
forces shall be tested to determine conformance with occurs when the car is at rest at the landing, or in the
the applicable requirements, and the adjustment means landing zone, except, in the case of static control, check
shall be sealed (Item 2.13.2.1). that power shall not be applied until the car is within
300 mm (12 in.) of the landing (Item 1.10.2).
8.6.4.20.3 Oil Buffers
(a) Car oil buffers shall be tested to determine confor- 8.6.4.20.8 Leveling Zone and Leveling Speed.
mance with the applicable requirements by running the Check that the leveling zone does not exceed the maxi-
car with its rated load onto the buffer at rated speed, mum allowable distance. Check that the leveling speed
except as specified in 8.6.4.20.3(b) and (c) (Item 5.9.2.1). does not exceed 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min). For static control
Counterweight oil buffers shall be tested by running the elevators, the person or firm installing or maintaining
counterweight onto its buffer at rated speed with no the equipment shall provide a written checkout proce-
load in the car, except as specified in 8.6.4.20.3(b) and dure and demonstrate that the leveling speed with the
(c) (Item 5.9.2.1). doors open is limited to a maximum of 0.75 m/s
(b) For reduced stroke buffers, this test shall be made (150 ft/min) and that the speed-limiting (or speed moni-
at the reduced striking speed permitted (Item 5.9.2.1). tor) means is independent of the normal means of con-
(c) This test is not required where a Type C safety is trolling this speed [Item 1.10.2(b)].
used (see 8.6.4.20.1).
(d) In making these tests, the normal and emergency 8.6.4.20.9 Inner Landing Zone. For static control
terminal stopping devices shall be made temporarily elevators, check that the zone in which the car can move
inoperative. The final terminal stopping devices shall with the doors open is not more than 75 mm (3 in.)
remain operative and be temporarily relocated, if neces- above or below the landing (Item 1.10.2.1).
sary, to permit full compression of the buffer during
the test. 8.6.4.20.10 Emergency Stopping Distance. Coun-
(e) After completion of the test, a metal tag, indicating terweight traction elevators shall be tested for traction
the date of the test, together with the name of the person drive limits to ensure that
or firm who performed the test, shall be attached to the (a) during an emergency stop initiated by any of the
buffer [Item 5.3.2(b)]. electrical protective device(s) listed in 2.26.2 (except
2.26.2.13), except buffer switches for oil buffers used
8.6.4.20.4 Braking System. For all passenger ele- with Type C car safeties at the rated speed in the down
vators and all freight elevators, the brake shall be tested direction, with passenger elevators and freight elevators
for compliance with applicable requirements. Place the permitted to carry passengers carrying 125% of their
load as shown in Table 8.6.4.20.4 in the car and run it rated load, or with freight elevators carrying their rated
to the lowest landing by normal operating means. The load, cars shall stop and safely hold the load
driving machine shall safely lower, stop, and hold the
(b) if either the car or the counterweight bottoms on
car with this load. Also, see 8.6.4.20.10(a). Freight eleva-
its buffers or becomes otherwise immovable
tors of Class C2 loading shall sustain and level the eleva-
(1) the ropes shall slip in the drive sheave and not
tor car with the maximum load shown on the freight
elevator loading sign (Item 2.17.2.1). allow the car or counterweight to be raised
For elevators installed under A17.1-2000/B44-00 and (2) the driving system shall stall and not allow the
later editions, have the brake setting verified in accor- car or counterweight to be raised
dance with the data on the brake marking plate. 8.6.4.20.11 Emergency Brake. For passenger ele-
8.6.4.20.5 Emergency and Standby Power Opera- vators and all freight elevators, the emergency brake
tion. Operation of elevators equipped with emergency shall be tested for compliance with 2.19.3.2.

297
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Table 8.6.4.20.4 Brake Test Loads


Class of Service Not Permitted to Carry Passengers Permitted to Carry Passengers

Passenger Not applicable 125% rated load


Freight Rated load 125% rated load
One Piece Load by 2.16.7 Rated load or one piece load, 125% rated load or one piece load,
whichever is greater whichever is greater

(a) 8.6.5 Maintenance and Testing of Hydraulic be replaced. Replacements shall conform to 3.19.3.3.1(a)
Elevators through (e) and 3.19.3.3.2.
The maintenance and testing of hydraulic elevators 8.6.5.7 Record of Oil Usage. For systems where the (a)
shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3, and the applicable part of cylinder and/or piping is not exposed for visible
requirements of 8.6.4 and 8.6.5. examination, a written record shall be kept of the quan-
tity of hydraulic fluid added to the system and emptied
8.6.5.1 Pressure Tanks
from leakage collection containers and pans. The written
(ED) 8.6.5.1.1 Cleaning. Pressure tanks shall be thor- record shall be kept in the machine room. When the
oughly cleaned internally at least every 3 years and prior quantity of hydraulic fluid loss cannot be accounted for,
to the inspection and test required by 8.6.5.15. the test specified in 8.6.5.14.1 and 8.6.5.14.2 shall be
made.
8.6.5.1.2 Level. The liquid level in pressure tanks
should be maintained at about two-thirds of the capacity 8.6.5.8 Safety Bulkhead. Hydraulic cylinders
of the tank. installed below ground shall conform to 3.18.3.4, or the
elevator shall conform to 8.6.5.8(a) or 8.6.5.8(b):
(ED) 8.6.5.2 Piston Rods. Piston rods of roped-hydraulic (a) the elevator shall be provided with car safeties
elevators shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to the test conforming to 3.17.1 and guide rails, guide-rail supports,
required by 8.6.5.15. and fastenings conforming to 3.23.1; or
(a) 8.6.5.3 Water-Hydraulic Plungers. Plungers of (b) the elevator shall be provided with a plunger grip-
water-hydraulic elevators shall be thoroughly cleaned per conforming to 3.17.3. The plunger gripper shall grip
to remove any buildup of rust and scale prior to the test the plunger when the applicable maximum governor
required by 8.6.5.15. tripping speed in Table 2.18.2.1 is achieved.

8.6.5.4 Tank Levels. The level of oil in the oil tanks 8.6.5.9 Relief-Valve Setting. The relief-valve adjust-
shall be checked and, where necessary, adjusted to com- ment shall be examined to ensure that the seal is intact.
ply with the prescribed minimum and maximum level. If the relief-valve seal is not intact, checks shall be con-
ducted in accordance with 8.11.3.2.1.
8.6.5.5 Gland Packings and Seals
8.6.5.10 Runby and Clearances After Reroping or
8.6.5.5.1 Examination and Maintenance. Where Shortening. The minimum car and counterweight
valves and cylinders use packing glands or seals, they clearances and runby shall be maintained in compliance
shall be examined and maintained to prevent excessive with the applicable code when replacement suspension
loss of fluid. ropes are installed or when existing suspension ropes
(a) 8.6.5.5.2 Collection of Oil Leakage. Oil leakage are shortened.
collected from each cylinder head seals or packing gland 8.6.5.11 Cylinder Corrosion Protection and Moni-
shall not exceed 19 L (5 gal) before removal. The con- toring
tainer shall be covered and shall not be permitted to
overflow. 8.6.5.11.1 Corrosion Protection Monitoring.
Where monitored cylinder corrosion protection is
8.6.5.6 Flexible Hoses and Fittings. Flexible hose required, the monitoring means shall be examined and
and fittings assemblies installed between the check valve maintained.
or control valve and the cylinder, and that are not
equipped with an overspeed valve conforming to 8.6.5.11.2 Corrosion Protection Loss. If the moni-
3.19.4.7, shall be replaced not more than 6 years beyond toring means detects that loss of corrosion protection
the installation date. Existing hose assemblies that do has occurred, the means of corrosion protection shall be
not indicate an installation or replacement date shall repaired or replaced.

298
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.6.5.12 Anticreep and Low Oil Protection. The to outer hose covering sufficient to expose reinforce-
anticreep function and low oil protection shall be main- ment, or bulging, or distortions of the hose body is cause
tained to operate in compliance with the applicable code. for replacement.
(a) 8.6.5.13 Overspeed Valve Setting. All elevators pro- CAUTION: If the motor protection or motor overloads trip dur-
vided with field adjustable overspeed valves shall have ing this test, DO NOT change the adjustment or jumper the
overloads. Damage to the motor can result from running the
the adjustment means examined to ensure the seal is motor without adequate overload protection.
intact. If the overspeed adjustment seal is not intact,
compliance with 8.11.3.4.5 shall be verified and a new 8.6.5.14.5 Pressure Switch. The pressure switch
seal shall be installed. and its related circuits shall be tested for conformance
with applicable requirements (3.26.8) (Item 2.37).
(a) 8.6.5.14 Periodic Test Requirements — Category 1
8.6.5.15 Periodic Test Requirements — Category 3 (a)
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
8.6.5.14.1 Relief Valve Setting and System Pressure
Test. The relief valve setting shall be tested to determine 8.6.5.15.1 Unexposed Portions of Pistons. Piston
that it will bypass the full output of the pump before rods of roped-hydraulic elevators shall be exposed, thor-
the pressure exceeds 150% of the working pressure and oughly cleaned, and examined for wear or corrosion.
that the system will withstand this pressure. It shall be The piston rods shall be replaced if at any place the
sealed if the relief valve setting is altered or if the seal diameter is less than the root diameter of the threads
is broken (Item 2.31). (Item 5.11).
8.6.5.15.2 Pressure Vessels. Pressure vessels shall
8.6.5.14.2 Cylinders and Pressure Piping. This test
be checked to determine conformance with the applica-
shall be performed after the relief valve setting and
ble requirements, thoroughly cleaned, internally exam-
system pressure test in 8.6.5.14.1.
ined, and then subjected to a hydrostatic test at 150%
(a) Cylinders and pressure piping which are exposed
of the working pressure for 1 min (3.24.4) (Item 2.33).
shall be visually examined.
(b) Cylinders and pressure piping which are not 8.6.5.16 Periodic Test Requirements — Category 5 (a)
exposed shall be tested for leakage, which cannot be NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
accounted for by the visual examination in 8.6.5.14.2(a)
(Item 2.36.2). 8.6.5.16.1 Governors, safeties, and oil buffers,
The duration of the test shall be for a minimum of where provided, shall be inspected and tested as speci-
15 min (Item 2.36.2). fied in 8.6.4.20.1, 8.6.4.20.2, and 8.6.4.20.3 at intervals
specified by the authority having jurisdiction. Where
8.6.5.14.3 Additional Tests. The following tests activation is allowed or required both by overspeed and
shall also be performed: slack rope, the safety shall have both means of activation
(a) Normal and Final Terminal Stopping Devices tested.
(8.6.4.20.5) (Item 3.5)
8.6.5.16.2 Coated ropes shall be required to have
(b) Governors (8.6.4.18.3) (Item 2.13)
a magnetic flux test capable of detecting broken wires,
(c) Safeties (8.6.4.18.2)
in addition to a visual examination.
(d) Oil Buffers (8.6.4.18.1) (Items 3.29 and 5.8)
(e) Firefighters’ Emergency Operation (8.6.4.18.6) 8.6.5.16.3 Wire rope fastenings shall be exam-
(Items 6.3 and 6.4) ined in accordance with Item 3.23 of A17.2. Fastenings
(f ) Standby or Emergency Power Operation on roped-hydraulic elevators utilizing pistons that are
(8.6.4.18.7) (Item 1.17) hidden by cylinder head seals shall also be examined,
even if it is temporarily necessary to support the car by
NOTE: Absorption of regenerated power (2.26.10) does not apply other means and disassemble the cylinder head.
to hydraulic elevators.
8.6.5.16.4 A plunger gripper, where provided,
(g) Power Operations of Door System (8.6.4.18.8) shall be examined and tested per 8.10.3.2.5(n).
(Items 4.6 and 4.7)
(h) Emergency Terminal Speed-Limiting Device and 8.6.5.16.5 Overspeed valves, where provided,
Emergency Terminal Stopping Device (3.25.2) (Item 3.6) shall be inspected and tested to verify that they will
(i) Low Oil Protection Operation (3.26.9) (Item 2.23.2) stop the car, traveling down with rated load, within the
specified limits of 3.19.4.7.5(a) using a written procedure
8.6.5.14.4 Flexible Hose and Fitting Assemblies. supplied by the valve manufacturer or the person or
Flexible hose and fitting assemblies shall be tested at firm maintaining the equipment. If the seal has been
the relief valve setting pressure for a minimum of 30 s. altered or broken, the overspeed valve shall be resealed
Any signs of leakage, slippage of hose fittings, damage after successful test.

299
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.6.5.16.6 Freight elevators of Class C2 loading requirements shall apply to the corresponding require-
shall sustain and level the elevator car with the maxi- ments in 5.1. Any additional requirements for this equip-
mum load shown on the freight elevator loading sign ment shall also be checked during these tests.
(Item 2.17.2.2).
8.6.7.2 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators.
(a) 8.6.6 Maintenance and Testing of Elevators With The maintenance of limited-use/limited-application ele-
Other Types of Driving Machines vators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the appli-
cable requirements of 8.6.
8.6.6.1 Rack-and-Pinion Elevators. The mainte-
nance of rack-and-pinion elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 8.6.7.2.1 Periodic Test. Limited-use/limited- (a)
through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of 8.6. applications elevators shall be subject to the applicable
Where the car and/or counterweight safeties are sealed periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14
to prevent field adjustment and examination, they shall through 8.6.5.16. The test requirements shall apply to
be returned to the manufacturer for replacement of com- the corresponding requirements of 5.2. Any additional
ponents and calibration at the interval recommended by requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
the manufacturer. A data plate shall be installed to show during these tests.
the date that the next maintenance/calibration is due.
8.6.7.3 Private Residence Elevators. The mainte-
(a) 8.6.6.1.1 Rack-and-Pinion Elevator Periodic Test. nance of private residence elevators shall conform to
Rack-and-pinion elevators shall be subject to the applica- 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of
ble periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.
8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test requirements shall
apply to the corresponding requirements of 4.1. Any 8.6.7.3.1 Periodic Test. Private residence elevators (a)
additional requirements for this equipment shall also be and lifts should be subject to the periodic tests specified
checked during these tests. in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The
test requirements shall apply to the corresponding
8.6.6.2 Screw-Column Elevators. The maintenance requirements in 5.3. Any additional requirements for this
of screw-column elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through equipment should also be checked during these tests.
8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of 8.6.
8.6.7.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators. The
(a) 8.6.6.2.1 Screw-Column Elevator Periodic Test.
maintenance of private residence inclined elevators shall
Screw-column elevators shall be subject to the applicable
conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable
periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14
requirements of 8.6.
through 8.6.5.16. The test requirements shall apply to
the corresponding requirements of 4.2. Any additional 8.6.7.4.1 Periodic Test. Private residence inclined (a)
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked elevators and lifts should be subject to the periodic tests
during these tests. specified in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through
8.6.6.3 Hand Elevators. The maintenance of hand 8.6.5.16. The test requirements shall apply to the corres-
elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the ponding requirements in 5.4. Any additional require-
applicable requirements of 8.6. ments for this equipment should also be checked during
these tests.
(a) 8.6.6.3.1 Hand Elevator Periodic Test. Hand eleva-
tors shall be subject to the applicable periodic tests speci- 8.6.7.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators. The maintenance
fied in 8.6.4.19 and 8.6.4.20. The test requirements shall of power sidewalk elevators shall conform to 8.6.1
apply to the corresponding requirements in 4.3. Any through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements of 8.6.
additional requirements for this equipment shall also be
8.6.7.5.1 Periodic Test. Sidewalk elevators shall (a)
checked during these tests. The driving-machine brake
be subject to the applicable periodic tests specified in
required by 4.3.19.2 shall be tested with both empty car
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test
and rated load in the car.
requirements shall apply to the corresponding require-
(a) 8.6.7 Maintenance and Testing of Special ments in 5.5. Any additional requirements for this equip-
Application Elevators ment shall also be checked during these tests.

8.6.7.1 Inclined Elevators. The maintenance of 8.6.7.6 Rooftop Elevators. The maintenance of roof-
inclined elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 top elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and
and the applicable requirements of 8.6. the applicable requirements of 8.6.

(a) 8.6.7.1.1 Periodic Test. Inclined elevators shall be 8.6.7.6.1 Periodic Test. Rooftop elevators shall be (a)
subject to the applicable periodic tests specified in subject to the applicable periodic tests specified in
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test

300
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

requirements shall apply to the corresponding require- requirements shall apply to the corresponding require-
ments of 5.6. Any additional requirements for this equip- ments of 5.9. Any additional requirements for this equip-
ment shall also be checked during these tests. ment shall also be checked during these tests.

8.6.7.7 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. The 8.6.7.10 Elevators Used for Construction. The main-
maintenance of special-purpose personnel elevators tenance of elevators used for construction shall conform
shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable requirements
requirements of 8.6. of 8.6.

(a) 8.6.7.7.1 Periodic Test. Special purpose personnel 8.6.7.10.1 Periodic Test Requirements — (a)
elevators shall be subject to the applicable tests specified Category 1. For electric elevators, test as specified in
in 8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The 8.6.4.19.1 through 8.6.4.19.5. For hydraulic elevators, test
test requirements shall apply to the corresponding as specified in 8.6.5.14.1, 8.6.5.14.2, 8.6.5.14.3(a) through
requirements in 5.7. Any additional requirements for (d), and 8.6.5.14.4.
this equipment shall also be checked during these tests. Where permanent doors have been installed, test as
specified in 8.6.4.19.8.
8.6.7.8 Shipboard Elevators. The maintenance of
shipboard elevators shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 8.6.7.10.2 Periodic Test Requirements — (a)
and the applicable requirements of 8.6. Category 3. For hydraulic elevators, test as specified in
8.6.5.15.
(a) 8.6.7.8.1 Periodic Test. Shipboard elevators shall
8.6.7.10.3 Periodic Test Requirements — (a)
be subject to the applicable periodic tests specified in
Category 5. For electric elevators, test as specified in
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test
8.6.4.20.1 through 8.6.4.20.4, and 8.6.4.20.6. For hydraulic
requirements shall apply to the corresponding require-
elevators, test as specified in 8.6.5.16.
ments of 5.8. Any additional requirements for this equip-
ment shall also be checked during these tests. 8.6.8 Maintenance and Testing of Escalators and (a)
8.6.7.9 Mine Elevators Moving Walkls
The maintenance of escalators shall conform to 8.6.1
8.6.7.9.1 Rails on mine elevators shall be kept
through 8.6.3 and 8.6.8.
free of rust and scale, that will prevent proper operation
of the car (or counterweight) safety device. 8.6.8.1 Handrails. Handrails shall operate at the (a)
speed specified in the applicable codes. The handrail
8.6.7.9.2 Oil buffers that are installed on eleva- speed monitoring device, when provided, shall cause
tors where water can accumulate in the pit shall be electric power to be removed from the driving-machine
checked every 60 days for accumulation of water. motor and brake when the speed of either handrail devi-
8.6.7.9.3 The mine elevator hoistway shall be ates from the step speed by 15% or more and continu-
maintained to minimize the entry of water and forma- ously within a 2 s to 6 s range. Cracked or damaged
tion of ice, that would interfere with the operation of handrails that present a pinching effect shall be repaired
the elevator. or replaced. Splicing of handrails shall be done in such
a manner that the joint is free of pinching effect.
(a) 8.6.7.9.4 Suspension, Compensating, and Governor
8.6.8.2 Step-to-Skirt Clearance. Clearances shall be
Ropes. When elevator suspension, compensating, or
maintained in compliance with the applicable codes.
governor ropes show deterioration caused by corrosion,
Alternatively, the clearance on either side of the steps
the replacement wire ropes shall be constructed of elec-
and between the steps and the adjacent skirt guard shall
trogalvanized or other types of corrosion resistant mate-
not exceed 4 mm (0.16 in.) and the sum of the clearances
rial suitable for the environment and application. The
on both sides shall not exceed 7 mm (0.28 in.).
installation shall conform to 8.7.2.21 for suspension
ropes and 8.7.2.19 for governor ropes. NOTE: The allowable clearances are applicable as follows:
Where emergency replacement of wire ropes is (a) ASME A17.1-1955 through A17.1d-1970; not more than
required, noncorrosion resistant wire ropes shall be per- 4.8 mm (0.1875 in.) with a total of both sides not more than 6.4 mm
(0.25 in.), except where skirt obstruction devices are installed at the
mitted to be installed for temporary use. These emer-
lower entrance for escalators installed under the ASME A17.1-1965
gency replacement noncorrosion resistant wire ropes through A17.1d-1970.
shall be replaced by corrosion resistant wire ropes within (b) ASME A17.1-1971 through A17.1-1979 editions: not more
one year of installation. than 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) on each side.
(c) ASME A17.1-1980 through A17.1c-1999 and ASME A17.3:
(a) 8.6.7.9.5 Periodic Test. Mine elevators shall be not more than 4.8 mm (0.1875 in.) on each side.
subject to the applicable periodic tests specified in (d) For equipment installed under ASME A17.1d-2000 and later
8.6.4.19, 8.6.4.20, and 8.6.5.14 through 8.6.5.16. The test editions, the clearance (loaded gap) not more than 5 mm (0.2 in.)

301
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

when 110 N (25 lbf) force is laterally applied from the step to the 8.6.8.3.2 The step/skirt performance index poly-
adjacent skirt panel. See 6.1.3.3.5. carbonate test specimen shall conform to the following
NOTE (on CSA B44 Requirements): The allowable clearances are specifications:
applicable as follows: (a) Material: Polycarbonate without fillers
(a) B44-1960 through B44S3-1982 — not more than 4.8 mm (b) Color: Natural, no pigments
(0.1875 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more than 6.4 mm (c) Finish: Glossy (roughness less than 0.8 ␮m
(0.25 in.).
(32 ␮in.)
(b) B44-1985 through B44S2-1998 — Not more than 5 mm
(0.197 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more than 6 mm
(d) Area in contact with skirt panel: 2 900 ± 325 mm2
(0.236 in.). (4.5 ± 0.5 in.2) and at least 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) thick
(c) For equipment installed under CSA B44-00 — not more than (e) Specification: GE Lexan 100 series or equivalent
4 mm (0.157 in.) on each side. Sum of both sides not more than polycarbonate
7 mm (0.28 in.)
(d) For equipment installed under CSA B44-00 Update 1 and 8.6.8.3.3 The escalator step/skirt performance
later editions — clearance (loaded gap) shall be not more than index shall be one of the following, whichever is appli-
5 mm (0.2 in.) when 110 N (25 lbf) force is laterally applied from cable:
the step to the adjacent skirt panel. See 6.1.3.3.5. (a) ≤ 0.15
8.6.8.3 Step/Skirt Performance Index (b) ≤ 0.25 for escalators installed under
ASME A17.1a-2002 and later editions and when a skirt
8.6.8.3.1 The step/skirt performance index, deflector device complying with the requirements of
when the escalator is subjected to the test specified in 6.1.3.3.7 is provided
8.11.4.2.19, shall be the maximum value of the recorded (c) ≤ 0.4 for escalators installed under
instantaneous step/skirt index ey/(ey + 1), where ASME A17.1-2000 and earlier editions and a skirt deflec-
tor device is provided
(SI Units)
e p 2.7183 8.6.8.4 Combplates
y p −3.77 + 2.37 (␮) + 0.37 (Lg) 8.6.8.4.1 Combs with any broken teeth shall be
␮ p the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo- repaired or replaced. Where two adjacent teeth are miss-
nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the ing, the escalator shall be removed from operation.
measurement point calculated when subjected
to a 110 N normal load. The coefficient of fric- 8.6.8.4.2 Combs shall be adjusted and main-
tion shall be measured without addition of any tained in mesh with the slots in the step surface so
field-applied lubricant. that the points of the teeth are always below the upper
Lg p the clearance between the step and the adjacent surface of the treads.
skirt panel when 110 N is applied from the step 8.6.8.4.3 For units installed under A17.1b-1992
to skirt panel, mm and later editions of the Code, comb-step impact devices
shall be adjusted to operate in compliance with the forces
The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N by
specified in 6.1.6.3.13.
more than ±11 N. The load shall be distributed over a
round or square area not less than 1 940 mm2 and not 8.6.8.5 Escalator Skirt Panels. The exposed surface
more than 3 870 mm2. of the skirt panels adjacent to the steps, if not made
from, shall be treated with, a friction-reducing material.
(Imperial Units) Damaged skirt or dynamic skirt panels shall be replaced
e p 2.7183 or repaired.
y p −3.77 + 2.37 (␮) + 9.3 (Lg)
␮ p the sliding coefficient of friction of a polycarbo- 8.6.8.6 Steps
nate test specimen on the skirt panel at the 8.6.8.6.1 Steps with broken treads shall be
measurement point calculated when subjected repaired or replaced.
to a 25 lbf normal load. The coefficient of fric-
tion shall be measured without addition of any 8.6.8.6.2 Steps with dented or damaged risers
field-applied lubricant. shall be repaired or replaced.
Lg p the clearance between the step and the adjacent 8.6.8.6.3 Steps that are worn or damaged and
skirt panel when 25 lbf is applied from the step that do not provide proper engagement with the
to skirt panel, in. combplates shall be repaired or replaced.
The applied load shall not deviate from 25 lbf by more 8.6.8.6.4 The width or depth of the slots in the
than ±2.5 lbf. The load shall be distributed over a round tread surface of steps that do not meet the applicable
or square area not less than 3 in.2 and not more than 6 in.2 Code requirements shall be repaired or replaced.

302
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.6.8.15.7 Reversal Stop Switch. The reversal stop


8.6.8.7 Rollers, Tracks, and Chains. Rollers, tracks,
switch (to prevent reversal when operating in the
and chains shall be examined, repaired, or replaced
ascending direction) shall be tested by manually
when necessary to ensure required clearances.
operating it to determine that it functions properly
8.6.8.8 Signs. Caution signs shall be provided in (Items 8.7 and 10.7).
compliance with 6.1.6.9. Damaged or missing signs shall If the device cannot be manually operated, the person
be replaced. Additional signs, if provided, shall comply or firm maintaining the equipment shall provide a writ-
with 6.1.6.9. ten checkout procedure and demonstrate the device
complies with the requirements of the Code.
8.6.8.9 Guards at Ceiling Intersections. Damaged
or missing guards shall be repaired or replaced in com- 8.6.8.15.8 Broken Step-Chain or Treadway Device.
pliance with 6.1.3.3.9. The broken or slack step-chain or treadway device shall
be tested by manual operation (Items 8.8 and 10.8).
8.6.8.10 Antislide Devices. Damaged or missing
antislide devices shall be repaired or replaced. 8.6.8.15.9 Step Upthrust Device. The operation of
the step upthrust device shall be tested by manually
8.6.8.11 Handrail Guards. Damaged or missing
displacing the step, causing the device to operate (Items
hand or finger guards shall be repaired or replaced.
7.9 and 8.9).
8.6.8.12 Brakes. Brakes shall be maintained in com-
pliance with the applicable requirements of 8.6.4.6, and 8.6.8.15.10 Missing Step or Pallet Device. The
adjusted to the torque shown on the data plate, where missing step or pallet device shall be tested by removing
provided. a step or pallet and verifying that the device will prop-
erly function (Items 8.10 and 10.10).
8.6.8.13 Cleaning. The interiors of escalators and
their components shall be cleaned to prevent an accumu- 8.6.8.15.11 Step or Pallet Level Device. The step,
lation of oil, grease, lint, dirt, and refuse. The frequency or pallet level device shall be tested by simulating an
of the cleaning will depend on service and conditions, out of level step or pallet and verifying that the device
but an examination to determine if cleaning is necessary functions properly (Items 8.11 and 10.11).
shall be required at least once a year. 8.6.8.15.12 Steps, Pallet, Step or Pallet Chain, and
8.6.8.14 Entrance and Egress Ends. Escalator land- Trusses. The steps, pallet, step or pallet chain, and
ing plates shall be properly secured in place. Landing trusses shall be visually examined for structural defects,
plates shall be kept free of tripping hazards and main- mechanical condition, and buildup of combustible mate-
tained to provide a secure foothold. All required rials (Items 8.12 and 10.12).
entrance and exit safety zones shall be kept free from 8.6.8.15.13 Handrail Safety Systems. The hand-
obstructions. rail operating system shall be visually examined for
(a) 8.6.8.15 Periodic Test Requirements — Category 1 condition. The handrail entry device, and the stopped
handrail or handrail speed monitoring device, shall be
NOTE: For test frequency, see 8.11.1.3. tested by disconnecting of handrail motion sensor (Items
8.6.8.15.1 Machine Space. The machine space 8.13 and 10.13).
access, lighting, receptacles, operation, and conditions The person or firm maintaining the equipment shall
shall be examined (Items 8.1 and 10.1). provide a written checkout procedure and demonstrate
that the handrail speed does not change when a
8.6.8.15.2 Stop Switch. The machine space stop retarding force, up to the maximum required by code,
switches shall be tested (Items 8.2 and 10.2). is applied opposite to the direction of travel (Items 7.3
8.6.8.15.3 Controller and Wiring. Controller and and 9.3).
wiring shall be examined (Items 8.3 and 10.3). 8.6.8.15.14 For outdoor escalators and moving
8.6.8.15.4 Drive Machine and Brake. The drive walks that require heaters, test the heaters for condition
machine and brakes shall be examined and tested, and operation (Items 8.3 and 10.3).
including test of the brake torque (Items 8.4 and 10.4).
8.6.8.15.15 Permissible Stretch in Escalator
8.6.8.15.5 Speed Governor. The mechanical speed Chains. Escalators shall have periodic examination of
governor, if required, shall be tested by manually the clearance between successive steps to detect wear
operating the trip mechanism (Items 8.5 and 10.5). or stretch of the step chains. The clearance shall not
exceed 6 mm (0.25 in.) (Item 7.9).
8.6.8.15.6 Broken Drive-Chain Device. Operation
of the broken drive-chain device, on the drive chain, 8.6.8.15.16 Disconnected Motor Safety Device.
shall be tested by manually operating the actuating Operation of the device shall be tested and verified (see
mechanism (Items 8.6 and 10.6). 6.1.6.3.10 or 6.2.6.3.8) (Item 8.6 or 10.6).

302.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Fig. 8.6.8.15.19(e) 8.6.8.15.20 Clearance Between Step and Skirt


(Loaded Gap). Escalators installed under ASME
A17.1d–2000 shall be tested as follows (Item 7.17):
Step nose (a) Loaded gap measurements shall be taken at inter-
vals not exceeding 300 mm (12 in.) in transition region
(6.1.3.6.5) and before the steps are fully extended. These
measurements shall be made independently on each side
of the escalator.
25 mm (b) The applied load shall not deviate from 110 N
(1 in.) (25 lbf) by more than ±11 N (2.5 lbf) (6.1.3.3.5). The load
shall be distributed over a round or square area no less
100 mm Step nose line than 1 940 mm2 (3 in.2) and no more than 3 870 mm2
(4 in.)
(6 in.2).
(c) For the loaded gap measurements, the center of
250 mm the applied load shall be between 25 mm (1 in.) and
(10 in.)
100 mm (4 in.) below the nose line of the steps. The
center of the applied load shall be not more than 250 mm
(10 in.) from the nose of the step. See Fig. 8.6.8.15.19(e).
8.6.8.15.17 Response to Smoke Detectors (6.1.6.8
or 6.2.6.7) (Items 8.15 and 10.15) 8.6.8.15.21 Inspection control devices shall be
tested and inspected to determine conformance with
8.6.8.15.18 Comb-Step or Comb-Pallet Impact
the requirements of 6.1.6.2.2 for escalators and 6.2.6.2.2
Device
for moving walks.
8.6.8.15.19 Step/Skirt Performance Index 8.6.8.15.22 Step Lateral Displacement Device
(a) The escalator skirt shall not be cleaned, lubricated, (6.1.6.3.14). For curved escalators, manually test the
or otherwise modified in preparation for testing. The device.
escalator instantaneous step/skirt index measurements
[6.1.3.3.7(a)] shall be recorded at intervals no larger than 8.6.9 Maintenance of Moving Walks
150 mm (6 in.) from each side of two distinct steps along The maintenance of moving walks shall conform to
the inclined portion of the escalator, where the steps 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and 8.6.9.
are fully extended. Test steps shall be separated by a
minimum of 8 steps. 8.6.9.1 Handrails. Handrails shall operate at the (a)

(b) A load of 110 N (25 lbf) shall be laterally applied speed specified in applicable codes. The handrail speed
from the step to the adjacent skirt panel. The applied monitoring device, when provided, shall cause electric
load shall not deviate from 110 N (25 lbf) by more than power to be removed from the driving-machine motor
±11 N (2.5 lbf). The load shall be distributed over a and brake when the speed of either handrail deviates
round or square area not less than 1 940 mm2 (3 in.2) from the treadway by 15% or more and continuously
and not more than 3 870 mm2 (6 in.2). within a 2 s to 6 s range. Cracked or damaged handrails
that present a pinching effect shall be repaired or
(c) No vertical load exceeding 220 N (50 lbf) shall be
replaced. Splicing of handrails shall be done in such a
applied to the test step and adjacent steps.
manner that the joint is free of pinching effect.
(d) The coefficient of friction shall be measured with
the test specimen conforming to the requirements of 8.6.9.2 Combplates
6.1.3.3.7(b) sliding in the direction of the step motion 8.6.9.2.1 Combs with any broken teeth shall be
under a 110 N (25 lbf) normal force at the operating repaired or replaced.
speed of the escalator and shall be measured with
devices having sensitivity better than ±2.2 N (0.5 lbf). 8.6.9.2.2 Combs shall be adjusted and main-
The direction of step motion shall be the direction of tained in mesh with the slots in the treadway surface
normal operation. If the escalator is operated in both so that the points of the teeth are always below the upper
directions, the down direction shall be used for the test. surface of the treads.
(e) For both the coefficient of friction measurement 8.6.9.2.3 For units installed under A17.1b–1992
and the loaded gap measurements, the center of the and later editions of the Code, comb-pallet impact
applied load shall be between 25 mm (1 in.) and 100 mm devices shall be adjusted to operate in compliance with
(4 in.) below the nose line of the steps. The center of the forces specified in 6.2.6.3.11.
the applied load shall be not more than 250 mm (10 in.)
from the nose of the step. See Fig. 8.6.8.15.19(e). 8.6.9.3 Pallets
(f) The step/skirt performance index shall conform 8.6.9.3.1 Pallets with broken treads shall be
to the requirements in 6.1.3.3.7 and 8.6.8.3 (Item 7.17). repaired or replaced.

302.2
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.6.9.3.2 Intermeshing moving walk pallets that 8.6.10 Maintenance and Testing of Dumbwaiters and (a)
are damaged at the mesh shall be repaired or replaced. Material Lifts
8.6.9.3.3 Pallets that are worn or damaged and 8.6.10.1 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters Without (a)
that do not provide proper engagement with the Automatic Transfer Devices. The maintenance of mate-
combplates shall be repaired or replaced. rial lifts and dumbwaiters without automatic transfer
devices shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the
8.6.9.3.4 The width or depth of the slots in the applicable requirements of 8.6.
tread surface of pallets that do not meet the applicable
Code requirements shall be repaired or replaced. 8.6.10.1.1 Periodic Test. Dumbwaiters shall be
subject to the applicable periodic tests specified in
8.6.9.4 Rollers, Tracks, and Chains. Rollers, tracks, 8.6.4.19 and 8.6.5.14. The test requirements shall apply
and chains shall be examined, repaired, or replaced to the corresponding requirements in Part 7. Any addi-
when necessary to ensure required clearances. tional requirements for this equipment shall also be
8.6.9.5 Belt-Type Treadway. Belt-type treadways checked during these tests.
that are damaged or worn in such a manner that the On winding drum machines, the slack-rope devices
treadway does not provide a continuous unbroken required by 2.26.2.1 shall be permitted to be tested as
treadway surface or proper engagement with the com- specified in Item 2.18. The driving-machine brake shall
bplates shall be repaired or replaced. be tested to determine conformance with 7.2.10 (Item
2.18).
8.6.9.6 Signs. Caution signs shall be provided in
8.6.10.2 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With Auto-
compliance with 6.2.6.8. Damaged or missing signs shall
matic Transfer Devices. The maintenance of material
be replaced. Additional signs, if provided, shall comply
lifts and dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices
with 6.2.6.8.
shall conform to 8.6.1 through 8.6.3 and the applicable
8.6.9.7 Guards at Ceiling Intersections. Damaged requirements of 8.6.
or missing guards shall be repaired or replaced in com-
8.6.10.2.1 Periodic Test. Material lifts and dumb- (a)
pliance with 6.2.3.3.7.
waiters with automatic transfer devices shall be subject
8.6.9.8 Antislide Devices. Damaged or missing anti- to the applicable periodic tests specified in 8.6.4.19 and
slide devices shall be repaired or replaced. 8.6.5.14. The test requirements shall apply to the corres-
ponding requirements in Part 7. Any additional require-
8.6.9.9 Handrail Guards. Damaged or missing hand ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
or finger guards shall be repaired or replaced. these tests.
8.6.9.10 Brakes. Brakes shall be maintained in com- 8.6.11 Special Provisions
pliance with the applicable requirements of 8.6.4.6, and
adjusted to the torque shown on the data plate, where 8.6.11.1 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation. All ele- (a)
provided. vators provided with firefighters’ emergency operation
shall be subjected monthly, by authorized personnel, to
8.6.9.11 Cleaning. The interiors of moving walks, Phase I recall by use of the key switch, and a minimum
and their components shall be cleaned to prevent an of one-floor operation on Phase II, except in jurisdictions
accumulation of oil, grease, lint, dirt, and refuse. The enforcing the NBCC. Deficiencies shall be corrected. A
frequency of the cleaning will depend on service and record of findings shall be available to elevator personnel
conditions, but an examination to determine if cleaning and the authority having jurisdiction.
is necessary shall be required at least once a year.
8.6.11.2 Access Keys. Keys required for access,
8.6.9.12 Entrance and Egress Ends. Moving walk operation, inspection, maintenance, repair, and emer-
landing plates shall be properly secured in place. Land- gency access shall be made available only to personnel
ing plates shall be kept free of tripping hazards and in the assigned security level, in accordance with 8.1.
maintained to provide a secure foothold. All required
entrance and exit safety zones shall be kept free from 8.6.11.3 Cleaning of a Car and Hoistway Transparent
obstructions. Enclosure
8.6.11.3.1 The cleaning of the exterior of trans-
8.6.9.13 Clearances. The clearance between each
parent car enclosures or transparent hoistway enclosures
side of the treadway and the adjacent skirt panels, when
from inside the hoistway shall be performed only by
provided, shall be maintained in compliance with
authorized personnel (see 1.3) trained in compliance
6.2.3.3.6. The clearance between the top surface of the
with the procedures specified in 8.6.11.3.2 and 8.6.11.3.3.
treadway and the underside of the balustrade shall be
maintained in compliance with 6.2.3.3.5 for skirtless bal- 8.6.11.3.2 A written cleaning procedure shall be
ustrades. made and kept on the premises where the elevator is

302.3
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

located and shall be available to the authority having on the unit or about to board. Run the unit away from
jurisdiction. the landing.
(b) Verify correct operation of the starting switch.
8.6.11.3.3 The procedure shall identify the haz-
(c) Verify correct operation of the stop buttons.
ards and detail the safety precautions to be utilized.
(d) Verify correct operation of each stop button cover
8.6.11.3.4 All personnel assigned to cleaning alarm, if furnished.
shall be given a copy of these procedures and all neces- (e) Visually examine the steps or treadway for dam-
sary training to assure that they understand and comply aged or missing components; combplates for broken or
with the procedures. missing teeth; skirt or dynamic skirt panels and balus-
trades for damage.
8.6.11.3.5 A record of authorized personnel
trained as specified in 8.6.11.3.4 shall be kept on the (f) Verify that both handrails travel at substantially
premises where the elevator is located and shall be avail- the same speed as the steps or the treadway, are free
able to the authority having jurisdiction. from damage or pinch points, and that entry guards are
in place.
8.6.11.4 Emergency Evacuation Procedures for Ele- (g) Visually verify that all steps, pallets, or the
vators treadway is properly positioned.
8.6.11.4.1 The evacuation of passengers from (h) Verify that ceiling intersection guards, anti-slide
stalled elevators shall be performed only by authorized, devices, deck barricades, and caution signs are securely
elevator and emergency personnel (see 1.3) in compli- in place.
ance with the procedures specified in 8.6.11.4.2 through (i) Verify that demarcation lighting is illuminated, if
8.6.11.4.6. furnished.
(j) Check for uniform lighting on steps/tread not con-
8.6.11.4.2 A written emergency evacuation pro- trasting with surrounding areas.
cedure shall be made and kept on the premises where (k) Verify that the safety zone is clear of obstacles and
an elevator is located. that the landing area and adjacent floor area are free
8.6.11.4.3 The procedure shall identify the haz- from foreign matter and slipping or tripping hazards.
ards. The procedure shall also detail the safety precau- (l) Check for any unusual noise or vibration during
tions utilized in evacuating passengers from a stalled operation.
elevator. If any of these conditions is unsatisfactory in
8.6.11.5.2(a) through (l), the unit shall be placed out
8.6.11.4.4 All authorized personnel who are of service. Barricade the landing areas and notify the
assigned to assist in evacuating passengers from a stalled responsible party of the problem.
elevator, and all persons who use special purpose per-
sonnel elevators, shall be given a copy of these proce- 8.6.11.5.3 Escalators and moving walks subject
dures and all necessary training to assure that they to 24-h operation shall be checked daily by authorized
understand and comply with the procedures. personnel.
8.6.11.4.5 These procedures shall be available to 8.6.11.5.4 A record of authorized personnel
authorized elevator and emergency personnel. trained as specified in 8.6.11.5.2 shall be kept on the
premises where the escalator(s) or moving walk(s) or
8.6.11.4.6 A record of authorized personnel both is located and shall be available to the authority
trained, and all persons who use special purpose person- having jurisdiction.
nel elevators, as specified in 8.6.11.4.4, shall be kept on
the premises where the elevator is located and shall be 8.6.11.6 Operating Instructions for Means Specified (05S)
available to the authority having jurisdiction. in 2.7.5.1.1 or 2.7.5.2.1. A written procedure for
operating the means shall be provided and kept on the
NOTE (8.6.11.4): See ASME A17.4, Guide for Emergency Personnel.
premises where the elevator is located (see 2.7.5.1.2 or
8.6.11.5 Escalator or Moving Walk Startup 2.7.5.2.1).
8.6.11.5.1 Escalators and moving walks shall be 8.6.11.7 Egress and Reentry Procedure From Working (05S)
started only by authorized personnel (see 1.3) trained Areas in 2.7.5.1.3 or 2.7.5.2.3. A written procedure
in compliance with the procedures specified in 8.6.11.5.2 to outline the method for egress and reentry shall be
through 8.6.11.5.5. provided and kept on the premises where the elevator
is located (see 2.7.5.1.3 or 2.7.5.2.3).
(a) 8.6.11.5.2 The following procedure shall be uti-
lized when starting an escalator or moving walk: 8.6.11.8 Operating Instructions for Retractable Plat- (05S)
(a) Prior to starting the unit, observe the steps or forms. A written procedure to outline the method for
pallets and both landing areas to ensure no persons are the use of retractable platforms shall be provided and

302.4
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

kept on the premises where the elevator is located (see safety hazards for maintenance personnel and for the general pub-
2.7.5.3.1). lic that might be created during any maintenance procedure
(b) be able to reasonably assess compatibility of replacement
(07) 8.6.12 Maintenance of Elevators, Dumbwaiters, components
(c) be able to carry out the work required in this Section
Escalators, and Moving Walks
8.6.12.1 Scope 8.6.12.2.5 Log Book. A log pertaining to all main-
tenance activities specified in 8.6.12 shall be maintained
8.6.12.1.1 Requirement 8.6.12 applies to all on site at all times by the maintenance contractor. The
existing installations and all new installations that have log shall contain, as a minimum, but not be limited
been placed in service. It provides the minimum stan- to, detailed records of all tests, inspections, and other
dards for these installations. However, it is not the intent maintenance duties referred to in this Section that have
of this Section to require the alteration or replacement of been performed in the previous five years (see
equipment to meet design, nameplate, and performance 8.6.12.4.1.1). For records kept in an electronic format, a
standards not required by an earlier edition of this Code hard copy shall be placed in the job site log within a
that was in force at the time the equipment was installed. maximum of three months of the initial recording.
8.6.12.1.2 Requirement 8.6.12 applies also to the 8.6.12.2.6 Wiring Diagrams. Up-to-date wiring
maintenance of other devices, analogous in design and diagrams detailing circuits of all electrical protective
usage, that are covered by this Code, such as material devices and primary directional circuits shall be avail-
lifts. able in the machine room at all times.
8.6.12.2 General Maintenance Requirements 8.6.12.3 Maintenance Procedure Applicable to All
8.6.12.2.1 Maintenance Required. Each elevator, Installations
dumbwaiter, and escalator installation shall be main- 8.6.12.3.1 Making Safety-Related Devices Inoper-
tained in accordance with the requirements of 8.6.12.2.1 ative
and the original manufacturer’s recommendations. The
maintenance shall include 8.6.12.3.1.1 No person shall at any time make
(a) inspections, examinations, and tests, at required inoperative any component on which safety of users is
or scheduled intervals, of all parts and functions of an dependent, nor shall any electrical protective device be
installation in order to ensure, to a reasonable degree, made inoperative, except where necessary during test-
that the installation is in a safe operating condition ing, inspections, and maintenance.
(b) cleaning, lubricating, and adjusting applicable 8.6.12.3.1.2 During such tests, inspections,
components at regular intervals, and repairing or replac- and maintenance, the installation shall not be made
ing all worn or defective components where necessary, to available to the public. Immediately upon completion,
prevent the device from becoming unsafe for operation the installation shall be restored to its normal operating
(c) repairing or replacing damaged or broken parts condition in conformity with the applicable
affecting the safe operation requirements.
8.6.12.2.2 Maintenance Intervals. The mainte- 8.6.12.3.1.3 Substitution of any wire or cur-
nance required in 8.6.12.2.1 shall be carried out at inter- rent-carrying device for the proper fuse or circuit breaker
vals established on the basis of in an elevator circuit shall not be permitted.
(a) the age and inherent quality of the equipment
(b) the frequency and method of usage 8.6.12.3.2 Hoistways, Pits, and Machine Rooms
(c) the original manufacturer’s recommendations or 8.6.12.3.2.1 Hoistways, trusses, and pits shall
a professional engineer’s recommendation be kept clean and dry. Accumulation of rubbish in eleva-
8.6.12.2.3 Actions Respecting Defective Parts. tor pits and the use of these areas for storage shall not
Where a part directly affecting the safety of the operation be permitted.
is found to be defective, it shall be immediately adjusted, 8.6.12.3.2.2 The machine room floor shall be
repaired, or replaced. kept clean and free from oil or grease. Articles or materi-
8.6.12.2.4 Maintenance Mechanics. Persons per- als that are not necessary for the maintenance or opera-
forming maintenance, including repair and replacement tion of the elevator shall not be stored in the machine
work, shall have training, be experienced, and be qual- room. Flammable liquids having a flashpoint of less than
ified. 44°C (111°F) shall not be kept in the machine room.

NOTE: Maintenance mechanics should 8.6.12.3.2.3 Access doors shall be kept closed
(a) understand the operational and safety functions of all com- and locked, except during periods when a qualified per-
ponents of the installation maintained in order to appreciate all son is in the machine room or secondary sheave space.

302.5
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.6.12.3.2.4 Care shall be used in the painting NOTE: This is especially important where the equipment is
of the equipment to ensure that the paint does not inter- exposed to water or corrosive vapors or excessively damp condi-
tions, as corrosion or rusting of the parts can prevent operation
fere with the proper function of the equipment. Brakes,
of the safety.
governors, car-safety parts, and buffer parts shall be
tested for proper operation after completion of painting. 8.6.12.3.7 Hydraulic Components
8.6.12.3.7.1 Plungers of water-hydraulic ele-
8.6.12.3.3 Top of Cars. The top of cars shall be
vators and dumbwaiters shall be thoroughly cleaned
kept free of oil or grease and shall not be used for storing
periodically to remove any buildup of rust or scale.
lubricants, tools, or other material.
8.6.12.3.7.2 Where valves and cylinders use
8.6.12.3.4 Cleaning of Car and Hoistway Transpar- packing glands, the packing glands shall be periodically
ent Enclosures. If the requirements of 2.11.1.4 or 2.14.2.6 checked and tightened or replaced as necessary to pre-
are not met, cleaning of transparent enclosures on the vent excessive loss of the fluid.
exterior of an elevator car or on the interior of an elevator
8.6.12.3.7.3 Oil leakage collected from the cyl-
hoistway shall be done under the direct supervision of
inder packing gland shall not exceed 20 L (5.28 US gal)
a maintenance mechanic who shall be present at the site
before removal.
of the cleaning.
8.6.12.3.7.4 The level of oil in the oil tanks
8.6.12.3.5 Lubrication shall be checked and, where necessary, adjusted to com-
8.6.12.3.5.1 General. All parts of the machinery ply with the prescribed minimum and maximum level.
and equipment requiring lubrication shall be maintained 8.6.12.3.8 Oil Buffers
with lubricants of a grade and quantity recommended 8.6.12.3.8.1 The oil shall be maintained at the
by the manufacturer. level indicated by the manufacturer.
8.6.12.3.5.2 Lubrication of Suspension Wire 8.6.12.3.8.2 Buffer plungers shall be kept clean
Ropes. Precautions shall be taken in lubricating suspen- and shall not be coated or painted with a substance that
sion wire ropes to prevent loss of traction [see 2.20.2.2(j)]. will interfere with their operation.
8.6.12.3.5.3 Lubrication of Governor Wire 8.6.12.3.9 Controller Contactors and Relays. Con-
Ropes. Governor wire ropes shall not be lubricated troller components shall be kept clean and free from
unless recommended by the manufacturer of the gover- dirt, and, where necessary, shall be lubricated as recom-
nor [see 2.18.9(e)]. mended by the manufacturer.

8.6.12.3.5.4 Lubrication of Guide Rails 8.6.12.4 Repairs and Replacement


8.6.12.4.1 Replacement Parts and Quality of Work
8.6.12.3.5.4.1 Guide rails shall be lubricated
only on elevators equipped with guiding members 8.6.12.4.1.1 Replacement Parts or Components.
requiring lubrication. Rail lubricants or coatings shall Unless otherwise required in 8.6.12.5, any repair and
comply with 2.17.16. Means shall be provided at the replacement of damaged or worn parts or components
base of the rails to collect excess lubricant. shall be with parts of material and strength equivalent
to or better than the original manufacturer’s design. Any
8.6.12.3.5.4.2 Rails shall be kept clean and change in the design of components other than those
free of excess lubricant, lint, and dirt accumulation. specified in 8.6.12.5 or 8.7, that might affect the safe
Where necessary, a nonflammable or high-flashpoint sol- operation of the equipment shall be certified for use by
vent shall be used for cleaning the rails. a professional engineer. A copy of the certification shall
be retained by the contractor and recorded in the log
8.6.12.3.5.4.3 Rust-preventive compounds
book.
such as paint, lubricants such as graphite or oil, and
similar coatings shall not be applied unless recom- 8.6.12.4.1.2 Quality of Work. Repair and
mended by the manufacturer. replacement shall be done in a competent manner. Care
should be taken during operations such as torquing,
NOTE: Rust-preventive compounds or improper lubricants can drilling, cutting, and welding to ensure that no compo-
interfere with and, in many cases, prevent proper operation of the
safety devices. Such substances can even cause complete failure
nent of the assembly is damaged or weakened so as to
of the safeties. If it is considered necessary for any reason to use affect the safe operation of the equipment. Rotating parts
any of these substances, the manufacturer of the elevator should shall be properly aligned within the manufacturer ’s
be consulted before their application. design tolerances.
8.6.12.3.6 Car and Counterweight Safeties Mecha- 8.6.12.4.2 Refastening or Resocketing of
nism. All moving parts of car and counterweight safe- Car-Hoisting Ropes on Winding-Drum Machines
ties mechanism shall be kept clean and free of rust and 8.6.12.4.2.1 The hoisting ropes of elevators or
dirt and shall be lubricated at frequent intervals. dumbwaiters that have winding-drum driving machines

302.6
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

with 1:1 roping, if of the babbitted rope socket type, sheaves shall also be replaced if worn beyond the manu-
shall be resocketed, or other types of fastenings replaced facturer’s service recommendation.
or moved on the rope to a point above the existing
8.6.12.5 Replacement of Specific Elevator Compo-
fastening at the car ends, at intervals no longer than
nents
(a) 1 year, for machines located over the hoistway
(b) 2 years, for machines located below or at the side 8.6.12.5.1 General. Replacement of elevator com-
of the hoistway ponents specified in 8.6.12.5.2 to 8.6.12.5.7 shall consti-
tute an alteration and shall comply with requirements
8.6.12.4.2.2 When resocketing babbitted rope
specified therein and also with the applicable require-
sockets or replacing other types of fastenings, a sufficient
ments in 8.7.1.3.
length shall be cut from the end of the rope to remove
damaged or fatigued portions. The fastenings shall con- 8.6.12.5.2 Replacement of Driving Machine.
form to the requirements of 2.20.9.4. Where a driving machine is replaced, the installation
shall conform to the requirements specified in
8.6.12.4.2.3 A legible metal tag shall be
8.7.2.25.1(a).
securely attached to one of the wire rope fastenings
after each resocketing or each change to other types of 8.6.12.5.3 Replacement of Controller
fastenings and shall bear the following information:
8.6.12.5.3.1 Elevator Controller. Where an ele-
(a) the name of the person or firm who performed
vator controller is replaced it shall conform to the
the resocketing or changed the types of fastenings
requirements specified in 8.7.2.27.4(a) or 8.7.3.31.5(a),
(b) the date on which the rope was resocketed or the whichever is applicable.
types of fastening were changed
8.6.12.5.3.2 Door Controller. When a controller
8.6.12.4.3 Procedure for Replacement of Governor for operation of the hoistway doors, car doors, or gates
Ropes is replaced, the replacement controller and wiring shall
8.6.12.4.3.1 Replacement governor ropes shall conform to the requirements of 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2.
be of the same size, material, and construction as the 8.6.12.5.4 Replacement of Hydraulic Jack, Plunger, (a)
rope originally furnished by the elevator manufacturer. and Cylinder
Related tests shall be performed.
8.6.12.5.4.1 Where a hydraulic jack is replaced,
8.6.12.4.3.2 A new rope data tag conforming the replacement jack shall conform to 3.18.
to 2.20.2.2 shall be installed at each rope renewal, and
the date of the rope replacement and the data from the 8.6.12.5.4.2 Where a plunger is replaced, the
tag shall be recorded in the log book for the device. replacement plunger shall conform to 3.18.1.2 and 3.18.2.
8.6.12.4.4 Procedure for Replacement of All Ropes 8.6.12.5.4.3 Where a cylinder is replaced, the
Other Than Governor Ropes replacement cylinder shall conform to the requirements
specified in 8.7.3.23.3.
8.6.12.4.4.1 Replacement ropes shall be speci-
fied by the original elevator manufacturer or be at least 8.6.12.5.5 Replacement Valves, Supply Piping, and (a)
equivalent in strength and design to the original ropes. Fittings
8.6.12.4.4.2 When replacing suspension, com- 8.6.12.5.5.1 Where a control valve is replaced,
pensating, and car or drum counterweight ropes, all it shall conform to the requirements of 3.19.
ropes in a set shall be replaced. The ropes in the set shall
8.6.12.5.5.2 Where relief or check valves or the
all be from the same manufacturer and of the same
supply piping or fittings are replaced, the components
material, grade, construction, and diameter.
replaced shall conform to the applicable requirements
8.6.12.4.4.3 A new rope data tag conforming of 3.19.
to 2.20.2.2 shall be installed at each rope renewal, and
8.6.12.5.5.3 Where electrically operated con-
the date of the rope replacement and the data from the
trol valves are installed in place of existing mechanically
tag shall be recorded in the log book for the device.
operated valves, for rated speeds of more than 0.5 m/s
8.6.12.4.4.4 For runby and clearances, refer to (100 ft/min), retention of existing terminal-stopping
8.6.3.3.3. devices consisting of an automatic stop valve indepen-
dent of the normal control valve and operated by the
8.6.12.4.5 Procedure for Replacement of Belts or
movement of the car as it approaches the terminals,
Chain Sets. If one belt or entire chain of a set is worn
where provided, shall be permitted.
or stretched beyond the manufacturer’s service recom-
mendation or is damaged so as to require replacement, 8.6.12.5.6 Replacement of Tanks. Where a tank is (a)
the entire set shall be replaced. Sprockets and toothed replaced, it shall conform to the requirements of 3.24.

302.7
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) 8.6.12.5.7 Requirement of Anticreep Leveling 8.7.1.3 Testing. Where alterations are made, accept-
Device. Where an anticreep leveling device is replaced, ance inspections and tests shall be conducted as required
it shall conform to the requirements of 3.26.3.1. by 8.10.2.3 for electric elevators, 8.10.3.3 for hydraulic
elevators, or 8.10.4.2 for escalators and moving walks.

SECTION 8.7 8.7.1.4 Welding. Welding of parts on which the


ALTERATIONS support of the car, counterweight, escalator, or moving
walk depends, including driving machines, escalator, or
Requirement 8.7 applies to alterations. moving walks, trusses, girders, and tracks, shall conform
NOTES: to 8.8 and 8.7.1.5.
(1) See Nonmandatory Appendix L for an index of the require-
8.7.1.5 Design. Design shall be verified by a
ments for alterations.
(2) See 8.6 for maintenance, repair, and replacement requirements.
licensed professional engineer for welding, repair, cut-
ting, or splicing of members upon which the support
8.7.1 General Requirements of the car, counterweight, escalator, or moving walks,
trusses, girders, and tracks depends.
8.7.1.1 Applicability of Alteration Requirements.
When any alteration is performed, regardless of any 8.7.1.6 Temporary Wiring. During alterations, tem-
other requirements of 8.7, the installation, as a minimum, porary wiring shall be permitted. The electrical protec-
shall conform to the following applicable Code require- tive devices of cars in normal operation shall not be
ments: rendered inoperative or ineffective.
(a) the Code at the time of installation 8.7.1.7 Repairs and Replacements. Repairs and (07)
(b) the Code requirements for the alteration at the replacements shall conform to 8.6.2 and 8.6.3. In jurisdic-
time of any alteration tions enforcing NBCC, repairs and replacements carried
(c) ASME A17.3 if adopted by the authority having out as a part of an alteration shall conform to the require-
jurisdiction ments of 8.6.12.4, except that replacements in 8.6.12.5
shall be deemed to be alterations.
8.7.1.2 Items Not Covered in 8.7. Where an alter-
ation not specifically covered in 8.7 is made, it shall not 8.7.1.8 Code Data Plate. A data plate shall be pro- (07)
diminish the level of safety below that which existed vided as required by 8.6.1.5. In jurisdictions enforcing
prior to the alteration. See also 1.2. NBCC, the data plate required by 8.9.1 shall include the

302.8
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

the device will not permit opening or unlocking a door (f) Any alteration to passenger car ventilation shall
when the car is outside the landing zone of that floor conform to 2.14.2.3.
(3) springs, where used, shall be of the restrained (g) Any alteration to car illumination or lighting fix-
compression type, which will prevent separation of the tures shall conform to 2.14.7.
parts in case the spring breaks (h) Where partitions are installed in elevator cars for
the purpose of reducing the inside net platform areas
8.7.2.11.4 Access Switches and Unlocking
for passenger use, they shall conform to 2.16.1.2. Where
Devices. Where the alteration consists of the installation
conditions do not permit symmetrical loading, guide
of hoistway access switches and/or hoistway-door
rails, car frames, and platforms shall be capable of sus-
unlocking devices, the installation shall conform to
taining the resulting stresses and deflections.
(a) requirements 2.12.6 and 2.24.8.3 for unlocking
(i) Where an alteration consists of the installation of (a)
devices
a car door or gate on an existing elevator car, the installa-
(b) requirements 2.12.7, 2.24.8, and 2.26.1.4 for access
tion shall conform to 2.14.4, 2.14.5, and 2.14.6.
switches
8.7.2.11.5 Restricted Opening of Hoistway Doors or 8.7.2.14.3 In jurisdictions not enforcing the
Car Doors of Passenger Elevators. Where a device that NBCC, where any alteration is made to the car enclosure,
restricts the opening of hoistway doors or car doors is other than as specified in 8.7.2.14.2, the installation shall
altered or installed, the device shall conform to 2.12.5. conform to the following:
(a) Where an existing metal enclosure is retained and
8.7.2.12 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors. Where new material, other than metal, is installed, the car enclo-
the alteration consists of the addition of, or alteration sure shall conform to the 2.14.2.1.1.
to, power opening or power closing of hoistway doors, (b) Where an existing enclosure other than as speci-
the installation shall conform to 8.7.2.10.1, 8.7.2.10.2, fied in 8.7.2.14.3(a) is retained and new material is
8.7.2.10.3, and 8.7.2.10.5. installed, the new material and adhesive shall conform
8.7.2.13 Door Reopening Device. Where a to the following requirements, based on the tests con-
reopening device for power-operated car doors or gates ducted in accordance with the requirements of ASTM
is altered or added, the following requirements shall E 84, UL 723, or NFPA 255:
apply: (1) flame spread rating of 0 to 25
(a) requirement 2.13.4 (2) smoke development of 0 to 450
(b) requirement 2.13.5 If the material or combination of materials installed
(c) when firefighters’ emergency operation is pro- exceeds 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) in thickness, the car enclosure
vided, door reopening devices and door closing on shall conform to 2.14.2.1.1.
Phase I and Phase II shall comply with the requirements (c) Napped, tufted, woven, looped, and similar mate-
applicable at the time of installation of the firefighters’ rials shall conform to 2.14.2.1.1 and 2.14.2.1.2; or
emergency operation 8.7.2.14.3(b), 8.3.7, and 8.3.8. Adhesives shall conform
to 8.7.2.14.3(b).
8.7.2.14 Car Enclosures, Car Doors and Gates, and (d) Floor covering, underlayment, and its adhesive
Car Illumination shall have a critical radiant flux of not less than
8.7.2.14.1 Where an alteration consists of the 0.45 W/cm2 as measured by ASTM E 648.
installation of a new car, the installation shall conform (e) Handrails, operating devices, ventilating devices,
to 2.14, 2.15, and 2.17 (see also 8.7.2.15.1). signal fixtures, audio and visual communications
devices, and their housings are not required to conform
8.7.2.14.2 The following requirements shall be
to 8.7.2.14.3(a) through (d).
conformed to where alterations are made to existing
cars: 8.7.2.14.4 In jurisdictions enforcing the NBCC,
(a) Car enclosures shall conform to 2.14.1.2. where any alteration is made to the car enclosure, car
(b) Where an alteration is made to a top emergency doors, or car gates, other than as specified in 8.7.2.14.2,
exit, or where a new one is installed, it shall conform the installation shall conform to 2.14, except that existing
to 2.14.1.5. car enclosure materials exposed to the hoistway are not
(c) Where an alteration consists of the installation of required to conform to the flame spread ratings. The
glass in an elevator car, it shall conform to 2.14.1.8. existing flame spread rating shall not be diminished.
(d) Any equipment added to an elevator car shall
8.7.2.15 Car Frames and Platforms
conform to 2.14.1.9.
(e) All side emergency exits shall be permanently 8.7.2.15.1 Alterations to Car Frames and Plat-
fixed in the closed position. The corresponding side forms. Where alterations are made to a car frame or
emergency exit on an adjacent car shall also be fixed in platform, the frame and platform shall conform to 2.15.
the closed position. Where roller or similar-type guide shoes are installed,

305
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

that allow a definite limited movement of the car with 8.7.2.16.2 Change in Class of Loading. Where the
respect to the guide rails, the clearance between the class of loading of a freight elevator is changed, it shall
safety jaws and rails of the car shall be such that the conform to 2.16.2 (see also 8.7.2.16.4).
safety jaws cannot touch the rails when the car frame
8.7.2.16.3 Carrying of Passengers on Freight Eleva-
is pressed against the rail faces with sufficient force to
tors. Where the alteration consists of a change in type
take up all movement of the roller guides.
of service from a freight elevator to a freight elevator
(07) 8.7.2.15.2 Increase or Decrease in Deadweight of permitted to carry passengers, the elevator shall conform
Car. Where an alteration results in an increase or to 2.16.4.
decrease in the deadweight of the car that is sufficient
to increase or decrease the sum of the deadweight and 8.7.2.16.4 Increase in Rated Load. Where an alter-
rated load, as originally installed, by more than 5%, the ation involves an increase in the rated load, the installa-
installation shall conform to the following requirements: tion shall conform to the following:
(a) requirement 2.15, except the car platform guard (a) Car doors or gates shall be provided at all car
(apron) shall conform to 2.15.9 only to the extent the entrances. Where new car doors or gates are installed,
existing pit shall permit, but in no case less than the they shall conform to 2.14.4, 2.14.5, and 2.14.6.
leveling or truck zone plus 75 mm (3 in.) (b) Requirement 2.15, except the car platform guard
(b) requirement 2.16 (apron) shall conform to 2.15.9 only to the extent the
(c) requirement 2.17 existing pit shall permit, but in no case less than the
leveling or truck zone, plus 75 mm (3 in.).
(d) requirement 2.18
(c) Requirement 2.16.
(e) requirement 2.20
(d) Requirement 2.17.
(f) requirement 2.21, except as covered by 8.7.2.22.2
(e) Requirement 2.18, except that the pitch diameters
(g) requirement 2.22, except for 2.22.4.7, provided that
of existing governor sheaves are not required to conform
conformance with
to 2.18.7.
(1) requirement 2.22.4.10 is established otherwise
(f) Requirement 2.19.
(2) requirement 2.22.4.5(b) can be established by
other means such as adding a buffer switch conforming (g) Requirement 2.20.
to 2.26.2.22 (h) Requirement 2.21, except as covered by 8.7.2.22.2.
(h) requirement 2.23 (i) Requirement 2.22, except 2.22.4.5(b), 2.22.4.7,
(i) requirement 2.24, except 2.24.1 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11.
(j) requirement 8.7.2.9 (j) Requirement 2.23.
(k) Requirement 2.24.
8.7.2.16 Capacity, Loading, and Classification (l) Requirements 2.26.1.4 and 2.26.1.5.
8.7.2.16.1 Change in Type of Service. Where an (m) Requirement 2.26.5.
alteration consists of a change in type of service from (n) Requirement 8.7.2.9.
freight to passenger or passenger to freight, the installa-
8.7.2.17 Change in Rise or Rated Speed
tion shall conform to:
(a) requirements 2.11.1 through 2.11.3, and 2.11.5 8.7.2.17.1 Increase or Decrease in Rise. Where an
through 2.11.8 alteration involves an increase or decrease in the rise
(b) requirements 2.12 and 2.13 without any change in the location of the driving
(c) requirement 2.22, except 2.22.4.5(b), 2.22.4.7, machine, the following requirements shall be con-
2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11 formed to:
(d) requirements 2.14 and 2.15, except the car platform (a) The terminal stopping devices shall be relocated
guard (apron) shall conform to 2.15.9 only to the extent to conform to 2.25.
the existing pit shall permit, but in no case less than the (b) Where the increase in rise is less than 4 570 mm
leveling or truck zone, plus 75 mm (3 in.) (180 in.), an existing winding-drum machine shall be
(e) requirement 2.17, except that where gradual permitted to be retained, provided the drum is of suffi-
wedge-clamp and drum-operated flexible guide-clamp cient dimensions to serve the increased rise with not
safeties are reused, the stopping distances shall conform less than one full turn of wire rope remaining on the
to the requirements of the Code at the time of installation winding drum when the car or counterweight has
[see ASME A17.2, Table 2.29.2(c)] reached its extreme limits of travel.
(f) requirement 2.18, except that the pitch diameters (c) The bottom and top clearances and runbys for
of speed governor sheaves and governor tension sheaves cars and counterweights shall conform to 2.4, except as
are not required to conform to 2.18.7 follows:
(g) requirements 2.16, 2.20, 2.24 through 2.27, (1) Where the increase in rise is at the upper end
except 2.24.1 of the hoistway, the existing bottom car clearance and car
(h) requirement 2.19 and counterweight runby are not required to conform

306
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.7.2.27.1 Top-of-Car Operating Devices. Where 2.18, except that the pitch diameter of speed governor
there is an alteration to or addition of a top-of-car sheaves and governor tension sheaves are not required
operating device, it shall conform to 2.26.1.4. to conform to 2.18.7.
(d) The capacity and loading shall conform to 2.16.
8.7.2.27.2 Car Leveling or Truck Zoning Devices.
Where there is an alteration to or addition of a car level- (e) The terminal stopping devices shall conform to
ing device, or a truck zoning device, it shall conform to 2.25.
2.26.1.6. (f) The operating devices and control equipment shall
confrom to 2.26. The requirements of 2.26.4.2, 2.26.4.3,
(a) 8.7.2.27.3 Change in Power Supply. Where an and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electrical equipment
alteration consists of a change in power supply at the unchanged by the alteration.
mainline terminals of the elevator motion controller or (g) In jurisdictions not enforcing NBCC, emergency
motor controller, involving one of the following, which- operation and signaling devices shall be provided and
ever is applicable: shall conform to 2.27. In jurisdictions enforcing NBCC,
(a) change in voltage, frequency, or number of phases emergency operation and signaling devices where
(b) change from direct to alternating current or vice required by NBCC shall be provided and shall conform
versa to 2.27.
(c) change to a combination of direct and alternating (h) Car overspeed protection and unintended move-
current ment protection shall conform to 2.19.
Electrical equipment shall conform to 2.26.1.1, 2.26.1.2,
2.26.1.3, 2.26.1.4, 2.26.1.6, 2.26.2, 2.26.6, 2.26.7, 2.26.9, and 8.7.2.27.6 Change in Type of Operation Control. (07)
2.26.10. All new and modified equipment and wiring Where there is a change in the type of operation control,
shall conform to 2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.2, and 2.26.4.3. the installation shall conform to the following:
Brakes shall conform to 2.24.8 and 2.26.8. (a) The protection of the hoistway landing openings
Winding-drum machines shall be provided with final shall conform to 2.11.1 through 2.11.13, 2.12, and 2.13.
terminal stopping devices conforming to 2.25.3.5 [see (b) Car enclosures and car doors or gates shall con-
also 8.7.2.17.2(b)]. form to 2.14, except that where existing car enclosures
8.7.2.27.4 Controllers and/or car doors or gates are retained, conformance
(a) (a) Where a motion controller or operation controller with the following requirements is not required:
is installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform (1) requirements 2.14.1.3, 2.14.1.5.1, and 2.14.1.8
to 2.25, 2.26.1.4, 2.26.1.5, 2.26.4 through 2.26.9, 2.27.2 (2) requirements 2.14.2.1, 2.14.2.3, and 2.14.2.4
through 2.27.8. (3) requirement 2.14.3
(b) Where a controller for the operation of hoistway (4) requirement 2.14.4.3 and 2.14.4.6
doors, car doors, or car gates is installed as part of an (c) The car safety, the counterweight safety (where
alteration, all new and modified equipment and wiring provided), and the governor shall conform to 2.17 and
shall conform to 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2. 2.18, except that the pitch diameter of speed governor
(a) (c) Where a controller for the elevator operation on sheaves and governor tension sheaves are not required
emergency or standby power systems or firefighters’ to conform to 2.18.7.
emergency operation is installed, all new and modified (d) The capacity and loading shall conform to 2.16.
equipment and wiring shall conform to 2.26.4.1 and (e) The terminal stopping devices shall conform to
2.26.4.2. 2.25.
8.7.2.27.5 Change in Type of Motion Control. (f) The operating devices and control equipment shall
Where there is a change in the type of motion control, conform to 2.26. The requirements of 2.26.4.2, 2.26.4.3,
the installation shall conform to the following: and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electrical equipment
(a) The protection of the hoistway landing openings unchanged by the alteration.
shall conform to 2.11.1 through 2.11.13, 2.12, and 2.13. (g) Emergency operation and signaling devices shall
(b) Car enclosures and car doors or gates shall con- be provided and shall conform to 2.27.
form to 2.14, except that where existing car enclosures
8.7.2.27.7 On passenger elevators equipped with
and/or car doors or gates are retained, conformance
nonperforated car enclosures, the emergency stop
with the following requirements is not required:
switch, including all markings, shall be permitted to be
(1) requirements 2.14.1.3, 2.14.1.5.1, and 2.14.1.8
removed if an in-car stop switch conforming to 2.26.2.21
(2) requirements 2.14.2.1, 2.14.2.3, and 2.14.2.4
is provided.
(3) requirement 2.14.3
(4) requirements 2.14.4.3 and 2.14.4.6 8.7.2.27.8 Electrical Protective Devices. Where (07)
(c) The car safety, the counterweight safety (where there is an alteration to or addition of an electrical protec-
provided), and the governor shall conform to 2.17 and tive device, it shall conform to 2.26.2 for that device.

309
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) 8.7.2.28 Emergency Operations and Signaling wiring, raceways, cables, pipes, or ducts shall conform
Devices to the applicable requirements of 2.8.
(a) Where an alteration is made to car emergency
8.7.3.9 Machinery and Sheave Beams, Supports and
signaling devices, the alteration shall conform to 2.27.1.
Foundations. Where new machinery and sheave beams,
(b) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the
supports, foundations, or supporting floors are
addition of, an emergency or standby power system,
installed, or where alterations increase the original
the installation shall conform to the requirements of
building design reactions by more than 5%, they shall
2.27.2.
conform to 2.9, and the adequacy of the affected building
(c) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the structure to support the loads shall be verified by a
addition of, firefighters’ emergency operation, the instal- licensed professional engineer.
lation shall conform to 2.27.3 through 2.27.8.
(d) Where the alteration consists of the addition of 8.7.3.10 Hoistway Entrances and Openings. Alter-
an elevator to a group, all elevators in that group shall ations to hoistway entrances shall conform to 8.7.2.10,
conform to 2.27. except that emergency doors meeting the requirements
of 2.11.1 are only required to be installed in the blind
8.7.3 Alterations to Hydraulic Elevators portion of the hoistway where required by 8.7.2.10 and
8.7.3.1 Hoistway Enclosures. Alterations to (a) for all elevators where car or counterweight safe-
hoistway enclosures shall conform to 8.7.2.1. ties are used
(b) for elevators where safeties are not used, emer-
8.7.3.2 Pits. Alterations made to the pit shall con- gency doors are not required on elevators where a manu-
form to 2.1.2.3 and 2.2. See also 8.7.3.4. ally operated valve is provided that will permit lowering
8.7.3.3 Location and Guarding of Counterweights. the car at a reduced speed in case of power failure or
Where new counterweights are installed, they shall con- similar emergency
form to 2.3 and 2.5.1.2. The installation shall also con- 8.7.3.11 Hoistway Door Locking Devices. Alter-
form to 3.5. ations to hoistway door locking devices, access switches,
8.7.3.4 Vertical Car and Counterweight Clearances parking devices, and unlocking devices shall conform
and Runbys. No alteration shall reduce any clearance to 8.7.2.11, except that conformance with 2.24.8 is not
or runby below that required by 3.4. Existing clearances required.
shall be permitted to be maintained, except as required 8.7.3.12 Power Operation of Hoistway Doors. Where
by 8.7.3.22.1, 8.7.3.22.2, and 8.7.3.23.5. the alteration consists of the addition of, or alteration
8.7.3.5 Horizontal Car and Counterweight Clear- to, power opening or power closing of hoistway doors,
ances. No alteration shall reduce any clearance below the installation shall conform to 8.7.2.10.1, 8.7.2.10.2,
that required by 2.5. Existing clearances shall be permit- 8.7.2.10.3, 8.7.2.10.5, and 8.7.3.10.
ted to be maintained, except as required by 8.7.3.22.1, 8.7.3.13 Car Enclosures. Where alterations are
8.7.3.22.2, and 8.7.3.23.5. made to car enclosures, they shall conform to 8.7.2.14.
8.7.3.6 Protection of Spaces Below Hoistways. 8.7.3.14 Car Frames and Platforms. Where alter-
Where alterations are made to an elevator or the build- ations are made to a car frame or platform, the frame
ing, such that any space below the hoistway is not per- and platform shall conform to 3.15.
manently secured against access, the affected installation If safeties are used and if roller or similar-type guide
shall conform to 3.6. shoes are installed, that allow a definite limited move-
8.7.3.7 Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces. ment of the car with respect to the guide rails, the clear-
Alterations to machine rooms and machinery spaces ance between the safety jaws and rails of the car shall
shall conform to 8.7.2.7.2 through 8.7.2.7.7. Where an be such that the safety jaws cannot touch the rails when
alteration consists of the construction of a new machine the car frame is pressed against the rail faces with suffi-
room or machinery space enclosure, it shall conform to cient force to take up all movement of the roller guides.
2.7 and 3.7. Electrical equipment clearances shall con-
8.7.3.15 Safeties
form to the requirements of NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1,
whichever is applicable (see Part 9). Where alterations 8.7.3.15.1 Where the alteration consists of the
are made to any portion of a machinery room or machin- installation of car safeties, the car safeties and car guide
ery space, the portion that is altered shall conform to rails shall conform to 3.17.1, 3.23, and 3.28.
2.7 and 3.7.
8.7.3.15.2 Where the alteration consists of the
8.7.3.8 Electrical Wiring, Pipes, and Ducts in installation of counterweight safeties, the counterweight
Hoistways and Machine Rooms. The installation of any safeties and counterweight guide rails shall conform to
new, or the alteration of existing, electrical equipment, 3.17.2, 3.23, and 3.28.

310
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.7.3.15.3 Where any alterations are made to 8.7.3.22 Change in Rise or Rated Speed
existing car or counterweight safeties, the affected safe-
ties and guide rails shall conform to 3.17, 3.23, and 3.28,
8.7.3.22.1 Increase or Decrease in Rise. Where an
alteration involves an increase or decrease in the rise
except for cross-referenced 2.17.10 through 2.17.14,
without any change in the location of the driving
2.17.16, and 2.21.4.2.
machine, it shall conform to the following:
8.7.3.16 Governors and Governor Ropes. Where (a) The terminal stopping devices shall be relocated
alterations are made to governors or where they are to conform to 3.25.
added, they shall conform to 8.7.2.19. (b) Where the increase in rise is at the lower end of
the hoistway, bottom car and counterweight clearances
8.7.3.17 Change in Type of Service. Where an alter- and runbys shall conform to 3.4.1, 3.4.2, and 3.4.3, and
ation consists of a change in type of service from freight existing top car and counterweight clearances and run-
to passenger or passenger to freight, the installation shall bys that are less than as required by 3.4 shall not be
conform to decreased.
(a) requirements 2.11.1, 2.11.2, 2.11.3, and 2.11.5 (c) Where the increase in rise is at the upper end
through 2.11.8, except that emergency doors meeting the of the hoistway, top car and counterweight clearances,
requirements of 2.11.1 are only required to be installed in runbys, and refuge spaces shall conform to 3.4, and
the blind portion of the hoistway existing bottom car and counterweight clearances and
(1) for all elevators where car or counterweight runbys that are less than as required by 3.4 shall not be
safeties are used decreased.
(2) for elevators where safeties are not used, emer- (d) The plunger shall conform to 3.18.2.
gency doors are not required on elevators where a manu- (e) Where the decrease is at the lower end of the rise,
ally operated valve is provided that will permit lowering the installation shall conform to 2.2.4, 2.2.5, and 2.2.6.
the car at a reduced speed in case of power failure or
similar emergency 8.7.3.22.2 Increase in Rated Speed. Where an
(b) requirements 2.12 and 2.13 alteration increases the rated speed, the installation shall
(c) requirements 2.22 and 3.22.2, except 2.22.4.5(b), conform to the following:
2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11 (a) Requirement 2.5.
(d) requirements 3.14, 3.15, 3.17, 3.21, and 3.23 (b) Requirement 3.4.
(e) requirement 2.18, where governors are provided, (c) Requirements 3.21 and 3.22.2, except that existing
except that the pitch diameters of existing governor buffers, where retained, are not required to conform to
sheaves and tension sheaves are not required to conform referenced 2.22.4.5(b), 2.22.4.7, 2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11.
to 2.18.7 (d) Car doors or gates shall be provided at all car
(f) requirements 3.16, 3.18, 3.19, 3.20, 3.24, 3.25, 3.26, entrances. Where new car doors or gates are installed,
and 3.27 they shall conform to the applicable requirements of 3.14.
(e) Car and counterweight safeties and governors,
8.7.3.18 Change in Class of Loading. Where the where provided, shall conform to 3.17, except that the
class of loading of a freight elevator is changed, it shall pitch diameters of existing governor sheaves and tension
conform to 2.16.2 as modified by 3.16. sheaves are not required to conform to 2.18.7.
(f) Requirement 3.16.
8.7.3.19 Carrying of Passengers on Freight Eleva-
(g) Requirement 3.25.
tors. Where the alteration consists of a change in type
(h) Requirements 3.26.1 through 3.26.6.
of service from a freight elevator to a freight elevator
(i) Requirement 3.20.
permitted to carry passengers, the elevator shall conform
to 3.16.4. 8.7.3.22.3 Decrease in Rated Speed. When the
alteration involves a decrease in the rated speed, it shall
8.7.3.20 Increase in Rated Load. Where an alter-
conform to the following:
ation involves an increase in the rated load, the installa-
(a) If the bottom runbys and the top clearances for
tion shall conform to 2.26.1.4, 2.26.1.5, 2.26.5, 3.14
cars and counterweights are less than as required by 3.4,
through 3.17, 3.20, and 3.21 through 3.23 (see also
they shall not be decreased by the speed reduction.
8.7.3.23.4).
(b) The tripping speed of the car speed governor and
8.7.3.21 Increase in Deadweight of Car. Where an the counterweight speed governor, where provided,
alteration results in an increase in the deadweight of the shall be adjusted to conform to 2.18.2 for the new rated
car that is sufficient to increase the sum of the dead- car speed.
weight and rated load, as originally installed, by more (c) The capacity and loading shall conform to 3.16.
than 5%, the installation shall conform to 3.14 through (d) Capacity and data plates shall conform to
3.17, 3.20, and 3.21 through 3.23 (see also 8.7.3.23.4). 3.16.3(b), except the information required by

311
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

2.16.3.2.2(d) shall include the name of the company those originally specified, the original elevator manufac-
doing the alteration and the year of the alteration. turer or a licensed professional engineer shall certify
(e) New electrical equipment and wiring shall con- the sheave material to be satisfactory for the revised
form to 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2. application.
8.7.3.23 Hydraulic Equipment 8.7.3.25.2 Addition of Rope Equalizers. Where
(07) 8.7.3.23.1 Hydraulic Jack. Where a hydraulic jack rope equalizers are installed, they shall conform to
is installed, altered, or replaced, it shall conform to 3.18. 2.20.5.
(07) 8.7.3.23.2 Plungers. Where a new plunger is 8.7.3.26 Counterweights. Where alterations are
installed or an existing plunger is altered, it shall con- made to counterweights, they shall conform to 8.7.2.22
form to 3.18.1.2 and 3.18.2. and 3.21. Where counterweights are added to a pre-
(07) 8.7.3.23.3 Cylinders. Where a cylinder is viously uncounterweighted elevator, it shall conform to
installed, replaced, altered, or sleeved, it shall conform 3.4, 3.6, 3.14, 3.15, 3.17.2, 3.18, 3.20, and 3.21. See also
to 3.18.3. If the plunger is not equipped with a stop 8.7.3.3.
ring conforming to 3.18.4.1, the installation shall also
conform to 3.18.1.2 and 3.18.2. 8.7.3.27 Car Buffers and Bumpers. Where alter-
ations are made to car buffers or bumpers, the installa-
8.7.3.23.4 Increase in Working Pressure. Where
tion shall conform to 3.21 and 3.22.2. Existing buffers
an alteration increases the working pressure by more
are not required to conform to 2.22.4.5(b), 2.22.4.7,
than 5%, the installation shall conform to 3.18, 3.19, and
2.22.4.10, and 2.22.4.11.
3.24.1 through 3.24.4. Requirements 3.18.3.8 and 3.19.4.6
do not apply to existing equipment. 8.7.3.28 Guide Rails, Supports, and Fastenings.
8.7.3.23.5 Change in Location of Hydraulic Jack. Where alterations are made to car and counterweight
Where location of the hydraulic jack is changed, the guide rails, guide-rail supports, or guide-rail fastenings,
installation shall conform to Part 3. or where the stresses have been increased by more than
5%, the installation shall conform to 3.23 and 3.28.
8.7.3.23.6 Relocation of Hydraulic Machine (Power
Unit). Where the hydraulic machine is relocated so that 8.7.3.29 Tanks. Where a tank is installed as part of
the top of the cylinder is above the top of the storage an alteration or altered, the tank shall conform to 3.24.
tank, the installation shall conform to 3.26.8.
8.7.3.30 Terminal Stopping Devices. Where an alter-
8.7.3.23.7 Plunger Gripper. Where the alteration
ation is made to any terminal stopping device, the instal-
consists of the addition of a plunger gripper, the follow-
lation shall conform to 3.25.
ing conditions must be met:
(a) the plunger gripper must comply with 3.17.3 8.7.3.31 Operating Devices and Control Equipment
(b) requirement 3.1.1(b) shall apply
(c) when buffers are compressed solid or to a fixed 8.7.3.31.1 Top-of-Car Operating Devices. Where
stop in accordance with 3.22.1, the plunger gripper shall there is an alteration to, or addition of, a top-of-car
not strike the car structure operating device, it shall conform to 3.26.2.
8.7.3.24 Valves, Pressure Piping, and Fittings. 8.7.3.31.2 Car Leveling or Truck Zoning Devices.
Where an existing control valve is replaced with a valve Where there is an alteration to, or addition of, a car
of a different type, it shall conform to 3.19. Where relief leveling device or a truck zoning device, it shall conform
or check valves or the supply piping or fittings are to 3.26.3.2.
replaced as part of an alteration, the components
replaced shall conform to the applicable requirements 8.7.3.31.3 Anticreep Leveling Device. Where there
of 3.19. Where electrically operated control valves are is an alteration of an anticreep leveling device, it shall
installed in place of existing mechanically operated con- conform to 3.26.3.1.
trol valves, for rated speeds of more than 0.5 m/s 8.7.3.31.4 Change in Power Supply. Where an (a)
(100 ft/min), existing terminal stopping devices con- alteration consists of a change in power supply at the
sisting of an automatic stop valve independent of the mainline terminals of the elevator motion controller or
normal control valve and operated by the movement of motor controller involving
the car as it approaches the terminals, where provided, (a) change in voltage, frequency, or number of phases;
shall be permitted to be retained. (b) change from direct current to alternating current,
8.7.3.25 Suspension Ropes and Their Connections or vice versa; or
8.7.3.25.1 Change in Ropes. Where the material, (c) change to a combination of direct or alternating
grade, number, or diameter of ropes is changed, the new current.
ropes and their fastenings shall conform to 3.20. When Electrical equipment shall conform to 3.26.1, 3.26.4,
existing sheaves are retained using ropes different from 3.26.5, and 3.26.6 (not including 2.26.4.4).

312
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.7.3.31.5 Controllers (b) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the


(a) (a) Where a motion controller or operation controller addition of, an emergency or standby power system,
is installed without any change in the type of operation the installation shall conform to the requirements of
control or motion control as part of an alteration, it shall 2.27.2.
conform to 2.26.1.4, 2.26.1.5, 2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.2, 2.26.4.3, (c) Where an alteration is made to, or consists of the (a)
2.26.5, 2.26.7, 3.26.2, 3.26.3, 3.26.5, 3.26.7, 3.26.10, and addition of, firefighters’ emergency operation, the instal-
3.25. lation shall conform to 3.27.
(b) Where a controller for the operation of hoistway
8.7.3.31.9 Auxiliary Power Lowering Operation.
doors, car doors, or car gates is installed as part of an
Where auxiliary power lowering operation is installed
alteration, all new and modified equipment and wiring
or altered, it shall conform to 3.26.10.
shall conform to 2.26.4.1 and 2.26.4.2.
(a) (c) Where a controller for the elevator operation on 8.7.3.31.10 In-Car Stop Switch. On passenger ele-
emergency or standby power systems or firefighters’ vators equipped with nonperforated car enclosures, the
emergency operation is instaled, all new and modified emergency stop switch, including all markings, shall
equipment and wiring shall conform to 2.26.4.1 and be permitted to be removed if an in-car stop switch
2.26.4.2. conforming to 2.26.2.21, 2.26.4.3, 2.26.9.3(a), and 3.26.4.2
is provided.
8.7.3.31.6 Change in Type of Motion Control.
Where there is a change in the type of motion control, 8.7.3.31.11 Electrical Protective Devices. Where (07)
the installation shall conform to the following: there is an alteration to or addition of an electrical protec-
(a) The terminal stopping devices shall conform to tion device, it shall conform to 3.26.4 for that device.
3.25.
8.7.4 Alterations to Elevators With Other Types of
(b) The operating devices and control equipment shall
Driving Machines
conform to 3.26. The requirements of 2.26.4.2 and 2.26.4.4
do not apply to electrical equipment unchanged by the 8.7.4.1 Rack and Pinion Elevators. Where any alter-
alteration. ation is made to a rack-and-pinion elevator, the entire
(c) Emergency operation and signaling devices shall installation shall comply with 4.1.
conform to 3.27. 8.7.4.2 Screw-Column Elevators. Where any alter-
8.7.3.31.7 Change in Type of Operation Control. ation is made to a screw-column elevator, the entire
Where there is a change in the type of operation control, installation shall comply with 4.2.
the installation shall conform to the following: 8.7.4.3 Hand Elevators
(a) The protection of the hoistway landing openings
shall conform to 2.11.1 through 2.11.13 as modified by 8.7.4.3.1 Hoistway Enclosures and Machinery
3.11.1, and conform to 3.12.1 and 3.13. Space. Where an alteration is made to any portion of
(b) Car enclosures and car doors or gates shall con- a hoistway enclosure or machinery space, the altered
form to 3.14, except that where existing car enclosures portion shall conform to 4.3.1 and 4.3.4.
and/or car doors or gates are retained, conformance 8.7.4.3.2 Top Car and Counterweight Clearances.
with the following requirements is not required: No alteration shall reduce any clearances or runby below
(1) requirements 2.14.1.3, 2.14.1.5.1, and 2.14.1.8 that required by 4.3.3 or below the minimum clearances
(2) requirements 2.14.2.1, 2.14.2.3, and 2.14.2.4 as originally installed.
(3) requirement 2.14.3
8.7.4.3.3 Hoistway Entrances. Where new
(4) requirements 2.14.4.3 and 2.14.4.6
entrances are installed, the new entrances shall conform
(c) The capacity and loading shall conform to 3.16. to 4.3.6, 4.3.7, and 4.3.8.
(d) The terminal stopping devices shall conform to
3.25. 8.7.4.3.4 Car Enclosures. Where an alteration is
(e) The operating devices and control equipment shall made to a car enclosure, it shall conform to 4.3.9 and
conform to 3.26. The requirements of 2.26.4.2, 2.26.4.3, 4.3.11.
and 2.26.4.4 shall not apply to electrical equipment 8.7.4.3.5 Car Frame and Platform. Where an alter-
unchanged by the alteration. ation is made to a car frame or platform, the frame or
(f) Emergency operation and signaling devices shall platform shall conform to 4.3.11, 4.3.12, 4.3.13, and 4.3.16.
be provided and shall conform to 3.27.
8.7.4.3.6 Capacity and Loading. No alteration
8.7.3.31.8 Emergency Operation and Signaling shall reduce the rated load below that required by
Devices 4.3.14.1 and 4.3.14.2. Where the alteration involves an
(a) Where an alteration is made to car emergency increase in rated load, the driving machine sheave shall
signaling devices, the installation shall conform to 2.27.1. comply with 4.3.19.1, 4.3.19.2, and 4.3.16.

313
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.7.4.3.7 Increase in Rise. Where the alteration 8.7.5.5.5 Increase in Rated Load. Where the alter-
involves an increase in the total rise to exceed 4 600 mm ation consists of an increase in rated load, the bottom
(15 ft), it shall conform to 4.3.3.1, 4.3.3.2, 4.3.15, and and top clearances and runbys shall conform to 5.5.1.16,
4.3.16. 5.5.1.18, 5.5.1.21, and 5.5.1.25.4.
8.7.4.3.8 Guide Rails and Fastenings. Where an 8.7.5.5.6 Increase in Rated Speed. Where the
alteration involves the installation of guide rails, the alteration consists of an increase in rated speed, the
guide rails and fastenings shall comply with 4.3.18.1, capacity and loading shall conform to 5.5.1.15, 5.5.1.16,
4.3.18.2, and 4.3.18.3. 5.5.1.19, and 5.5.1.22.
8.7.4.3.9 Overhead Beams and Supports. Where 8.7.5.5.7 Existing Driving Machine. Where the
the alteration involves a change in the arrangement of driving machine is installed as part of an alteration, it
or load on the overhead beams and sheaves, the new shall conform to 5.5.1.8, 5.5.1.9, 5.5.1.23, and 5.5.1.25.
arrangement shall conform to 4.3.5.1 and 4.3.5.2, except
that wood shall be permitted to be retained if it is struc- 8.7.5.5.8 Change in Type of Operating Devices and/
turally sound. or Control Equipment. Where the alteration consists of
a change in the existing type of operation or control
8.7.4.3.10 Power Attachments. No alteration shall equipment, or both, the new operating devices and con-
implement the use of a power other than hand power. trol equipment shall conform to 5.5.1.8 and 5.5.1.25.
8.7.5 Alterations to Special Application Elevators 8.7.5.6 Rooftop Elevators. Where any alteration is
made to a rooftop elevator, the entire installation shall
8.7.5.1 Inclined Elevators. Where any alteration is
comply with 5.6.
made to an inclined elevator, the entire installation shall
comply with 5.1. 8.7.5.7 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. Where
any alteration is made to a special purpose personnel
8.7.5.2 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators.
elevator, the entire installation shall comply with 5.7.
Reserved.
(a) 8.7.5.3 Private Residence Elevators 8.7.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Where any alteration
is made to a shipboard elevator, the entire installation
8.7.5.3.1 When a building code occupancy classi- shall comply with 5.8.
fication of a private residence is changed in which a
private residence elevator is located, the elevator shall 8.7.5.9 Mine Elevators
comply with the applicable requirements in Parts 2, 3, 8.7.5.9.1 General Requirements. Where any alter-
4, or Section 5.2. ation is made to a mine elevator, the alteration shall
(a) 8.7.5.4 Private Residence Inclined Elevators conform to the requirements of 8.7.1 and 8.7.2, except
as modified by 5.9.
8.7.5.4.1 When a building code occupancy classi-
fication of a private residence is changed in which a 8.7.5.9.2 Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended
private residence inclined elevator is located, the eleva- Car Movement Protection. Ascending car overspeed and
tor shall comply with the applicable requirements in unintended car movement protection shall be provided
Parts 2, 3, 4, or Section 5.1. and shall conform to 2.19.
8.7.5.5 Power Sidewalk Elevators 8.7.5.9.3 Car Top Protection. The car top access
panel size requirements in 5.9.14.1(b) do not apply where
8.7.5.5.1 Changes in Electrical Wiring or Electrical
the existing car top is retained. The dimensions of the
Equipment. Where electrical wiring or equipment is
existing car top access panel shall not be reduced by the
installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
alteration.
5.5.1.8.
8.7.5.5.2 Sidewalk Door. Where a sidewalk door 8.7.6 Alterations to Escalators and Moving Walks
is installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
8.7.6.1 Escalators
5.5.1.11.2, 5.5.1.11.3, and 5.5.1.11.4.
8.7.6.1.1 General Requirements. A change in com- (07)
8.7.5.5.3 Change in Car Enclosure, Car Doors, and
ponent parts that are interchangeable in form, fit, and
Gates. Where the car enclosure, car door, or car gate
function is not considered an alteration and need not
is installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
comply with the requirements in this Section. See 8.6.3.1.
5.5.1.14.
The addition of a component or a device that was not
8.7.5.5.4 Bow Irons and Stanchions. Where the part of the original design is an alteration and must
bow iron and stanchion is installed as part of an alter- conform to the requirements of 8.7.6.1 for that device or
ation, it shall conform to 5.5.1.15.2. component.

314
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

When multiple driving machines per escalator are 8.7.6.1.10 Step Wheel Tracks. Any alteration to
utilized, operating and safety devices required by 8.7.6.1 the tracks shall result in the escalator’s conforming with
shall simultaneously control all driving machines. 6.1.3.8, 6.1.3.9.4, 6.1.3.10.1, and 8.7.1.4.
The requirements of 6.1.3.6.5 do not apply to existing
escalators that were not required to comply with this
8.7.6.1.11 Rated Load and Speed. Any alteration
that increases the rated load or rated speed or both shall
requirement at the time of the original installation.
result in the escalator’s conforming with 6.1.
8.7.6.1.2 Relocation of Escalator. Where an escala-
tor is relocated, it shall comply with 6.1. The require- 8.7.6.1.12 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake
ments of 6.1.7.4.2 do not apply to electrical equipment (a) Driving Machine. An alteration to the driving
unchanged by the relocation. The requirements of machine shall result in the escalator’s conforming to
6.1.3.6.5 do not apply to existing escalators that were 6.1.3.9.2, 6.1.3.10.3, 6.1.4.1, 6.1.5.1, 6.1.5.2, 6.1.5.3.1,
not required to comply with this requirement at the time 6.1.5.3.2, 6.1.6.3.4, and 6.1.6.3.8.
of the original installation. (b) Driving Motor. An alteration to the drive motor
shall result in the escalator’s conforming to 6.1.3.9.2,
8.7.6.1.3 Protection of Floor Openings. Any alter- 6.1.3.10.3, 6.1.4.1, 6.1.5.2, 6.1.5.3.1, 6.1.5.3.2, 6.1.6.3.2,
ation to the floor openings in escalators shall comply 6.1.6.3.8, and 6.1.6.3.10.
with 6.1.1.1. (c) Machine Brake. An alteration to the machine brake
8.7.6.1.4 Protection of Trusses and Machinery shall result in the escalator’s conforming to 6.1.3.9.3,
Spaces Against Fire. Any alteration to the sides and/ 6.1.3.10.2, and 6.1.5.3.1.
or undersides of escalator trusses and machinery spaces 8.7.6.1.13 Operating and Safety Devices. Any
shall conform to 6.1.2.1. alteration to or addition of operating and or safety
(07) 8.7.6.1.5 Construction Requirements devices shall conform to 6.1.6 for that device.
(a) Angle of Inclination. No alteration of an escalator
8.7.6.1.14 Lighting, Access, and Electrical Work.
shall change the angle of inclination, as originally
An alteration to or addition of lighting, access, or electri-
designed, by more than 1 deg.
cal work shall conform with the specific requirements
(b) Geometry. Any alteration to the geometry of the
within 6.1.7 for that change.
escalator components shall conform to 6.1.3.2.
(c) Balustrades. Any alteration to the balustrades shall 8.7.6.1.15 Entrance and Egress. Any alteration to
conform to 6.1.3.3 for the altered components. the entrance or egress end shall comply with 6.1.3.6.1
(d) Skirt Deflector Devices. Any alteration or addition through 6.1.3.6.4.
of skirt deflector devices shall conform to 6.1.3.3.10
8.7.6.1.16 Controller. Where a controller is
NOTE [8.7.6.1.5(c)]: The balustrade does not include the handrail. installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
NOTE [8.7.6.1.5(d)]: The vertical dimensions on existing skirt 6.1.6.10 through 6.1.6.15, and 6.1.7.4.
panels may not allow full compliance. See 1.2.
8.7.6.2 Moving Walks
8.7.6.1.6 Handrails. Any alteration to the hand-
rails or handrail system shall require conformance with 8.7.6.2.1 General Requirements. A change in com- (07)
6.1.3.2.2, 6.1.3.4.1 through 6.1.3.4.4, 6.1.3.4.6, 6.1.6.3.12, ponent parts that are interchangeable in form, fit, and
and 6.1.6.4. function is not considered an alteration and need not
comply with the requirements in this Section. See 8.6.3.1.
8.7.6.1.7 Step System The addition of a component or a device that was not
(a) Any alteration to the step system shall require part of the original design is an alteration and must
conformance with 6.1.3.3.5, 6.1.3.5 [except as specified in conform to the requirements of 8.7.6.2 for that device or
8.7.6.1.7(b)], 6.1.3.6, 6.1.3.8, 6.1.3.9.4, 6.1.3.10.4, 6.1.3.11, component.
6.1.6.3.3, 6.1.6.3.9, 6.1.6.3.11, 6.1.6.3.14, and 6.1.6.5. When multiple driving machines per moving walk
(b) Steps having a width less than 560 mm (22 in.) are utilized, operating and safety devices required by
shall not be reduced in width by the alteration. 8.7.6.2 shall simultaneously control all driving machines.
8.7.6.1.8 Combplates. Any alteration of the com- 8.7.6.2.2 Relocation of Moving Walk. Where a
bplates shall require conformance with 6.1.6.3.13. moving walk is relocated, it shall comply with 6.2.
(07) 8.7.6.1.9 Trusses and Girders. Any alterations or 8.7.6.2.3 Protection of Floor Openings. Any alter-
welding, cutting, and splicing of the truss or girder shall ation to the floor openings for moving walks shall com-
conform to 8.7.1.4. Alterations shall result in the escala- ply with 6.2.1.1.
tor’s conforming to 6.1.3.7, 6.1.3.9.1, and 6.1.3.10.1.
The installation of a new escalator into an existing 8.7.6.2.4 Protection of Trusses and Machinery
truss shall conform to all of the requirements of 6.1. Spaces Against Fire. Any alteration to the sides or

315
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

undersides, or both, of moving walk trusses and machin- 8.7.6.2.13 Operating and Safety Devices. An alter-
ery spaces shall conform to 6.2.2.1. ation to or addition of operating and/or safety devices
shall conform with the specific requirements within 6.2.6
8.7.6.2.5 Construction Requirements
for that device.
(a) Angle of Inclination. Alteration of a moving walk
that increases the angle of inclination shall require con- 8.7.6.2.14 Lighting, Access, and Electrical Work.
formance with 6.2. An alteration to or addition of lighting, access, or electri-
(b) Geometry. Any alteration to the geometry of the cal work shall conform with the specific requirements
moving walk components shall require conformance within 6.2.7 for that change.
with 6.2.3.2. 8.7.6.2.15 Controller. Where a controller is
(c) Balustrades. Any alteration to the balustrades shall installed as part of an alteration, it shall conform to
require conformance with 6.2.3.3. 6.2.6.9 through 6.2.6.14, and 6.2.7.4.
NOTE [8.7.6.2.5(c)]: The balustrade does not include the handrail.
8.7.7 Alterations to Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts
8.7.6.2.6 Handrails. An alteration to the handrails 8.7.7.1 Dumbwaiters and Material Lifts Without Auto-
or handrail system shall require conformance with matic Transfer Devices
6.2.3.2.3, 6.2.3.4, 6.2.6.3.10, and 6.2.6.4. 8.7.7.1.1 General. When any alteration is made
8.7.6.2.7 Treadway System to a dumbwaiter or material lift, all work performed as
(a) An alteration to the treadway system shall require part of the alteration shall comply with 7.1 through 7.6.
conformance with 6.2.3.2.3, 6.2.3.3.5, 6.2.3.3.6, 6.2.3.5, 8.7.7.1.2 Increase in Rated Load. Where an alter-
6.2.3.6 [except as specified in 8.7.6.2.7(b)], 6.2.3.8, 6.2.3.9, ation involves an increase in the rated load, the installa-
6.2.3.10, 6.2.3.11, 6.2.3.12.4, 6.2.3.12.5, 6.2.3.13, 6.2.6.3.3, tion shall conform to either of the following:
6.2.6.5, and 6.2.6.3.9.
(a) requirement 7.2, except 7.2.1 for hand and electric
(b) The minimum width of the moving walk shall be dumbwaiters
permitted to be less than that required by 6.2.3.7. The
(b) requirement 7.3, except 7.3.4.1 for hydraulic
existing width, if less than required by 6.2.3.7, shall not
dumbwaiters
be decreased by the alteration.
8.7.7.2 Addition of Automatic Transfer Device.
8.7.6.2.8 Combplates. An alteration of the com-
Where an automatic transfer device is installed on an
bplates shall require conformance with 6.2.3.8 and
existing elevator or dumbwaiter, the resultant combina-
6.2.6.3.11.
tion of material lift or dumbwaiter with automatic trans-
8.7.6.2.9 Trusses and Girders. Any alterations or fer device shall conform to Part 7.
welding, cutting, and splicing of the truss or girder shall
8.7.7.3 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With Auto-
conform to 8.7.1.4. Alterations shall result in the moving
matic Transfer Devices
walk’s conforming to 6.2.3.9, 6.2.3.10.1, and 6.2.3.12.1.
The installation of a new moving walk into an existing 8.7.7.3.1 Where any alteration is made to a mate-
truss shall conform to all of the requirements of 6.2. rial lift or dumbwaiter with an automatic transfer device,
the entire installation shall comply with 7.7 through 7.10.
8.7.6.2.10 Track System. Any alteration to the
tracks shall result in the moving walk’s conforming to 8.7.7.3.2 Where an automatic transfer device is
6.2.3.9, 6.2.3.10, 6.2.3.11.1, and 8.7.1.4. removed from a material lift and is not replaced, the
installation shall conform to 7.4, Material Lift Without
8.7.6.2.11 Rated Load and Speed. Any alteration
Transfer Device.
that increases the rated load or rated speed or both shall
result in the moving walk’s conforming to 6.2. 8.7.7.3.3 Where a material lift is altered to be an
elevator, it shall comply with Part 2 or Part 3.
8.7.6.2.12 Driving Machine, Motor, and Brake
(a) Driving Machine. An alteration to the driving 8.7.7.3.4 Where a material lift or dumbwaiter
machine shall result in the moving walk’s conforming to with an automatic transfer device is altered to a dumb-
6.2.3.10.2, 6.2.3.11.2, 6.2.3.11.3, 6.2.3.13, 6.2.3.14, 6.2.3.15, waiter, it shall comply with 7.1 through 7.3.
6.2.4, 6.2.5.1, 6.2.5.3.1, 6.2.5.3.2, 6.2.6.3.4, and 6.2.6.3.8.
(b) Drive Motor. An alteration to the drive motor shall SECTION 8.8
result in the moving walk’s conforming to 6.2.3.10.2, WELDING
6.2.3.11.2, 6.2.3.11.3, 6.2.4, 6.2.5.2, 6.2.5.3.1, 6.2.6.3.2,
6.2.6.3.7, and 6.2.6.3.8. 8.8.1 Qualification of Welders
(c) Machine Brake. An alteration to the machine brake Where required elsewhere in this Code, welding of
shall result in the moving walk’s conforming to parts, except for tack welds later incorporated into fin-
6.2.3.10.3, 6.2.3.11.2, 6.2.3.12.3, 6.2.5.3.1, and 6.2.5.3.2. ished welds, shall be undertaken

316
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(ED) (a) by welders qualified in accordance with the NOTE: Compliance with certain requirements is verifiable
requirements of Section 4 of ANSl/AWS D1.1, whereby through review of design documents, engineering, or type tests.
the welders shall be qualified by the manufacturer or 8.10.1 General Requirements for Acceptance
contractor; a professional consulting engineer; or a rec- Inspections and Tests
ognized testing laboratory; or
(b) by a fabricator qualified to the requirements of 8.10.1.1 Persons Authorized to Make Acceptance
CSA W47.1, whichever is applicable (see Part 9). Inspections and Tests
8.10.1.1.1 The acceptance inspection shall be
8.8.2 Welding Steel made by an inspector employed by the authority having
Where required elsewhere in this Code, welding shall jurisdiction, or by a person authorized by the authority
conform to either of the following, whichever is applica- having jurisdiction.
ble (see Part 9):
8.10.1.1.2 The person installing or altering the
(a) the design and procedure requirements of the
equipment shall perform all of the tests required by
applicable section of ANSl/AWS D1.1 or ANSI/
8.10.2 through 8.10.5 in the presence of the inspector
AWS D1.3
specified in 8.10.1.1.1.
(b) the design and procedure requirements of
CSA W59 8.10.1.1.3 The inspector shall meet the qualifica- (a)
tion requirements of the ASME QEI-1. Inspectors and
8.8.3 Welding Metals Other Than Steel inspection supervisors shall be certified by an organiza-
Where required elsewhere in this Code, welding of tion accredited by ASME in accordance with the require-
materials other than steel shall be done in accordance ments of ASME QEI-1.
with the latest AWS or CSA requirements applicable to 8.10.1.2 Applicability of Inspection and Test Require-
the specific materials used. ments. Inspections and tests required by 8.10.2 through
8.10.5 are to determine that the equipment conforms
SECTION 8.9 with the following applicable requirements:
CODE DATA PLATE (a) the Code at the time of installation
Requirement 8.9 contains requirements for all new (b) the Code effective as applicable to and for each
alteration
and existing equipment within the Scope of this Code.
(c) the ASME A17.3 Code if adopted by the authority
8.9.1 Required Information having jurisdiction
Data plate shall be provided and maintained that shall NOTES (8.10.1.2):
indicate the Code to be used for inspections and tests (1) The appropriate ASME A17.2 Inspectors’ Manual (see Preface,
ASME Elevator Publications) is a guide for inspections and
(see 8.10.1.2). The data plate shall indicate the Code and
tests.
edition in effect at the time of installation. The data plate (2) References to “Items” and “Divisions” of the Inspectors’ Man-
shall also indicate the Code in effect at the time of any ual, and to the requirements of this Code, are indicated in
alteration and indicate the applicable requirements of parentheses as a convenient reference to the applicable testing
8.7. procedures and requirements.

(07) 8.9.2 Location 8.10.1.3 Making Safety Devices Inoperative or Inef-


fective. No person shall at any time make any required
The data plate shall be in plain view, securely attached safety device or electrical protective device inoperative
to the main line disconnect or on the controller. An or ineffective, except where necessary during tests and
additional data plate shall be installed in the vicinity of inspections. Such devices shall be restored to their nor-
the starting switch on the exterior of escalators and mal operating condition in conformity with the applica-
moving walks. ble requirements prior to returning the equipment to
8.9.3 Material and Construction service (see 2.26.7).
The data plate shall be of such material and construc- 8.10.1.4 Unique or Product-Specific Procedures or (07)
tion that the letters and figures stamped, etched, cast, Methods. Where unique or product-specific procedures
or otherwise applied to the face shall remain perma- or methods are required to inspect or test equipment,
nently and readily legible. The height of the letters and such procedures or methods shall be provided by the
figures shall be not less than 3.2 mm (0.125 in.). manufacturer or installer.
8.10.2 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Electric
SECTION 8.10 Elevators
ACCEPTANCE INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 8.10.2.1 Inspection and Tests Required. New instal-
Requirement 8.10 covers acceptance inspections and lations shall be inspected and tested as required by
tests of new or altered installations. 8.10.2.2 before being placed in service.

317
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Altered installations shall be inspected as specified in (3) Inner Landing Zone (2.26.1.6.7). For static control
8.10.2.3.1. Altered installations shall be tested as speci- elevators, check that the zone in which the car can move
fied in 8.10.2.3.2 before being placed back in service. with the doors open is not more than 75 mm (3 in.)
above or below the landing [Item 1.10.2(c)].
8.10.2.2 Inspection and Test Requirements for New
(k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors (Item 1.11)
Installations
(1) vision panel (2.14.2.5)
8.10.2.2.1 Inside Car (2) glass doors (2.14.5.8)
(a) Door Reopening Device (2.13.5) (Item 1.1) (3) access panels (2.14.2.6)
(b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2) (l) car Enclosure (Item 1.12)
(1) emergency stop switch (2.26.2.5) (1) enclosure and lining materials (2.14.2.1 and
(2) in-car stop switch (2.26.2.21) 2.14.3.1)
(c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3) (2) equipment prohibited inside car (2.14.1.9)
(1) operating devices (2.26.1.1, 2.26.1.2, and (3) classes of loading (2.16.2.2)
2.26.1.6) (4) passengers on freight elevators (2.16.4)
(2) in-car inspection (2.26.1.4.3) (5) identification in cars (2.29.1)
(3) inspection operation with open door circuits (m) Emergency Exit (Item 1.13)
(2.26.1.5) (1) car top (2.14.1.5)
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill (Item 1.4) (2) car side (2.14.1.10)
(1) car floor (2.15.5) (n) Ventilation (2.14.2.3 and 2.14.3.3) (Item 1.14)
(2) clearance (2.5.1.4 and 2.5.1.5) (o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (2.26.12)
(3) landing sill guard, illumination, and hinging (Item 1.15)
(2.11.10) (p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate
(4) car hinged sills (2.15.16) (Item 1.16)
(e) Car Lighting (2.14.7) (Item 1.5) (1) rated load and platform area (2.16.1 and 2.16.2)
(2) capacity and data plates (2.16.3)
(1) normal illumination (2.14.7)
(3) signs in freight elevators (2.16.5 and 2.16.7)
(2) auxiliary lighting system (2.14.7.1.3)
(q) Emergency or Standby Power Operation (Item 1.17). (a)
(f) Car Emergency Signal (2.27.1 and 2.11.1.3) (Item
Operation of elevators equipped with emergency or
1.6)
standby power shall be inspected and tested for confor-
(g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7)
mance with the applicable requirements (2.16.8 and
(1) closed position (2.14.4.11)
2.27.2). Passenger elevators and freight elevators permit-
(2) contact or interlock (2.14.4.2, 2.26.2.15, 2.26.2.28) ted to carry passengers shall be tested with 125% of
(3) car landing door clearances (2.14.4.5) rated load. Other freight elevators shall be tested with
(4) car door guides (2.14.4.6) rated load. In addition, freight elevators with Class C2
(5) passenger car door (2.14.5) loading shall be tested to ensure that the overload can
(6) freight car door or gate (2.14.6) be maintained during loading and unloading.
(h) Door Closing Force Test (2.13.4) (Item 1.8) (r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway Doors
(i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (2.13.3) (Item 1.9): (2.12.5) (Item 1.18)
Test Closing Time Per Data Plate (2.13.4.2.4) (s) Car Ride (2.23, 2.23.6, and 2.15.2) (Item 1.19)
(j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item 1.10) (t) Door Monitoring Systems (2.26.5)
(07) (1) Power Opening of Doors (2.13.2). Determine that (u) Stopping Accuracy (2.26.11)
power opening of car and hoistway doors only occurs (v) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.2.2.2)
when the car is at rest at the landing, or in the landing (w) Working Areas in the Car (2.7.5.1)
zone, except in the case of static control, check that the (1) means to prevent unexpected movement
power shall not be applied until the car is within 300 mm (2.7.5.1.1)
(12 in.) of the landing. (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(07) (2) Leveling Zone and Leveling Speed (2.16.1.6.3). (3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
Check that the leveling zone does not exceed the maxi- Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
mum allowable distance. Check that the leveling speed (4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
does not exceed 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min). In addition, for procedure (8.6.10.7)
static control elevators, the person or firm installing the (x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device
equipment shall provide a written checkout procedure (2.26.2.35)
and demonstrate that the leveling speed with the doors 8.10.2.2.2 Machine Room/Spaces, Control (07)
open is limited to a maximum of 0.75 m/s (150 ft/min) Room/Spaces
and that the speed limiting (or speed monitor) means NOTE: A machinery space outside the hoistway containing an
is independent of the normal means of controlling this electric driving machine and a motor controller is a machine
speed (2.26.1.6.6). room (2.7).

318
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Location of Rooms/Spaces (2.7.6.1 and 2.7.6.2) with applicable requirements. Place the load as shown
(b) Location of Equipment (2.7.6.3) in Table 8.11.2.3.4 in the car and run it to the lowest
(c) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) landing by normal operating means. The driving
(d) Means of Access (Item 2.1) machine shall safely lower, stop, and hold the car with
(1) access (2.7.3.1 through 2.7.3.4) this load. Also see 8.10.2.2.2(v)(3)(a). Freight elevators
(2) door fire-protection rating (2.7.1.1) of Class C2 loading shall sustain and level the elevator
(e) Headroom (2.7.4) (Item 2.2) car with the maximum load shown on the freight eleva-
(f) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4) tor loading sign (2.16.2, 2.16.8, 2.24.8) (Item 2.17)
(g) Inspection and Test Panel (2.7.6.5) (1) braking system (2.24.8.2.2)
(h) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3) (2) electromechanical brake (2.24.8.3)
(1) lighting (2.7.9.1) (3) marking plate (2.24.8.5) (a)
(2) receptacles (NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as appli- (w) Drive Machines (2.24.1, 2.24.4, 2.24.5, and 2.24.9)
cable) (Item 2.18)
(i) Enclosure of Machine Room/Spaces, Control (x) Gears, Bearings, and Flexible Connections (2.24.6,
Room/Spaces (Item 2.4) 2.24.7, and 2.24.10) (Item 2.19)
(1) floors (2.1.3 and 2.7.1.3) (y) Winding Drum Machine (Item 2.20)
(2) enclosure (2.7.1 and 2.8.1) (1) where permitted (2.24.1)
(j) Housekeeping (2.8.1) (Item 2.5) (2) drum diameter (2.24.2.1 and 2.24.2.2)
(k) Ventilation and Heating (2.7.9.2) (Item 2.6) (3) slack-rope device shall be tested by creating
(l) Fire Extinguisher (8.6.1.6.5) (Item 2.7) slack rope (2.26.2.1)
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (2.8) (Item 2.8) (4) spare rope turns (2.20.7)
(n) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment (5) securing of ropes to drums (2.20.6)
(2.10.1) (Item 2.9) (6) final terminal stopping devices (2.25.3.5)
(o) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and Discon- (z) Belt- or Chain-Drive Machine (2.24.9) (Item 2.21)
nect Switches [2.29.1(a) through (f)] (Item 2.10) (aa) Motor Generator (2.26.9.7) (Item 2.22)
(p) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance (bb) Absorption of Regenerated Power (2.26.10)
(2.7.2) (Item 2.23)
(q) Stop Switch (2.7.3.5 and 2.26.2.24) (cc) Traction Sheaves (Item 2.25)
(r) Disconnecting Means and Control (2.26.4.1 and (1) diameter (2.24.2.1, 2.24.2.2, and 2.24.2.4)
NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as applicable) (Item 2.11) (2) grooves (2.24.2.1)
(s) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. (Item (3) traction limits (2.24.2.3 and 2.16.6) shall be
2.12) verified
(1) wiring (2.26.4.1) (a) During an emergency stop initiated by any
(2) fuses (2.26.4.1) of the electrical protective devices listed in 2.26.2 (except
(3) grounding (2.26.1 and NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, 2.26.2.13), at the rated speed in the down direction, with
as applicable) passenger elevators and freight elevators permitted to
(4) phase-protection (2.26.6) carry passengers carrying 125% of their rated load, or
(5) certification (2.26.4.2) with freight elevators carrying their rated load, cars shall
(6) clearances (NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as appli- stop and safely hold the load.
cable) (b) Traction shall slip, or the hoist machine shall
(7) capacitors or devices (2.26.7) stall, if either the car or the counterweight bottoms on
(t) Control Circuits, Including Static Control (Item 2.15). its buffer.
The person or firm installing the elevator shall demon- (dd) Secondary and Deflector Sheaves (2.24.2) (Item
strate or document conformance with the following: 2.26)
(1) general (2.26.9.1, 2.26.9.2, and 2.26.9.8) (ee) Rope Fastenings (2.9.3.3, 2.20.5, and 2.20.9)
(2) redundancy and its checking (2.26.9.3 and (Item 2.27)
2.26.9.4) (ff) Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 2.28). The follow-
(3) static control without motor generator sets ing tests are performed with an empty car in the up
(2.26.9.5 and 2.26.9.6) direction and the car loaded with rated load or 125% of
(4) installation of Capacitors or Other Devices to rated load in the down direction (see 2.16.8).
Make Electrical Protective Devices Ineffective (2.26.6) (1) Test normal terminal stopping device for con-
(u) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and formance with 2.25.2 by making inoperative the normal
2.9.3) (Item 2.16) stopping means. The final terminal stopping device and
(a) (v) Braking System. For passenger elevators and all the emergency terminal speed-limiting device shall
freight elevators, the brake shall be tested for compliance remain operative.

319
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(2) Test emergency terminal speed-limiting device governor rope. The manufacturer shall inform the per-
for conformance with 2.25.4.1. son making the test of the weight necessary to be added
(3) For static control elevators, see 2.25.4.2. [See also to the governor rope when making the inertia applica-
8.10.2.2.3(g) and (h).] tion test. This weight shall be that necessary to reproduce
(gg) Operating Devices inertia operation of the safety at not more than 9⁄10 grav-
(1) inspection operation (2.26.1.4.4) ity. The inertia application test shall be made with the
(2) inspection operation with open door circuits car stationary, and the weight, when released, shall move
(2.26.1.5) the safety parts into contact with the rails. See Nonman-
(3) additional operation devices (2.26.1.3) datory Appendix M, Fig. M-1, for location of weight to
(hh) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal (Item 2.13) be attached to the governor rope when making the iner-
(1) The tripping speed of the governor and the tia test. Inertia application of the safety on the Type A
speed at which the governor overspeed switch operates auxiliary safety plank of Type C safeties is not required.
shall be tested to determine conformance with 2.18.2 (b) If means other than inertia application of the
and 2.18.4. safety is provided, such means shall be tested in an
(2) The governor rope pull-through and pull-out appropriate manner to ensure that the safety will apply
forces shall be tested to determine conformance with without appreciable delay under free-fall condition and
2.17.15 and 2.18.6. If adjustments are made to the gover- that the safety application is independent of the location
nor it shall be sealed immediately following the test. of the break in the hoisting ropes.
(3) The adjustable means shall be sealed (2.18.3). (3) Type A Safeties Without Governors. Type A safe-
(4) A marking plate conforming to 2.18.9 shall be ties without governors that are operated only as a result
attached at the governor. of the breaking or slackening of the suspension ropes
(5) Access and securing of car, if applicable shall be tested by obtaining the necessary slack rope to
(2.7.6.3.4) cause it to function.
(ii) Car and Counterweight Safeties (Item 2.29) (4) Types B and C Safeties
(1) General Requirements for Types A, B, and C (a) Types B and C safeties shall be subjected to
Safeties. The following requirements apply to the accept- an overspeed test, with the suspension ropes attached,
ance tests of Types A, B, and C safeties (Item 2.29): by gradually increasing the speed of the car until the
(a) Car safeties shall be tested with rated load in governor causes application of the safety.
the car. In making the test of car safeties, the load shall be Safeties of elevators equipped with AC driving-
centered on each quarter of the platform symmetrically machine motors, where the car with its rated load does
with respect to the centerlines of the platform. Counter- not cause sufficient overspeed when the machine brake
weight safeties, where provided, shall be tested with no is released to trip the governor jaws, shall be tested by
load in the car. operating the car at its rated speed in the down direction
(b) The tripping speed of the governor shall be and tripping governor jaws by hand; see
measured by means of a tachometer and, if necessary, 8.10.2.2.2(bb)(1)(b) for test of governor tripping speed.
adjusted to conform to 2.18.2. (b) The overspeed switch on the governor shall
(c) If adjustments to the tripping speed are made, be inoperative during the overspeed test. In order to
the governor shall be sealed immediately following the ensure that the safety will retard the car with the mini-
test. Governors shall be sealed, as required by 2.18.3. mum assistance from the elevator driving machine and
(d) The operation of the governor overspeed and minimize the development of slack rope and fallback of
the car safety-mechanism switch shall be tested to deter- the counterweight, the switch on the car operated by
mine conformance with 2.18.4 and 2.17.7. the car safety mechanism shall, for the duration of the
(e) After the safety has stopped the car, the level test, be temporarily adjusted to open as close as possible
of the car platform shall be checked to determine confor- to the position at which the car safety mechanism is in
mance with 2.17.9.2. the fully applied position.
(f) A metal tag with the rule number, test date, (c) The stopping distances for Type B safeties
and name of the person/firm performing the test shall shall conform to 2.17.3, and shall be determined by mea-
be attached to the releasing carrier or where the governor suring the length of the marks made by the safety jaws
rope attaches to the safety. or wedges on both sides of each car guide rail, deducting
(2) Type A Governor-Operated Safeties the length of the safety jaw or wedge used, and taking
(ED) (a) Type A governor-operated safeties shall be the average of the four readings.
tested by operating the car at its rated speed in the down (d) For Type B safeties, the movement of the gov-
direction and manually tripping the governor jaws. A ernor rope to operate the safety mechanism shall be
test shall also be made of the inertia application of the tested to determine conformance with 2.17.11.
safety to determine conformance with 2.17.8.1, by (e) For Type C safeties, the stopping distance
attaching the proper weight to the return run of the shall be equal to the stroke of the buffer located between

320
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

the lower member of the car frame and the auxiliary (m) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer (2.21
safety plank, and shall conform to 2.17.8.2. After the and 2.22) (Item 3.28)
safety has stopped the car, the level of the auxiliary (n) Counterweight Safeties (Item 3.29). Visually inspect
safety plank shall be checked to determine conformance counterweight safeties, including marking plate (2.17.4).
with 2.17.8.2.6. (o) Identification [2.29.1(g) and 2.29.2] (Item 3.9)
(f) For Type C safeties, the buffer compression (p) Hoistway Construction (2.1) (Item 3.10)
switch and oil level devices shall be tested to determine (q) Hoistway Smoke Control (2.1.4) (Item 3.11)
conformance with 2.17.8.2.7 and 2.17.8.2.8. (r) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (2.8) (Item 3.12)
(jj) Ascending Car Overspeed, and Unintended Car (s) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks
Motion Protection (2.1.5, 2.1.6, and 2.11.10.1) (Item 3.12)
(1) Ascending Car Overspeed Protection. The means (t) Hoistway Clearances (2.4 and 2.5) (Item 3.12)
to prevent ascending car overspeed shall be inspected
(u) Multiple Hoistways (2.1.1.4) (Item 3.15)
and tested with no load in the car to verify conformance
(v) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (2.8.2 and
with 2.19.1.2.
NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as applicable) (Item 3.16)
(2) Unintended Car Motion. The means to prevent
(w) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.17)
unintended car motion shall be inspected and tested to
verify conformance with 2.19.2.2. (1) hoistway doors (2.11, 2.12, and 2.13)
(kk) Speed. The speed of the car shall be verified with (2) emergency doors (2.11.1.2)
and without rated load, in both directions (2.16.3.2). (3) hoistway door fire-protection rating marking or
(ll) Code Data Plate (8.9) (Item 2.14) labels (2.1.1.1.3 and 2.11.15.1)
(mm) Emergency Brake (2.19.3) (4) door safety retainers, location, and function
(nn) Wiring Diagrams (8.6.1.6.3) (2.11.11.8)
(oo) AC Drives From a DC Source (Item 2.24). The per- (5) door closed position (2.12.2.2 and 2.12.3.2)
son or firm that installed the AC drive from a DC source (6) hoistway Door Hanger (2.11.11.5.8 and
shall demonstrate compliance with 2.26.9.6 (Item 2.24.3). 2.11.12.4.8)
(a) (pp) Emergency Brake (2.19.3.2) (7) hoistway Door Locking Device (2.12.2.3,
2.12.2.5, 2.12.3.3, 2.12.3.5, 2.26.2.14, and 2.26.4.3)
(07) 8.10.2.2.3 Top-of-Car (x) Car Frame, Counterweight Guides and Stiles
(a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch (2.26.2.8) (Item 3.1) (2.15) (Item 3.18)
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet (2.14.7.1.4) (Item 3.2) (y) Guide Rails and Equipment (2.23) (Item 3.19)
(c) Top-of-Car Operating Device and Equipment (1) rail section (2.23.3)
(Item 3.3) (2) bracket spacing (2.23.4)
(1) top-of-car inspection operation (2.26.1.4.2) (3) surfaces and lubrication (2.23.6 and 2.17.16)
(2) equipment on car top (2.14.1.7)
(4) joints and fish plates (2.23.7)
(3) inspection operation with open door circuits
(5) bracket supports (2.23.9)
(2.26.1.5)
(6) fastenings (2.23.10)
(d) Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space (Item 3.4)
(z) Governor Rope (Item 3.20). Verify governor rope
(1) top-of-car clearance (2.4.6 through 2.4.8, and
data tag complies with 2.18.5. Verify the governor rope
2.4.10)
is as specified on the speed governor marking plate
(2) refuge space and marking (2.4.12)
(2.18.9). Verify clearance complies with 2.18.5 and
(3) guard rails (2.14.1.7.1)
2.18.9(c).
(e) Top Counterweight Clearance (2.4.9) (Item 3.24)
(aa) Governor Releasing Carrier (2.17.15) (Item 3.21)
(f ) Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves (2.24.2)
(bb) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate (Item 3.22)
(Item 3.25)
(1) fastenings (2.20.9)
(g) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.5). Verify
(2) car and counterweight hitch plate (2.17.13)
location and type of switches (2.25.2). [See also
8.10.2.2.2(y).] (3) overhead hitch plate (2.9.3.4)
(h) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.6). Verify (4) equalizers (2.20.5)
location and type of switches for conformance with (cc) Suspension Rope (Item 3.23). Verify number and
2.25.3 and 2.26.4.3. diameter and data tag (2.20.2 and 2.20.4)
(i) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch (Item 3.26). Verify (dd) Compensating Means (2.21.4) (Item 3.34)
for conformance with 2.25.2.3.2, 2.26.2.6, and 2.26.4.3. (ee) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.2.2.2)
(j) Car Leveling Devices (2.26.1.6) (Item 3.7) (ff) Working Areas on the Car Top (2.7.5.1)
(k) Data Plate (2.16.3.3 and 2.20.2) (Item 3.27) (1) means to prevent unexpected movement
(l) Top Emergency Exit (2.14.1.5 and 2.26.2.18) (Item (2.7.5.1.1)
3.8) (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)

321
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car (10) wiring, pipes, and ducts (2.8)
Movement Device (8.6.10.6) (b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2)
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry (1) car bottom clearances (2.4.1)
procedure (8.6.10.7) (2) refuge space and marking (2.4.1.3, 2.4.1.4, and
(gg) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) 2.4.1.6)
(hh) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and (3) car and counterweight runbys (2.4.2 and 2.4.4.)
2.9.3) (4) warning signs [2.4.4(b)]
(ii) Guarding of Equipment (2.10.1) (5) horizontal pit clearances (2.5.1.2 and 2.5.1.6)
(c) Car and Counterweight Buffer (Item 5.9). Marking
(07) 8.10.2.2.4 Outside Hoistway
plates shall be checked in accordance with 2.22.3.3 or
(a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1)
2.22.4.11 for proper application. No test shall be required
(1) apron (2.15.9)
on spring-type buffers. The following tests on oil-type
(2) car head guards (2.15.9.4) buffers shall be performed (Item 5.9).
(b) Hoistway Doors (2.11) (Item 4.2) (1) The level of the oil shall be checked to determine
(1) test of closed biparting doors (2.11.12.4.3 and that it is within the maximum and minimum allowable
2.11.12.4.7) limits (see 2.22.4.6).
(2) hoistway door (2.11) [see also 8.10.2.2.3(w)] (2) Car and counterweight buffers shall be tested
(c) Vision Panels (2.11.7) (Item 4.3) to determine conformance with the plunger return
(d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices (2.12.2.3, 2.12.2.5, requirements of 2.22.4.5.
2.12.3.3, 2.12.3.5, 2.12.4.3, 2.26.2.14, and 2.26.4.3) [see also (3) The car oil buffer shall be tested by running the
8.10.2.2.3(w)] (Item 4.4) car with its rated load onto the buffer at rated speed,
(e) access to Hoistway (Item 4.5) except as specified in 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4). The counterweight
(1) access for maintenance (2.12.6 and 2.12.7) oil buffer shall be tested by running the counterweight
(2) access for emergency (2.12.6) onto its buffer at rated speed with no load in the car,
(f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (2.13.1, 2.13.3, except as specified in 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4).
and 2.13.4) [See also 8.10.2.2.1(i)] (Item 4.6) (4) For reduced stroke buffers conforming to
(g) Sequence Operation (2.13.6 and 2.13.3.4) (Item 4.7) 2.22.4.1.2, these tests shall be made at the reduced strik-
(h) Hoistway Enclosure (2.1.1) (Item 4.8) ing speed.
(i) Emergency and access hoistway openings (Item (5) This acceptance test of the oil buffer is also
4.10) required where Type C safety is used to assure adequate
(1) blind hoistway emergency door (2.11.1.2 and structure and pit bumper contact.
2.11.1.3) (6) In making these tests, the normal and emer-
(2) access openings for cleaning (2.11.1.4) gency terminal stopping devices shall be made tempo-
(j) Separate Counterweight Hoistway (2.3.3) rarily inoperative. The final terminal stopping devices
(Item 4.11) shall remain operative and be temporarily relocated, if
(k) Standby or Emergency Power Selection Switch necessary, to permit full compression of the buffer dur-
(Item 4.12) (2.27.2 and 8.1). [See also 8.10.2.2.1(q)] ing the test.
(l) Location of Equipment (2.7.6.3) (d) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.3). Verify
(m) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4) location, operation, and type of switches for confor-
(n) Inspection and Test Panel (2.7.6.5), Inspection mance with 2.25.3 and 2.26.4.3.
Operation (2.26.1.4.1), and Inspection Operation With (e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4). Verify
Open Door Circuits (2.26.1.5) location, operation and type of switches for conformance
(o) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) with 2.25.2 [see 8.10.2.2.2(y)].
(f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.6) (2.8.2 and NFPA 70 or
(07) 8.10.2.2.5 Pit CSA-C22.1, as applicable)
(a) General (Item 5.1) (g) Governor-Rope Tension Devices (2.18.7) (Item 5.6)
(1) pit floor (2.2.2.2) (h) Compensating Chains, Ropes, and Sheaves
(2) drains, sumps and pumps (2.2.2.3, 2.2.2.4, and (Item 5.10)
2.2.2.5) (1) fastenings (2.21.4)
(3) guards between pits (2.3.2 and 2.2.3) (2) sheave switches (2.26.2.3 and 2.26.4.3)
(4) counterweight guards (2.3.2) (3) tie-down (2.21.4.2)
(5) access to pit (2.2.4) (i) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.7)
(6) access to underside of car (2.2.8) (1) frame (2.15.4 through 2.15.7, and 2.15.9)
(7) illumination (2.2.5) (2) fire protection (2.15.8)
(8) stop switch (2.2.6 and 2.26.2.7) (j) Car Safeties and Guiding Members (Item 5.8)
(9) pit depth (2.2.7) (1) rope movement (2.17.11)

322
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(2) marking plate (2.17.14) by more than 5% (8.7.2.24), tests shall be performed
(3) car guiding members (2.15.2) as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(s); 8.10.2.2.2(bb) and (cc); and
(4) running clearances (2.17.10) 8.10.2.2.3(t), (x), and (y).
(k) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.2.2.2) (c) Where alterations have been made to car or coun-
(l) Working Areas in the Pit (2.7.5.2) terweight oil buffers (8.7.2.23), tests shall be performed
(1) means to prevent unexpected movement as specified in 8.10.2.2.5(b) and (c).
[2.7.5.2.1(a) or (b)] (d) Where an alteration results in the increase in dead-
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34) weight of the car that is sufficient to increase the sum
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car of the deadweight and the rated load, as originally
Movement Device (8.6.10.6) installed, by more than 5% (see 8.7.2.15.2), tests shall be
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(p) and (q);
procedure (8.6.10.7) 8.10.2.2.2(o), (p), (q), (s), (t), (u), (v)(3), (y), (bb), (cc), and
(m) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) (dd); 8.10.2.2.3(k) and (x); and 8.10.2.2.5(c) and (i).
(n) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and (e) Where the alteration consists of the installation of
2.9.3) new car or counterweight safeties, or where alterations
(o) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment are made to existing safeties (see 8.7.2.18), tests shall be
(2.10.1) performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(aa) and (bb);
(p) Pit Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4) 8.10.2.2.3(n), (y), and (aa); and 8.10.2.2.5(j).
(f) Where any alteration is made to a speed governor
8.10.2.2.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation. Ver- (see 8.7.2.19), tests shall be performed as specified in
ify conformance with 2.27.3 through 2.27.8. 8.10.2.2.2(aa), (bb)(1), (bb)(2), and (bb)(4); and
(07) 8.10.2.2.7 Working Platforms 8.10.2.2.3(aa).
(a) Working Platforms (2.7.5.3 and 2.7.5.4) (g) Where an alteration involves an increase in the
(1) operating instructions (8.6.10.8) rated load (see 8.7.2.16.4), tests shall be performed as
(b) Retractable Stops (2.7.5.5) specified in 8.10.2.2.1(p), and (q); 8.10.2.2.2(o) through
(u), (v)(3), (y), (bb), (cc), and (dd); 8.10.2.2.3(k) and (x);
(1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37)
and 8.10.2.2.5(c) and (i).
(c) Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4)
(h) Where alterations are made to a driving machine
(07) 8.10.2.2.8 Functional Safety of Electrical/Elec- brake (see 8.7.2.25), tests shall be performed as specified
tronic/Programmable Electronic Systems (E/E/PES). in 8.10.2.2.2(o) and (v)(3).
Verify that the E/E/PES electrical protective devices (i) Where the location of the driving machine has
(2.26.4.3.2) and the E/E/PES control and operating cir- been changed (8.7.2.25.2), for alterations as described
cuits (2.26.9), where provided, are listed/certified and in 8.7.2.25.2(a), tests shall be performed as specified in
labeled/marked with a SIL equal to or greater than the 8.10.2.2.2(d), (i), (n), and (v)(3). For alterations as
values indicated for the devices in Table 2.26.4.3.2 and described in 8.7.2.25.2(b), tests shall be performed as
2.26.9, as applicable. specified in 8.10.2.2.
The person or firm installing the equipment shall pro- (j) Where an alteration increases the rated speed (a)
vide a written checkout procedure and demonstrate that (8.7.2.17.2), travel (8.7.2.17.1), rated load (8.7.2.4), type
all E/E/PES electrical protective devices operate as of service (8.7.2.16.1), class of loading (8.7.2.16.2), or from
intended. freight to passenger (8.7.2.16.3), tests shall be performed
8.10.2.3 Inspection and Test Requirements for as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(c), (p), (q), and (s); 8.10.2.2.2(l),
Altered Installations (m), (o), (t), (u), (v), (w), (y), (aa), (bb), (cc), and (dd);
8.10.2.2.3(d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (k), (m), (n), and (cc);
8.10.2.3.1 Alterations shall be inspected for com- 8.10.2.2.4(e); and 8.10.2.2.5(b) through (e) and (j).
pliance with the applicable requirements specified in 8.7. (k) Where an alteration is made to any terminal stop-
Check code data plate for compliance with 8.7.1.8. ping device (8.7.2.26), tests shall be performed as speci-
8.10.2.3.2 Tests shall be performed when the fol- fied in 8.10.2.2.2(y); 8.10.2.2.3(g) and (h); and
lowing alterations are made: 8.10.2.2.5(c)(4), (d), and (e).
(a) Where the alteration consists of the addition of (l) Where an alteration is made to a standby or emer-
power operation to the door system (see 8.7.2.12), tests gency power system (see 8.7.2.28), tests shall be per-
shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(h), (i), (j), formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(q) and 8.10.2.2.4(k).
and (t); 8.10.2.2.3(c)(3); 8.10.2.2.3(j) and (w); 8.10.2.2.4(b), (m) Where an alteration is made to firefighters’ ser-
and (d) through (g); and 8.10.2.2.6. vice operation (see 8.7.2.28), tests shall be conducted as
(b) Where alterations have been made to the car or specified in 8.10.2.2.6.
counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports, or guide- (n) Where an alteration increases or decreases the rise
rail fastenings, or where the stresses have been increased (see 8.7.2.17.1), tests shall be performed as specified in

323
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.10.2.2.2(x), and (y); 8.10.2.2.3(d) through (h), (t), (w), (e) Car Lighting [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.1(e)] (Item 1.5)
and (y); 8.10.2.2.4(b), (c), (e) through (h), and (j); and (f ) Car Emergency Signal [3.27 and 8.10.2.2.1(f )]
8.10.2.2.5(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), and (h). (Item 1.6)
(o) Where an alteration is made such that a hoistway (g) Car Door or Gate [3.11 through 3.14, and
entrance is added (see 8.7.2.10.1), tests shall be per- 8.10.2.2.1(g)] (Item 1.7)
formed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(a), (c)(3), (h), (i), (j), (r), (h) Door Closing Force [3.13, 3.14, and 8.10.2.2.1(h)]
and (t); 8.10.2.2.2(z)(2); 8.10.2.2.3(c)(3)(w); 8.10.2.2.4(b) (Item 1.8)
through (g), and (j); and 8.10.2.2.6. (i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates [3.13 and
(p) Where an alteration is made such that there is a 8.10.2.2.1(i)] (Item 1.9)
change in class of loading (see 8.7.2.16.2), tests shall be (j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates [3.13, 3.26.3, and
performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.1(p); 8.10.2.2.2(o), (p), 8.10.2.2.1(j)] (Item 1.10)
(v), (bb), and (cc); and 8.10.2.2.5(i)(1). (k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors [3.14 and
(q) Where an alteration is made that results in a freight 8.10.2.2.1(k)] (Item 1.11)
elevator being permitted to carry passengers (see (l) Car Enclosure [3.14, 8.9, and 8.10.2.2.1(l)] (Item
8.7.2.16.3), tests shall be performed as specified in 1.12)
8.10.2.2.1(a), (g), (i), (j), (l), (p), and (q); and 8.10.2.2.2(o), (m) Emergency Exit [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.1(m)] (Item
(u), (y), (bb), (cc)(2), and (dd). 1.13)
(r) Where an alteration is made that results in a new (n) Ventilation [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.1(n)] (Item 1.14)
drive machine (see 8.7.2.25.1), tests shall be performed (o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols [3.4 and
as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(j), (n) through (s), (v), (w), (cc), 8.10.2.2.1(o)] (Item 1.15)
and (dd); and 8.10.2.2.1(q). (p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate [3.16
(s) Where a controller is installed as part of an alter- and 8.10.2.2.1(p)] (Item 1.16)
ation without any change to the type of operation or (q) Emergency and Auxiliary Power
control (see 8.7.2.27.4), tests shall be performed as speci- (1) standby or emergency power [3.27 and (a)
fied in 8.10.2.2.1(c), (j), (q), and (t); 8.10.2.2.2(k), (l), (m), 8.10.2.2.1(q)]. Passenger elevators and freight elevators
(t), (u), (y), (z), (cc), and (dd); and 8.10.2.2.6. shall be tested with rated load. Freight elevators with
(t) Where an alteration is made that results in a Class C2 loading shall be tested to ensure that the over-
change in the type of motion or operation control load can be maintained during loading and unloading.
(8.7.2.27.5 and 8.7.2.27.6), tests shall be performed as (2) auxiliary power lowering (3.26.10)
specified in 8.10.2.2.2(l) and (m). All electrical protective (r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway Doors [3.12
devices shall be tested for proper operation. and 8.10.2.2.1(r)] (Item 1.18)
(u) Where an alteration is made that results in a new (s) Car Ride (3.15, 3.23, and 8.10.2.2.1(s)] (Item 1.19)
replacement of a hoistway door, car door, or car gate
(t) Door Monitoring Systems [3.26.1 and 8.10.2.2.1(t)]
controller without any change to the operation or control
(u) Stopping Accuracy (3.26.1)
[see 8.7.2.27.4(b)], tests shall be performed as specified
(v) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.3.2.2)
in 8.10.2.2.1(i) and (j); and 8.10.2.2.2(l)(1), (l)(2), (l)(3),
(w) Working Areas in the Car (3.7 and 2.7.5.1)
and (l)(5).
(1) means to prevent unexpected movement
8.10.3 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Hydraulic (2.7.5.1.1)
Elevators (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
8.10.3.1 Inspection and Tests Required. New instal- Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
lations shall be inspected and tested as required by
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
8.10.3.2 before being placed in service.
procedure (8.6.10.7)
Altered installations shall be inspected as specified in
(x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device (3.26.1
8.10.3.3.1. Altered installations shall be tested as speci-
and 2.26.2.35)
fied in 8.10.3.3.2 before being placed back in service.
8.10.3.2.2 Machine Room/Spaces, Control (07)
8.10.3.2 Inspection and Test Requirements for New
Room/Spaces
Installations
NOTE: A machinery space outside the hoistway containing a
(07) 8.10.3.2.1 Inside Car hydraulic machine and a motor controller is a machine room (3.7).
(a) Door Reopening Device [8.10.2.2.1(a)] (Item 1.1)
(b) Stop Switches [3.26.4 and 8.10.2.2.1(b)] (Item 1.2) (a) Location of Rooms/Spaces (3.7.1)
(c) Operating Control Devices [3.26.1 through 3.26.3, (b) Location of Equipment (3.7.1)
and 8.10.2.2.1(c)] (Item 1.3) (c) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(d) Car Floor and Landing Sill [3.5, 3.11, 3.15, and (d) Means of Access [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(d)] (Item 2.1)
8.10.2.2.1(d)] (Item 1.4) (e) Headroom [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(e)] (Item 2.2)

324
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(f) Means Necessary for Tests (3.7.1) (x) Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Assemblies
(g) Inspection and Test Panel (3.7.1) (3.19.3.3) (Item 2.34)
(h) Lighting and Receptacles [3.7.1, 3.8, and (y) Supply Lines and Shutoff Valves (Item 2.35). Data
8.10.2.2.2(h)] (Item 2.3) from the pipe, fitting, and valve manufacturers shall
(i) Enclosure of Machine Room/Spaces, Control be provided to verify that the pressured rating of all
Room/Spaces [3.1, 3.7.1, and 8.10.2.2.2(i)] (Item 2.4) components complies with pressure rating requirements
(j) Housekeeping [3.8 and 8.10.2.2.2(j)] (Item 2.5) (Item 2.18.3).
(k) Ventilation and Heating [3.7.1 and 8.10.2.2.2(k)] (1) component ratings (3.19.1.2)
(Item 2.6) (2) component markings (3.19.1.4)
(l) Fire Extinguisher (8.6.1.6.5) (Item 2.7) (3) visual inspection of field welding (3.19.6)
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (3.8) (Item 2.8) (4) pressure piping (3.19.2)
(n) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment [3.10 (5) below-ground installations (3.19.5)
and 8.10.2.2.2(n)] (Item 2.9) (6) connections and fittings (3.19.3)
(o) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and Discon- (z) Hydraulic Cylinders (Item 2.36). For plunger stops
nect Switches [3.29 and 8.10.2.2.2(o)] (Item 2.10) [Item 3.4.3(a)], verify that a stop ring has been provided
(p) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance as required by 3.18.4.1.
(3.7.1) (aa) Pressure Switch (Item 2.37). Where cylinders are
(q) Stop Switch (3.7.1 and 3.26.1) installed with the top of the cylinder above the top of
the tank, a test shall be made to determine conformance
(r) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item 2.11)
to 3.26.8.
(1) general (2.26.4.1, 2.26.4.5, and 3.26.1, and
(bb) Recycling Operation (3.26.7). Where recycling
NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as applicable)
operation is provided for multiple or telescoping plung-
(2) closed position (3.26.3.1.4)
ers, tests shall be made for conformance with 3.26.7.
(3) auxiliary contacts (NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as
(cc) Static Control Elevator. The person or firm install-
applicable)
ing a static control elevator shall demonstrate confor-
(s) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. (Item mance with 3.25.2.2.5(b).
2.12) (dd) Code Data Plate (8.9)
(1) wiring (2.26.4.1 and 3.26.1) (ee) Operating Devices [8.10.2.2.2(gg)]
(2) certification (2.26.4.2 and 3.26.1) (1) Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4)
(3) capacitors or devices (2.26.7 and 3.26.1) (2) Inspection Operation With Open Door Circuits
(4) control and operating circuits (2.26.9 and 3.26.1) (2.26.1.5, 3.26.1, and 3.26.2)
(5) clearances (NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as appli- (ff) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal (3.17.1)
cable) (Item 2.13)
(6) phase protection (3.26.5) (1) access and securing of car, if applicable
(7) low oil protection (3.26.9) (2.7.6.3.4)
(8) grounding (2.26 and NFPA 70 or CSA-C22.1, as (gg) Wiring Diagrams (8.6.1.6.3)
applicable) (hh) Freight Elevators. Freight elevators of Class C2 (a)
(9) fuses (2.26.4.1) loading shall sustain and level the elevator car with the
(t) Hydraulic Machine (Power Unit) (3.24.1) (Item 2.30). maximum load shown on the freight elevator loading
The working pressure shall be checked and the pressure sign (3.16.2) (Item 2.17).
on the data plate verified (3.24.1.1).
8.10.3.2.3 Top-of-Car (07)
(u) Relief Valves (Item 2.31). The relief valve shall be
(a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch [3.26.4 and 8.10.2.2.3(a)]
tested to determine conformance with 3.19.4.2.
(Item 3.1)
(v) Control Valve (Item 2.32)
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.2(e)]
(1) electric requirements (3.19.7) (Item 3.2)
(2) certification (3.19.4.6) (c) Top-of-Car Operating Device [8.10.2.2.3(c)] (Item
(3) data plate (3.19.4.6.2) 3.3)
(4) check valve (3.19.4.3) (1) operation (3.26.2)
(5) manual lowering valve (3.19.4.4) (2) operation with open door circuits (2.26.1.5)
(6) pressure gauge fitting (3.19.4.5) (d) Top-of-Car Clearance, Refuge Space (Item 3.4)
(w) Tanks (Item 2.33) (1) top car clearance (3.4.4)
(1) capacity (3.24.2.1) (2) car top minimum runby (3.4.2.2)
(2) minimum level indication (3.24.2.2) (3) top-of-car equipment (3.4.5)
(3) atmospheric storage and discharge tanks (4) vertical clearance of underslung car frames
(3.24.3) (3.4.8)

325
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(5) refuge space (3.4.7) (bb) Counterweight Ropes, Connections, and Sheaves
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (3.25.1) (3.20 and 3.21) (Item 3.22)
(Item 3.5) (cc) Car Speed [3.28.1(k)]. The speed of the car shall
(f) Terminal Speed Reducing Devices (3.25.2) (Item be verified with rated load and with no load, in both
3.6) directions. (Item 3.30)
(g) Car Leveling and Anticreep Devices (Item 3.7) (dd) Inertia Tests. Conduct inertia tests for Type A
(1) Anticreep Operation. A test of the anticreep lev- safeties. See Nonmandatory Appendix M.
eling device shall be made to determine conformance (ee) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.3.2.2)
to 3.26.3.1. (ff) Working Areas on the Car Top (3.7.1)
(2) leveling or truck zone operation (3.26.3.2) (1) means to prevent unexpected movement
(h) Crosshead Data Plate [3.16 and 8.10.2.2.3(k)] (2.7.5.1.1)
(Item 3.27) (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(i) Top Emergency Exit [3.14 and 8.10.2.2.2(s)] (Item (3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
3.8) Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
(j) Identification [8.10.2.2.3(o)] (4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
(k) Hoistway Construction (3.1) (Item 3.10) procedure (8.6.10.7)
(l) Hoistway Smoke Control [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(q)] (gg) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(Item 3.11) (hh) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (3.8) 2.9.3)
(n) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks [3.1 (ii) Guarding of Equipment (2.10.1)
and 8.10.2.2.3(s)] (Item 3.13) 8.10.3.2.4 Outside Hoistway (07)
(o) Hoistway Clearances (3.5) (Item 3.14) (a) Car Platform Guard [8.10.2.2.4(a)] (Item 4.1)
(p) Multiple Hoistways [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(u)] (Item (b) Hoistway Doors (8.10.2.2.4) (Item 4.2)
3.15) (c) Vision Panels (3.11) (Item 4.3)
(q) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes [3.8 and (d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices [3.12 and
8.10.2.2.3(v)] (Item 3.16) 8.10.2.2.4(d)] (Item 4.4)
(r) Door and Gate Equipment. Use procedure in (e) Access to Hoistway [3.12 and 8.10.2.2.4(e)] (Item
8.10.2.2.3(w). (3.11, 3.12, and 3.13) (Item 3.17) 4.5)
(s) Car Frame and Stiles (3.15) (Item 3.18) (f ) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors [3.13 and
(t) Guide Rails, Fastenings, and Equipment (3.23) 8.10.2.2.4(f)] (Item 4.6)
(Item 3.19) (g) Sequence Operation [3.13 and 8.10.2.2.4(g)]
(1) rail Section (3.23) (Item 4.7)
(2) bracket Spacing (h) Hoistway Enclosure [3.1 and 8.10.2.2.4(h)] (Item
(3) surfaces and Lubrication 4.8)
(4) joints and Fish Plates (i) Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways [3.11 and
(5) bracket Supports 8.10.2.2.4(i)] (Item 4.10)
(6) fastenings (1) blind hoistway emergency door
(7) guides (2) access openings for cleaning
(u) Governor, Safety, Ropes, and Counterweights (Item (j) Standby or Emergency Power Selection Switch
3.20). Use procedures in 8.10.2.2.2(aa) and (bb); and [3.26.10 and 8.10.2.2.4(k)] (Item 4.12)
8.10.2.2.3(m), (n), (z) through (cc); car and counterweight (k) Location of Equipment (3.7.1)
safeties (3.17.1 and 3.17.2). (l) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4, 3.7.1.8, 3.7.1.9,
(v) Governor Rope Releasing Carrier [3.17.1 and and 3.7.1.10)
8.10.2.2.3(aa)] (Item 3.21) (m) Inspection and Test Panel (3.7.1 and 2.7.6.5),
(w) Governor Rope [3.17.1 and 8.10.2.2.3(z)] (Item Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.1), and Inspection Opera-
3.20) tion With Open Door Circuits (2.26.1.5)
(n) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(x) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate [3.17.1 and
8.10.2.2.3(bb)] (Item 3.22) 8.10.3.2.5 Pit (07)
(y) Suspension Rope (3.17.1, 3.18.1.2, 3.20, and 3.24.5) (a) Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and Condition
(Item 3.23) [3.2 and 8.10.2.2.5(a)(1) through (a)(8) and (a)(10)]
(z) Slack Rope Device (3.17.1.1, 3.18.1.2.7, and 3.22.1.2) (Item 5.1)
(Item 3.31) (b) Bottom Clearance, Runby, and Minimum Refuge
(aa) Traveling Sheave (3.18.1.2.8 and 3.22.1.2) (Item Space (Item 5.2)
3.32) (1) bottom car clearance (3.4.1)

326
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(2) minimum bottom car runby (3.4.2) (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(3) maximum bottom car runby (3.4.3) (3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(c) Plunger and Cylinder (Item 5.11) Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
(1) hydraulic jack connections (4) operating instructions for egress and re-entry
(a) direct-acting elevators (3.18.1.1); and procedure (8.6.10.7)
(b) roped-hydraulic elevators (3.18.1.2) (r) Equipment Exposed to Weather (3.7.1)
(2) plunger (s) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and
(a) plunger connections (3.18.2.3) 2.9.3)
(b) plunger guides (3.18.2.7) (t) Guarding of Equipment (2.10.1)
(3) cylinders (u) Pit Inspection Operation (3.26.2)
(a) clearance bottom of cylinder (3.18.3.3)
(b) collection of oil (3.18.3.7) 8.10.3.2.6 Firefighters’ Emergency Operation
(c) corrosion protection: the person or firm (3.27). Verify conformance with 2.27.3 through 2.27.8
installing monitored cathodic protection shall demon- and 3.27.
strate conformance with 3.18.3.8.3(c) 8.10.3.2.7 Working Platforms (07)
(d) means for release of air or gas (3.18.3.9) (a) Working Platforms (3.7.1, 2.7.5.3, and 2.7.5.4)
(4) welding visual inspection (3.18.5) (1) operating instructions (8.6.10.8)
(d) Car Buffer (3.6.3, 3.6.4, and 3.22.1) (Item 5.12) (b) Retractable Stops (3.7.1 and 2.7.5.5)
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (3.25.1) (1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37)
(Item 5.4)
(c) Inspection Operation (3.26.2)
(f) Traveling Cables (3.8; and NFPA 70, Article 620 or
CSA-C22.1, Section 38, as applicable) (Item 5.6) 8.10.3.3 Inspection and Test Requirements for
(g) Car Frame and Platform (3.15) (Item 5.7) Altered Installations
(h) Guiding Members (3.15 and 3.23) (Item 5.13)
8.10.3.3.1 Alterations shall be inspected for com-
(i) Supply Piping (Item 5.14)
pliance with the applicable requirements specified in 8.7.
(1) components and valves (3.19.1 and 3.19.4)
Check code data plate for compliance with 8.7.1.8.
(2) field welding visual inspection (3.19.6)
(3) pressure piping (3.19.2) 8.10.3.3.2 Tests shall be performed when the fol- (07)
(j) Car Safety (Item 5.8) lowing alterations are made:
(k) Governor rope tension device (Item 5.6) (a) Where the alteration consists of the addition of
(l) Counterweight power operation to the door system (8.7.3.12), tests shall
(1) top clearance and bottom runby (3.4.6 and be performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.1(a), (h), (i), (j), and
3.22.2) (t); 8.10.2.2.3(g); 8.10.3.2.3(r); 8.10.2.2.4(b), (d) through
(2) guards (3.3) (g); and 8.10.2.2.6.
(3) design (3.21) (b) Where alterations have been made to the car or
(m) Protection of spaces below hoistway (3.6) counterweight guide rails, guide-rail supports, or guide-
(n) A plunger gripper, where provided, shall be rail fastenings, or where the stresses have been increased
inspected and tested at rated load at not less than by more than 5% (8.7.3.28), tests shall be performed
operating speed in the down direction. The means for as specified in 8.10.3.2.1(s), 8.10.2.2.2(bb), if safeties are
the actuation of the gripper shall be verified by provided, 8.10.3.2.3(o), (s), and (t).
overspeeding the car or by alternative means. Where (c) Where alterations have been made to oil buffers
multiple means of actuation are provided, each means (8.7.3.27), tests shall be performed as specified in
shall be individually tested. The date of this test shall 8.10.3.2.5(b), (d), and (l)(1).
be permanently marked on the marking plate [see (d) Where an alteration results in an increase in the
3.17.3.8(e)]. deadweight of the car that is sufficient to increase the
(o) Overspeed Valve and Seal. Overspeed valves, where sum of the deadweight and the rated load, as originally
provided, shall be inspected and tested to verify that installed, by more than 5% (8.7.3.21), tests shall be per-
they will stop the car, traveling down with rated load formed as specified in 8.10.3.2.3(u) and 8.10.2.2.2(bb)
within the specified limits of 3.19.4.7.5(a), using a written if safeties are provided; 8.10.2.2.5(c) if oil buffers are
procedure supplied by the valve manufacturer or provided; and 8.10.3.2.1(q), 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (q), and
installer. (r), 8.10.3.2.3(h) and (cc).
(p) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.10.3.2.2) (e) Where the alteration consists of the installation of
(q) Working Areas in the Pit (3.7.1 and 2.7.5.2) new car or counterweight safeties, or where alterations
(1) means to prevent unexpected movement are made to existing safeties (8.7.3.15), tests shall be
[2.7.5.2.1(a) or (b)] performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.3(u) and 8.10.2.3.2(e).

327
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(f) Where any alteration is made to a speed governor shall be performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(l), (m), (t),
(8.7.3.16), tests shall be performed as specified by and (u). All electrical protective devices shall be tested
8.10.2.3.2(f) and 8.10.3.2.3(u). for proper operation.
(g) Where an alteration involves an increase in the (s) Where an alteration is made and results in a
rated load (8.7.3.20), tests shall be performed as specified replacement of a new controller without any change to
in 8.10.2.2.2(bb); and 8.10.3.2.3(u) if safeties are provided; the type of operation control or motion (8.7.3.31.5), tests
and 8.10.2.2.5(c) if oil buffers are provided, and as speci- shall be performed as specified in 8.10.2.2.2(l), (m)(1),
fied in 8.10.3.2.1(p), (q)(1), 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (r), and (m)(2), (m)(4), and (ee); and 8.10.2.2.1(t). All electrical
8.10.3.2.3(h) and (cc). protective devices shall be tested for proper operation.
(h) Where an alteration consists of an increase in the
working pressure by more than 5% (8.7.3.23.4), it shall 8.10.4 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Escalators
be inspected as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n) through (t) and Moving Walks
and 8.10.3.2.5(c) and (i). 8.10.4.1 Inspection and Test Requirements for New
(i) Where the location of the driving machine has been Installations. New installations shall be inspected and
changed (8.7.3.23.5), tests shall be performed as specified tested as required by 8.10.4.1 before being placed in
8.10.3.2. service.
(a) (j) Where an alteration increases the rated speed
(8.7.3.22.2), increases the rated load (8.7.3.20), increases 8.10.4.1.1 External Inspection and Tests (07)
the weight of the car (8.7.3.21), changes travel (8.7.3.22.1), (a) General Fire Protection Requirements (Items 7.1
changes the type of service (8.7.3.17), changes the class of and 9.1)
loading (8.7.3.18), or changes from freight to passenger (1) The protection of floor and wall openings shall
(8.7.3.19), tests shall be performed as specified in be inspected to determine conformance with 6.1.1 for
8.10.3.2.1(a), (c), (g) through (k), (q), (r), (s), and (t); escalators or 6.2.1 for moving walks.
8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (x), and (y); 8.10.3.2.3(c) through (h), (2) The protection of the trusses and machine space
(o), (u), (y), and (cc); and and 8.10.3.2.5(b), (d), and (l). shall be inspected to determine conformance with 6.1.2
(k) Where an alteration is made to any terminal stop- or 6.2.2.
ping device (see 8.7.3.30), tests shall be performed as (b) Geometry (Items 7.2 and 9.2)
specified in 8.10.3.2.3(e) and (f), and 8.10.3.2.5(e). (1) angle of inclination (6.1.3.1 or 6.2.3.1)
(l) Where an alteration is made to a standby or emer- (2) width and clearances (6.1.3.2 or 6.2.3.2)
gency power system [see 8.7.3.31.8(b)], tests shall be (3) interior low deck (6.1.3.3.4 or 6.2.3.3.4)
performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.1(q) and 8.10.3.2.4(j). (c) Handrails (Items 7.3 and 9.3)
(m) Where an alteration is made to firefighters’ ser- (1) Speed (6.1.3.4.1 or 6.2.3.4.1). Running tests shall
vice operation [8.7.3.31.8(c)], tests shall be conducted as be performed, in each direction, to determine confor-
specified in 8.10.3.2.6. mance with 6.1.3.4.1 or 6.2.3.4.1.
(n) Where an alteration is made to the plunger or (2) extension (6.1.3.4.2 or 6.2.3.4.2)
cylinder (8.7.3.23), tests shall be performed as specified (3) guards (6.1.3.4.3 or 6.2.3.4.3)
in 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), (o), (r), and (s), 8.10.3.2.3(d) and (4) splice (6.1.3.4.4 or 6.2.3.4.4)
(cc); and 8.10.3.2.5(b) and (c). (5) height (6.1.3.4.5)
(o) Where an existing control valve is replaced with (6) clearance (6.1.3.4.6 or 6.2.3.4.5)
a valve of a different type, or where relief or check valves (7) the person or firm installing the equipment shall
or the supply piping and fittings are replaced (8.7.3.24), provide a written checkout procedure and demonstrate
tests shall be performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(m), (n), that the handrail speed does not change when a
(o), and (r); and 8.10.3.2.3(cc). retarding force, up to the maximum required by code,
(p) Where an alteration consists of a change in opera- is applied opposite to the direction of travel (6.1.3.4.1
tion control (8.7.3.31.7), tests shall be performed as speci- or 6.2.3.4.1)
fied in 8.10.3.2.1(a), (b), (c), (e) through (j), (q), (s), and (d) Entrance and Egress (Items 7.4 and 9.4)
(t); 8.10.3.2.2(j), (l), (t), (u), (x), and (y); 8.10.3.2.3(a), (c), (1) head room (6.1.3.12 or 6.2.3.16)
(e), (f), (g), and (cc); 8.10.3.2.4(b) through (g), (i), (j); (2) egress and Safety Zone (6.1.3.6.4, 6.2.3.8.4, and
8.10.3.2.5(a) and (e); and 8.10.3.2.6. 6.2.6.3.6)
(q) Where an alteration is made that results in a new (3) combplates [6.1.3.6.1(a) or 6.2.3.8.1(a)]
hoistway door, car door, or car gate controller without (e) Lighting (Items 7.5 and 9.5)
any change to the operation or control [8.7.3.31.5(b)], (1) illumination of steps (6.1.7.2 or 6.2.7.2)
tests shall be performed as specified in 8.10.3.2.2(l)(1), (2) demarcation (6.1.6.7 or 6.2.6.7)
(2), (3), and (5). (f) Caution Signs (6.1.6.2, 6.1.6.9, or 6.2.6.8) (Items 7.6
(r) Where an alteration is made that results in a and 9.6)
change in the type of motion control (8.7.2.27.5), tests

328
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(g) Combplates (6.1.3.6 and 6.2.3.8.1) (Items 7.7 and (e) slotting of risers (6.1.3.5.3)
9.7) (f) design load (6.1.3.9.4)
(1) design (g) flat steps (6.1.3.6.5)
(2) adjustment (h) step upthrust device
(3) replacement (2) treadways
(h) Deck Barricade (Items 7.8 and 9.8) (a) belt type (6.2.3.6)
(1) antislide Devices (6.1.3.3.10) (b) pallet type (6.2.3.5)
(j) Operating and Safety Devices (Items 7.10 and 9.10)
(2) deck Barricades (6.1.3.3.11 or 6.2.3.3.8)
(1) starting switches (6.1.6.2 or 6.2.6.2).
(i) Steps, Step Upthrust Device, and Treadway (Items
(2) emergency stop buttons (6.1.6.3.1 or 6.2.6.3.1).
7.9 and 9.9)
(3) automatic start and stopping (6.1.6.1.1 or
(1) steps 6.2.6.1.1).
(a) material and type (6.1.3.5.1) (4) Tandem Operation (6.1.6.6 or 6.2.6.6). When inter-
(b) dimensions (6.1.3.5.2) locked tandem operation is required, verify that an esca-
(c) clearance between steps (6.1.3.5.4) lator or moving walk carrying passengers to an
(d) slotting of treads (6.1.3.5.4) intermediate landing will stop when the escalator or

328.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(b) Where the handrails have been altered, they shall this equipment shall also be checked during these
be inspected for conformance with 8.7.6.1.6 for escalators inspections and tests.
and 8.7.6.2.6 for moving walks, and tested as specified
8.10.5.2 Private Residence Elevators. Private resi- (07)
in 8.10.4.1.1(c)(1) and 8.10.4.1.1(m) (Items 7.3 and 8.13,
dence elevators shall be subject to acceptance inspections (ED)
or 9.3 and 10.13).
and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspec-
(c) Where the step system or treadway system has tion and test requirements shall apply to the correspond-
been altered, it shall be inspected for conformance with ing requirements in 5.3 and 5.4. Any additional
8.7.6.1.7 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.7 for moving walks, requirements for this equipment should also be checked
and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.1(g), (i)(2), and (p), during these inspections and tests.
and 8.10.4.1.2(h) through (l) and (r) (Items 7.9 and 8.12, Before an inclined elevator is put into service, a test
or 9.9 and 10.12). of the car safety shall be made with rated load in the
(d) Where alterations involve the trusses, girders, or car. Governor operation of instantaneous-type safeties
supporting structures, they shall be inspected and tested shall be tested at rated speed by manually tripping the
for conformance with 8.7.6.1.9 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.9 governor. Where speed governors are located on the
for moving walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.2(l) car or chassis, testing shall be performed by obtaining
(Items 8.12 or 10.12). sufficient slack rope to cause the safety to function.
(e) Where the step wheel tracks or track system is
altered, they shall be inspected and tested for confor- 8.10.5.3 Hand Elevators. Hand elevators shall be
mance with 8.7.6.1.10 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.10 for subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and tests
moving walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.2(l) specified in 8.10.1 and 8.10.2.
(Items 7.9 and 8.13, or 9.9 and 10.12). The inspection and test requirements shall apply to
(f) Where alterations involve changes in the rated the corresponding requirements in 4.3. Any additional
load and/or speed, they shall be inspected and tested requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
for conformance with 8.7.6.1, and tested as specified in during these inspections and tests.
8.10.4.1.1 and 8.10.4.1.2 (Items 7.1 through 8.15 and 9.1 The driving-machine brake required by 4.3.19.2 shall
through 10.15). be tested with both empty car and rated load in the car.
(g) Where the driving machine motor or brake is 8.10.5.4 Dumbwaiters. Dumbwaiters shall be sub-
altered, it shall be inspected and tested for conformance ject to acceptance inspection and testing in conformance
with 8.7.6.1.12 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.12 for moving with 7.1, 7.2, and 7.3. Items to be inspected shall be as
walks and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.1(m) and (s), specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3 unless not required in
8.10.4.1.2(d) and (n) (Items 7.14, 8.4, 8.6, 9.14, 10.4, 7.1, 7.2, and 7.3. Inspections of dumbwaiter shall take
and 10.6). place from outside the hoistway. Inspection from the
(h) Where the operating, safety, or electrical protective car top of dumbwaiters with automatic transfer devices
devices are altered or added, they shall be inspected shall be permitted only when top-of-car operating
and tested for conformance with 8.7.6.1.13 for escalators devices and car safeties are provided and the dumb-
and 8.7.6.2.13 for moving walks, and tested as specified waiter has a rated load sufficient for the inspector and
in 8.10.4.1.1(j) through (k), (m), and 8.10.4.1.2(c), (e) any tools and adequate horizontal and vertical
through (k), (m), (q), (r) (Items 7.7, 7.9, 7.10, 7.11, 7.12, clearance.
7.13, 8.2, 8.5, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.11, 8.13, 8.14 or 9.7, 9.10,
8.10.5.5 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With Auto-
9.12, 9.13, 10.2, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.10, 10.11, 10.13,
matic Transfer Devices. Material lifts shall be subject
and 10.15).
to acceptance inspection and testing in conformance
(i) When an alteration consists of the alteration of a with 7.4 through 7.10. Items to be inspected shall be as
controller, it shall be inspected and tested for confor- specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3, unless not required in
mance to 8.7.6.1.16 for escalators and 8.7.6.2.15 for mov- 7.4 through 7.10. Inspections of material lifts shall take
ing walks, and tested as specified in 8.10.4.1.1(j) through place from outside the hoistway, and from within
(k), and (m), and 8.10.4.1.2(a) through (k), (m), (n), (q)
(a) the machine room where a machine room is pro-
through (t). All required (8.6.1.1.2) operating and safety
vided in conformance with 2.7.
devices in 6.1.6 or 6.2.6 shall be tested.
(b) the pit where a pit is provided in conformance
with 2.2 or devices required in 7.4.6.1(c) or 7.4.6.2(a) are
8.10.5 Acceptance Inspection and Tests of Other
provided.
Equipment
(c) from the car top where top runby space conform-
8.10.5.1 Sidewalk Elevator. Sidewalk elevators shall ing with 2.4, 7.4.6.1(d), 7.4.6.2(b), or 7.4.6.2(c), top-of-
be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and car operating device conforming with 2.26.1.4, and car
tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspection safeties conforming with 2.17 or 7.5.4 are provided.
and test requirements shall apply to the corresponding Alterations shall be inspected for compliance with the
requirements in 5.5. Any additional requirements for applicable requirements specified in 8.7.7.3.

331
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Inspection from the car top of material lifts with auto- 8.10.5.12 Rack-and-Pinion Elevators. Rack-and-
matic transfer devices shall only be permitted when top- pinion elevators shall be subject to the acceptance inspec-
of-car operating devices and car safeties are provided tions and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The
and the material lift has a rated load sufficient for the inspection and test requirements shall apply to the cor-
inspector and any tools and adequate horizontal and responding requirements of 4.1. Any additional require-
vertical clearance. ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
Inspection from the car top of a dumbwaiter with an these inspections and tests.
automatic transfer device is only permitted when top-
8.10.5.13 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Eleva-
of-car operating devices and car safeties conforming to
tors. Limited-use/limited-applications elevators shall
7.2.12.4 are provided.
be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and
8.10.5.6 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. Spe- tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3.
cial purpose personnel elevators shall be subject to the The inspection and test requirements shall apply to
applicable acceptance inspections and tests specified in the corresponding requirements of 5.2. Any additional
8.10.1 through 8.10.3. requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to during these inspections and tests.
the corresponding requirements in 5.7. Any additional
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
SECTION 8.11 (a)
during these inspections and tests.
PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND WITNESSING OF
8.10.5.7 Inclined Elevators. Inclined elevators shall TESTS
be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections and
Requirement 8.11 covers periodic inspections and
tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspection
tests of existing installations.
and test requirements shall apply to the corresponding
requirements in 5.1. Any additional requirements for NOTES:
this equipment shall also be checked during these (1) Compliance with certain requirements is verifiable through
review of design documents, engineering, or type tests.
inspections and tests.
(2) See General in Preface for assignment of responsibilities.
8.10.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Shipboard elevators
shall be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections 8.11.1 General Requirements for Periodic (a)
and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. The inspec- Inspections and Witnessing of Tests
tion and test requirements shall apply to the correspond- 8.11.1.1 Persons Authorized to Make Periodic (a)
ing requirements of 5.8. Any additional requirements Inspections and Witness Tests. The inspector shall meet
for this equipment shall also be checked during these the qualification requirements of the ASME QEI-1.
inspections and tests. Inspectors and inspection supervisors shall be certified
8.10.5.9 Screw-Column Elevators. Screw-column by an organization accredited by ASME in accordance
elevators shall be subject to the applicable acceptance with the requirements of ASME QEI-1.
inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. 8.11.1.1.1 Periodic Inspections
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to (a) Periodic inspections shall be made by an inspector
the corresponding requirements of 4.2. Any additional employed by the authority having jurisdiction or by a
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked person authorized by the authority having jurisdiction.
during these inspections and tests. (b) The inspector shall submit a signed written report
8.10.5.10 Elevators Used for Construction. Eleva- to the authority having jurisdiction containing the fol-
tors used for construction shall be subject to the applica- lowing information:
ble acceptance inspections and tests specified in 8.10.1 (1) date of inspection(s)
through 8.10.3. (2) components or systems that have not been
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to the inspected
corresponding test requirements of 5.10. Any additional (3) Code deficiencies noted during the inspection
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked and a statement as to corrective action taken, if any
during these inspections and tests. 8.11.1.1.2 Periodic Tests
8.10.5.11 Rooftop Elevators. Rooftop elevators (a) Periodic tests as required in 8.6 shall be witnessed
shall be subject to the applicable acceptance inspections by an inspector employed by the authority having juris-
and tests specified in 8.10.1 through 8.10.3. diction, or by persons authorized by the authority hav-
The inspection and test requirements shall apply to ing jurisdiction.
the corresponding requirements of 5.6. Any additional (b) The inspector shall submit a signed written report
requirements for this equipment shall also be checked to the authority having jurisdiction containing the fol-
during these inspections and tests. lowing information:

332
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(1) date of inspection(s) or electrical protective device ineffective, except where


(2) type of test(s) performed necessary during tests and inspections. Such devices
(3) detailed results of the test(s) including but not shall be restored to their normal operating condition in
limited to, speed, governor trip speed, safety slide dis- conformity with the applicable requirements prior to
tance, relief valve setting, escalator/moving walk brake returning the equipment to service (see 2.26.7).
torque setting, etc.
(4) Code deficiencies noted during the test
(5) statement as to any corrective action taken 8.11.1.6 DELETED (07)
REDESIGNATED AS 8.6.1.7.3 (a)
(a) 8.11.1.2 Applicability of Inspection Requirements.
Inspections required by 8.11.2 through 8.11.5 are to
determine that the existing equipment conforms with
the following applicable Code requirements:
(a) the Code at the time of installation 8.11.1.7 Unique or Product-Specific Procedures or (07)
(b) the Code effective as applicable to and for each Methods. Where unique or product-specific procedures
alteration or methods are required to inspect or test equipment,
(c) the ASME A17.3 Code, if adopted by the authority such procedures or methods shall be provided by the
having jurisdiction manufacturer or installer [see 8.6.1.2.1(e)].
NOTES (8.11.1.2): 8.11.2 Periodic Inspection of Electric Elevators (a)
(1) The revised ASME A17.2 (see Preface, ASME Elevator Publica-
tions) is a guide for inspections. All references to “Items” are to Items in ASME A17.2,
(2) References to “Items” and “Parts” are indicated in parentheses Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Mov-
as a convenient reference to the applicable inspection proce- ing Walks.
dures in ASME A17.2.
8.11.2.1 Periodic Inspection Requirements. Inspec- (a)
8.11.1.3 Periodic Inspection and Test Frequency. tors shall include the following when identifying com-
The frequency of periodic inspections and tests shall be ponents or systems, or both, that shall be inspected.
established by the authority having jurisdiction.
NOTES:
NOTE: Recommended intervals for periodic inspections and tests (1) For inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
can be found in Nonmandatory Appendix N. (2) QEI certified inspectors and inspector supervisiors have the
knowledge and experience to recognize potential Code defi-
8.11.1.4 Installation Placed Out of Service. Periodic ciencies and to focus their inspections where necessary.
inspections and tests shall not be required when an
installation is placed “out of service”: 8.11.2.1.1 Inside Car (07)
(a) as defined by the authority having jurisdiction; or (a) Door Reopening Device (Item 1.1)
(b) when an installation whose power feed lines have (b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2)
been disconnected from the mainline disconnect (c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3)
switch; and (d) Car Floor and Landing Sill (Item 1.3)
(1) an electric elevator, dumbwaiter, or material lift (e) Car Lighting (Item 1.5)
whose suspension ropes have been removed, whose car (f) Car Emergency Signal (Item 1.6)
and counterweight rest at the bottom of the hoistway, (g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7)
and whose hoistway doors have been permanently barri- (h) Door Closing Force (Item 1.8)
caded or sealed in the closed position on the hoistway (i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (Item 1.9)
side; (j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item 1.10)
(2) a hydraulic elevator, dumbwaiter, or material (k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors (Item 1.11)
lift whose car rests at the bottom of the hoistway; when (l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.12)
provided with suspension ropes and counterweight, the (m) Emergency Exit (Item 1.13)
suspension ropes have been removed and the counter- (n) Ventilation (Item 1.14)
weight rests at the bottom of the hoistway; whose pres- (o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (Item 1.15)
sure piping has been disassembled and a section (p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate
removed from the premises and whose hoistway doors (Item 1.16)
are permanently barricaded or sealed in the closed posi-
(q) Standby or Emergency Power Operation (Item
tion on the hoistway side; or
1.17)
(3) an escalator or moving walk whose entrances
(r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway Doors
have been permanently barricaded.
(Item 1.18)
8.11.1.5 Making Safety Devices Ineffective. No per- (s) Car Ride (Item 1.19)
son shall at any time make any required safety device (t) Door Monitoring Systems (2.26.5)

333
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(u) Stopping Accuracy (2.26.11) (jj) AC Drives From a DC Source (Item 2.24)
(v) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.2.1.2) (kk) Slack Rope Devices (Item 2.20)
(w) Working Areas in the Car (2.7.5.1) (ll) Wiring Diagrams (8.6.1.6.3)
(1) means to prevent unexpected movement
8.11.2.1.3 Top-of-Car (07)
(2.7.5.1.1)
(a) Top-of-Car Stop Switch (Item 3.1).
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet (Item 3.2).
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(c) Top-of-Car Operating Device and Working Plat-
Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
forms (Item 3.3).
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
(d) Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space (Item 3.4).
procedure (8.6.10.7)
(e) Top Counterweight Clearance (Item 3.24).
(x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device
(f) Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves (Item 3.25).
(2.26.2.35)
(g) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.5).
(07) 8.11.2.1.2 Machine Room/Spaces, Control Room/ (h) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 3.6).
Spaces (i) Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch (Item 3.26).
(a) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) (j) Car Leveling Devices (Item 3.7).
(b) Means of Access (Item 2.1) (k) Crosshead Data Plate (Item 3.27).
(c) Headroom (Item 2.2) (l) Top Emergency Exit (Item 3.8).
(d) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4) (m) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer (Item
(e) Inspection and Test Panel (2.7.6.5) 3.28).
(f) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3) (n) Counterweight Safeties (Item 3.29).
(g) Enclosure of Machine Room/Spaces, Control (o) Floor and Emergency Identification Numbering
Room/Spaces (Item 2.4) (Item 3.9).
(h) Housekeeping (Item 2.5) (p) Hoistway Construction (Item 3.10).
(i) Ventilation (Item 2.6) (q) Hoistway Smoke Control (Item 3.11).
(j) Fire Extinguisher (Item 2.7) (r) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 3.12).
(k) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 2.8) (s) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks
(l) Guarding of Equipment (Item 2.9) (Item 3.13).
(m) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and Discon- (t) Hoistway Clearances (Item 3.14).
nect Switches (Item 2.10) (u) Multiple Hoistways (Item 3.15).
(n) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance (v) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (Item 3.16)
(2.7.2) (w) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.17).
(o) Stop Switch (2.7.3.5 and 2.26.2.24) (x) Car Frame and Stiles (Item 3.18).
(p) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item 2.11) (y) Guide Rails Fastening and Equipment (Item 3.19).
(q) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. (Item (z) Governor Rope (Item 3.20). Governor ropes shall be
2.12) inspected and replaced as specified in 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1)
(r) Static Control (Item 2.15) and (cc)(3) for traction elevator suspension and compen-
(s) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (Item 2.16) sating ropes.
(t) Drive Machine Brake (Item 2.17) (aa) Governor Releasing Carrier (Item 3.21).
(u) Traction Drive Machines (Item 2.18) (bb) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate (Item 3.22).
(v) Gears, Bearings, and Flexible Connections (Item (cc) Wire Suspension and Compensating Ropes
2.19) (Item 3.23).
(w) Winding Drum Machine (Item 2.20) (1) Wire suspension and compensating ropes shall
be replaced
(x) Belt- or Chain-Drive Machine (Item 2.21)
(a) if the broken wires are equally distributed
(y) Motor Generator (Item 2.22)
among the strands, when the number of broken wires
(z) Absorption of Regenerated Power (Item 2.23)
per rope lay in the worst section of the rope exceeds the
(aa) Traction Sheaves (Item 2.25)
values shown in column A of Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1); or
(bb) Secondary and Deflector Sheaves (Item 2.26) (b) if the distribution of broken wires is unequal,
(cc) Rope Fastenings (Item 2.27) and broken wires predominate in one or two strands,
(dd) Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 2.28) when the number of broken wires per rope lay in the
(ee) Operating Devices worst section of the rope exceeds the values shown in
(ff) Governor, Overspeed Switch, and Seal (Item 2.13) column B of Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1); or
(gg) Car and Counterweight Safeties (Item 2.29) (c) if four or five wires, side by side, are broken
(hh) Code Data Plate (8.6.1.3) (Item 2.14) across the crown of any strand, when the number of
(ii) Emergency Brake (2.19.3) broken wires per rope lay in the worst section of rope

334
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1) Wire Suspension and (ee) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.2.1.2)
Compensation Ropes (ff) Working Areas on the Car Top (2.7.5.1)
Types of A B C (1) means to prevent unexpected movement
Wire Rope [Note (1)] [Note (1)] [Note (1)] (2.7.5.1.1)
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
6 ⴛ 19 class 24–30 8–12 12–20
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
8 ⴛ 19 class 32–40 10–16 16–24
Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
GENERAL NOTE: 6 ⴛ 19 class rope has 6 strands with 16 to 26 (4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
wires per strand. 8 ⴛ 19 class rope has 8 strands with 16 to 26 wires procedure (8.6.10.7)
per strand. (gg) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6)
NOTE: (hh) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and
(1) The upper limits may be used when inspections are made 2.9.3)
monthly by a competent person.
(ii) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment
(2.10.1)
Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(3) 8.11.2.1.4 Outside Hoistway (07)
Nominal Size, Maximum Reduced Diameter, (a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1)
in. in. (b) Hoistway Doors (Item 4.2)
3 11 (c) Vision Panels (Item 4.3)
⁄8 ⁄32
7
⁄16 13
⁄32 (d) Hoistway Door Locking Devices (Item 4.4)
1 15
⁄2 ⁄32 (e) Access to Hoistway (Item 4.5)
9 17
⁄16 ⁄32 (f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (Item 4.6)
5 37
⁄8 ⁄64
11 41 (g) Sequence Operation (Item 4.7)
⁄16 ⁄64
3
⁄4 45
⁄64 (h) Hoistway Enclosure (Item 4.8)
1 15
⁄16 (i) Elevator Parking Devices (Item 4.9)
(j) Emergency and Access Hoistway Openings
GENERAL NOTE: 1 in. p 25.4 mm (Item 4.10)
(k) Separate Counterweight Hoistway (Item 4.11)
(l) Standby Power Selection Switch (Item 4.12)
exceeds values shown in column C of
(m) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4)
Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1); or
(n) Inspection and Test Panel (2.7.6.5), Inspection
(d) if in the judgment of the inspector, any unfa-
Operation (2.26.1.4.1), and Inspection Operation With
vorable condition, such as fretting corrosion (red dust or
Open Door Circuits (2.26.1.5)
rouge), excessive wear of individual wires in the strands,
unequal tension, poor sheave grooves, etc., exists, the (o) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6)
criteria for broken wires will be reduced by 50% of the 8.11.2.1.5 Pit (07)
values indicated in Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(1) for any of the (a) Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and Condition
three conditions described above; or (Item 5.1)
(e) if there is more than one valley break per (b) Bottom Clearance and Runby (Item 5.2)
rope lay. (c) Car and Counterweight Buffer (Item 5.9)
(2) On winding drum machines, the ropes shall be
(d) Final Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.3)
replaced
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4)
(a) if the broken wires are equally distributed
(f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.5)
among the strands, when the number of broken wires
per rope lay in the worst section of rope exceeds 12 to (g) Governor-Rope Tension Devices (Item 5.6)
18; or (h) Compensating Chains, Ropes, and Sheaves
(b) if wire breaks predominate in one or two (Item 5.10)
strands, when the number of broken wires per rope lay (i) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.7)
in the worst section of rope exceeds 6 to 12; or (j) Car Safeties and Guiding Members (Item 5.8)
(c) if there is more than one valley break per (k) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.2.1.2)
rope lay. (l) Working Areas in the Pit (2.7.5.2)
(3) On any type of elevator, the suspension com- (1) means to prevent unexpected movement
pensation and governor ropes shall be replaced when [2.7.5.2.1(a) or (b)]
their actual diameter is reduced below the value shown (2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
in Table 8.11.2.1.3(cc)(3). (3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(dd) Compensation Ropes and Chains (Item 3.34). Movement Device (8.6.10.6)

335
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry (r) Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway Doors
procedure (8.6.10.7) (Item 1.18)
(m) Equipment Exposure to Weather (2.7.6.6) (s) Car Ride (Item 1.19)
(n) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and (t) Door Monitoring System
2.9.3) (u) Stopping Accuracy
(o) Guarding of Exposed Auxiliary Equipment (v) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.3.1.2)
(2.10.1) (w) Working Areas in the Car (3.7 and 2.7.5.1)
(p) Pit Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4) (1) means to prevent unexpected movement
8.11.2.1.6 Firefighters’ Emergency (2.7.5.1.1)
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(07) 8.11.2.1.7 Working Platforms
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(a) Working Platforms (2.7.5.3 and 2.7.5.4)
Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
(1) operating instructions (8.6.10.8)
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry
(b) Retractable Stops (2.7.5.5)
procedure (8.6.10.7)
(1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37)
(x) Equipment Access Panel Electrical Device (3.26.1
(c) Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.4)
and 2.26.2.35)
8.11.3.1.2 Machine Room/Spaces, Control Room/ (07)
(a) 8.11.2.2 DELETED Spaces
REDESIGNATED AS 8.6.4.19 (a) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(b) Means of Access (Item 2.1)
(c) Headroom (Item 2.2)
(d) Means Necessary for Tests (3.7.1)
(a) 8.11.3 Periodic Inspection of Hydraulic Elevators (e) Inspection and Test Panel (3.7.1)
(f) Lighting and Receptacles (Item 2.3)
All references to “Items” are to Items in ASME A17.2,
(g) Enclosure of Machine Room/Spaces, Control
Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Mov-
Room/Spaces (Item 2.4)
ing Walks.
(h) Housekeeping (Item 2.5)
(a) 8.11.3.1 Periodic Inspection Requirements. Inspec- (i) Ventilation and Heating (Item 2.6)
tors shall include the following when identifying com- (j) Fire Extinguisher (Item 2.7)
ponents or systems, or both, that shall be inspected. (k) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 2.8)
NOTES: (l) Guarding of Equipment (Item 2.9)
(1) For inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3. (m) Numbering of Elevators, Machines, and Discon-
(2) QEI certified inspectors and inspector supervisors have the
nect Switches (Item 2.10)
knowledge and experience to recognize potential Code defi-
ciencies and to focus their inspections where necessary. (n) Maintenance Path and Maintenance Clearance
(3.7.1)
(07) 8.11.3.1.1 Inside the Car (o) Stop Switch (3.7.1 and 3.26.1)
(a) Door Reopening Device (Item 1.1) (p) Disconnecting Means and Control (Item 2.11)
(b) Stop Switches (Item 1.2)
(q) Controller Wiring, Fuses, Grounding, etc. (Item
(c) Operating Control Devices (Item 1.3)
2.12)
(d) Sill and Car Floor (Item 1.4)
(r) Hydraulic Power Unit (Item 2.30)
(e) Car Lighting and Receptacles (Item 1.5)
(s) Relief Valves (Item 2.31)
(f) Car Emergency Signal (Item 1.6)
(t) Control Valve (Item 2.32)
(g) Car Door or Gate (Item 1.7)
(h) Door Closing Force (Item 1.8) (u) Tanks (Item 2.33)
(i) Power Closing of Doors or Gates (Item 1.9) (v) Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting Assemblies
(j) Power Opening of Doors or Gates (Item 1.10) (Item 2.34)
(k) Car Vision Panels and Glass Car Doors (Item 1.11) (w) Supply Line and Shutoff Valve (Item 2.35)
(l) Car Enclosure (Item 1.12) (x) Hydraulic Cylinders and Hydraulic Fluid Loss
(m) Emergency Exit (Item 1.13) Record (8.6.5.7) (Item 2.36)
(n) Ventilation (Item 1.14) (y) Pressure Switch (Item 2.37)
(o) Signs and Operating Device Symbols (Item 1.15) (z) Recycling Operation [8.10.3.2.2(u)]
(p) Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data Plate (aa) Code Data Plate (8.6.1.3) (Item 2.14)
(Item 1.16) (bb) Governor, Overspeed Switch and Seal (Item 2.13)
(q) Standby Power Operation (Item 1.17) (cc) Wiring Diagrams (8.6.1.6.3)

336
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(07) 8.11.3.1.3 Top-of-Car (g) Sequence Operation (Item 4.7)


(a) Top-Of-Car Stop Switch (Item 3.1) (h) Hoistway Enclosure (Item 4.8)
(b) Car Top Light and Outlet (Item 3.2) (i) Elevator Parking Device (Item 4.9)
(c) Top-Of-Car Operating Device (Item 3.3) (j) Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways (Item 4.10)
(d) Top-Of-Car Clearance and Refuge Space (Item 3.4) (k) Standby or Emergency Power Selection Switch
(e) Normal Terminal Stopping Device (Item 3.5) (Item 4.12)
(f) Terminal Speed Reducing Devices (Item 3.6) (l) Means Necessary for Tests (2.7.6.4, 3.7.1.8, 3.7.1.9,
(g) Car Leveling and Anticreep Devices (Item 3.7) and 3.7.1.10)
(h) Speed Test (Item 3.30) (m) Inspection and Test Panel (3.7.1 and 2.7.6.5),
(i) Top Emergency Exit (Item 3.8) Inspection Operation (2.26.1.4.1), and Inspection Opera-
(j) Floor and Emergency Identification Numbering tion With Open Door Circuits (2.26.1.5)
(Item 3.9) (n) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(k) Hoistway Construction (Item 3.10) 8.11.3.1.5 Pit (07)
(l) Hoistway Smoke Control (Item 3.11) (a) Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and Condition
(m) Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts (Item 3.12) (Item 5.1)
(n) Windows, Projections, Recesses, and Setbacks (b) Bottom Clearance, Runby, and Minimum Refuge
(Item 3.13) Space (Item 5.2)
(o) Hoistway Clearances (Item 3.14) (c) Plunger and Cylinder (Item 5.11)
(p) Multiple Hoistways (Item 3.15) (d) Car Buffer (Item 5.12)
(q) Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes (Item 3.16) (e) Normal Terminal Stopping Devices (Item 5.4)
(r) Door and Gate Equipment (Item 3.17) (f) Traveling Cables (Item 5.5)
(s) Car Frame and Stiles (Item 3.18) (g) Car Frame and Platform (Item 5.7)
(t) Guide Rails Fastening and Equipment (Item 3.19) (h) Car Safeties and Guiding Members (Item 5.8)
(u) Governor Rope (Item 3.20) (i) Supply Piping (Item 5.14)
(v) Governor Releasing Carrier (Item 3.21) (j) Governor Rope Tension Device (Item 5.6)
(w) Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate (Item 3.22) (k) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.3.1.2)
(x) Suspension Rope (Item 3.23) (l) Working Areas in the Pit (3.7.1 and 2.7.5.2)
NOTE: Suspension rope shall be inspected and replaced (1) means to prevent unexpected movement
according to the criteria in 8.11.2.1.3(cc). [2.7.5.2.1(a) or (b)]
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(y) Slack Rope Device (Item 3.31)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car
(z) Traveling Sheave (Item 3.32)
Movement Device (8.6.10.6)
(aa) Counterweight and Counterweight Buffer (Item
(4) operating instructions for egress and re-entry
3.28)
procedure (8.6.10.7)
(bb) Crosshead Data Plate (Item 3.27)
(m) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1)
(cc) Machinery Space/Control Space (8.11.3.1.2)
(n) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and
(dd) Working Areas on the Car Top (3.7.1)
2.9.3)
(1) means to prevent unexpected movement
(o) Guarding of Equipment (2.10.1)
(2.7.5.1.1)
(p) Pit Inspection Operation (3.26.2)
(2) Unexpected Car Movement Device (2.26.2.34)
(3) operating instructions for Unexpected Car 8.11.3.1.6 Firefighters’ Service. See Items 6.3
Movement Device (8.6.10.6) and 6.4.
(4) operating instructions for egress and reentry 8.11.3.1.7 Working Platforms (07)
procedure (8.6.10.7) (a) Working Platforms (3.7.1, 2.7.5.3, and 2.7.5.4)
(ee) Equipment Exposure to Weather (3.7.1) (1) operating instructions (8.6.10.8)
(ff) Machinery Supports and Fastenings (2.9.1 and (b) Retractable Stops (3.7.1 and 2.7.5.5)
2.9.3)
(1) retractable stop electrical device (2.26.2.37)
(gg) Guarding of Equipment (2.10.1)
(c) Inspection Operation (3.26.2)
(07) 8.11.3.1.4 Outside the Hoistway
(a) Car Platform Guard (Item 4.1)
(b) Hoistway Doors (Item 4.2) 8.11.3.2 DELETED (a)
(c) Vision Panels (Item 4.3) REDESIGNATED AS 8.6.5.14
(d) Hoistway Door Locking Device (Item 4.4)
(e) Access to Hoistway (Item 4.5)
(f) Power Closing of Hoistway Doors (Item 4.6)

337
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) 8.11.4 Periodic Inspection of Escalators and Moving 8.11.5.2 Private Residence Elevators. Private resi- (07)
Walks dence elevators should be subject to the periodic inspec-
All references to “Items” are to Items in ASME A17.2, tions specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Mov- The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
ing Walks. ponding requirements in 5.3 and 5.4. Any additional
requirements for this equipment should also be checked
(07) 8.11.4.1 Periodic Inspection and Test Require- during these inspections.
(a) ments. Inspectors shall include the following when
identifying components or systems, or both, that shall 8.11.5.3 Hand Elevators. Hand elevators shall be
be inspected: subject to the applicable, periodic inspections specified
in 8.11.2.
NOTES: The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
(1) For inspection frequency, see 8.11.1.3.
ponding requirements in 4.3. Any additional require-
(2) QEI certified inspectors and inspector supervisors have the
knowledge and experience to recognize potential Code defi-
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
ciencies and to focus their inspections where necessary. these inspections.

(a) General Fire Protection (Items 7.1 and 9.1) 8.11.5.4 Dumbwaiters. Dumbwaiters shall be sub-
(b) Geometry (Items 7.2 and 9.2) ject to the applicable periodic inspections specified in
(c) Handrails (Items 7.3 and 9.3) 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
(d) Entrance and Egress (Items 7.4 and 9.4) The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
(e) Lighting (Items 7.5 and 9.5) ponding requirements in Part 7. Any additional require-
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
(f) Caution Signs (Items 7.6 and 9.6)
these inspections.
(g) Combplate (Items 7.7 and 9.7)
(h) Deck Barricade Guard and Antislide Devices 8.11.5.5 Material Lifts and Dumbwaiters With Auto-
(Items 7.8 and 9.8) matic Transfer Devices. Material lifts and dumbwaiters
(i) Steps and Treadway (Items 7.9 and 9.9) with automatic transfer devices shall be subject to the
(j) Operating Devices (Items 7.10 and 9.10) applicable periodic inspections specified in 8.11.2 and
(k) Skirt Obstruction Devices (Item 7.11) 8.11.3. The inspection requirements shall apply to the
(l) Handrail Entry Device (Items 8.13 and 10.13) corresponding requirements in Part 7. Any additional
(m) Egress Restriction Device (Items 7.13 and 9.13) requirements for this equipment shall also be checked
(n) Speed (Items 7.14 and 9.14) during these inspections.
(o) Balustrades (Items 7.15 and 9.15) The inspection requirement shall apply to the corres-
(p) Ceiling Intersection Guards (Items 7.16 and 9.16) ponding requirements in Part 7. Any additional require-
(q) Skirt Panels (Items 7.17 and 9.17) ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
these inspections.
(r) Outdoor Protection (Items 7.18 and 9.18)
(s) Machine Space Access, Lighting, Receptacle, and 8.11.5.6 Special Purpose Personnel Elevators. Spe-
Condition (for remote machine rooms only) (Items 2.1 cial purpose personnel elevators shall be subject to the
and 4.1) applicable inspections specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
(t) Additional Stop Switch(es) (Items 2.2 and 4.2) The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
(u) Controller and Wiring (Items 2.3 and 4.3) ponding requirements in 5.7. Any additional require-
(v) Code Data Plate (2.23.2) (Items 8.14 and 10.14) ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
these inspections.

(a) 8.11.4.2 DELETED 8.11.5.7 Inclined Elevators. Inclined elevators shall


REDESIGNATED AS 8.6.8.15 be subject to the applicable periodic inspections speci-
fied in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
ponding requirements in 5.1. Any additional require-
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
(a) 8.11.5 Periodic Inspection of Other Equipment these inspections.
For recommended inspection frequency (see 8.11.1.3).
8.11.5.8 Shipboard Elevators. Shipboard elevators
8.11.5.1 Sidewalk Elevator. Sidewalk elevators shall shall be subject to the applicable periodic inspections
be subject to the applicable, periodic inspections speci- specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
fied in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3. The inspection requirements The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
shall apply to the corresponding requirements in 5.5. ponding requirements of 5.8. Any additional require-
Any additional requirements for this equipment shall ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
also be checked during these inspections. these inspections.

338
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.11.5.9 Screw-Column Elevators. Screw-column 8.11.5.12 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Eleva-


elevators shall be subject to the applicable periodic tors. Limited-use/limited-applications elevators shall
inspections specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3. be subject to the applicable periodic inspections speci-
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres- fied in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3.
ponding requirements of 4.2. Any additional require- The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during ponding requirements of 5.2. Any additional require-
these inspections. ments for this equipment shall also be checked during
these inspections.
8.11.5.10 Rooftop Elevators. Rooftop elevators
shall be subject to the applicable periodic inspections 8.11.5.13 Elevators Used for Construction (a)
specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3. 8.11.5.13.1 Inspection Requirements. Inspections
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres- shall include the items specified in 8.11.2.1 for electric
ponding requirements of 5.6. Any additional require- elevators and 8.11.3.1 for hydraulic elevators, except that
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during the requirements of 5.10 shall apply where they are dif-
these inspections. ferent from those in Part 2 and Part 3.
8.11.5.11 Rack-and-Pinion Elevators. Rack-and-
pinion elevators shall be subject to the applicable peri- SECTION 8.12
odic inspections specified in 8.11.2 and 8.11.3. FLOOD RESISTANCES
The inspection requirements shall apply to the corres-
ponding requirements of 4.1. Any additional require- 8.12.1 Flood-Resistant Design and Construction
ments for this equipment shall also be checked during Where required by the building code, elevators shall
these inspections. comply with SEI/ASCE 24.

339-343
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Part 9
Reference Codes, Standards, and Specifications

This Part covers the codes, standards, and specifica- from which these documents may be procured (see 9.2).
tions incorporated in this Code by reference and the Only that portion of the code, standard, or specifica-
specific editions that are applicable (see 9.1). This Part tion as specified by the requirements in this Code is
also lists the names and addresses of the organizations applicable.

344
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (07)


(a)
Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

16 CFR Part 1201-03 Architectural Glazing Standards and Related Materials US GPO US

30 CFR 75.1106 Code Federal Regulations US GPO US

ADAAG Americans With Disability Act Accessibility Guidelines US ATBCB US

AGMA 218.01 Rating the Pitting Resistance and Bending Strength of AGMA US
Spur and Helical Involute Gear Teeth

AISC Book No. S326, 1978 Specification for Design, Fabrication, and Erection of AISC US
Structural Steel for Buildings

American Plywood Design ... APA US, Canada


Specification A3.3.1 (April 1978)

ANSI A10.4 (latest edition) Safety Requirements for Personnel Hoists ANSI US

ANSI A10.5 (latest edition) Safety Requirements for Material Hoists ANSI US

ANSI A12.1-1973 Safety Requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, ANSI US
Railings and Toe Boards

ANSI A14.3-2002 Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders ANSI US, Canada

ANSI A58.1 (latest edition) Building Code Requirements for Minimum Design ANSI US
Loads in Buildings and Other Structures

ANSI/SIA A92 (latest edition) Aerial Platforms SIA US

ANSI Z35.1-1972 Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs ANSI US

ANSI Z97.1-1994 Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for ANSI US


Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings

ANSI Z535.2 (latest edition) Environment & Facility Safety Signs ANSI US, Canada

ANSI/ACI 318-83 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI US

ANSI/AWS D1.1 (latest edition Structural Welding Code-Steel AWS US, Canada

ANSI/AWS D1.3 (latest edition) Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel AWS US, Canada

ANSI/RMA IP-20-1977 Specifications for Drives Using Classical Multiple RMA US


V-belts (A, B, C, D, E Cross Sections)

ANSI/SAE SP-68 ... SAE US

ANSI/UL 94 (latest edition) Test of Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in UL US, Canada
Devices and Appliances

ANSI/UL 268 (latest edition) Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling UL US
Systems

ANSI/UL 723 (latest edition) Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, UL US, Canada
Test for

345
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont’d)


Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

ANSI/Vol. Prod. Std. PS-1-74 Construction and Industrial Plywood APA US

ASME A17.2 (latest edition) Guide for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and ASME US
Moving Walks

ASME A17.3 (latest edition) Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators ASME US

ASME A17.4 (latest edition) Guide for Emergency Personnel ASME US

ASME A17.7/CSA B44.7 Performance-Based Safety Code for Elevators and ASME, US, Canada
(latest edition) Escalators CSA

ASME A18.1 (latest edition) Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway ASME US
Chairlifts

ASME A90.1 (latest edition) Safety Standards for Manlifts ASME US

ASME A120.1 (latest edition) Safety Requirements for Powered Platforms for ASME US
Building Maintenance

ASME B1.1 (latest edition) Unified Inch Screw Threads ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.13M (latest edition) Metric Screw Threads ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.20.1 (latest edition) Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.20.3 (latest edition) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch) ASME US, Canada

ASME B1.20.4-1976 (R1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Metric Translation of B1.20.3) ASME US, Canada

ASME B20.1 (latest edition) Safety Standards for Conveyors and Related ASME US
Equipment

ASME B29.1-1975 Precision Power Transmission Roller Chains, ASME US, Canada
Attachments, and Sprockets

ASME B29.2M-1982 (R1987) Inverted Tooth (Silent) Chains and Sprockets ASME US, Canada

ASME B29.8-2002 Leaf Chains, Clevises, and Sheaves ASME US, Canada

ASME B29.15-1973 (R1987) Heavy Duty Roller Type Conveyor Chains and ASME US, Canada
Sprocket Teeth

ASME B29.100-2002 Precision Power Transmission, Double-Pitch Power ASME US, Canada
Transmission, and Double-Pitch Conveyor Roller
Chains, Attachments, and Sprockets

ASME B31.1 (latest edition) Power Piping ASME US, Canada

ASME QEI-1 (latest edition) Standard for the Qualification of Elevator Inspectors ASME US

ASME Y14.38 (latest edition) Abbreviations and Acronyms ASME US

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel ... ASME US, Canada


Code Section VIII (latest edition)

346
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont’d) (a)


Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

ASME Guide SI-1 (latest edition) Orientation and Guide for Use of SI (Metric Units) ASME US

ASTM A 27-84a Specifications for Mild and Medium-Strength Carbon ASTM US, Canada
Steel Castings for General Applications

ASTM A 36-84a Specifications for Structural Steel ASTM US, Canada

ASTM A 53 (latest edition) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and ASTM US, Canada
Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless

ASTM A 106 (latest edition) Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Rule ASTM US, Canada
303.1a Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service

ASTM A 283-84a Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile ASTM US, Canada
Strength Threaded Standard Fasteners

ASTM A 307-84a Specifications for Low and Intermediate Tensile ASTM US, Canada
Strength Carbon Steel Plate of Structural Quality

ASTM A 502-83a Specifications for Steel Structural Rivets ASTM US, Canada

ASTM A 668-85 Specifications for Carbon Allow Steel Forgings for ASTM US, Canada
General Industrial Use

ASTM D 97-85 Standard Test for Pour Point of Petroleum Oils ASTM US, Canada

ASTM D 198-84 Static Tests of Timbers in Structural Sizes ASTM US, Canada

ASTM D 245-81 (1986) Establishing Structural Grades and Related Allowable ASTM US, Canada
Properties for Visually Graded Lumber

ASTM D 648 Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of ASTM US, Canada
Plastics Under Flextural Load in the Edgewise
Position

ASTM D 2270-79 Calculating Viscosity Index from Kinematic Viscosity ASTM US, Canada

ASTM E 8 (latest edition) Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of ASTM US, Canada
Metallic Materials

ASTM E 84 (latest edition) Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Character- ASTM US, Canada
istics of Building Materials

ASTM E 380 (latest edition) Metric Practice Guide ASTM US

ASTM E 648-86 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of ASTM US
Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source

CABO One and Two Family Dwelling ... ICC US


Code

347
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont’d)


Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

CAN4-S104 (latest edition) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies CSA Canada

CAN/CGSB-12.1-M90 (same as Glass, Safety, Tempered or Laminated CGSB Canada


CAN2-12.1)

CAN/CGSB-12.5-M86 Mirrors, Silvered CGSB Canada

CAN/CGSB-12.11 (latest edition) Wired Safety Glass CGSB Canada

CAN/CGSB-12.12 (latest edition) Plastic Safety Glazing Sheets CGSB Canada

CAN/CSA B311 (latest edition) Safety Code for Manlifts CSA Canada

CAN/CSA B354.1 (latest edition) Portable Elevating Work Platforms CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-B72-M87 (R1998) (same Installation Code for Lighting Protection Systems CSA Canada
as CSA-B72)

CAN/CSA G40.21-1972 Structural Quality Steels CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-S16.1-94 Limit States Design of Steel Structures CSA Canada

CAN/CSA-T515-97 (same as Requirements for Handset Telephones Intended for CSA Canada
CAN3-T515-M85) Use by the Hard of Hearing

CAN/CSA-Z185-M87 (R1997) (same Safety Code for Personnel Hoists CSA Canada
as CSA-Z185)

CAN/CSA-Z256-M87 (R1995) (same Safety Code for Material Hoists CSA Canada
as CSA-Z256)

CAN/CSA-Z271-98 (same as Safety Code for Suspended Elevating Platforms CSA Canada
CSA-Z271)

CAN/CSA-Z321 (latest edition) Signs and Symbols for the Workplace CSA US, Canada

CAN/ULC-S102.2 (latest edition) Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning ULC Canada
Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Covering, and
Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies

CEI IEC 61508 Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programma- ANSI US, Canada


Parts 1 through 7 ble Electronic Safety-Related Systems
(first edition — 1998)

CSA A23.3-M84 (same as Design of Concrete Structures for Buildings CSA Canada
CAN3-A23.3)

CSA-B44.1/ASME A17.5 (latest edi- Standard for Elevator and Escalator Electrical ASME US, Canada
tion) Equipment

CSA B167-96 Safety Standard for Maintenance and Inspection of CSA Canada
Overhead Cranes, Gantry Cranes, Monorails,
Hoists, and Trolleys

CSA B354 (latest edition) Work Platform Standards CSA Canada

CSA B355-00 Lifts for Persons With Physical Disabilities CSA Canada

CSA B613-00 Private Residence Lifts for Persons With Physical CSA Canada
Disabilities

348
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont’d) (a)


Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

CSA C22.1 (latest edition) Canadian Electrical Code, Part I, Safety Std. for CSA Canada
Electrical Installations

CSA C22.2 No. 139-1982 (R1992) Electrically Operated Valves CSA US, Canada

CSA C22.2 No. 141 (latest edition) Unit Equipment for Emergency Lighting CSA Canada

CSA O86.1-94 Engineering Design in Wood (Limit States Design) CSA Canada

CSA O151-M1978 (same as Canadian Softwood Plywood CSA Canada


CAN/CSA-O151-M78)

CSA W47.1-1992 (R1998) Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of CSA Canada
Steel Structures

CSA W59-M1989 Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding) CSA US, Canada
(Metric Version)

CSA Z150-98 Safety Code on Mobile Cranes CSA Canada

CSA Z248-1975 Code for Tower Cranes CSA Canada

EN 12016: 1998 Electromagnetic Compatibility-Product Family BSI US, Canada


Standard for Lifts, Escalator and Passenger
Conveyors Immunity

FED-STD 191A Rev.5 (Dec-28-1989) Federal Standard for Textile Test Methods GSA US

FEMA 302 NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic FEMA US


Regulations for New Buildings and Other
Structures, 1997 Edition, Part 1 — Provisions
(FEMA 302)

IBC (latest edition) International Building Code ICC US

ICC/ANSI A117.1 (latest edition) Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities ICC US

IEEE 45 (latest edition) Recommended Practices for Electric Installations on IEEE US, Canada
Shipboard

ISO/TS 14798-2000 Risk Assessment ANSI US, Canada

SOLAS International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, US


Regulation 3, 1974 Amendment

Mil Spec 83420 ... ... ...

Mineral Resources 30 CFR Code of Federal Regulations MSHA US GPO US


Parts 1-199

NBCC (latest edition) National Building Code of Canada NRCC Canada

NEHRP National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program FEMA US, Canada


Recommended Provisions for Seismic
Regulations for New Buildings

NEMA 4-250 (latest edition) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment ... US


(1000 Volts Maximum)

NFCC (latest edition) National Fire Code of Canada NRC Canada

NFPA 13 (latest edition) Installation of Sprinkler Systems NFPA US

NFPA 70 (latest edition) National Electrical Code NFPA US

349
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Section 9.1 Reference Documents (Cont’d)


Designation Standard Publisher Applicable to

NFPA 72 (latest edition) National Fire Alarm Code NFPA US

NFPA 80-1986 Fire Doors and Windows NFPA US, Canada

NFPA 99 (latest edition) Standard for Health Care Facilities NFPA US

NFPA 101 (latest edition) Life Safety Code NFPA US

NFPA 105 (latest edition) Recommended Practice for the Installation of Smoke NFPA US, Canada
Control Door Assemblies

NFPA 252 (latest edition) Fire Tests of Door Assemblies NFPA US

NFPA 255 (latest edition) Fire Test for Evaluating Room Fire Growth NFPA US, Canada
Contribution of Textile Wall Covering

NFPA 265 Fire Test for Evaluating Room Fire Growth NFPA US, Canada
Contributions of Textile Wall Coverings

NFPA 780 (latest edition) Lightning Protection Code NFPA US

NFPA 1971-2000 Standard on Protective Ensemble for Structural Fire NFPA US


Fighting

NFPA 5000 (latest edition) Building Construction and Safety Code NFPA US

SAE J514-1992 Hydraulic Tube Fittings SAE US, Canada

SAE J517-1991 Hydraulic Hoses SAE US, Canada

SEI/ASCE 24 Flood Resistance Design and Construction ASCE US

UL 10B (latest edition) Fire Test of Door Assemblies UL US

UL 104 (latest edition) Standard for Elevator Door Locking Devices and UL US
Contacts

UL 268 (3rd edition) UL Standard for Safety Smoke Detectors for Fire UL US
Protective Signaling Systems, Third Edition

UL 924 Standard for Safety Emergency Lighting and Power UL US


Equipment

UL 1037 (latest edition) Standard for Antitheft Alarms and Devices UL US

UL 1784 (latest edition) Standard for Safety for Air Leakage Tests for Door UL US
Assemblies

... Elevator Industry Field Employees’ Safety Handbook Elevator US, Canada
World

350
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Section 9.2 Procurement Information (07)


(a)
Organization Address and Phone Number Organization Address and Phone Number

ACI American Concrete Institute AWS American Welding Society


38800 Country Club Drive 550 NW LeJeune Road
Farmington Hills, MI 48331 Miami, FL 33126
Telephone: (248) 848-3700 Telephone: (800) 443-9353
http://www.aci-int.org http://www.aws.org

AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association BSI British Standards Institution


500 Montgomery Street 389 Chiswick High Road
Alexandria, VA 22314-1581 London, W4 4AL England
Telephone: (703) 684-0211 Telephone: 0181 966 7000
http://www.agma.org http://www.bsi-global.com

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, CSA Canadian Standards Association


Inc. 5060 Spectrum Way
One East Wacker Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5N6, Canada
Chicago, IL 60601-1802 Telephone: (416) 747-4044
Telephone: (312) 670-2400 (800) 463-6727
http://www.aisc.org http://www.csa.ca

ANSI American National Standards Institute, DOC U.S. Department of Commerce


Inc. Commodity Standards Division
25 West 43rd Street Available from Superintendent of Docu-
New York, NY 10036 ments
Telephone: (212) 642-4900 Government Printing Office
http://www.ansi.org Washington, DC 20402
Telephone: (202) 512-1800
APA American Plywood Association (866) 512-1800
P.O. Box 11700 http://www.gpo.gov
Tacoma, WA 98411-0700
Telephone: (253) 565-6600 FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency
http://www.apawood.org Publication Distribution Facility
P. O. Box 2012
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers Jessup, MD 20794
1801 Alexander Bell Drive Telephone: (800) 480-2520
Reston, VA 20191-4400 http://www.fema.gov
Telephone: (800) 548-2723
http://www.asce.org GSA General Services Administration
Federal Supply Service
ASME The American Society of Mechanical Engi- 470 East L’Enfant Plaza, SW
neers Washington, DC 20406
Three Park Avenue Telephone: (202) 619-8925
New York, NY 10016 http://www.gsa.gov
Telephone: (212) 591-8500
http://www.asme.org ICC International Code Council
5203 Leesburg Pike
ASME Order Department
Suite 600
22 Law Drive
Falls Church, VA 22041
Box 2300
Telephone: (703) 931-4533
Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300
http://www.iccsafe.org
Telephone: (201) 882-1167
(800) 843-2763
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers, Inc.
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
445 Hoes Lane
100 Barr Harbor Drive
P.O. Box 1331
P.O. Box C700
Piscataway, NJ 08854-1331
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Telephone: (732) 981-0060
Telephone: (610) 832-9585
(800) 678-4333
http://www.astm.org
http://www.ieee.org

351
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Section 9.2 Procurement Information (Cont’d)


Organization Address and Phone Number Organization Address and Phone Number

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers SIA Scaffold Industry Association, Inc.


Association 20335 Ventura Blvd., Suite 310
1300 North 17th Street Woodland Hills, CA 91364
Rosslyn, VA 22209 Telephone: (818) 610-0320
Telephone: (703) 841-3200 http://www.scaffold.org
Fax: (703) 841-3200
http://www.nema.org UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
NFPA National Fire Protection Association Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
1 Batterymarch Park Telephone: (847) 272-8800
Quincy, MA 02269-7471 http://www.ul.com
Telephone: (617) 770-3000
http://www.nfpa.org US ATBCB United States Access Board
1331 F Street, NW
NRCC National Research Council of Canada Washington, DC 20004-1111
Institute for Research in Construction Telephone: (800) 872-2253
Ottawa, Ontario, K1A0R6 Canada http://www.access-board.gov
Telephone: (613) 993-2463
http://www.nrc.ca US GPO U.S. Government Printing Office
Superintendent of Documents
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association 732 N. Capitol Street, NW
1400 K Street, NW Washington, DC 20401
Washington, DC 20005 Telephone: (202) 512-0000
Telephone: (202) 682-4800 (866) 512-1800
http://www.rma.org http://www.gpoaccess.gov/index.html

SAE Society of Automotive Engineers


400 Commonwealth Drive
Warrendale, PA 15096-0001
Telephone: (724) 776-4841
http://www.sae.org

352
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX N
RECOMMENDED INSPECTION AND TEST INTERVALS IN
“MONTHS”

See Table N-1 on the following page.

387
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Table N-1 Recommended Inspection and Test Intervals in “Months” (a)

Periodic Tests

Reference Periodic Inspections Category 1 Category 3 Category 5


Section Equipment Type Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval

8.11.2 Electric elevators 8.11.2.1 6 8.6.4.19 12 N/A N/A 8.6.4.20 60


8.11.3 Hydraulic elevators 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.4 Escalators and moving walks 8.11.4.1 6 8.6.8.15 12 N/A N/A N/A N/A
8.11.5.1 Sidewalk elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60

8.11.5.2 Private residence elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.3 Hand elevators 8.11.2.1 6 8.6.4.19 12 N/A N/A 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.4 Dumbwaiters 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.5 Material lifts and dumbwaiters with 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
automatic transfer devices

388
8.11.5.6 Special purpose personnel elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.7 Inclined elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.8 Shipboard elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.9 Screw-column elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

8.11.5.10 Rooftop elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.12 Limited-use/limited-application elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 6 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60
8.11.5.13 Elevators used for construction 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 3 8.6.4.19, 8.6.5.14 12 8.6.5.15 36 8.6.4.20, 8.6.5.16 60

GENERAL NOTE: Factors such as the environment, frequency of usage and type of usage, quality of maintenance, age and condition, remote monitoring (see Table N2), etc., related to the

Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.


equipment should be taken into account by the authority having jurisdiction prior to establishing the inspection and test intervals. It is recommended that a risk analysis, using the
methodology of ISO/TS 14798, be utilized to establish the intervals of inspections and tests for components and systems of the equipment. Where a risk analysis is not performed, the

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


intervals specified in Table N1 are recommended for periodic tests (see 8.6) and periodic inspections (see 8.11)

Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (a)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A17.1 A17.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

Periodic Inspection Electric Elevators


8.11.2.1.1 Inside Car
1.1 Door Reopening Device X ... Since it does not activate on a regular
interval, certain assumptions must
be made.
1.2 Stop Switches X ...
1.3 Operating Control Devices X ...
1.4 Car Floor and Landing Sill ... X
1.5 Car Lighting ... X Could monitor voltage and current.
1.6 Car Emergency Signal X ...
1.7 Car Door or Gate ... X
1.8 Door Closing Force X ... Could monitor current.
1.9 Power Closing of Doors or Gates X ... This gives insight to door operation.
1.10 Power Opening of Doors or Gates X ... This gives insight to door operation.
1.11 Car Vision Panels and Glass Car ... X
Doors
1.12 Car Enclosure ... X
1.13 Emergency Exit ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
1.14 Ventilation ... X Could monitor temperature/air flow
switch.
1.15 Signs and Operating Device Symbols ... X
1.16 Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data ... X
Plate
1.17 Standby or Emergency Power ... X
Operation
1.18 Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway ... X
Doors
1.19 Car Ride X ...
1.20 Door Monitoring Systems X ... This device could be monitored for
actuation.
1.21 Stopping Accuracy X ...

8.11.2.1.2 Machine Room


2.1 Access to Machine Space ... X
2.2 Headroom ... X
2.3 Lighting and Receptacles ... X
2.4 Enclosure of Machine ... X
2.5 Housekeeping ... X
2.6 Ventilation ... X Could monitor temperature and air
flow switch.
2.7 Fire Extinguisher ... X
2.8 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts ... X
2.9 Guarding of Equipment ... X
2.10 Numbering of Elevators, Machines, ... X
and Disconnect Switches
2.11 Disconnecting Means and Control ... X
2.12 Controller Wiring, Fuses, and ... X
Grounding
2.13 Static Control ... X
2.14 Overhead Beam and Fastenings ... X
2.15 Drive Machine Brake ... X Could monitor wear with a sensor.
2.16 Traction Drive Machines ... X
2.17 Gears, Bearings, and Flexible ... X
Connections

388.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont’d)
Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A17.1 A17.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

2.18 Winding Drum Machine ... X


2.19 Belt or Chain Drive Machine ... X
2.20 Motor Generator X ...
2.21 Absorption of Regenerated Power X ...
2.22 Drives From a DC Source X ...
2.23 Traction Sheaves ... X
2.24 Secondary and Deflector Sheaves ... X
2.25 Rope Fastenings ... X
2.26 Terminal Stopping Devices X ...
2.27 Slack Rope X ...
2.28 Governor Overspeed Switch, and Seal ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
2.29 Car and Counterweight Safeties ... X
2.30 Code Data Plate ... X

8.11.2.1.3 Top Of Car


3.1 Top-of-Car Stop Switch X ...
3.2 Car Top Light and Outlet ... X
3.3 Top-of-Car Operating Device and X ... The top-of-car operating devices could
Platform be monitored for actuation.
3.4 Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge ... X
Space
3.5 Top Counterweight Clearance ... X
3.6 Car, Overhead, and Deflector Sheaves ... X
3.7 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices X ...
3.8 Final Terminal Stopping Devices X ...
3.9 Broken Rope, Chain, or Tape Switch ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.10 Car Leveling Devices ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.11 Crosshead Data Plate ... X
3.12 Top Emergency Exit ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.13 Counterweight and Counterweight ... X
Buffer
3.14 Counterweight Safeties ... X
3.15 Floor and Emergency Identification ... X
Numbering
3.16 Hoistway Construction ... X
3.17 Hoistway Smoke Control ... X
3.18 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts ... X
3.19 Windows, Projections, Recesses, and ... X
Setbacks
3.20 Hoistway Clearances ... X
3.21 Multiple Hoistways ... X
3.22 Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes ... X
3.23 Door and Gate Equipment ... X
3.24 Car Frame and Stiles ... X
3.25 Guide Rails, Fastening, and ... X
Equipment
3.26 Governor Rope ... X
3.27 Governor Releasing Carrier ... X
3.28 Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate ... X
3.29 Wire Suspension and Compensating X ...
Ropes

8.11.2.1.4 Outside Hoistway


4.1 Car Platform Guard ... X

388.2
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont’d) (a)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A17.1 A17.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

4.2 Hoistway Doors ... X


4.3 Vision Panels ... X
4.4 Hoistway Door Locking Devices ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.5 Access to Hoistway ... X
4.6 Power Closing of Hoistway Doors ... X
4.7 Sequence Operation ... X
4.8 Hoistway Enclosure ... X
4.9 Elevator Parking Devices X
4.10 Emergency and Access Hoistway ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
Openings it may be monitored for actuation.
4.11 Separate Counterweight Hoistway ... X
4.12 Standby Power Selection Switch ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.

8.11.2.1.5 Pit
5.1 Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and ... X The switch itself could be monitored
Condition for actuation.
5.2 Bottom Clearance and Runby ... X
5.3 Final Terminal Stopping Device X ... Can be monitored, but local activation
required.
5.4 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices X ...
5.5 Traveling Cables ... X
5.6 Governor-Rope Tension Devices ... X
5.7 Car Frame and Platform ... X
5.8 Car Safeties and Guiding Members ... X
5.9 Car and Counterweight Buffer X X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
5.10 Compensating Chains, Ropes, and ... X
Sheaves

8.11.2.1.6 Firefighters’ Service If this device has an electrical switch,


it may be monitored for actuation.

Periodic Inspection of Hydraulic Elevators


8.11.3.1.1 Inside Car
1.1 Door Reopening Device X ... Since it does not activate on a regular
interval, certain assumptions must
be made.
1.2 Stop Switches X ...
1.3 Operating Control Devices X ...
1.4 Sill and Car Floor ... X
1.5 Car Lighting and Receptacles ... X Could monitor voltage and current.
1.6 Car Emergency Signal X ...
1.7 Car Door or Gate ... X
1.8 Door Closing Force X ...
1.9 Power Closing of Doors or Gates X ... This gives insight to door operation.
1.10 Power Opening of Doors or Gates X ... This gives insight to door operation.
1.11 Car Vision Panels and Glass Car ... X
Doors
1.12 Car Enclosure ... X
1.13 Emergency Exit X X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
1.14 Ventilation ... X Could monitor temperature/air flow
switch.
1.15 Signs and Operating Device Symbols ... X
1.16 Rated Load, Platform Area, and Data ... X
Plate

388.3
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont’d)
Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A17.1 A17.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

1.17 Standby Power Operation ... X


1.18 Restricted Opening of Car or Hoistway ... X
Doors
1.19 Car Ride X ...
1.20 Door Monitoring System X ...
1.21 Stopping Accuracy X ... Could monitor sensors.

8.11.3.1.2 Machine Room


2.1 Access to Machine Space ... X
2.2 Headroom ... X
2.3 Lighting and Receptacles ... X
2.4 Enclosure of Machine ... X
2.5 Housekeeping ... X
2.6 Ventilation and Heating ... X Could monitor temperature and air
flow switch.
2.7 Fire Extinguisher ... X
2.8 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts ... ...
2.9 Guarding of Equipment ... X
2.10 Numbering of Elevators, Machines, ... X
and Disconnect Switches
2.11 Disconnecting Means and Control ... X
2.12 Controller Wiring, Fuses, and ... X
Grounding
2.13 Hydraulic Power Unit ... X
2.14 Relief Valves X ...
2.15 Control Valve X ... Some valve data can be collected.
2.16 Tanks ... X
2.17 Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fittings ... X
Assemblies
2.18 Supply Line and Shutoff Valve ... X
2.19 Hydraulic Cylinders and Fluid Loss ... X
Record
2.20 Pressure Switch ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
2.21 Governor Overspeed Switch and Seal ... X The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
2.22 Recycling Operation ... X

8.11.3.1.3 Top of Car


3.1 Top-of-Car Stop Switch X ...
3.2 Car Top Light and Outlet ... X
3.3 Top-of-Car Operating Device X ... The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.4 Top-of-Car Clearance and Refuge ... X
Space
3.5 Normal Terminal Stopping Device X ...
3.6 Emergency Terminal Speed Limiting X ... The switch itself could be monitored
Device for actuation.
3.7 Car Leveling Anticreep Device X ... The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.
3.8 Top Emergency Exit ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
3.9 Floor and Emergency Identification ... X
Number
3.10 Hoistway Construction ... X
3.11 Hoistway Smoke Control ... X
3.12 Pipes, Wiring, and Ducts ... X
3.13 Windows, Projections, Recesses and ... X
Setbacks

388.4
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont’d) (a)

Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A17.1 A17.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

3.14 Hoistway Clearances ... X


3.15 Multiple Hoistways ... X
3.16 Traveling Cables and Junction Boxes ... X
3.17 Door and Gate Equipment ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
3.18 Car Frame and Stiles ... X
3.19 Guide Rails, Fastening, and ... X
Equipment
3.20 Governor Rope ... X
3.21 Governor Releasing Carrier ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
3.22 Wire Rope Fastening and Hitch Plate ... X
3.28 Counterweight ... X
3.30 Speed Test X ... Continuously.
3.21 Slack Rope Device ... X
3.32 Traveling Sheave ... X
3.33 Suspension Rope ... X

8.11.3.1.4 Outside the Hoistway


4.1 Car Platform Guard ... X
4.2 Hoistway Doors ... X
4.3 Vision Panels ... X
4.4 Hoistway Door Locking Device ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.5 Access to Hoistway ... X
4.6 Power Closing of Hoistway Doors X ... If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.7 Sequence Operation X ...
4.8 Hoistway Enclosure ... X
4.9 Elevator Parking Device X ... If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.10 Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistway ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
4.12 Standby Power Selection Switch X ... The switch itself could be monitored
for actuation.

8.11.3.1.5 Pit
5.1 Pit Access, Lighting, Stop Switch, and ... X The switch itself could be monitored
Condition for actuation.
5.2 Bottom Clearance, Runby and Mini- ... X
mum Refuge Space
5.4 Normal Terminal Stopping Devices X ...
5.5 Traveling Cables ... X
5.6 Governor Rope Tension Device ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
5.7 Car Frame and Platform ... X
5.8 Car Safeties and Guiding Members ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
5.11 Plunger and Cylinder ... X
5.12 Car Buffer X ... If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for activation.
5.13 Guiding Members ... X
5.14 Supply Piping ... X

8.11.3.1.6 Firefighters’ Service X ...

Periodic Inspection of Escalators and Moving Walks


8.11.4.1 Inspection and Test Requirements

388.5
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

(a) Table N-2 Guidelines on Use of Monitoring to Provide Inspection Data (Cont’d)
Device
May Be
Monitored Visual
A17.1 A17.2 Item [Note (1)] Inspection Comments

2.1/4.1 Machinery Space Access, Lighting, ... X


Receptacle, and Condition
2.2/4.2 Additional Stop Switch(es) X ...
2.3/4.3 Controller and Wiring ... X
4.9 Operating Devices
7.1/9.1 General Fire Protection ... X
7.2/9.2 Geometry ... X
7.4/9.4 Entrance and Egress ... X
7.5/9.5 Lighting ... X
7.6/9.6 Caution Signs ... X
7.7/9.7 Combplate ... X
7.8/9.8 Deck Barricade Guard and Antislide ... X
Devices
7.9/9.9 Steps and Treadway ... X
7.10/9.10 Operating Devices X ...
7.11 Skirt Obstruction Devices ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
7.13/9.13 Egress Restriction Device ... X
7.14/9.14 Speed X ...
7.15/9.15 Balustrades ... X
7.16/9.16 Ceiling Intersection Guards ... X
7.17/9.17 Skirt Panels ... X
7.18/9.18 Outdoor Protection ... X
8.13/10.13 Handrail Entry Device ... X If this device has an electrical switch,
it may be monitored for actuation.
8.14/10.14 Code Data Plate ... X

8.11.5 See referenced sections

NOTE:
(1) On-site observation or local actuation may be necessary.

388.6
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX S (a)

VERTICALLY SLIDING DOORS —


ILLUSTRATIONS OF DETECTION ZONES (2.13.3.4)

394.1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-1

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

170 mm
(6.75 in.)
height

140 mm 140 mm Zone in which object


(5.5 in.) (5.5 in.) must be detected
depth width

Object Dimensions Range of locations


of objects

394.2
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-2

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

170 mm
(6.75 in.)
height

140 mm 140 mm
(5.5 in.) (5.5 in.) Zone in which object
depth width must be detected

Object Dimensions
Range of locations
of objects

394.3
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-3

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

400 mm
(15.75 in.)
height

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

210 mm 210 mm
(8.25 in.) (8.25 in.)
depth width

Object Dimensions

394.4
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-4

Range of locations
of objects

Zone in which object


must be detected

50 mm
(2 in.)
height

95 mm 125 mm
(3.75 in.) (5 in.)
width depth
Zone in which object
must be detected
Object Dimensions

Range of locations
of objects

394.5
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-5

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

170 mm
(6.75 in.)
height

140 mm
140 mm
(5.5 in.)
(5.5 in.) Zone in which object
depth
width must be detected
Object Dimensions
Range of locations
of objects

394.6
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-6

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

400 mm
(15.75 in.)
height

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

210 mm 210 mm
(8.25 in.) (8.25 in.)
depth width

Object Dimensions

394.7
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-7

Zone in which object Range of locations


must be detected of objects

50 mm
(2 in.)
height

95 mm 125 mm
(3.75 in.) (5 in.)
width depth

Object Dimensions

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

394.8
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-8

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

170 mm
(6.75 in.)
height

140 mm 140 mm Zone in which object


(5.5 in.) (5.5 in.) must be detected
width depth
Range of locations
Object Dimensions of objects

394.9
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-9

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

170 mm
(6.75 in.)
height

140 mm 140 mm
(5.5 in.) (5.5 in.) Zone in which object
width depth must be detected

Object Dimensions Range of locations


of objects

394.10
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-10

Zone in which object


must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

400 mm
(15.75 in.)
height
Zone in which object
must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

210 mm 210 mm
(8.25 in.) (8.25 in.)
depth width

Object Dimensions

394.11
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-11

Range of locations Range of locations


of objects of objects
Zone in which object Zone in which object
must be detected must be detected

50 mm
(2 in.)
height

95 mm 125 mm
(3.75 in.) (5 in.)
width depth
Object Dimensions

Zone in which object


must be detected
Range of locations
of objects Zone in which object
must be detected

Range of locations
of objects

394.12
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
ASME A17.1a-2008/CSA B44a-08

Fig. S-12

Range of locations
of objects

Zone in which object


must be detected

Landing side of car door


Car floor or gate fully closed

A 50 mm
(2 in.)
height

50 mm (2 in.)
(Vertical location
of measurement 250 mm
95 mm (9.875 in.)
(3.75 in.) width
depth
Car side of hoistway
door fully open) Object Dimensions

Detection device is not required if dimension


“A” is not greater than 90mm (3.5in)

394.13
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

394.14
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
A17.1 Elevators and Escalators

INTERPRETATIONS
No. 29
July 2006–June 2007

THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS


THREE PARK AVENUE O NEW YORK, NY 10016

Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.


No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,


in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.

Copyright © 2008 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All rights reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.


No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29
July 2006 through June 2007

INTRODUCTION Edition or
Number Dates Interpretations Were Issued Supplement
As a service to persons who use the A17.1 Code for
enforcement or as a guide, the A17 Committee renders 1 1972 through 1979 ...
interpretations of the requirements upon request. The 2 June 1979 through September A17.1–1981
Preface to the Code explains the procedure for 1980
requesting interpretations. 3 September 1980 through Decem- A17.1a–1982
This booklet includes the interpretations which were ber 1981
issued by the A17 Committee from July 2006 through 4 January 1982 through December A17.1b–1983
1982
June 2007. Subsequent interpretations will be included
5 January 1983 through December A17.1–1984
with each addenda and new edition of the Code. 1983
6 January 1984 through September A17.1a–1985
APPLICABILITY OF INTERPRETATIONS 1984
7 October 1984 through April 1985 A17.1b–1985
Each interpretation applies to the edition and supple-
8 May 1985 through October 1985 A17.1c–1986
ments listed for that inquiry. Many of the Rules on which 9 November 1985 through April A17.1d–1986
the interpretations have been made have been revised 1986
in later editions or supplements. Where such revisions 10 May 1986 through October 1986 A17.1e–1987
have been made, the interpretations may no longer be 11 November 1986 through April A17.1–1987
applicable to the revised Rule. 1987
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these 12 May 1987 through April 1988 A17.1a–1988
interpretations when or if additional information is 13 May 1988 through May 1989 A17.1b–1989
available which might affect any interpretation. Further, 14 June 1989 through May 1990 A17.1–1990
persons aggrieved by any interpretation may appeal to 15 June 1990 through May 1991 A17.1a–1991
the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. ASME 16 June 1991 through May 1992 A17.1b–1992
17 June 1992 through May 1993 A17.1–1993
does not “approve,” “certify,“ ”rate,“ or “endorse” any
18 June 1993 through May 1994 A17.1a–1994
item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
19 June 1994 through May 1995 A17.1b–1995
20 June 1995 through May 1996 A17.1–1996
INTERPRETATIONS INDEX 21 June 1996 through May 1997 A17.1a–1997
A subject index of interpretations is included in this 22 June 1997 through May 1998 A17.1b–1998
23 June 1998 through March 2000 A17.1–2000
booklet on pages 35 through 50. This index includes all
24 April 2000 through May 2001 A17.1a–2002
interpretations that have been issued on the A17.1 Code
25 June 2001 through June 2002 A17.1b–2003
since 1972.
26 July 2002 through June 2003 A17.1–2004
The interpretations are listed in order by the subjects 27 July 2003 through June 2004 A17.1a–2005
(Part, Section, Rule, etc.). The ”Edition” refers to the 28 July 2004 through June 2006 A17.1–2007
edition or addenda of the Code on which the interpreta- 29 July 2006 through June 2007 A17.1a–2008
tion was rendered, e.g., “85a” refers to A17.1a–1985.
The “Bk. No.” refers to the interpretations booklet
number in which the interpretation was published. The
interpretations that were issued from 1972 through 1979
were published in a separate book which may be pur-
chased from ASME. Subsequent interpretations were
issued in separate booklets which have accompanied FORM AND ARRANGEMENT
each edition and supplement of the A17.1 Code since
1981. These are listed below. Inquiry Number. The interpretations are listed in the
Books 2 through 13 have also been compiled in a order of the assigned serial numbers. The first two digits
separate publication which may be purchased from represent the year in which the interpretations were
ASME. received.

iii
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
Subject. The primary requirement and subject of the Answer. The answers are those approved by the A17
interpretation is listed for each inquiry. Committee, except for editorial corrections necessary to
Edition. For each interpretation, the edition and improve clarity.
addenda, if any, on which the interpretation was ren- Figures. Where the original inquiry included a plan
dered are listed. or drawing that was essential for the understanding of
Question. The questions are taken verbatim from the the interpretation, a figure has been included.
original inquiries except for editorial corrections neces- Approval Dates. The date of approval by the A17 Com-
sary to improve clarity. mittee is listed for each interpretation.

iv
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 03-44 (Reconsideration)

Subject: Requirement 6.1.3.6.6, Floor Opening Protection Adjacent to Escalator Wellway


Edition: A17.1–2000

Question: Does this rule require the floor opening protection of the inclined portion of the
escalator?
This is assuming that the escalator is not adjacent to a wall or other structure, but perhaps, in
an atrium situation.
Answer: Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 6, 2004
Based upon reconsideration the following is the revised answer:
Answer: Yes, when the local building code requires such protection.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

1
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 05-05

Subject: Requirement 2.27.1, Car Emergency Signaling Devices


Edition: A17.1a–2002

Question (1): Requirement 2.27.1.1.1 requires a two-way communications means between the
car and a location in the building that is readily accessible to authorized and emergency personnel.
(a) Other than the communication means inside the elevator, must the building communication
station be provided at all times?
(b) Is the requirement to provide an onsite building communication station dependent on the
elevator’s travel, specifically, elevators with travel under 18 m?
(c) Is it expected that emergency personnel whom may be arriving on site should have quick
access to the building communication station?
(d) Is a locked building manager’s office, hence not readily accessible, considered an acceptable
location for the building communication station?
(e) Is a machine room considered an acceptable location for the building communication
station?
Answer (1):
(a) No, 2.27.1.1.2 makes it clear that there are conditions where the communications means
may be answered from outside the building.
The intent for the requirement in 2.27.1.1.1 is shown in the balloted rationale, which is as
follows:
“to direct a call, for assistance, from the car to authorized personnel (see Section 1.3) who are
responsible for taking action.” If there are no authorized personnel in the building there is no
reason to provide a communication means in the building, except when required by 2.27.1.1.4.
(b) See response to Question (1)(a).
(c) See response to Question (1)(a).
(d) Yes, for the two-way communication means that complies with 2.27.1.1.3.
(e) See response to Question (1)(d).

Question (2): With regards to 2.27.1.1.2 related to buildings not staffed 24 hours per day and
an additional on or off-site communication location:
(a) When authorized personnel are not expected to staff a location 24 hours per day, the phrase
“additional on or off-site” location, suggests a second (additional) location is necessary. Is the
“first” onsite building communication station (referred to in 2.27.1.1.1) still required?
(b) If the call is required to be directed within 30 seconds if the building is not appropriately
staffed, must the onsite building location “ring” prior to going off site?
(c) Does “within 30 seconds” permit the call to be directed immediately to the additional
location without delay?
(d) If the call is permitted to go to the additional location without delay, must the onsite
building location have a simultaneous “ring”?
(e) If the call is being addressed by the additional staffed location, must be the onsite building
location be able to
(1) interrupt the call?
(2) join in the call?
Answer (2):
(a) No. See response to Question (1)(a).
(b) No. See response to Question (1)(a).
(c) Yes. See explanation to Question (1)(a).
(d) There is no requirement for a simultaneous ring. See also response to Question (1)(a).
(e)(1) No.
(e)(2) No.

2
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Question (3): With regard to 2.27.1.1.1 and 2.27.1.1.2 is there any requirement to be able to call
into the elevator from the building communication station?
Answer (3): No, except as required by 2.27.1.1.4.

Question (4): Requirement 2.27.1.1.3(b) indicates the button shall be identified as “HELP” where
the word “HELP” is in quotes, and 2.26.12.4 requires the “HELP” button to be identified with
the phone symbol.
(a) Is “HELP” the generic identification term which the Code is using to refer to this button?
(b) Must the button be identified with the phone symbol?
(c) Must the button have the word “HELP” on or adjacent to it?
Answer (4):
(a) Yes.
(b) Yes.
(c) No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 05-25

Subject: Items 1.17.2.2 and 1.17.3


Edition: A17.2–2001

Question (1): When doing an acceptance test for a hydraulic elevator with emergency generator
is it required to test the elevator with a full load with the A17.2–2001 Code edition or later?
Answer (1): ASME A17.2–2001 is a Guide, not a Code.

Question (2): Is there a requirement that would overrule Interpretation No. 17, Inquiry 92-64
if the Code has not changed in that section, even when there is a new printing of the Code
book year?
Answer (2): See the introduction to published interpretations.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

3
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 05-43

Subject: Requirements 3.26.3.1.2 and 3.26.4.2


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 including through A17.1–2004

Background: It appears 3.26.3.1.2 states that the anticreep device shall maintain the car within
25 mm (1 in.) of the landing. Requirement 3.26.4.2(a) and (f) mandate that the emergency stop
switch or the in-car stop switch shall be rendered inoperative by the anticreep device. Neither of
these requirements addresses any inherent delays in initiating re-leveling, such as the WYE-DELTA
starter transition, or other controller delays that may amount to several seconds, during which
time an extremely leaky valve might allow the car to sink outside of the leveling zone. Without
a stated maximum distance the car is permitted to sink over a specified period of time, the onus
seems to be on the controller manufacturer to try to overcome any valve deficiencies that may exist.

Question (1): Are there any requirements anywhere in A17.1, Part 3 mandating how far a car
is permitted to sink over a specified amount of time?
Answer (1): No. The car is permitted to only move a maximum of 25 mm before anticreep is
activated per 3.26.3.1.2; however, there is no time limit specified.

Question (2): If a car sinks beyond the anticreep distance does this comply with 3.26.3.1.2?
Answer (2): No.

Question (3): If a car sinks beyond the re-leveling distance and the car continues to sink, does
this comply with 2.26.11 as referenced by 3.26.1?
Answer (3): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry 05-51

Subject: Requirements 2.26.1.4.1, 6.1.6.2.2(a)(1)(h), and 6.2.6.2.2(a)(1)(h), Inspection Control


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 through 2004

Background: In both the escalator and moving walk sections, 6.1.6.2.2(a)(1)(h) and
6.2.6.2.2(a)(1)(h), respectively, it appears to state that “the completion or maintenance of an electric
circuit shall not be used to initiate inspection control.” However, we couldn’t find a similar
requirement in 2.26.1.4.1 (or anywhere else) for elevators.

Question (1): Is the completion or maintenance of an electric circuit permitted to initiate


inspection control on elevators?
Answer (1): Yes, as long as the requirements of 2.26.1.4.1, 2.26.9.3, and 2.26.3 are complied with.

Question (2): If not, where can the requirement prohibiting such an implementation be found?
Answer (2): See response to Question (1).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

4
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 05-52

Subject: Requirement 2.4.6.2(b)(2)


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 including through A17.1a–2005

Question (1): Is compliance with 2.4.6.2(b)(2) required in addition to the requirements in


Section 2.19?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): If compliance with Section 2.19 is provided on an elevator operating at speeds
greater than 800 fpm with a counterweight buffer with 331⁄3% of the stroke in compliance with
2.22.4.1.1, is compliance with 2.4.6.2(b)(2) still required?
Answer (2): Yes.

Question (3): Requirement 2.19.1.1 states:


“Purpose. Ascending car overspeed protection shall be provided to prevent the car from striking
the hoistway overhead structure as a result of a failure in
(a) the electric driving-machine motor, brake, coupling, shaft, or gearing
(b) the control system
(c) any other component upon which the speed car depends, except the suspension ropes and
the sheave of the traction machine.”
Requirement 2.19.1.1 does not state that the additional requirement of 2.4.6.2(b)(2) is also needed
to comply with the purpose of 2.19.1.1. Is compliance with 2.4.6.2(b)(2) required in addition to
compliance with Section 2.19?
Answer (3): Yes. See answer to Question (1).

Question (4): If an ascending car with a rated speed greater than 800 ft/min approaches the
overhead with a counterweight buffer with 331⁄3% of the stroke permitted in 2.22.4.1.2 with
increasing speed approaching 10% higher than the governor is set to trip (2.18.2.1), with a failure
of any of the items listed in 2.19.1.1 is the emergency brake complying with 2.19.3 in its self
required to stop the car from hitting the overhead?
Answer (4): No, the emergency brake is not in itself required to address multiple sequential
failures as described in this scenario.

Question (5): In addition to the emergency brake [see Question (4)] does the tie down compensa-
tion required by 2.21.4.2 for elevators operating at speeds greater than 700 ft/m along with the
reduced stroke buffer help prevent the car from going into the overhead?
Answer (5): Yes, see A17.1–2000, 2.17.17; and A17.1a–2002 and later editions, 2.21.4.2.

Question (6): If an ascending car with a rated speed equal to or less than 700 ft/m approaches
the overhead with increasing speed approaching 10% higher than the governor is set to trip
(2.18.2.1), with a counterweight buffer with 50% of the stroke permitted in 2.22.4.1.2 with a failure
of any of the items in 2.19.1.1, is the emergency brake (2.19.3) in its self required to stop the car
from hitting the overhead since tie down compensation is not provided?
Answer (6): Tie down compensation is always required for speeds greater than 700 ft/m. For
speeds less than or equal to 700 ft/m, where tie down compensation is not provided, the emergency
brake is not on its own required to prevent the car from striking the overhead. See also response
to Question (4).

Question (7): Is the full buffer stroke complying with 2.4.6.2(b)(2) only required when tie down
compensation is not provided?
Answer (7): No. The requirements of 2.4.6.2(b)(2) are not conditional on tie down compensation.

5
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Question (8): When an alteration consists of a change in type of motion control (8.7.2.27.5) on
an elevator system with a rated speed of greater than 800 fpm with short stroke counterweight
buffer (331⁄3% of the stroke permitted in 2.22.4.1.2) with overhead clearances in conformance
with ASME A17.1d–2000 and earlier editions, will ascending car protection be required if only
8.7.2.27.5(h) (Section 2.19) is provided and 2.4.6.2(b)(2) is not provided since the additional over-
head is not available?
Answer (8): Yes, ascending car overspeed protection is required, however it is recognized that
all of the performance requirements of 2.19.1.1 may not be achievable due to existing building
constraints.

Question (9): When an alteration consist of a change in type of motion control (8.7.2.27.5) on
an elevator with a speed less than 700 fpm with short stroke counterweight buffer (50% of the
stroke permitted in 2.22.4.1.2) with overhead clearances in conformance with ASME A17.1d–2000
and earlier editions, will ascending car protection be required if only 8.7.2.27.5(h) (Section 2.19)
is provided and 2.4.6.2(b)(2) is not provided since the additional overhead is not available with
either of the following:
(a) with tie-down compensation 2.21.4.2?
(b) without tie-down compensation 2.21.4.2?
Answer (9): See answer to Question (8).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

Inquiry: 05-70

Subject: Requirement 2.27.4.2


Edition: A17.1–2004

Question (1): When activated, should a heat detector in the machine room illuminate a visual
signal?
Answer (1): Yes, the visual signals in the car shall illuminate intermittently.

Question (2): Should the heat detector interrupt the power supply?
Answer (2): This issue is not addressed by the Code. See 2.8.2.3.2.

Question (3): When referring to 2.27.3.2.1(d), was the “(d)” a misprint?


Answer (3): No, see Inquiry 04-31. Requirement 2.27.3.2.1(d) has been approved by the ASME
A17 Standards Committee for publication in the next edition of A17.1.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 10, 2006

6
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 05-70 (Reconsideration)


Answer (1): Yes, the visual signals in the car shall illuminate intermittently.
Answer (2): This issue is not addressed by the Code. See 2.8.2.3.2.
Answer (3): The A17 Standards Committee has approved the following wording for the first
addenda to ASME A17.1-2007/CSA B44-2007 as follows:
Revise 2.27.3.2.6 as follows:
2.27.3.2.6 When a fire alarm initiating device in the machine room, control space, control room,
or hoistway initiates Phase I Emergency Recall Operation, as required by 2.27.3.2.3 or 2.27.3.2.4,
the visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate intermittently only in a
car(s) with equipment in that machine room, control space, control room, or hoistway.
Revise the last paragraph of 2.27.4.2 as follows:
When a fire alarm initiating device in the machine room, control space, control room, or
hoistway initiates Phase I Emergency Recall Operation as required by 2.27.3.2.3 or 2.27.3.2.4, the
visual signal [see 2.27.3.1.6(h) and Fig. 2.27.3.1.6(h)] shall illuminate intermittently only in a car(s)
with equipment in that machine room, control space, control room, or hoistway.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 06-01

Subject: Rules 111.2c and 111.3a


Edition: ASME A17.1–1993 including through A17.1c–1999

Question: Do the rules cited above require a moving elevator, on either car top inspection or
full automatic operation, to stop when the unlocking roller of a freight door hoistway door
interlock is depressed sufficiently to unlock the doors?
Answer: Yes, except when the elevator is leveling to the floor or on access operation or inspection
operation with hoistway-door electric contact or car-door electric contact open (Rule 210.14) as
required by ASME A17.1–1996 and later editions.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 06-02

Subject: Rule 111.5 and Requirement 2.12.5


Edition: ASME A17.1–1993 including through A17.1c–1999 and ASME A17.1–2000 including
through A17.1S–2005, respectively

Question: Does an electrical device that will restrict opening of the doors when a car is outside
the unlocking zone, and un-restrict opening of the doors when the car is inside the unlocking
zone, meet the requirements?
Answer: The Code does not require a specific type of device to meet the requirements of 2.12.5.
It does specify the performance required. See also Inquiries 00-30 and 04-43.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

7
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-04

Subject: Requirements 6.1.3.3.2 and 6.2.3.3.2, Strength of Escalator and Moving Walk Balustrade
Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 including through A17.1a–2002

Question (1): If a force less than 40 lbf/ft is applied laterally to the handrail and the handrail
moves some measurable distance and then returns to its original position has it met the standard
of resisting the force imposed?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): Is it the purpose of these requirements to provide rider stability and support
when entering, exiting or riding the escalator or moving walk?
Answer (2): Yes.

Question (3): The side panels of an escalator or moving walk balustrade have no specific
requirements for strength other than the general requirements listed above. It is possible that
either impact or other steady force against the side panels could deflect the panel or the handrail
stand in such a manner as to interfere with internal moving parts. Once the force is removed,
the panel could return to its original position with no visible damage to the balustrade panel.
Would the deflection of the panel into the internal mechanisms of the escalator, possibly causing
damage to that mechanism, be permissible by the Code sections listed above?
Answer (3): This condition is not addressed in A17.1.

Question (4): Does A17.1 impose limitations on the permitted deflection of balustrades as it
does in 6.1.3.3.6 and 6.2.3.3.6 for skirt panels?
Answer (4): No, the skirt panels have a deflection limitation specified in 6.1.3.3.6 and 6.2.3.3.6.
The balustrades have a strength requirement specified in 6.1.3.3.2 and 6.2.3.3.2.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 06-05

Subject: Requirement 2.1.1.3


Edition: ASME A17.1S–2005

Question: What height protection is required on hoistway sides that are located more than
1 500 mm (59 in.) from elevator equipment to areas accessible to other than elevator personnel?
Answer: This is a building code issue that is not addressed in A17.1.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

8
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-11

Subject: Requirements 2.12.5 and 2.14.5.7


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Question (1): Would an electronic device with battery backup that meets the requirements of
2.12.5, installed on the car door and car door header, be considered part of the door operator?
Answer (1): Requirement 2.14.5.7 is written in performance language. See the definition for
“door or gate power operator.” See also Inquiry 06-02.

Question (2): The restrictor device needs to disengage (when inside the unlocking zone) before
the door(s) may be opened. If power to the elevator and battery backup power to the device is
removed the device would not permit the door(s) to be opened as required by 2.14.5.7. Is this
permitted?
Answer (2): The conditions described in the question, in which backup power to the device is
purposely removed are not addressed in 2.14.5.7 and does not comply with 8.6.1.6.1. The Code
does not preclude the use of a battery backup (see Inquiry 04-43). See also Inquiries 00-30 and
06-02.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 06-12

Subject: Requirement 2.27.3.1.6(e), Emergency Operations


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Background: An electronic car/hoistway door restrictor device that is always maintained in


the locked position may only unlock when power is applied while the car is within the unlocking
zone. The device receives a signal from an infrared sensor mounted on the car door or car door
header.

Question (1): Would this device be required to be rendered inoperative while Firefighters’
Emergency Operation is in effect?
Answer (1): No. Requirement 2.27.3.1.6(e) applies to door reopening devices only. It does not
modify the requirements of 2.12.5.

Question (2): Is a passenger elevator permitted to operate while Firefighters’ Emergency Opera-
tion is in effect, without a car/hoistway door restrictor as required by 2.12.5?
Answer (2): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 06-15

Subject: Section 1003, Full-load Testing on Standby Power for an Alteration


Edition: A17.1–1996 including through A17.1c–1999

Question: Is full-load testing on standby power operation required at acceptance on an existing


hydraulic elevator where the controller(s) was replaced or altered, but no other alterations were
made to the installation or to the standby power system?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

9
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-17

Subject: Requirement 2.11.3.2(c) and Section 3.11, Closing of Hoistway Doors on Electric and
Hydraulic Elevators
Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 through ASME A17.1–2004 including addenda

Question (1): Does this requirement permit horizontally sliding doors to remain open at a
landing on an elevator that is equipped with fire alarm initiating devices in accordance with
2.27.3.2.1 and the elevator conforms to 2.27.3.2.3 through 2.27.3.2.6, even when Phase I is not
activated?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2):Does the answer to Question (1) apply to both electric and hydraulic elevators?
Answer (2): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 06-18

Subject: Requirement 2.27.5.3, Firefighters’ Emergency Operation: Automatic Elevators With


Designated-Attendant Operation
Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Question (1): When an elevator is on hospital service and Phase I Emergency Recall is initiated,
does Phase I Emergency Recall override hospital service?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2): Does 2.27.3.1.6(h) simply alert the attendant that the system has initiated Phase
I Emergency Recall Operation and once the elevator is removed from hospital service, it will
revert to Phase I Emergency Recall Operation?
Answer (2): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 06-19

Subject: Rule 110.6 and Requirement 2.11.6.3


Edition: ASME A17.1–1993 through ASME A17.1–1996 and ASME A17.1–2000 through ASME
A17.1–2004, respectively

Question: Does ASME A17.1–1993 through ASME A17.1–1996, Rule 110.6, or ASME A17.1–
2000 through ASME A17.1–2004, Requirement 2.11.6.3, prohibit a door or similar device that,
based upon the action of smoke, closes or deploys on the landing side of an elevator hoistway
entrance, provided that said door or similar device is readily openable from the car side without
any key, tool, special knowledge, or significant effort?
Answer: No, for the editions cited.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

10
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-20

Subject: Rule 209.4b (Requirement 2.25.4.2), Emergency Terminal-Stopping Device


Edition: ASME A17.1–1993 through ASME A17.1–1996 (ASME A17.1–2000 through ASME
A17.1–2004)

Question (1): Is it required to have two completely independent (electrically and mechanically)
components sense the speed of the car?
Answer (1): No. The phrase "shall function independently" refers to electrical independence
only. Rule 209.4b, or 2.25.4.2 in A17.1–2000 and A17.1–2004 editions, is written in performance
language and permits greater latitude in the choice of components to perform the function when
a full-stroke buffer is used.

Question (2): Would it meet the intent of the Rule to sense the speed with independent sensors
taking independent readings off of the same component as detailed in the picture attached, where
the tachometer is the speed sensing for the static control and the Hall Effect sensor is for Emergency
Terminal Limit?
Answer (2): ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction,
proprietary device, or activity.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

11
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-21

Subject: Requirement 8.7.2


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 including through ASME A17.1a–2005

Question (1): Where a controller is added to provide for, or alter Firefighters’ Emergency
Operation, is it required to conform to 8.7.2.27.4, Controllers?
Answer (1): The unmodified controller or parts thereof need not conform to 8.7.2.27.4. Only
the new or modified control equipment needs to conform to 8.7.2.27.4.

Question (2): Where there is an addition to, or alteration of Firefighters’ Emergency Operation
to an existing controller, is it required to conform to 8.7.2.27.5, Change in Type of Motion Control?
Answer (2): No.

Question (3): Where there is an addition to, or alteration of Firefighters’ Emergency Operation
to an existing controller, is it required to conform to 8.7.2.27.6, Change in Type of Operation
Control?
Answer (3): No.

Question (4): Where there is an addition of a controller to provide for new Firefighters’ Emer-
gency Operation to an existing controller, is it required to conform to 8.7.2.28; 2.13.5, Reopening
Device for Power-Operated Car Doors or Gates; and 2.13.4.2.1(c), where applicable [see
2.27.3.1.6(e)]?
Answer (4): Yes.

Question (5): Where there is an addition of controller to provide new Firefighters’ Emergency
Operation to an existing controller, is it required to conform to:
(a) 8.7.2.28?
(b) 8.7.2.20, Ascending Car Overspeed and Unintended Car Movement Protection [see
2.27.3.1.6(c), 2.26.2.29, and 2.26.2.30]?
Proposed Answer (5)(a): Yes.
Proposed Answer (5)(b): No.

Question (6): Where no sump pump or drain is currently installed, does the alteration to fire
service operation as defined by 8.7.2.28 require conformance to 2.2.2.5?
Proposed Answer (6): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 06-22

Subject: Requirements 2.5.1.5.3(a), 2.12.5, and 2.14.4.2.2


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004

Question: Do the requirements of 2.12.5 restricted opening device meet the requirements of
2.14.4.2.2, car door interlock?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

12
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-24

Subject: Requirements 2.27.3.1.6(h) and 2.27.3.3.8

Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 through A17.1a–2005

Question (1): Do the “visual signals” in 2.27.3.1.6(h) and 2.27.3.3.8 provide the same (identical)
information?

Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): Is it permitted to use a common light source (e.g., LED, incandescent lamp, etc.)
to illuminate both “visual signals” in 2.27.3.1.6(h) and 2.27.3.3.8, such as through fiber optics or
other light transmitting elements?

Answer (2): Yes, provided it meets all the requirements in 2.27.3.1.6(h) and 2.27.3.3.8.

Question (3): Must the visual signal of 2.27.3.1.6(h) and the visual signal of 2.27.3.3.8 both be
visible when the door of the firefighters’ panel (2.27.3.3.7) is closed?

Answer (3): No.

Question (4): Must the visual signal of 2.27.3.1.6(h) be visible when the door of the firefighters’
panel (2.27.3.3.7) is open?

Answer (4): No.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 06-25

Subject: Requirement 2.7.3.3.4, Access to Machine Rooms and Machinery Spaces

Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Question (1): Would a noncombustible, permanently installed, alternating tread stair (defined
as a device that has a series of steps between 50 and 70 degrees from horizontal, usually attached
to a center support rail in an alternating manner so that the user does not have both feet on the
same level at the same time) at a maximum inclination of 60 degrees with railings complying
with 2.10.2.1 through 2.10.2.3, comply with 2.7.3.3.4?

Answer (1): No.

Question (2)(a): Regarding stairs, must access to machine rooms and machinery spaces be by
traditional, straight-run “7-11” stair?

Answer (2)(a): The stair riser and run of stair treads are not addressed in A17.1.

Question (2)(b): Do other types of noncombustible, permanently installed stairs constructed


in accordance with a local building code and the inclination and railing requirements of A17.1
comply with 2.7.3.3.4?

Answer (2)(b): Yes.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

13
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-26

Subject: Requirement 2.7.5.1.1


Edition: ASME A17.1S–2005

Background: Access to the driving-machine brake and emergency brake is from the car top on
inspection operation. However, no maintenance of the elevator driving-machine brake or emer-
gency brake is necessary or possible. Inspection of the driving-machine brake or emergency brake
is performed by means requiring no disassembly, adjustment or movement of the brake parts or
movement of the car. The elevator motion controller and motor controller are not accessed from
the car top or from inside the car.

Question: Given the system as described above, does 2.7.5.1.1 require a means to prevent
movement of the car conforming to 2.7.5.1.2?
Answer: No, provided that there is no maintenance or inspection that could cause unexpected
car motion.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

Inquiry: 06-27

Subject: Requirement 3.27.3, Firefighters’ Emergency Operation Low Oil Protection


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Background: With reference to 3.26.9, a recent inquiry was made that raised the question: is
there a requirement to supply both a pump run-timer and a means for direct sensing of the liquid
level. That inquiry was answered in the negative. See Inquiry 02-25. In A17.1–2004, the conjunction
“and” was dropped from 3.26.9(a) to further clarify that both a run timer and a liquid level
sensing means are not required.

Question (1): In 3.27.3, is it required that the specified actions be taken when the low oil
detection means actuates while the car is on Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and is stationary
at the recall level?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): In 3.27.3, is it required that the specified actions be taken when the low oil
condition develops but the means described by 3.26.9 has not been actuated while the car is on
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and is stationary at the recall level?
Answer (2): No.

Question (3): When only a pump-run timer is provided as a means of satisfying 3.26.9, is it a
requirement that the visual signal specified in 3.27.3(c) be immediately illuminated when a low
oil condition develops, but the pump-run timer has not yet been actuated after the car is on
Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and the car is stationary at the recall level?
Answer (3): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

14
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-28

Subject: Requirement 2.13.5


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004

Question (1): On passenger elevators, can the door continue to close, under power, after the
reopening device has been activated?
Answer (1): No, except the door will continue to close during the electrical, mechanical, and
inertial reaction time. If the kinetic energy is 3.5 J (2.5 ft-lb) or less, the reopening device is
permitted to be rendered inoperative and the door may continue to close.

Question (2): Is the allowable distance of slide less than 2 in.?


Answer (2): A distance is not specified.

Question (3): Can the door continue to close under power in excess of 2 in.?
Answer (3): See Answer (1).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

Inquiry: 06-29

Subject: Requirements 6.1.3.4.1 and 6.1.6.4


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004

Question (1): Is there a percent (+/-) for the speed of the handrail in relation to the speed of
the steps?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2): In the case of escalators with a rise of up to 115 ft, on some of these escalators
you need to pick up your hand a few times during the ride. The contractor modernizing the
escalator contends that the handrail drive is within Code since he has to be within 15% of the
speed of the escalator, per 6.1.6.4. Is this correct?
Answer (2): No. The 15% deals with a malfunctioning handrail. Refer to 6.1.3.4.1 for a normally
operational handrail.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

15
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-30

Subject: Requirement 2.16.8


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004

Background: Requirement 2.16.8 requires passenger elevators and freight elevators permitted
to carry passengers to safely lower, stop, and hold the car with an additional load up to 25% in
excess of the rated load. It also states that the elevator is not required to attain rated load
performance under the passenger overload conditions specified. While there are more stringent
requirements stated for Class C2 loading in 2.16.2.2.4(c), including the ability to level the car
with an additional load up to 50% of the rated load, there seems to be no requirement for leveling
elevators under other loading classes with 125% of rated load. Unfortunately, for loading classes
other than C2, it is unclear what is meant by safely lowering, stopping and holding the car
without being required to attain rated load performance.

Question: Is an elevator that is permitted to carry passengers and is not designed for Class C2
loading required to
(a) level at a floor with 125% of rated load?
(b) stop at a floor within the door unlocking zone with 125% of rated load?
(c) stop before striking the buffer with 125% of rated load?
Answer: Based on the condition you described of “safely lowering, stopping and holding the
car without being required to attain rated load performance” and Inquiry 88-16 the following
are the answers to your question:
(a) No.
(b) Yes.
(c) Yes.
Also, see Inquiry 88-16.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 06-31

Subject: Requirement 2.2.4.2, Pits


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004

Question: The Code states: “There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator...a fixed vertical
ladder of noncombustible material located within reach of the access door.” In a single pit serving
multiple elevators is only one pit access ladder required? If answer is no, how is it determined
the quantity of required access ladders?
Answer: No. There must be at least one ladder per elevator.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

16
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-32

Subject: Requirement 8.8.1(a)


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004

Question: Requirement 8.8.1(a) refers to Section 5 of ANSI/AWS D1.1; the subject is welder
qualifications. In researching D1.1, it appears welder qualification requirements were relocated
to Section 4 in the 1996 edition. Should the text of A17.1 cite Section 4 of ANSI/AWS D1.1?
Answer: Yes, A17.1 has been updated and the following editorial revision has been approved
for the next publication.
8.8.1(a): By welders qualified in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 of ANSI/AWS
D1.1, . . .
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

Inquiry: 06-33

Subject: Requirement 2.14.7.1


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 including through A17.1a–2005 and ASME A17.1S–2005

Background: Requirement 2.14.7.1.1 states, “Not less than two lamps shall be provided.”
Requirement 2.14.7.1.3 states, “Each elevator shall be provided with auxiliary lighting having its
power source located on the car. It shall conform to the following:
(e) Not less than two lamps of approximately equal wattage shall be used.”

Question (1): Does this mean that at least four lamps are required or can the two lamps used
to comply with 2.14.7 1.1 be the same two lamps used to comply with 2.14.7.1.3(e)?
Answer (1): At least two lamps are required.

Question (2): If only two lamps are required, does a system where one lamp is illuminated
when the car and lamp are operating normally, and the other lamp illuminates when the first
lamp fails comply with 2.14.7.1.1?
Answer (2): No. Requirement 2.14.7.1.1 states that “not less than two lamps shall be provided.”

Question (3): If only two lamps are required, does a system where one lamp is illuminated
when the car and lamp are operating normally, and the other lamp illuminates when the power
fails comply with 2.14.7.1.3(e)?
Answer (3): No. Requirement 2.14.7.1.3(e) states that “not less than two lamps . . . shall be
used.”
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

17
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-35

Subject: Requirements 2.27.3.1.6(h) and 8.4.10


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 including through ASME A17.1a–2005

Background: A17.1–2000, Requirement 2.27.3.1.6(h) mandates that all cars shall be provided
with an illuminated visual and audible signal system which shall be activated to alert the
passengers that the car is returning nonstop to the designated level and remain activated until
the car has returned to the designated level.
A17.1–2004, Requirement 2.27.3.1.6(h) states that an illuminated visual and audible signal
system shall be activated, that the visual signal shall remain activated until the car is restored
to automatic operation, and the audible signal shall remain active until the door is closed.
Requirement 8.4.10 doesn’t seem to address the operation of the fire service indicators when
Fire Phase I and/or Phase II is in effect during seismic operation.

Question (1): If a car is stopped at a floor away from the designated level with its doors
open in response to the continuous activation of the counterweight displacement switch, and
subsequently receives a Phase I signal (either from the Phase I key switch or the activation of a
fire alarm initiating device), are the visual and audible signals required to be activated as described
in 2.27.3.1.6(h) either
(a) under the A17.1–2000 requirements; or
(b) under the A17.1–2004 requirements?

Answer (1)(a): No.


Answer (1)(b): No.

Question (2): If a car is in the process of returning to the designated level in response to a
Phase I signal (either from the Phase I key switch or the activation of a fire alarm initiating
device), and then is stopped at a floor away from the designated level due to the subsequent
continuous activation of the counterweight displacement switch, are the visual and audible signals
required to remain activated as described in 2.27.3.1.6(h) either
(a) under the A17.1–2000 requirements; or
(b) under the A17.1–2004 requirements?

Answer (2)(a): No.


Answer (2)(b): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

18
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry 06-36

Subject: Requirement 2.26.3


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Background: Requirement 2.26.3 states “where electromechanical contactors or relays are pro-
vided . . .”

Question (1): To fulfill the requirement, is the term “where” a voluntary term or should it read
“shall”?
Answer (1): Requirement 2.26.3 is correct as written. The word “where” in 2.26.3 is associated
with the word “provided.” Methods other than electromechanical contactors and relays may be
used in some cases.

Question (2): If required, where and what circuits are required to meet the requirement?
Answer (2): Electromechanical contactors and relays provided to fulfill 2.26.8.2 and 2.26.9.3
through 2.26.9.7 are required to comply with 2.26.3 if their contacts are used for monitoring
purposes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry 06-37

Subject: Requirement 3.7.1


Edition: ASME A17.1S–2005

Question (1): On a roped-hydraulic elevator, would the manual shutoff valve in the hydraulic
supply line meet the requirement referenced in 2.7.6.3.4(a) as a means to prevent car movement
when servicing the governor?
Answer (1): No, since it does not protect against loss of the suspension means.

Question (2): If not, would it meet the requirement if it had an electrical contact to remove
power from the driving machine that was activated when the valve was closed?
Answer (2): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

19
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-38

Subject: Paragraph 2.2.5(c), Pipes Conveying Gases, Vapors, or Liquids; para. 3.11.3, Firefighters’
Service, and para. 4.7.8, Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices
Edition: ASME A17.3–1996

Question (1): Per para. 4.7.8, an existing hydraulic elevator that has a travels distance of less
than 25 ft is not required to perform recall functions. If sprinklers are proposed to be installed
within the elevator machine room and pit, is automatic power shunt trip required prior to sprinkler
activation (via heat detectors)? If yes, can power be removed if the existing elevator controller
is incapable of recalling the elevator?
Answer (1): This is not addressed in A17.3–1996.

Question (2): Automatic sprinklers are proposed to be installed within the elevator machine
room of a 45-year-old elevator. The existing electric traction elevator is incapable of performing
recall functions (recall was not required at the time of the original installation). Is automatic
power shunt trip required prior to sprinkler activation (via heat detectors)? If yes, can power be
removed if the existing elevator controller is incapable of recalling the elevator?
Answer (2): See reply to Question (1).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: September 20, 2006

Inquiry: 06-39

Subject: Requirement 8.6.3.7 of A17.1; Requirement 1.1(e) of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 including through A17.1S–2005 and CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5–2004,
respectively

Background: Requirement 8.6.3.7 requires that “where a listed/certified device is replaced, the
replacement shall be subject to the applicable engineering or type test as specified in Section 8.3,
or the requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5.”

Question (1): If a listed/certified landing door motor, car door or gate motor, or retiring cam
motor is replaced but there are no applicable engineering or type tests for those motors specified
in Section 8.3 of A17.1, must the replacement motor meet the requirements of Section 1.1(e) of
CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): If yes, and if there are no other product safety standards that require landing
door, car door or gate, or retiring cam motor listing/certification, must the motors be listed/
certified in accordance with CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5?
Answer (2): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

20
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry 06-40

Subject: Rule 110.10b


Edition: ASME A17.1–1996

Background: Per ASME A17.1–1996, Rule 110.10b: The building corridors shall be so lighted
that the illumination at the landing sills, when an elevator is in service, shall be not less than
5 ftc (54 lx).

Question (1): Does the subject Code verbiage refer to illumination at the elevator landing sills
with the elevator car door closed or opened?
Answer (1): The Rule only addresses the illumination from corridor lighting.

Question (2): What does the verbiage “when an elevator is in service” mean?
Answer (2): When the elevator is available for use.

Question (3): What constitutes 5 ftc lighting requirement at/in the building corridors?
Answer (3): When the measurement at the sill equals or exceeds 5 ftc.

Question (4): What is the proper method per Code to measure lighting levels at the elevator
landing sills?
Answer (4): The method of measurement is not addressed in the Code. See ASME A17.2, Guide
for Inspection of Elevators, Escalators, and Moving Walks.

Question (5): Are there any tolerances on the 5 ftc (54 lx) requirement?
Answer (5): The requirement is not less than 5 ftc.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

Inquiry: 06-41

Subject: Requirement 8.6.10.5, Escalator or Moving Walk Startup


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Background: This requirement lists at least eleven items to be checked prior to starting an
escalator or moving walk. After listing these items, the rule concludes, “If any of these conditions
is unsatisfactory, the unit shall be placed out of service.”

Question (1): Can a unit be started if one comb tooth is missing or damaged?
Answer (1): Yes, see 8.6.8.4.1 and 8.6.10.5(d).

Question (2): Can a unit be started if there are clear portions of the skirt panels where the
antifriction coating has rubbed off?
Answer (2): No.

Question (3): Can a unit be started if the demarcation lights, if provided are not working?
Answer (3): No, if the demarcation lights are required by applicable Code.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

21
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-42

Subject: Requirements 2.20.9.5, 2.20.9.8, and 8.6.3.3.2; Clearance Requirements for Wire Rope
Wedge Sockets on New Elevator Installations
Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 through A17.1a–2005 and A17.1S–2005

Background: Requirements 2.20.9.5, 2.20.9.8, and 8.6.3.3.2 state the following:


“2.20.9.5.6 Load-carrying rope shall be in line with shackle rod, and the sockets shall be
permitted to be staggered in the direction of travel of the elevator and counterweight, where
used.”
“2.20.9.8 Anti-rotation Devices. Following the completion of the rope socketing and any adjust-
ments of individual shackle rods as provided for in 2.20.9.2, means shall be provided to prevent
the rotation of the suspension ropes without restricting their movement horizontally or vertically.”
“8.6.3.3.2 Rope Fastenings and Hitchplates. Replacement of rope fastenings and hitchplates
shall conform to the following:
(a) When the suspension rope fastenings are replaced with an alternate means that conforms
to 2.20.9, existing hitch plates that cause interference between the replacement fastening shall
have the replacement fastening staggered, or the hitch plates shall be replaced with a design that
provides clearance between replacement shackles.
(b) Replacement hitch plates shall conform to 2.15.13.
(c) Replacement fastenings shall be permitted to be installed on the car only, the counterweight
only, at either of the dead-end hitches, or at both attachment points.
(d) Rope fastenings at the drum connection of winding-drum machines shall comply with
8.6.4.10.2.”

Question (1):
(a) Do any of the requirements in 2.20.9 require rope sockets to be staggered when installed
on new installations?
(b) Does 8.6.3.3.2 require rope sockets to be staggered when installed on new installations?
Answer:
(1)(a) No.
(1)(b) Requirement 8.6.3.3.2 does not apply to new installations.

Question (2):
(a) Do any of the requirements in 2.20.9 require a minimum amount of clearance between
sockets?
(b) Does 8.6.3.3.2 require a minimum amount of clearance between sockets?
Answer:
(2)(a) No.
(2)(b) Not addressed by 8.6.3.3.2.

Question (3):
(a) Do the requirements in 2.20.9 prohibit contact of the rope sockets caused by the rotation
of one socket relative to another socket as long as the ropes remain in line with their respective
shackle rods?
(b) Does 8.6.3.3.2 prohibit contact of the rope sockets caused by the rotation of one socket
relative to another socket as long as the ropes remain in line with their respective shackle rods?

Answer:
(3)(a) Requirement 2.20.9 does not address contact.
(3)(b) Yes.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

22
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-43

Subject: Requirement 2.4.6.2, Components of the Top Car Clearances


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004

Question (1): Does “. . . the full stroke required by 2.22.4.1.1” in 2.4.6.2 (b)(2) refer to full stroke
of reduced-stroke oil buffer required for reduced terminal speed?
Answer (1): No. The stroke is based on striking the buffer at 115% of the rated speed

Question (2): Does “. . . the full stroke required by 2.22.4.1.1” in 2.4.6.2 (b)(2) refer to full stroke
of full-stroke oil buffer required for rated elevator speed?
Answer (2): No. The stroke is based on striking the buffer at 115% of the rated speed.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 06-44

Subject: Requirement 2.24.2.3.2, Driving Machines and Sheaves and Item 2.29.2.1(e)(4), Car and
Counterweight Safeties
Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 and A17.2–2001, respectively

Background: During a 5-year safety test or during acceptance testing for each of the references
listed above:

Question (1): If the driving machine system stalls rather than the ropes slipping traction is this
acceptable?
Answer (1): Both are acceptable.

Question (2): Is the requirement of the ropes slipping traction more stringent than meeting the
requirement of the driving system stalling?
Answer (2): See response to Question (1).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

23
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-46

Subject: Requirement 6.1.6.10.2


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 including through A17.1a–2005

Background: Requirement 6.1.6.10.2 requires that the removal of power from the driving-
machine motor and brake shall not be solely dependent on software-controlled means. It has
been suggested that only the stopping or removal of power is required to meet this requirement
and that there is no such restriction for the starting or application of power to the driving-
machine motor and brake. Removal of power could also be interpreted to mean prevent or stop
power from reaching the motor or brake. An electrical protective device is also used to prevent
the driving-machine motor from starting or the brake from lifting. Starting of the escalator implies
all modes of operation, both automatic and inspection.

Question (1): Does 6.1.6.10.2 permit implementation of redundancy by a software system to


satisfy the requirements of 6.1.6.10.1(a), solely by software-controlled means?
Answer (1): Requirement 6.1.6.10.2 is not the relevant requirement for escalator starting. Require-
ment 6.1.6.10.1(a) does not allow a single software system failure to permit the escalator to start.

Question (2): Is it permissible to be solely software dependent for the emergency stop button
while the escalator is stopped to prevent the escalator from starting?
Answer (2): Yes, as long as 6.1.6.10.1(a) is complied with.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 06-47

Subject: Requirement 3.15.1


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 including A17.1a–2005

Background: Requirement 3.15.1 requires hydraulic elevator car frames and platforms to con-
form to Section 2.15. Requirement 2.15.9 requires a platform guard (apron) with a minimum
vertical height of either 48 in. or 21 in., depending on if the elevator is required to have untended
car movement. But the referenced requirement, 2.19.2.2, only applies to traction elevators. Hence
hydraulic elevators are not required to have unintended car movement.

Question (1): Is it therefore correct that the Code requires the platform guard plate on hydraulic
elevators to conform to 2.15.9.2(b)?
Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): Does this result in the platform guard on hydraulic elevators being required to
have a minimum straight vertical face of 21 in.?
Answer (2): Yes.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

24
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-48

Subject: Requirement 5.3.1.16.2(i), Driving Machines: General Requirements, Manual Operation


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000

Background: This rule states “Private residence elevators shall be arranged for manual operation
in case of power failure.”

Question (1): Does A17.1–2000 require that the manual operating device be capable of moving
the rated load?
Answer (1): Yes. The manual operating device must be capable of moving the car under any
loading condition up to and including rated load.

Question (2): Does A17.1–2000 have a limit on the amount of force needed to move the car
with the manual operating device?
Answer (2): No.

Question (3): Does A17.1–2000 require the manual operating device be capable if moving the
car in both up and down directions?
Answer (3): No.

Question (4): For private residence elevators, is manual operation only in the down direction
permitted on noncounterweighted elevators per A17.1–2000?
Answer (4): Yes.

Question (5): For private residence elevators that are counterweighted, does A17.1–2000 permit
movement of the car in either direction during manual operation?
Answer (5): Yes.

Question (6): Does releasing of the brake only, meet the requirements of A17.1–2000 for manual
operation on a counterweighted private residence elevator?
Answer (6): No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: January 24, 2007

Inquiry: 06-50

Subject: Rule 211.6, Firefighters’ Service — Inspection Operation


Edition: ASME A17.1–1996

Question: Assuming that the audible fire warning indicator inside of the car can be heard by
an operator on top of the car, does this Rule, or any other Rule in the A17.1–1996 edition of the
Code, require an audible and/or visual fire warning indicator to also be installed on the car top?
Answer: No. See also Inquiry 94-45.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

25
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 06-51

Subject: Requirement 2.26.7


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 including through A17.1S–2005

Question (1): Does the last sentence in 2.26.7 refer to all permanent devices no matter their
construction and mode of operation (electrical, mechanical, or electromechanical devices)?
Answer (1): No. It refers to only electrical or electromechanical devices.

Question (2): Is a permanently installed mechanical device that is required in 2.7.6.4.3 considered
a permanent device that makes electrical protective devices ineffective, prohibited in 2.26.7?
Answer (2): No.

Question (3): Does 2.26.7 apply to permanent electrical devices provided to meet 2.7.6.4 when
used by elevator personnel for passenger rescue?
Answer (3): No. The means provided to fulfill the requirements of 2.7.6.4 could be mechanical,
electrical, hydraulic, or any combination thereof, and the provisions of 2.7.6.4 do not require the
movement of the elevator to be subject to the electrical protective devices.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 06-53

Subject: Requirements 2.12.7.3 and 2.12.7.3.1


Edition: A17.1–2004

Question: Where a car with two car doors or gates is parked at the landing and the hoistway
access switch located near one entrance of the car is actuated, is it prohibited to move the car
with both car doors or gates in the open position?
Answer: Yes. Requirement 2.12.7.3 only allows a single car door or gate to not be in the closed
position. See also Inquiry 04-36.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

26
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 07-01

Subject: Requirement 2.27.3.3.6


Edition: ASME A17.1S–2005

Background: Previous version of the Code reads “2.27.3.3.6 The occurrence of an accidental
ground or short circuit in elevator electrical equipment located on the landing side of the hoistway
enclosure, and in associated wiring, shall not disable Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation once
it has been activated.” There was no limitation as to the source of the ground or short circuit
and therefore included damage caused by heat or fire. There was no machine-room-less elevator
section in the Code and most elevator controllers were located in a machine room or in the car
station inside the hoistway. There are no rules for an elevator controller, only for a “motor
controller” in A17.1a–2005. Elevator controllers or intelligent modules [remote inputs and outputs
or programmable logic (PES)] can be located anywhere outside of machine rooms, machine spaces,
control rooms, or control spaces. NBCC does not require 2.8.3.3.2, disconnection of main line
power due to application of water from sprinklers.

Question (1): Does a machine-room-less elevator with a controller cabinet (no motor controller)
located on the landing side of the hoistway, which is protected from water, but not protected
from heat or fire, comply with 2.27.3.3.6?
Answer (1): Yes. Heat and fire are not addressed in 2.27.3.3.6.

Question (2): Does the associated wiring for a controller cabinet, the failure of which shall
disable Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation, on the landing side of the hoistway need to be
protected from water to comply with 2.27.3.3.6?
Answer (2): Yes. The associated wiring on the landing side of the hoistway enclosure must be
protected from grounds or shorts if they could result in the disabling of Phase II Emergency
In-Car Operation as a result of exposure to water.

Question (3): Is it permissible to provide electrical equipment, the failure of which would
disable Phase II Emergency In-Car Operation, which is protected from water, but not from heat
or fire on the landing side of the hoistway, not in a machine room, machine space, control space,
or control room?
Answer (3): See response to Question (1).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

27
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 07-02

Subject: Requirements 2.7.6.5 and 2.26.1.5


Edition: ASME A17.1S–2005

Background: The Code as written appears to require the Inspection and Test Panel to be located
where the “CAR DOOR BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS” switches are located when
not accessible from outside the hoistway. This means that the inspection and test panel must also
not be accessible from outside the hoistway, because it is located where the “CAR DOOR BYPASS”
and “HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS” switches are located. The Code does not specify the location
of the inspection and test panel, only that the “CAR DOOR BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY DOOR
BYPASS” switches be located in it when not accessible from outside the hoistway. The Code
appears to require a single set of switches; if a single set of switches is required then see Question
(1); if two sets of switches are required see Question (2).

Question (1): If the “CAR DOOR BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS” switches are
located where they are not accessible from outside the hoistway, does the inspection and test
panel also have to be located where it is not accessible from outside the hoistway?
Answer (1): The “CAR DOOR BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY DOOR BYPASS” switches are to be
located outside the hoistway in either the elevator controller enclosure or in an inspection and
test panel as specified in 2.26.1.5.

Question (2): Does the Code require two sets of “CAR DOOR BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY
DOOR BYPASS” switches when they are not accessible from outside the hoistway?
Answer (2): Requirement 2.26.1.5 requires one set of switches. Also see answer to Question (1).

Question (3): If two sets are required, must both sets of “CAR DOOR BYPASS” and “HOISTWAY
DOOR BYPASS” switches be located where they are not accessible from outside the hoistway?
Answer (3): See answer to Question (2).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-03

Subject: Requirements 2.27.1.1.3(b) and 2.27.1.1.3(c)


Edition: ASME A17.1–2000 including through A17.1a–2002

Question: Does the Code prohibit an emergency two-way communication device that has the
“HELP” button and visual indicator behind a nontransparent door that may be either closed or
open?
Answer: Yes, the “HELP” button and visual indicator must be visible.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

28
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 07-05

Subject: Requirement 2.13.3.3.2, In-Car Door Open Button


Edition: A17.1–2000

Background: This requirement states that a momentary-pressure switch or button shall be


provided in the car, the operation of which shall cause the doors to stop or to stop and reopen.
Without specifically stating so, this seems to imply that once the doors are fully closed, this
switch or button is no longer required to be operative. Sometimes, in high-security applications,
the in-car door open button is disabled on secure mode (during otherwise normal, automatic
operation) once the doors are fully closed at a secured floor for users who do not have the proper
security clearance for that floor (though the door open button would function prior to the doors
reaching the fully closed position, and would also always function at the main lobby landing,
as well as at all floors whenever the car is on fire Phase II).

Question: On a car with horizontally sliding, power-operated doors, is it permitted to render


the in-car door open button inoperative once the doors have fully closed on normal, automatic
operation?
Answer: Yes, the momentary pressure switch or button need only be operative during power
door closing except where specified by other requirements (e.g., Phase II operation, etc).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-06

Subject: Requirement 2.27.1.2, Audible Alarm Signaling Device


Edition: A17.1–2004

Background: The rule states, “When an emergency stop switch (2.26.2.5) is provided; an audible
signaling device shall be provided.” Requirement 2.26.2.5 states, “An emergency stop switch shall
not be provided on passenger elevators.”
Requirement 2.27.1.1.1 states, “An audible signaling device shall be provided.” This wording
was changed in the A17.1a 2002 addenda to resemble what is now included in the A17.1–2004
Code.
Furthermore, A17.3–2002, para. 3.11.1 requires an audible alarm marked “ALARM” inside
every existing elevator.

Question: Does the A17.1–2004 Code require an “ALARM” button inside passenger elevators?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

29
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 07-07

Subject: Rules 101.3c(1), (2), and (3); Machine Room Access


Edition: A17.1–1993

Background: Access to the elevator machine rooms is from the top floor of the building by
means of a permanent fixed noncombustible ladder, through a roof hatch and into an enclosed
penthouse space above. From this penthouse space, there is a door that goes into the room leading
to the machine rooms. The machine rooms are higher than 6 ft from the penthouse level and are
accessed by an angled stair with platform at the top.

Question (1): Is a vertical ladder from the upper most floor to the penthouse space a permitted
means of access on the way to the elevator machine room?
Answer (1): No, access to a machine room per Rule 101.3c(2) requires a stair.
NOTE: A vertical ladder is only permitted to machinery spaces containing equipment specified
in Rule 101.3c(2).

Question (2): In Rule 101.3c(2), what is meant by “handgrips” on a vertical ladder?


Answer (2): The term “handgrips” is not defined in A17.1.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry 07-08

Subject: Requirement 8.7.2.28 and Para. 3.11.3


Edition: A17.1–2004 and A17.3–2002, respectively

Background: A17.3–2002 requires an existing elevator to conform to ASME A17.1–1987, Rules


211.3 through 211.8, unless at the time of installation or alteration it was required to comply with
a later edition of A17.1. It seems clear then that A17.3 triggers an alteration to the firefighters’
emergency operation on all elevators that do not meet this minimum requirement, which would
in turn trigger a requirement to comply with the possibly more stringent requirements of the
“Alterations” section of whichever edition of A17.1 is currently in effect. However, this doesn’t
seem to be the universal understanding of all those who use these Codes. The following question
has to do strictly with what A17.1 and A17.3 require (as opposed to what the local jurisdictions
that adopt these Codes might be willing to permit).

Question: If a jurisdiction adopts A17.3–2002, which mandates compliance with A17.1–1987,


Rules 211.3 through 211.8 as a minimum on all existing elevators (as per A17.3–2002, para. 3.11.3),
and that same jurisdiction also simultaneously adopts A17.1–2004, then after the effective date
of adoption of those Codes
(a) are all existing elevators that do not meet the minimum firefighters’ emergency operation
requirements listed in A17.3, para. 3.11.3 required to have their firefighters’ emergency operation
upgraded to A17.1–2004, Requirements 2.27.3 through 2.27.8 (as per A17.1–2004, Requirement
8.7.2.28); or
(b) may firefighters’ emergency operation on those existing elevators be upgraded to A17.1–
1987, Rules 211.3 through 211.8, as referenced in A17.3, para. 3.11.3?
Answer:
(a) Yes.
(b) No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

30
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 07-09

Subject: Requirement 3.18.3.8


Edition: A17.1–2000 including through A17.1b–2003

Background: Requirement 3.18.3.8.3(b) permits the use a protective casing as a means of protec-
tion for a cylinder buried in the ground. A common method used is the installation of a PVC
casing to surround the cylinder.

Question (1): Is the casing (in this instance a PVC casing) required to protrude above the pit
floor?
Answer (1): No. The Code does not require or prohibit the casing to protrude above the pit floor.

Question (2): Is the upper end of the PVC casing required to be closed off and sealed?
Answer (2): No. The Code does not require or prohibit the upper end of the PVC casing to be
closed off and sealed.

Question (3): If the answer to Question (2) above is no, would leaving the upper end open so
that the cylinder could be seen and the casing inspected for the presence of water and/or other
fluids meet the requirements of 3.18.3.8.2?
Answer (3): Requirement 3.18.3.8.2 is written in performance language and therefore the details
of the design are not specified.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-10

Subject: Requirement 2.11.10.2


Edition: A17.1–2004

Question: Is the required 10 fc at landing sills measured with the doors open?
Answer: The 10 fc is required whether the car doors are open or closed.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-11

Subject: Requirement 2.27.4.2


Edition: A17.1–2004

Question: (1): If the heat detector is used to shunt trip and remove power from the elevator,
is the fire alarm system to provide power to flash fire hat?
Answer (1): There is no requirement to flash the visual signal (fire hat) when there is no power
to the elevator.

Question (2): If not, then what provides power?


Answer (2): See response to Question (1).
NOTE: See also Inquiry 05-70 (Reconsideration).
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

31
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 07-12

Subject: Requirement 2.27.1.1


Edition: A17.1–2000 including through A17.1b–2003

Background: Requirement 2.27.1.1.1 appears to have eliminated the requirement for an in-car
audible signaling device for passenger elevators. This change appears to have taken place with
the 2002(a) addenda to the A17.1–2000 Code edition. The 2002(a) summary of changes indicates
that 2.27.1 was revised in its entirety.

Question: Do passenger elevators installed under the A17.1a–2002 and later editions require
an audible signaling device and an illuminated push button to activate the audible signaling
device?
Answer: No.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-15

Subject: Section 2.3


Edition: A17.3–2002

Question: Does Section 2.3 require pit ladders to be installed?


Answer: Means of access is required; however, that means of access does not need to be a
permanently installed pit ladder.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-17

Subject: Requirement 5.1


Edition: A17.1–2000 including addenda through A17.1b–2003

Background: This section establishes the requirements for inclined elevators. There is no refer-
ence in this section back to 2.26.4.

Question (1): Are inclined elevators required to conform to 2.26.4.1?


Answer (1): Yes.

Question (2): Are inclined elevators required to conform to 2.26.4.2?


Answer (2): Yes.

Question (3) Are inclined elevators required to conform to 2.26.4.3?


Answer (3): Yes.

Question (4): Are inclined elevators required to comply to 2.26.4.4?


Answer (4): Yes. The reference to 2.26.4 is located under the General Requirements in 5.1.1.2.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

32
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Inquiry: 07-20

Subject: Requirement 2.26.2.21, In-Car Stop Switch


Edition: ASME A17.1–2004 including through A17.1a–2005

Question (1): When moving the in-car stop switch from the “STOP” position to the “RUN”
position, is the car required to operate at rated speed?
Answer (1): No.

Question (2): If the answer to Question (1) is no, is the car allowed to proceed to the selected
landing at leveling speed?
Answer (2): The Code does not prohibit the stated operation, contingent upon conformance
with the requirements of A17.1.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-21

Subject: Requirement 8.7.3.31.5, Hydraulic Elevator Controllers

Edition: A17.1–2004

Background: An existing three-landing hydraulic elevator was installed under A17.1a–1972


Code and has a total travel under 25 ft. The existing elevator was not required to have Phase I
or II Firefighters’ Service at the time of the original installation and does not have it now. The
authority having jurisdiction has adopted A17.3, Safety Code for Existing Elevators and Escalators.

Question: Does replacing the existing relay logic controller with a new microprocessor-based
controller in compliance with A17.1–2004, 8.7.3.31.5 (no change in the type of operation control
or motion control) require the altered existing hydraulic elevator to comply with requirements
of 3.27, Emergency Operation and Signaling Devices?

Answer: No.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

Inquiry: 07-24

Subject: Rule 1003.3, Inspection and Test Requirements for Altered Installations — Electric Ele-
vators
Edition: A17.1–1996 including through A17.1d–2000

Question: Is full-load testing on standby power operation required at acceptance on an existing


installation where the controller(s) was replaced as part of an alteration, but no alterations were
made to the standby power system?
Answer: No. Also see Question (2) of Inquiry 90-59.

A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

33
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Fig. 07-29

FEO-K1 View into the barrel of key showing bitting code

Inquiry: 07-29

Subject: Requirement 2.27.8


Edition: A17.1-2007/CSA B44-07

Question: Is the bitting code to be read clockwise or counterclockwise?


Answer: It is the intent that the key shall be of a tubular, 7 pin, style 137 construction and
shall have a bitting code of 6143521 starting at the tab sequenced clockwise as viewed from the
barrel end of the key. See Fig. 07-29.
A17 Standards Committee Approval: May 23, 2007

34
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

INTERPRETATIONS INDEX

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1–2000 AND LATER EDITIONS A17.1–2000 AND LATER EDITIONS (Cont’d) A17.1–2000 AND LATER EDITIONS (Cont’d)
1.3 05a 05-33 28 2.13.4.2.3 00 04-11 28 2.26.1.4.1 04 05-51 29
00 01-53 25 2.13.5 04 06-28 29 2.26.1.5 05S 07-02 29
2.1.1.3 05S 06-05 29 00 02-22 26 2.26.2.21 05a 07-20 29
2.1.2.1 00 01-61 25 2.14.1.5.1 04 05-19 28 04 04-21 28
2.1.3.1.1 00 01-61 25 2.14.1.7.3 04 05-50 28 2.26.2.33 04 04-21 28
2.1.6 00 04-18 28 2.14.1.8 00 02-02 25 2.26.3 02 03-11 28
2.1.6.2 04 05-23 28 2.14.2.2 00 05-59 28 00 06-36 29
2.2.2.3 03b 05-46 28 2.14.4.2.2 04 06-22 29 2.26.5 00 03-22 27
2.2.2.5 00 03-30 27 2.14.5.7 00 06-11 29 00 03-12 26
2.2.4.2 04 06-31 29 2.14.7.1 05S 06-33 29 2.26.6 00 01-40 25
04 04-47 28 00 02-05 25 2.26.7 05S 06-51 29
02a 03-06 27 2.14.7.1.3 00 04-20 28 2.26.9.3 05a 05-33 28
02a 02-26 28 2.14.7.2 02a 03-50 27 03b 04-49 28
00 01-57 25 2.15.6.4 00 02-40 26 2.26.9.3e 04 05-49 28
2.3.2 00 02-07 25 2.15.7 00 03-39 27 2.26.9.4 05a 05-33 28
2.4.2.1b 03b 05-03 28 2.15.9 04 04-52 28 04 05-48 28
2.4.6.2 04 06-43 29 2.15.9.3 00 04-09 28 03b 04-49 28
2.4.6.2b 05a 05-52 29 2.16.3.2.2e 03b 05-14 28 00 03-52 27
2.4.7b 03b 05-41 28 2.16.8 04 06-30 29 2.27.1 02a 05-05 29
2.4.12.1 00 02-04 25 2.17.3 00 01-60 25 2.27.1.1 03b 07-12 29
2.5.1.5.3a 04 06-22 29 2.17.5.2 02a 03-02 27 2.27.1.1.1 00 01-24 25
2.7.2.2 04 04-46 28 2.17.16 03b 05-14 28 2.27.1.1.3 02a 03-16 27
2.7.3.3.4 00 06-25 29 2.17.17 02a 04-12 28 2.27.1.1.3b 02a 07-03 29
2.7.5.1 02a 05-42 28 2.18.5.3 00 03-25 27 2.27.1.1.3c 02a 07-03 29
2.7.5.1.1 05S 06-26 29 2.18.7 04 05-34 28 2.27.1.1.3h 04 05-65 28
2.7.5.2 04 05-53 28 2.18.7.2 04 05-37 28 2.27.1.1.5 02a 03-16 27
2.7.6.5 05S 07-02 29 2.18.9 00 03-25 27 2.27.1.2 04 07-06 29
2.8.1.2 02a 03-16 27 2.19 00 04-48 28 2.27.1.2b 00 05-65 28
00 03-14 27 00 02-34 26 2.27.2 00 03-43 27
2.11.3.2 00 01-21 25 2.19.1.2a 00 04-30 28 2.27.2.3 02a 03-32 27
2.11.3.2c 04 06-17 29 2.19.2 00 04-33 28 2.27.2.4.3 00 01-21 25
2.11.6.3 04 06-19 29 00 04-29 28 2.27.2.4.5 04 05-69 28
2.11.7.1 00 02-23 25 2.19.2.2a 00 04-30 28 03b 04-42 28
2.11.7.2 00 02-02 25 2.19.3 00 02-24 26 2.27.3 00 02-55 26
2.11.10.1.2 04 04-52 28 00 01-51 26 2.27.3.1.5 04 05-68 28
2.11.10.2 04 07-10 29 2.19.3.2 05s 05-60 28 2.27.3.1.6 03b 03-48 27
2.12.5 05S 06-02 29 00 04-50 28 02a 03-28 27
04 06-22 29 2.20.1 00 03-13 27 00 03-34 27
00 06-11 29 2.20.3 04 06-16 28 00 03-21 27
00 01-15 25 2.20.9.5 05S 06-42 29 00 03-15 28
2.12.5.1 04 04-43 28 00 01-43 26 2.27.3.1.6e 02a 05-44 28
2.12.5.3 04 04-43 28 2.20.9.8 05S 06-42 29 00 06-12 29
2.12.6.2.3 04 04-51 28 2.22.4.10.3 02a 04-12 28 2.27.3.1.6f 03b 04-28 28
2.12.7 02a 04-23 28 2.23.6 02a 03-02 27 2.27.3.1.6h 05a 06-35 29
2.12.7.1.2 00 03-36 27 2.23.9.3 00 02-31 26 05a 06-24 29
2.12.7.3 04 06-53 29 2.24.2.3.2 00 06-44 29 2.27.3.1.6l 05a 05-63 28
00 04-36 28 2.24.8.2 00 04-50 28 04 05-69 28
2.12.7.3.1 04 06-53 29 2.25.3.4 00 02-58 26 2.27.3.2 02a 03-17 28
2.12.7.3.3 02a 03-33 27 2.25.4.1.9 00 03-53 27 00 02-08 25
2.13.3.3.2 00 07-05 29 2.25.4.2 04 06-20 29 2.27.3.2.3 00 02-48 26

35
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1–2000 AND LATER EDITIONS (Cont’d) A17.1–2000 AND LATER EDITIONS (Cont’d) A17.1–2000 AND LATER EDITIONS (Cont’d)
2.27.3.2.4 00 03-51 28 3.26.4.2 04 05-43 29 Part 7 00 05-01 28
2.27.3.2.5 00 03-15 28 3.26.6.2 00 03-46 27 7.4 04 05-15 28
2.27.3.2.6 05a 05-62 28 3.26.8 04 04-55 28 7.5 04 05-15 28
04 05-57 28 02a 03-38 27 04 04-25 28
04 04-31 28 3.26.9 00 02-25 25 7.5.1.2 00 01-42 26
2.27.3.3 03b 06-06 28 00 01-33 25
7.5.6.1 00 03-13 27
00 05-28 28 00 01-26 25
7.6 04 05-15 28
2.27.3.3.1 03b 04-32 28 3.27 00 03-43 27
03b 03-48 27 3.27.1 00 01-34 25
02a 03-28 27 3.27.2 00 01-34 25 Part 8 02a 04-14 28
2.27.3.3.1b 03 04-28 28 3.27.3 04 05-22 28 8.1 04 04-21 28
2.27.3.3.1c 04 05-54 28 5.1 03b 07-17 29 02a 03-50 27
04 04-34 28 5.2.1.12 00 01-36 25 00 05-02 28
2.27.3.3.1k 05a 05-63 28 5.2.1.15 00 01-36 25 8.1.1 00 03-49 27
2.27.3.3.1m 04 04-35 28 5.3.1.1 00 01-20 25 8.3.3 00 03-40 27
04 04-21 28 5.3.1.3 03b 05-41 28
8.4 05a 06-14 28
2.27.3.3.2 00 02-41 26 5.3.1.7.2 04 05-12 28
00 03-24 27
2.27.3.3.4 00 02-09 27 5.3.1.7.4 00 03-40 27
8.4.4.1.2 00 01-48 25
00 01-18 25 5.3.1.8 04 04-39 28
5.3.1.9.2b 00 04-09 28 8.4.10 05a 06-35 29
2.27.3.3.6 05S 07-01 29
5.3.1.16 02a 02-39 26 8.4.10.1.3 03b 03-54 27
2.27.3.3.7 04 05-54 28
5.3.1.16.2 02a 05-32 28 02a 03-17 28
04 05-26 28
5.3.1.16.2i 00 06-48 29 00 03-19 28
04 04-21 28
5.3.2.2.1 02a 05-32 28 8.6.1.4 00 03-03 26
2.27.3.3.8 05a 06-24 29
5.4.7.1 00 05-16 28 8.6.1.6.5 00 02-13 27
2.27.3.4 04 05-69 28
5.7.19 02a 04-27 28 8.6.3.3.2 05S 06-42 29
2.27.4.2 04 07-11 29
04 05-70 28 8.6.3.6 00 02-14 25
Part 6 00 01-27 25 8.6.3.7 05S 06-39 29
2.27.5.3 00 06-18 29
6.1 02a 03-09 26 8.6.3.8 00 03-10 27
00 02-10 25
6.1.3.1.10.2 00 05-07 28
2.27.8 07 07-29 29 8.6.4.10.1 00 05-06 28
6.1.3.3.2 02a 06-04 29
2.27.9 05s 06-09 28 8.6.4.11.1 03b 05-03 28
6.1.3.3.8 03b 03-42 27
05a 05-24 28 8.6.5.8 02a 02-33 28
6.1.3.4.1 04 06-29 29
2.29 03b 06-07 28 00 01-47 25
6.1.3.5.6 03b 04-15 28
3.1 00 01-61 25 8.6.8.2 00 01-46 25
6.1.3.6.6 00 03-44 29
3.4.2.2 00 04-13 28 8.6.8.3 03b 03-37 27
6.1.3.15 03b 05-46 28
3.4.4 00 04-13 28
6.1.6.2.2a 04 05-51 29 00 02-50 26
3.4.7 00 04-13 28
6.1.6.3.2 04 06-08 28 00 01-46 25
3.7 00 04-22 28
6.1.6.3.3 04 06-08 28 8.6.8.4 00 02-12 25
3.7.1 05S 06-37 29 6.1.6.3.4 04 06-08 28
3.11 04 06-17 29 8.6.8.8 00 05-11 28
6.1.6.3.8 04 06-08 28
3.15.1 05a 06-47 29 8.6.9 02a 05-38 28
6.1.6.3.10 04 06-08 28
3.17 03b 05-56 28 8.6.10.5 00 06-41 29
6.1.6.3.13 04 06-08 28
3.18.3.7 00 03-45 27 8.7 03b 06-07 28
6.1.6.3.15 04 06-08 28
00 02-03 25 6.1.6.3.16 04 06-08 28 00 02-11 26
3.18.3.8 03b 07-09 29 6.1.6.4 04 06-29 29 8.7.2 05a 06-21 29
00 02-49 26 04 06-08 28 02 03-11 28
3.18.3.8.2a 00 05-64 28 6.1.6.5 04 06-08 28 8.7.2.10.2 02a 02-56 26
3.18.3.8.2b 00 05-64 28 6.1.6.7 00 05-31 28 00 05-35 28
00 04-54 28 00 03-08 26 8.7.2.10.3 02a 02-56 26
3.18.3.8.2c 00 05-64 28 6.1.6.9.2 00 04-58 28 8.7.2.10.4 02a 02-56 26
3.18.4.2 00 01-38 25 6.1.6.10.2 05a 06-46 29
8.7.2.11.4 02a 04-23 28
3.24.3.3 00 03-31 27 6.1.6.14 04 06-08 28
3.24.4.1 00 01-39 25 8.7.2.13 02a 02-57 26
6.1.7.3.2 00 03-58 28
3.25.1 00 03-46 27 6.2.3.3.2 02a 06-04 29 8.7.2.17.1 03b 05-17 28
3.26.1 00 02-45 26 6.2.6.2.2a 04 05-51 29 8.7.2.25.1 00 03-18 27
3.26.3 00 02-45 26 6.2.6.3.11 00 01-55 25 8.7.2.27.5 03b 05-18 28
3.26.3.1.2 04 05-43 29 6.2.6.8.2 00 04-58 28 00 04-24 28

36
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1–2000 AND LATER EDITIONS (Cont’d) A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
Part 8 (Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
8.7.2.27.6 03b 04-56 28 Part I Part I (Cont’d)
00 04-24 28 100.1 96 99-46 24 100.4a 80b 82-20 4
8.7.2.28 04 07-08 29 93 94-61 19 100.4b 76g 77-10 1
8.7..3.31.5 04 07-21 29 88a 89-13 13 100.4c 81 83-2 4
8.8.1a 04 06-32 29 76g 78-27 1 78 84-45 6
8.9 04 05-58 28 100.1a 93 96-70 21 76g 77-10 1
8.9.3 05a 06-13 28 90 96-62 21 73b 74-5 1
8.10.2.2.2 00 02-18 25 87 94-14 19 100.4d 80b 81-48 3
00 01-60 25 81 84-58 6 100.4e 75f 76-32 1
8.10.3.3.2o 00 05-36 28 80b 81-64 3 100.5 93 95-34 20
8.11.4.2.19 03b 03-37 27 76g 78-50 1 90 92-62 17
8.11.4.2.20 03b 03-37 27 76g 78-14 1 83b 85-29 9
00 01-52 25 75f 76-32 1 80b 81-48 3
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS 75f 76-12 1 76g 77-60 1
Preface 95b 96-79 21 74c 75-3 1 76g 77-51 1
Section 1 96 98-24 23 73b 74-1 1 75f 76-32 1
95b 98-21 23 72a 73-1 1 100.6 96 02-29 25
95b 97-38 22 71 72-1 1 96 98-16 23
92b 94-27 19 100.1b 93 95-1 19 93 95-34 20
92b 94-12 18 76b 78-57 1 90 93-32 18
86d 87-31 12 76g 77-55 1 90 92-62 17
86c 86-41 10 73b 74-2 1 85b 89-25 14
84 86-46 11 100.1c 92b 93-64 19
84 86-24 10
84 86-1 9 88a 90-30 15
84 85-31 8
84 85-46 9 87 89-3 13
81 84-108 7
81 83-18 5 87 89-1 13
81 82-52 4
76g 78-55 1 86d 87-35 12
78 81-34 3
76g 78-45 1 86c 87-16 12
76g 77-19 1
76g 78-35 1 84 86-58 11
74c 75-6 1
76g 78-16 1 81 84-86 7
76g 77-52 1 74c 75-5 1
81 84-58 6
75f 76-38 1 74c 75-4 1
80b 81-64 3
74c 75-1 1 73b 74-6 1
80b 81-52 3
71 84-13 5 72a 73-4 1
72a 73-1 1
Section 2 95b 96-79 21 72a 73-3 1
100.1d 78 79-21 1
87 89-4 13 71 72-2 1
76g 78-18 1
Section 3 99c 99-48 24 76g 77-55 1 100.6b 96 98-03 22
99c 99-47 24 76g 77-19 1 93 97-46 22
96 04-59 28 74c 75-7 1 90 93-53 18
96 03-41 27 72a 73-2 1 89b 95-9 19
94a 95-36 20 100.2a 80b 82-34 4 100.7 84 85-12 7
92b 94-30 19 101.1 90 96-62 21
78 79-12 1
92b 94-19 19 74c 75-7 1
100.2b 80b 82-34 4
91a 94-52 19 101.1a 96 99-28 24
100.2c 78 84-51 6
90 96-62 21 88a 89-47 14
100.3 96 99-45 24
90 92-47 17 86c 90-7 14
96 97-35 22
90 91-28 17
82a 84-25 5 76g 78-57 1
88a 90-23 14
100.3a 81 82-43 4 74c 75-36 1
87 90-8 17
81 82-37 4 73b 74-8 1
86d 87-31 12
79a 80-35 2 73b 74-7 1
86c 86-41 10
84 86-46 11 100.3b 89b 91-25 17 101.2 96 01-04 24
81 83-18 5 81 83-13 4 94a 01-17 25
78 79-39 2 100.3d 76g 77-10 1 93 95-38 20
76g 78-16 1 100.3e 78 81-19 3 90 94-55 19
75f 76-54 1 100.4 87 89-5 13 84 89-21 14
75f 76-38 1 81 83-2 4 80b 82-10 3
74c 75-2 1 73b 74-4 1 101.2a 90 92-29 17

37
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part I (Cont’d) Part I (Cont’d) Part I (Cont’d)
101.2b 86c 89-16 13 102.1 (Cont’d) 102.2 (Cont’d)
84 86-55 11 90 92-42 17 76g 78-15 1
101.3 96 02-53 27 88a 90-60 15 76g 77-54 1
96 99-41 24 87 89-28 14 76g 77-16 1
93 94-42 19 86c 86-40 10 75f 76-76 1
85b 86-13 9 84 85-9 7 75f 76-58 1
101.3a 85a 86-19 10 76g 78-53 1 73b 74-13 1
81 82-43 4 76g 78-10 1 73b 74-12 1
101.3b 96 99-41 24 71 72-4 1 73b 74-11 1
85a 88-14 13 102.1a 84 87-4 11 102.2c 00d 01-14 25
101.3c 93 07-07 29 81 84-2 5 00d 01-11 25
90 95-24 20 81 82-51 4 99c 99-38 24
85a 88-14 13 72a 73-5 1 97a 01-03 26
85a 85-65 9 71 84-72 6 97a 00-17 24
82a 88-43 14 102.1b 84 90-70 15 96 00-05 24
82a 84-25 5 81 84-2 5 96 98-10 23
79a 80-35 2 81 84-35 5 96 98-04 22
76g 77-4 1 76g 77-17 1 96 97-28 22
74c 75-9 1 76g 77-6 1 94a 96-16 21
74c 75-8 1 74c 75-12 1 93 97-01 22
101.3d 99c 00-04 24 102.1c 76g 77-17 1 93 94-70 19
85b 86-13 9 74c 75-13 1 93 94-69 19
83b 89-2 13 73b 74-10 1 92b 94-40 19
82a 84-25 5 72a 73-6 1 92b 94-28 19
74c 75-11 1 102.2 98b 02-06 25 92b 94-13 18
74c 75-10 1 93 99-43 24 92b 94-13a 25
101.3e 92b 93-29 18 90 94-55 19 92b 93-66 19
101.4 92b 93-73 18 90 93-50 18 90 92-60 17
92b 92-69 18 90 92-37 17 102.2d 96 04-60 28
79a 80-44 2 90 92-3 16 96 98-10 23
73b 74-9 1 89b 90-66 15
96 97-28 22
101.5a 96 05-42 28 88a 92-54 17
93 95-27 20
93 95-20 20 88a 92-11 17
93 95-26 20
91a 92-79 17 87 91-27 16
102.4c 93 95-26 20
88a 92-8 17 87 89-28 14
103 84 85-15 8
84 84-104 7 87 88-26 13
45 82-47 4
101.5b 96 03-29 27 87e 88-33 13
103.1 72a 73-7 1
96 98-07 23 87e 87-50 12
103.2a 96 05-61 28
90 92-24 17 86c 86-56 11
103.2b 78 81-21 3
89b 91-22 16 85a 87-8 11
103.3 91a 92-74 17
88a 92-8 17 85a 86-47 11
79a 80-36 2 85a 86-6 10 84 85-15 8
76g 77-54 1 84 89-21 14 78 81-21 3
71 72-3 1 84 87-4 11 104.1 86 93-71 18
101.6 93 95-40 20 84 85-63 10 79a 81-9 3
89b 90-29 15 84 85-16 7 79a 81-7 3
88a 90-60 15 83b 85-2 7 73b 74-14 1
87e 87-19 13 83b 84-65 6 105 78 82-7 3
101.7 86c 87-13 12 81 86-8 9 78 79-47 2
85a 85-47 9 81 83-35 5 105.1 89b 91-25 17
101.8d 94a 96-28b 21 78 84-51 6 105.2 82a 84-21 5
94a 96-28a 21 78 84-46 6 105.2a 78 82-7 3
102 76g 78-62 1 78 82-12 3 105.2b 74c 75-14 1
102.1 96 00-05 24 78 81-55 3 105.3c 96 97-57 22
92b 93-46 18 78 81-13 3 93 96-61 22

38
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part I (Cont’d) Part I (Cont’d) Part I (Cont’d)
105.4 96 97-57 22 107.1d 81 84-54 6 110.6 (Cont’d)
81 83-4 4 107.1e 96 03-35 27 79a 80-2 2
105.5 96 97-57 22 92b 93-41 18 76g 78-70 1
93 94-65 20 92b 93-39 18 73b 74-17 1
87 88-35 13 81 84-54 6 73b 74-16 1
82a 84-21 5 107.1g 85a 85-42 9 73b 74-15 1
81 83-4 4 107.1j 81 84-54 6 110.7 96 03-20 27
74c 75-15 1 107.1k 96 97-24 22 94a 95-30 20
106.1 95b 96-44 21 80b 81-41 3 86d 87-35 12
84 89-30 14 80b 81-24 3 82a 84-53 6
80b 82-4 3 78 79-29 1
108.1 90 91-54 16
80b 81-31 3 76g 78-58 1
108.1a 96 00-42 24
78 84-51 6 110.7a 90 91-56 20
84 87-45 12
106.1a 94a 95-31 20
108.1e 93 95-34 20 110.7b 99c 00-19 24
106.1b 96 04-60 28
90 99-10 23 90 93-72 19
96 03-27 27
84 85-10 8 110.8 88a 90-32 15
96 98-16 23
80b 81-66 3 110.10 96 04-16 28
96 97-56 22
79a 80-8 2 110.10a 93 95-44 20
95b 96-60 21
109.1 96 98-18 23 92b 93-7 17
94a 96-08 20
94a 95-12 20 89b 90-54 15 90 99-10 23
93 96-73 22 80b 81-45 3 87 88-30 13
93 95-33 21 78 79-24 1 84 84-99 7
93 95-8 19 110 88a 90-16 14 80b 81-66 3
93 94-44 19 78 79-28 2 79a 80-8 2
84 87-46 12 110.1 87 88-41 13 76g 78-17 1
78 79-7 1 83b 84-84 6 110.10b 96 06-40 29
75f 76-36 1 82a 84-22 6 110.11a 95b 96-68 21
74c 75-16 1 80b 82-27 4 110.11c 79a 81-6 3
71 81-59 3 79a 80-38 2 72a 73-8 1
106.1d 96 01-23 25 78 81-63 3 110.11e 92b 94-2 19
96 99-06 23 78 81-34 3 87 90-53 15
96 97-15 22 76g 78-57 1 87 88-31 13
92b 93-46 18 110.1c 76g 78-65 1 84 87-28 12
90 93-33 18 110.2 96 03-20 27 81 83-42 5
87 88-39 13 110.2a 87 93-49 18 76g 78-64 1
86 00-35 24 87 88-30 13 75f 76-12 1
84 86-15 9 110.2b 76g 77-43 1 110.11f 93 96-71 22
80b 81-31 3 74c 75-17 1 87 89-15 13
106.1e 93 99-07 23
110.2c 83b 84-78 6 110.11g 93 95-7 19
84 84-104 7
110.3 97a 01-12 24 110.11h 93 96-71 27
75f 76-73 1
93 95-7 19 93 95-47 21
106.1f 96 97-13 22
90 91-30 18 93 95-39 21
94a 96-02 20
85b 86-22 10 110.12d 84 86-50 11
107.1 92b 93-10 18
76g 78-2 1 80b 82-23 4
81 84-54 6
74c 75-18 1 110.12h 84 86-35 10
107.1a 96 98-14 23
92b 93-10 17 110.4 90 93-63 18 110.14 79a 81-6 3
76g 77-39 1 82a 84-3 5 110.14b 72a 73-23 1
107.1b 93 97-60 22 110.5 84 84-99 7 110.15a 93 94-48 20
92b 93-38 18 82a 84-34 5 110.16 82a 84-18 5
89b 91-7 15 110.6 96 06-19 29 72a 73-23 1
82a 84-23 5 86c 86-52 11 111.1b 79a 80-12 2
81 86-32 10 84 84-99 7 75f 76-75 1
81 84-81 6 81 84-37 6 111.2c 99c 06-01 29
81 84-73 6 80 91-49 16 111.3a 00d 00-39 24
71 86-32 10 79a 80-30 2 99c 06-01 29

39
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part I (Cont’d) Part I (Cont’d) Part I (Cont’d)
111.3b 81 87-29 12 111.12 94a 96-11 20 112.5 (Cont’d)
76g 78-29 1 94a 96-05 20 90 92-36 17
111.3c 90 91-52 19 93 95-34 20 90 92-23 17
111.4c 93 95-7 19 90 93-55 18 87e 87-33 12
111.5 00d 01-15 25 84 85-63 10 84 85-43 9
99c 06-02 29 84 85-10 8 83b 84-111 7
99c 00-30 25 84 85-13 11 82a 84-20 6
111.5a 96 04-43 28 84 85-12 7 82a 84-14 5
111.5c 96 04-43 28 84 84-99 7 81 82-36 4
87 90-34 15 81 85-28 8 79a 80-16 2
87e 88-2 12 81 84-37 6 76g 78-59 1
81 87-29 12 80b 82-2 3 76g 78-40 1
76g 78-48 1 80b 81-38 3 76g 77-59 1
111.6 92b 93-12 18 111.12a 94a 96-05 20 74c 75-20 1
83b 84-102 7 111.12b 94a 96-05 20 112.6 83b 84-95 7
111.6a 93 96-23 22 112 99c 00-16 24 112.6a 87 93-49 18
82a 85-40 8 75f 76-79 1 83b 84-94 7
111.6b 82a 85-40 8 112.1 96 97-08 22
111.7a 84 87-28 12 112.2 96 97-08 22 Part II
83b 85-58 9 112.2a 94a 96-17 21 200 86d 87-34 12
111.7b 83b 85-58 9 78 82-8 3 200.1 84 85-45 9
111.7c 87 89-39 14 76g 78-23 1 200.2 90 92-52 17
111.8 80b 81-57 3 74c 75-19 1 84 86-42 10
111.9 92b 93-46 18 72a 73-11 1 200.2a 96 97-14 22
112.2b 75f 76-3 1 79a 80-18 3
90 92-30 17
112.3 96 99-09 23 200.3 78 81-14 3
80b 82-42 4
96 97-08 22 200.4a 81 83-7 4
80b 82-2 3
90 92-23 17 78 79-23 1
73b 74-18 1
112.3b 99c 00-31 25 76g 78-75 1
111.9a 85b 86-14 9
78 81-60 3 74c 75-22 1
85b 86-5 9
112.3c 93 99-08 23 74c 75-21 1
78 79-26 1
83b 84-79 7 73b 74-19 1
111.9b 87 95-42 21
79a 80-23 2 200.4c 87 88-4 13
78 79-26 1
76g 78-2 1 81 83-7 4
71 72-6 1
112.3d 93 94-54 19 200.5 94a 95-37 20
111.9c 96 98-11 23
87 96-77 22 93 96-13 21
96 97-09 22
76g 77-42 1 81 83-7 4
90 92-41 17
112.4 99c 00-38 25 200.5a 76g 78-75 1
90 91-35 17
96 99-09 23 74c 75-22 1
89b 91-16 16
93 98-15 23 200.5b 76g 78-75 1
89b 91-1 15
90 92-77 19 200.8 78 83-14 4
87 88-36 13 85a 86-16 10 200.9a 93 96-13 21
85b 86-14 9 81 83-28 5 93 95-32 20
71 72-6 1 80b 82-21 4 200.9b 00d 00-40 24
111.9d 85b 86-5 9 76g 78-59 1 93 95-32 20
111.9e 76g 77-28 1 76g 77-59 1 79a 80-18 3
76g 77-26 1 74c 75-20 1 200.10 00d 00-40 24
111.10 92b 93-46 18 112.5 96 02-17 27 93 95-32 20
80b 82-42 4 96 99-09 23 200.10a 88a 91-2 15
80b 82-2 3 93 99-08 23 200.10c 93 95-32 20
76g 77-28 1 93 99-05 24 201.1 91a 92-67 17
76g 77-17 1 93 96-78 22 201.2 82a 84-50 7
75f 76-71 1 93 94-53 19 201.3 91a 92-67 17
73b 74-18 1 93 94-23 19 201.3b 96 98-18 23
72a 73-10 1 91c 92-63 17 78 81-11 3

40
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d)
201.3c 86d 92-15 17 204.1f 89b 93-24 18 204.2d 88a 89-32 14
80b 81-51 3 84 84-100 7 87 88-25 13
201.4 97a 05-20 28 204.1g 95b 96-39 21 87e 88-11 13
76g 78-49 1 91a 93-62 18 82a 84-31 5
201.4a 96 98-18 23 89b 90-64 16 81 84-7 5
81 84-64 6 204.1h 95b 96-54 21 78 83-27 5
80b 81-40 3 93 95-21 20 55 82-46 4
75f 76-72 1 89b 91-21 16 204.2e 92b 93-74 18
201.4b 81 84-64 6 87 90-35 16 204.3 82a 84-57 6
201.4d 84 85-17 8 89b 90-6 14 81 82-22 4
201.4e 89b 91-9 17 86d 87-35 12 204.4 81 83-12 4
85b 86-36 10 81 86-60 11 81 82-22 4
201.4g 83b 84-102 7 79a 80-33 2 204.4e 82a 84-3 5
76g 78-32 1 76g 77-60 1 76g 77-59 1
201.4h 82a 84-23 5 72a 73-13 1 204.4h 85b 87-7 12
201.4k 85b 85-50 9 204.1i 90 93-65 19 204.4m 84 85-38 11
83b 84-74 6 89b 91-21 16 84 85-10 8
80b 81-51 3 88a 90-25 15 84 85-13 11
202 81 82-30 4 87e 87-55 13 80b 82-27 4
202.1 75f 76-49 1 85a 89-11 13 76g 78-37 1
202.1a 81 82-30 4 79a 81-22 3 76g 78-21 1
202.1b 76g 77-63 1 78 86-53 11 204.5 94a 96-20 21
75f 76-77 1 76g 78-10 1 204.5a 80b 81-37 3
75f 76-29 1 204.1j 96 02-20 26 73b 74-25 1
202.4 92b 93-60 18 204.2 82a 84-57 6 204.5b 87 93-49 18
90 91-58 17 204.2a 86d 87-41 12 204.5c 87 93-49 18
84 85-64 9 86c 86-62 13 87 88-30 13
85a 86-21 10 204.5g 96 97-58 22
203.2 90 92-22 17
85a 85-37 9 204.5i 94a 95-30 20
83b 84-109 7
82a 84-17 7 204.6a 90 91-34 16
203.3 83b 84-109 7
81 85-7 8 204.6b 76g 77-42 1
203.7 81 83-37 5
81 83-30 5 204.6d 87 88-30 13
76g 78-32 1
81 83-11 4 204.7 86d 87-25 14
203.10 96 97-49 22
79a 81-22 3 204.7a 96 97-47 23
81 83-37 5
79a 80-42 2 90 93-21 18
203.11 96 97-49 22
79 80-1 2 87e 87-54 12
203.13 91a 92-56 17
78 79-25 1 81 84-103 7
65 92-55 17
75f 76-39 1 76g 78-39 1
204 79a 81-22 3
75f 76-33 1 76g 77-8 1
78 79-28 2
75f 76-2 1 76g 77-1 1
204.1 81 82-22 4
73b 74-21 1 75f 76-41 1
204.1b 87 90-35 16 72a 73-14 1 74c 75-23 1
87e 87-42 12 204.2b 96 02-54 27 204.7b 84 85-24 8
204.1c 93 96-65 22 96 02-19 25 204.7c 84 85-24 8
84 84-100 7 76g 78-1 1 204.7d 93 96-18 22
204.1e 98b 05-04 28 73b 74-22 1 90 94-11 18
93 96-66 22 204.2c 95b 96-63 21 76g 78-43 1
88a 89-17 13 91a 93-62 18 76g 78-10 1
84 85-9 7 87 88-34 13 76g 77-57 1
83b 84-93 7 87e 87-23 12 205 85b 86-2 11
81 83-29 5 86d 87-40 12 205.1 90 98-17 23
80b 82-19 4 86c 86-54 11 90 92-22 17
76g 78-71 1 85b 86-28 10 205.3 89b 91-17 17
76g 77-47 1 73b 74-24 1 80b 82-39 4
72a 73-12 1 73b 74-23 1 76g 78-22 1

41
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d)
205.5 90 92-22 17 207.3 73b 74-27 1 209.2a 96 97-32 22
81 84-106 7 207.3b 92b 93-57 18 90 92-84 17
205.5b 92b 93-27 18 55 87-38 13 84 84-98 7
205.6 93 94-35 19 207.4 94a 97-19 22 81 84-68 6
90 94-41 19 87 93-49 18 81 84-38 6
205.8a 90 92-22 17 83b 84-95 7 209.2b 89b 90-47 15
84 85-53 10 84 89-42 14
83b 84-94 7
76g 78-20 1 209.3 78 83-16 4
80b 81-36 3
205.8b 85b 89-23 14 209.3a 80b 82-40 4
76g 78-42 1
205.10 80b 82-39 4 209.3b 96 02-46 26
75f 76-56 1
205.11 80b 82-39 4
74c 75-28 1 76g 78-77 1
76g 77-68 1
207.5 87e 87-27 12 209.3d 78 79-20 1
21 97-64 22
207.5a 92b 93-58 18 209.3e 87 02-35 26
205.12 92 93-42 19
84 90-28 15 209.4 96 01-41 25
90 91-42 19
93 94-51 19
76g 78-22 1 207.7 89b 90-18 14
90 92-44 17
75f 76-78 1 207.8 95b 96-37 21
84 86-39 10
205.14 84 85-53 10 94a 95-52 20
82a 84-23 5
205.15 94a 95-23 20 90 92-59 17
92b 94-31 19 81 83-21 5
90 91-45 17
92b 94-5 18 80b 81-40 3
83b 81-30 6
84 87-18 12 209.4b 96 06-20 29
82a 84-6 5
206 81 84-106 7 210 92b 94-32 19
81 84-69 6 76g 78-42 1
206.2 92b 93-40 19
81 83-32 5 75f 76-79 1
89b 91-4 15
80b 81-30 3 45 82-47 4
206.3 00d 02-30 26
93 95-51 20 76g 78-22 1 210.1a 90 96-03 20
85b 86-23 10 208 76g 78-60 13 80b 82-42 4
206.4 00d 02-30 26 208.1 96 01-50 26 210.1d 96 02-28 25
206.4a 90 92-80 17 83b 84-101 9 96 01-32 25
89b 91-4 15 83b 84-76 6 96 99-18 23
89b 90-63 15 79a 80-26 2 96 98-31 23
86d 89-8 13 78 82-54 4 96 98-11 23
206.4b 89b 91-4 15 208.1c 87 88-16 13 93 95-16 20
81 84-106 7 208.2 80b 82-18 3 90 91-35 17
206.4c 96 01-16 25 78 79-48 2 89b 90-18 14
81 84-106 7 87 89-9 17
208.2d 96 98-05 22
206.5 76g 77-11 1 81 94-34 19
95b 96-64 21
75f 76-70 1 80b 82-42 4
88a 89-40 14
206.5a 74c 75-24 1
208.3 93 03-23 27 76g 77-3 1
206.5d 74c 75-25 1
80b 82-18 3 74c 75-29 1
206.6 90 93-69 19
80b 81-53 3 68b 77-3 1
206.6e 96 97-05 21
79a 80-45 2 210.1e 89b 91-20 16
207 79a 80-34 2
89b 91-6 16
76g 78-60 1 79a 80-31 2
89b 90-39 15
207.1 81 82-25 4 73b 74-28 1
86d 87-36 12
80b 81-68 3 71 72-7 1
80b 81-50 3 84 85-36 8
208.4 78 79-14 1
74c 75-27 1 83b 84-91 7
208.5 71 72-7 1
74c 75-26 1 80b 82-48 4
208.8 90 92-71 17 210.2 96 01-10 24
207.1b 87e 87-27 12
89b 91-3 17 96 99-54 23
207.2a 94a 97-19 22
87e 87-52 12 87 91-13 17 96 99-20 23
207.2b 87e 87-52 12 208.9 88a 90-11 14 92 94-3 19
79a 80-45 2 83b 84-76 6 90 91-36 16
78 79-32 1 76g 77-52 1 88a 89-43 14
78 79-11 1 209.2 84 86-39 10 87 89-44 14

42
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d)
210.2 (Cont’d) 210.13 95b 96-31 21 211.3 (Cont’d)
86d 87-39 12 92b 93-70 18 87e 87-32 12
82a 84-40 6 82a 84-9 5 86d 87-30 12
82a 84-39 6 81 82-24 4 81 87-11 12
82a 84-9 5 210.14 96 99-53 24 81 86-61 11
81 83-23 5 96 99-29 23 81 84-42 6
79a 80-46 3 96 98-31 23 81 83-43 5
78 85-62 9 96 98-11 23 78 84-43 6
78 81-54 3 210.15 96 03-22 27 78 81-32 3
78 79-17 1 96 03-12 26 76g 78-26 1
76g 78-23 1 96 01-01 24 76g 78-5 1
76g 78-10 1 211 96 99-31 24 76g 77-55 1
76g 77-62 1 90 93-51 18 76g 77-15 1
72a 73-11 1 211.1 90 92-40 17 71 83-15 5
210.2e 96 05-21 28 90 91-44 16 211.3a 00d 03-56 27
210.4 97a 04-40 28 90 91-39 16 00d 01-49 25
96 02-42 26 89b 91-5 16 98b 00-24 24
96 01-31 25 89b 90-67 15 97a 01-35 25
94a 96-24 20 84 88-27 13 97a 98-09 24
84 85-9 7 81 83-24 5 97a 98-09 23
76g 78-1 1 79a 84-60 6 96 04-37 28
76g 77-49 1 79a 84-30 5 96 04-28 28
210.4b 98b 99-39 24 78 79-43 2 96 00-15 24
97a 04-41 28 78 79-2 1 96 99-16 23
95b 96-58 21 76g 78-72 1 96 98-08 25
210.5 85a 86-6 10 76g 77-41 1 96 98-08 23
84 85-63 10 76g 77-34 1 96 98-01 23
82a 83-46 5 75f 76-48 1 94a 95-45 20
76g 78-17 1 71 72-9 1 93 99-08 23
76g 77-30 1 211.1a 96 01-24 25 93 98-02 22
74c 75-30 1 95b 96-43 21 93 94-23 19
73b 74-30 1 93 96-76 21 90 97-41 22
73b 74-29 1 92b 93-14 18 90 92-78 17
72a 73-16 1 90 96-52 21 89b 92-1 16
210.6 96 01-40 25 211.1b 90 00-22 24 88a 94-17 18
96 00-10 24 211.2 96 02-52 26 87 04-57 28
81 91-55 16 94a 95-32 20 87 89-24 14
76g 78-10 1 89b 91-26 24 87 89-10 14
75f 76-34 1 87 95-50 20 87e 87-20 12
210.8 87 91-13 17 81 84-101 5 86d 87-22 12
83b 84-91 7 79a 85-4 7 85b 86-3 9
81 83-21 5 76g 78-5 1 84 85-5 7
78 79-27 1 211.3 96 01-37 25 83b 90-3 14
71 72-8 1 93 94-68 19 83b 86-45 10
210.9 87 88-13 12 93 94-63 19 83b 85-19 7
84 85-36 8 93 94-58 19 83b 84-111 7
81 83-10 4 90 99-26 23 83b 84-110 7
75f 76-80 1 90 97-41 22 83b 84-90 7
71 72-8 1 90 92-45 18 83b 84-89 7
210.9d 89b 91-6 16 90 92-32 17 83b 84-82 7
210.10 87 95-50 20 90 92-16 17 82a 84-75 6
79a 85-4 7 90 92-13 17 82a 84-41 6
210.11 91a 92-81 17 90 91-57 16 82a 84-27 5
81 84-69 6 89b 90-62 15 82a 84-19 5
210.12 80b 82-50 4 89b 90-49 15 82a 84-16 5

43
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d) Part II (Cont’d)
211.3a (Cont’d) 211.3b (Cont’d) 211.3c (Cont’d)
82a 84-10 5 96 98-06 23 85b 87-10 12
82a 84-5 5 95b 96-34 21 85b 86-3 9
81 84-71 6 93 97-59 23 85a 86-25 10
81 84-32 18 93 96-59 21 85a 86-18 9
81 83-33 5 93 95-28 20 85a 85-56 9
81 83-25 5 92b 94-43 19 85a 85-52 9
81 83-8 4 92b 94-8 18 85a 85-35 8
81 83-6 4 91a 93-75 19 84 86-10 9
81 83-5 4 91a 93-4 17 84 85-30 8
81 82-36 4 90 96-75 22 84 85-27 8
80b 82-21 4 90 96-46a 21 82a 84-33 5
80b 82-15 4 90 94-1 19 78 79-1 1
80b 81-70 3 90 93-16 18 76g 77-44 1
80a 81-33 3 90 92-78 17 211.3d 96 02-01 25
79a 81-16 3 89b 92-1 16 96 01-30 25
79a 81-15 3 89b 91-8 15 89b 92-1 16
79a 80-21 2 89b 90-48 15 211.3e 85b 86-3 9
79a 80-16 2 89b 90-46 15 211.4 95b 99-04 23
78 82-13 4 89b 90-38 15 90 92-16 17
78 81-23 3 87 95-50 20 211.5 98b 00-32 24
78 81-20 3 86d 91-33 16 94a 95-15 20
78 81-18 3 86d 88-42 13 87 90-37 15
78 79-49 2 86c 89-14 14 211.6 96 06-50 29
78 79-40 2 86c 87-12 12 93 94-45 19
78 78-56 2 86d 87-5 11 211.7 98b 00-24 24
78 79-4 1 86c 87-3 11 96 02-47 26
78 79-38 1 85b 86-49 11 96 99-21 23
76g 78-63 1 84 85-23 9 211.8 89b 91-10 15
76g 78-61 1 84 85-25 8 89b 90-13 15
76g 78-30 1 84 85-18 7
87e 87-43 12
76g 78-19 1 84 85-5 7
85b 87-10 12
76g 78-3 1 84 84-105 7
85b 86-4 9
76g 77-65 1 79a 80-24 2
212 89b 89-27 14
76g 77-22 1 79a 80-23 2
80b 81-42 3
75f 76-81 1 78 79-1 1
76g 78-60 1
75f 76-46 1 76g 77-44 1
45 82-46 4
75f 76-45 1 75f 76-10 1
212.1 93 95-14 20
75f 76-42 1 211.3c 96 05-40 28
76g 78-7 1
75f 76-7 1 96 04-38 28
212.3 90 92-46 17
75f 76-4 1 96 00-15 24
74c 75-34 1 96 97-04 21 81 83-31 5
74c 75-33 1 94a 96-15 21 73b 74-31 1
74c 75-32 1 93 95-4 19 72a 73-17 1
74c 75-31 1 90 99-40 23 212.8 81 83-20 5
211.3b 00d 03-56 27 90 92-4 16 75f 76-69 1
98b 00-37 24 89b 90-68 15 212.9 85a 86-7 10
98b 00-24 24 89b 90-15 15 79a 80-4 2
98b 99-24 23 87 04-57 28 76g 78-52 1
97a 05-39 28 87 92-53 17 212.9a 93 95-06 20
97a 03-47 28 87 88-26 13 90 93-48 18
97a 00-33 25 87 88-20 13 90 92-46 17
97a 98-09 24 87e 87-20 12 90 91-15 15
96 05-27 28 86d 88-42 13 87 89-18 13
96 99-16 23 86c 86-48 11 212.9b 95b 96-27 22

44
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part II (Cont’d) Part III (Cont’d) Part III (Cont’d)
212.9c 93 95-2 19 300.6 93 96-61 22 302.3h 96 06-03 28
87 89-18 13 300.7 96 03-27 27 302.4a 98b 99-30 23
212.9e 98b 00-01 23 93 98-33 23 303 96 98-24 23
96 98-19 23 300.8a 96 03-07 26 87 88-29 13
212.9f 88a 90-21 14 96 00-23 24 303.1a 95b 97-43 22
78 81-10 3 92b 93-10 18 303.1b 83b 85-3 7
78 79-15 1 300.8b 94a 96-26 21 303.1c 96 97-25 22
212.9g 96 97-36 22 300.8d 99c 00-12 24 303.1d 90 91-37 16
212.10 93 95-06 20 93 98-12 23 82a 83-38 5
213.2 84 87-1 12 300.8e 96 97-61 23 81 82-28 4
215.1 04 05-58 28 300.8g 96 97-24 22 80b 82-31 4
76g 78-67 1
96 97-66 23 93 98-12 23
303.1f 91a 93-23 18
93 94-57 20
303.2 00d 02-15 25
Part III 95b 96-37 21 301.1 84 85-45 9
303.2a 89b 90-17 15
80b 81-47 3 301.1a 94a 95-37 20
75f 76-83 1
300.1 96 05-55 28 301.3 97a 99-44 25
303.2b 96 02-21 25
78 79-41 1 96 97-45 22
303.3 87 88-32 13
78 79-7 1 80b 81-35 3
303.3a 89b 90-56 15
73b 74-11 1 301.4 92b 93-6 18 87e 88-23 13
300.2 96 98-30 23 301.6 83b 84-67 6 86c 87-17 12
94a 96-28b 21 301.7 93 94-59 19 81 84-83 7
94a 96-28a 21 75f 76-72 1 78 79-9 1
90 92-29 17 301.8 99c 00-18 24 76g 78-46 1
87e 87-19 13 96 05-55 28 303.3b 86c 87-17 12
81 84-70 6 96 98-06 23 79a 81-2 3
78 84-61 6 95b 96-79 21 303.3c 96 98-29 23
78 82-26 4 90 91-37 16 96 97-23 22
76g 78-76 1 301.10 95b 96-51 21 303.3d 85a 85-66 9
76g 77-56 1 90 92-34 17 80b 81-58 3
76g 77-9 1 83b 84-67 6 78 81-61 3
75f 76-82 1 302 96 98-24 23 303.4a 93 94-15 19
74c 75-36 1 89b 91-24 17 303.4e 96 97-02 21
71 80-28 2 302.1 76g 78-31 1 304 96 98-24 23
300.3 96 03-26 27 302.1a 81 86-34 12 82a 83-38 5
96 02-37 25 81 83-17 4 304.3f 84 86-29 10
79a 80-39 2 302.1b 99c 00-18 24 304.3i 81 83-41 5
79a 80-9 2 90 91-50 18 305.1 96 97-20 23
78 81-39 3 302.2c 93 97-65 22 305.1a 96 03-46 27
96 97-33 22
300.3a 72a 73-19 1 302.2d 87 88-3 13
96 97-32 22
300.3b 85a 85-67 9 302.2e 83b 84-88 7
80b 81-43 3
80b 81-35 3 78 79-45 2
74c 75-37 1
300.3c 71 72-10 1 302.2g 88a 90-20 15
73b 74-33 1
300.3d 79a 80-39 2 86d 87-26 12
305.2 90 91-37 16
76g 78-59 1 302.2h 78 81-39 3
88a 90-9 14
76g 77-70 1 302.3 87 88-3 13
81 84-29 6
71 72-11 1 76g 77-5 1 305.2b 96 97-20 23
300.3e 82a 84-35 6 302.3c 93 97-65 22 87 90-33 15
76g 78-59 1 78 79-5 1 306.2 96 99-18 23
300.3f 80b 81-26 3 302.3d 88a 89-49 14 96 98-31 23
300.3h 83b 84-96 7 302.3e 78 79-8 1 85a 85-61 10
82a 84-35 6 76g 78-17 1 306.3 84 87-47 12
80b 81-41 3 76g 77-69 1 84 85-26 10
79a 80-39 2 302.3f 88a 89-49 14 84 85-39 8
300.4 82a 84-52 6 88a 90-19 15 78 79-5 1
76g 78-31 1 302.3g 90 96-46c 21 76g 78-54 1

45
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part III (Cont’d) Part V (Cont’d) Part VIII (Cont’d)
306.4 96 01-25 25 501.5 92b 95-22 20 802.3 94a 95-30 20
92b 93-46 18 501.8 76g 78-74 1 89b 96-47 21
84 87-47 12 501.9k 75f 76-20 1 802.3a 93 94-73 19
84 85-39 8 503 85a 85-60 10 78 79-42 2
76g 78-54 1 503.1 84 86-38 11 76g 77-53 1
306.6 95b 99-36 24 505.1 87 88-28 13 802.3b 93 94-73 19
96 97-37 23 506.11 87 91-13 17 82a 84-26 5
76g 78-76 1 507.1 81 89-34 15 802.3c 78 79-35 1
76g 78-68 1 509.1 93 95-18 20 74c 75-38 1
306.7 81 85-14 7 92b 95-22 20 802.3d 93 94-73 19
76g 77-30 1 510.2 85b 86-12 11
802.3f 95b 96-42 21
514.1 96 98-06 23
306.8 84 85-39 8 93 94-73 19
514.4 93 95-13 20
306.9 96 03-46 27 92b 94-22 19
96 97-20 23 Part VI 89b 90-52 15
87 89-12 14 600.5 93 94-46 19 87 90-26 15
84 85-36 8 600.6 93 94-46 19 86c 87-2 11
306.11 89b 91-26 24 82a 84-44 6
Part VII 81 84-59 6
306.14 96 01-06 24 802.3g 93 00-28 24
700.1 85b 86-43 12
92b 96-33 21 802.4c 96 01-54 25
85b 85-51 9
90 92-31 17 78 79-42 2
84 85-11 7
83b 84-97 7 802.5 75f 76-67 1
83b 84-107 7
81 84-11 5 802.5a 96 01-02 25
81 83-39 5
306.15 97a 01-12 24 94a 01-29 25
76g 77-45 1
96 05-67 28 81 82-53 4
700.2 98b 00-21 24
96 97-44 22 700.3 91a 93-8 18 802.5b 93 94-73 19
308.1 95b 96-51 21 700.4 81 83-39 5 90 93-3 17
700.4a 83b 84-107 7 802.5c 84 85-55 9
Part IV 700.11 98b 00-21 24 84 85-49 9
400.11 89b 94-6 19 85b 86-43 12 802.6 87e 88-6 12
401.3 80b 81-56 3 84 85-11 7 802.6d 98b 00-08 24
75f 76-47 1 700.12c 87 90-42 16 802.6e 90 93-3 17
401.9 99c 00-26 25 700.12d 87 90-42 16 802.7 94a 95-46 20
402.4 76g 77-50 1 701.1 83b 84-85 7 802.8 94a 95-46 20
75f 76-85 1 701.3g 87 88-37 13 802.9a 90 91-47 16
75f 76-84 1 701.5 98b 00-21 24 802.10 92b 94-19 19
701.8a 87 89-19 14 71 72-15 1
Part V 92b 95-22 20 701.10 91a 93-9 18 71 72-14 1
88a 90-22 15 702.1 83b 84-85 7 803.5 96 01-54 25
83b 84-101 9 702.2 72a 73-21 1 804.1 78 79-36 1
83b 85-8 7 703.1 71 72-12 1 804.2 78 79-36 1
79a 80-20 2 709.1 71 72-13 1 804.3 92b 94-18 19
78 84-48 6 710.1 65 72-13 1 92b 93-11 18
76g 78-47 1 85b 86-26 14
Part VIII 00d 03-09 26
76g 77-2 1 84 89-41 14
95b 01-28 25
500.1 94a 96-10 20 95b 96-44 21 80b 81-49 3
500.2 94a 95-31 20 71 84-13 5 804.3a 93 95-11 19
90 92-25 17 801.1 93 96-49 21 93 95-3 19
89b 90-65 15 88a 90-12 14 91a 92-58 18
87 88-40 13 88a 89-38 14 91a 92-57 17
500.3 94a 96-10 20 75f 76-6 1 804.3b 91a 92-58 17
500.4b 90 93-63 18 802.2 96 01-54 25 805 96 97-31 22
500.4d 91a 92-82 17 93 00-28 24 90 96-48 21
90 92-50 17 93 94-73 19 805.1 93 95-19 20
500.8 79a 80-17 2 85b 86-17 9 90 91-43 17
501.1 95b 96-45 21 84 86-30 10 805.1a 90 93-25 18

46
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part VIII (Cont’d) Part IX (Cont’d) Part X (Cont’d)
805.1b 85b 86-26 14 905.2 99c 99-52 24 1002.2g 89b 91-26 24
84 89-41 14 905.3 99c 99-50 24 82a 84-6 5
80b 82-16 3 96 99-23 23 1002.2h 85a 86-16 10
805.1c 76g 77-66 1 905.3k 97a 01-55 25 1002.3 96 97-29 22
74c 75-39 1 905.4 96 99-23 23 91a 92-64 17
805.1g 92b 94-21 19 905.5 96 99-23 23 1002.3a 00d 02-18 25
82a 84-15 5 907.2 89b 90-5 14 96 01-59 27
805.1h 95b 96-41 21 96 01-22 25
95b 96-40 21 Part X 94a 96-01a 21 96 97-53 23
93 95-19 20 94a 95-29 20 92b 93-30 18
92b 94-22 19 92 93-77 19 90 91-14 17
92b 94-18 19 92 93-76 19 79a 81-4 3
82a 85-34 9 90 92-38 17 1002.3b 92b 93-56 18
805.1k 89b 90-50 15 86c 87-14 12 92b 93-30 18
87e 88-8 12 85a 85-41 9 90 93-5 18
805.1m 94a 96-09 20 78 82-45 4 90 91-48 17
93 95-19 20 1000.1 90 92-39 17 1002.3c 92b 93-30 18
805.1q 95b 96-50 21 90 92-28 17 1002.3d 96 00-34 24
88a 90-1 14 76g 78-26 1 96 97-30 22
805.1s 94a 96-09 20 1000.1a 90 97-51 23 94a 97-19 22
90 91-46 17 1000.1b 94a 95-29 20 93 96-57 22
805.1t 95b 98-27 23 90 97-51 23 81 84-69 6
805.1u 94a 96-06 21 90 92-39 17 1002.3e 89b 91-26 24
805.3b 96 00-14 24 90 92-28 17 89b 91-26 16
805.3d 98b 05-29 28 89b 90-58 15 1002.3f 96 01-59 27
96 97-55 22 88a 89-33 14 1002.4 80b 82-50 4
805.3f 96 02-27 25 1000.1c 88a 89-35 14 80b 82-42 4
805.3g 98b 00-08 24 79a 81-12 3 1003 99c 06-15 29
805.3h 96 00-14 24 1000.2 93 94-56 19 96 97-29 22
96 97-54 22 90 91-48 17 89b 99-34 23
96 97-31 22 86c 87-9 11 1003.2 88a 89-37 14
805.3i 99c 99-51 24 76g 78-32 1 1003.2a 96 97-53 23
99c 99-49 24 76g 77-13 1 1003.2d 00d 02-18 25
805.3j 96 00-14 24 1000.2b 76g 78-22 1 96 00-20 25
805.3m 96 98-27 23 76g 78-20 1 96 00-20 24
805.3n 97a 98-32 23 1000.3 78 82-6 4 90 91-14 17
97a 98-26 23 1000.4 76g 77-64 2 87e 88-1 12
805.4 96 99-42 24 1001.1 76g 78-26 1 1003.2e 89b 90-44 15
96 97-62 22 1001.2 87 89-26 14 1003.2f 94a 96-74 21
805.6 96 00-25 24 87e 88-1 12 81 84-69 6
96 00-13 24 1001.3 76g 77-67 1 1003.3 00d 07-24 29
805.9b 96 97-40 22 1001.4 76g 78-79 1 91a 92-64 17
805.11 97b 00-29 25 76g 78-32 1 89b 90-59 16
806.3 79a 80-22 2 76g 77-67 1 87 92-10 17
76g 77-13 1 87 91-41 16
Part IX 74c 75-40 1 87 90-35 16
901.1 96 97-07 22 1001.5 80b 81-40 3 87e 88-9 12
902.1 90 92-48 17 1001.6c 81 82-28 4 1004.2 96 98-22 23
90 92-43 17 79a 80-10 2 1005.2 90 91-51 17
89b 99-15 23 1002 89b 99-34 23 1005.2a 82a 84-1 5
902.2 89b 90-5 14 85a 85-60 10 1005.2b 96 97-52 22
902.3 94a 95-30 20 1002.2 91a 92-64 17 1005.3 82a 83-38 5
904.3a 96 99-22 23 1002.2b 84 86-51 11 1005.3a 84 95-48 20
93 95-3 19 1002.2f 90 92-59 17 84 96-12 20
904.3b 90 97-21 22 90 92-26 17 1005.3b 96 98-24 23

47
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part X (Cont’d) Part XII (Cont’d) Part XII (Cont’d)
1006 92b 93-61 19 1200.2a 83b 84-77 7 1203.3 85a 86-7 10
83b 84-67 6 1200.2b 80b 81-50 3 1203.3c 94a 96-22 21
1006.1 91a 92-64 17 79a 80-3 2 1203.4a 90 93-31 18
1006.2a 96 99-32 23 76g 77-23 1 1203.5 96 97-26 22
1006.2g 95b 96-51 21 1200.2c 78 79-10 1 90 92-51 17
1006.3 00d 01-44 25 1200.2m 83b 84-87 7 1203.7 85a 87-6 11
96 99-27 23 1200.2t 84 85-48 9 1203.8f 90 93-47 21
94a 96-26 21 1200.3 89b 90-59 16 1203.8h 96 99-31 24
91a 92-64 17 87 91-41 16 87 87-18 13
90 92-51 17 80b 81-25 3 1206.1c 89b 90-45 15
90 91-38 20 79a 80-27 2 1206.1h 96 99-25 23
89b 90-59 16 76g 78-9 1 1206.1i 96 01-07 25
1007.2e 90 97-51 23 1200.4 89b 90-59 16 1206.2a 94a 95-43 20
1009.1 82a 84-26 5 1200.4a 92b 93-12 18 87 92-9 17
1009.2b 82a 84-26 5 1200.4c 90 91-31 17
1206.2b 90 96-62 21
1010 90 92-19 17 1200.5 97a 99-03 23
87 92-9 17
1010.10 96 99-32 23 84 86-27 11
1206.2f 90 92-17 17
1200.6 04 05-58 28
1206.3 87 94-33 19
Part XI 1201 84 87-24 12
87 89-45 14
1100 83b 84-102 7 1201.1a 82a 84-36 6
1206.3a 96 99-19 24
1100.5a 83b 84-74 6 81 87-53 13
93 95-06 20
1101 82a 85-40 8 80b 82-1 3
1102 95b 96-32 21 72a 73-22 1 1206.5b 96 98-29 23
1102.1 81 83-42 5 1201.2b 80b 81-28 3 96 97-23 22
1103.1 75f 76-74 1 75f 76-54 1 1206.6b 89b 90-52 15
1104.3 85b 86-44 11 72a 73-22 1 1206.6c 00d 02-50 26
1201.2d 93 97-59 23 1206.7 87 90-4 14
Part XII 95b 96-53 21 1201.3 87 89-20 14 1207 89b 91-11 16
94a 95-49 21 1201.10 93 96-71 22 1207.1 91a 92-68 17
93 97-12 22 1201.10e 91a 92-73 17 1207.2 96 01-59 27
92b 93-20 18 1202 93 99-11b 23
91a 93-35 18 87 90-31 15 Part XIII 96 97-39 22
91a 93-34 19 1202.4b 87 91-29 16 96 97-25 22
90 96-46b 21 1202.5 90 92-33 17 1300 79a 80-34 2
87 96-30 21 87 90-35 16 1300.1 80b 81-68 3
81 84-59 6 1202.7 96 02-43 27 80b 81-50 3
79a 96-01b 21 96 02-44 26 1301.5 87 89-22 14
1200 88a 90-36 15 92b 94-29 19
1301.6 83b 84-67 6
1200.1 96 99-37 23 87 92-10 17
1302.1 91a 93-2 18
93 94-50 19 1202.9a 93 95-14 20
87 88-3 13
91a 92-68 17 90 91-31 17
79a 80-11 2
89b 91-24 17 87e 88-9 12
1302.3 76g 77-5 1
87 90-24 14 1202.10a 87 91-41 16
1302.4 00d 02-15 25
87 89-31 14 1202.12d 93 97-59 23
87 88-32 13
1200.1a 83b 84-87 7 88a 90-40 16
86c 87-17 12
83b 84-77 7 87 91-40 16
80b 81-28 3 87 91-23 16 79a 81-2 3
78 82-11 3 1202.12e 97a 98-28 23 1303.1c 83b 84-67 6
75f 76-54 1 1202.12f 91a 93-15 18 1303.1d 00d 00-41 24
1200.1b 71 82-46 4 90 96-03 20 83b 84-67 6
1200.2 92b 93-12 18 1202.13 93 99-14 23 1306 87 88-24 13
89b 91-24 17 92b 93-37 18 1308.1 96 98-18 23
88a 89-43 14 1202.14 89b 90-59 16 96 97-45 22
87 90-24 14 1202.14a 87 89-31 14 95b 96-55 21
78 82-11 3 1203.1g 99c 01-58 26 1308.2 96 97-45 22

48
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part XIV 92b 94-30 19 Part XX 96 99-17 24 Part XX (Cont’d)
1400.1 82a 84-34 5 90 93-52 18 2000.10 93 97-06 23
1400.2 84 85-44 9 90 93-26 18 91a 93-13 18
76g 77-18 1 90 92-49 17 2000.10a 96 97-11 22
1402.2 76g 78-44 1 90 92-21 17 90 92-18b 18
89b 90-56 15 90 92-18a 17
84 85-22 9 87 96-35 21
Part XV 96 01-50 26
2000 92b 93-36 18 85a 86-9 10
93 94-72 21
87e 88-21 13
90 92-35 18 2000.10b 85a 86-9 10
86b 86-33 11
1500 80b 82-9 3 2001 92b 93-36 18
83b 84-66 6
1500.1 87 88-15 13 87e 88-19 13
2000.1 93 94-20 18
1500.3 93 96-69 21 83b 85-21 8
84 88-22 14
93 96-67 21 83b 84-55 7 83b 84-66 6
1500.3d 89b 90-61 16 2000.1a 91a 92-70 17 2001.1a 83b 85-21 8
1501.1 90 92-5 17 91a 92-65 17 2001.6b 83b 85-21 8
80b 82-9 3 89b 90-69 15 2001.6c 90 92-20 17
1501.2 93 96-23 22 87e 88-5 14 87 88-12 13
90 92-50 17 87e 88-10 13 87e 87-51 12
1502.1 79a 80-43 3 83b 85-21 8 83b 84-92 7
1502.1a 90 92-52 17 83b 84-92 7 2001.6d 84 88-22 14
1502.5 96 97-50 22 2000.1b 92b 93-54 19 2001.8 88a 89-48 14
1502.6a 79a 80-43 3 92b 92-75 17 87 90-10 15
1502.9 91a 92-76 18 91a 92-65 17
87 89-6 14
79a 81-17 3 87 91-12 16
2001.10 91a 93-13 18
87e 88-10 13
1502.10a 89b 90-61 16 2001.10a 90 92-18b 18
84 85-59 9
82a 84-56 9 90 92-18a 17
83b 85-21 8
1502.10b 96 97-17a 23 85a 86-9 10
83b 84-92 7
1502.10i 96 98-13 23 2001.10b 93 96-72 23
2000.1f 93 97-06 23
1502.11 78 79-13 1 93 94-62 19
2000.3 88a 90-14 15
1502.11a 82a 84-56 9 85a 89-29 14 87e 87-51 12
1502.11e 89b 90-61 16 2000.3b 96 99-02 23 85a 86-9 10
1502.11h 96 97-17b 23 90 94-10 18 2002 83b 85-21 8
1502.12 78 79-44 2 2000.5 92b 94-26 19 83b 84-66 6
85a 89-29 14 2002.5b 83b 85-21 8
Part XVI 93 94-64 20 2000.6d 96 02-16 25 2002.6 87e 87-44 12
87 88-17 13 92b 93-19 18
86d 87-37 12
2000.7 87e 88-10 13
83b 85-21 8
87e 88-7 13
Part XVII 91a 92-72 18 2002.7a 83b 85-21 8
2000.7a 96 01-09 25
90 91-53 17 2002.8 88a 89-48 14
96 01-08 25
84 85-22 9 93 94-25 19 2002.10 91a 93-13 18
1705 81 83-19 4 91a 93-22 18 2002.10a 91a 93-13 18
1707 81 82-44 4 90 92-14 17 90 92-18a 17
1710 81 83-19 4 90 92-6 17
81 82-44 4 89b 90-41 15 Part XXI
1712.1 90 92-2 16 87 90-42 16 2100.1a 84 86-37 11
87e 88-5 14 83b 84-92 7
Part XVIII 84 88-22 14
2100.7 85b 87-15 12
1804.1 91a 92-66 17 86d 87-21 13
2100.8 86c 86-59 12
2000.8 90 93-18 18
83b 84-80 7
89b 90-27 15
Part XIX 90 93-52 18 88a 89-48 14 2100.10 91a 93-13 18
90 93-26 18 86c 86-59 12 2101.10 91a 93-13 18
84 85-33 8 85b 86-31 10 2102.6 86d 87-37 12
1900.1a 88a 89-32 14 84 87-48 12 2102.9 94a 96-04 20
84 91-18 16 83b 84-80 7 2102.10 91a 93-13 18

49
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29

Bk. Bk. Bk.


Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No. Subject Edition Inquiry No.
A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS A17.1d–2000 AND PRIOR PUBLICATIONS
(Cont’d) (Cont’d) (Cont’d)
Part XXII Part XXII (Cont’d) Appendix F
2201.6 93 96-56 22 2410.3 96 97-67 22 F1309.2 84 85-54 9
2202.2 93 96-56 22 2410.6 96 01-56 25 F304.3 81 83-41 5
2203.2 93 96-56 22 96 00-02 24
94a 95-35 21 Appendix H
Part XXIV 95b 96-14 21
93 94-66 20 Fig. H1 99c 00-06 24
93 94-67 21
2411.1 97a 99-13 23 84 94-7 19
2403.2 96 97-34 22
2411.2 97a 99-13 23
93 94-49 19
A17.2
2403.2c 96 97-67 22
Part XXV 1.17.2.2 01 05-25 29
2403.3 96 97-14 22
2500.1 96 99-45 24 1.17.3 01 05-25 29
2403.4 98b 99-33 23
2500.2 96 99-45 24 2.29.2.1e 01 06-44 29
93 94-47 19
2403.6 93 94-49 19 2500.7 96 98-14 23
93 94-24 19 2500.8 96 98-14 23 A17.3
2405 00d 00-36 24 95b 97-10 22 2.2.5c 96 06-38 29
2406.1 94a 95-25 20 2.3 02 07-15 29
2500.12 96 01-36 25
2406.1b 96 99-01 23 3.11.3 02 07-08 29
2501.4 96 01-36 25
94a 96-21 21 96 06-38 29
2501.5 95b 96-25 21
2409.1 98b 99-33 23 4.7.8 96 06-38 29
2501.13 95b 96-27 22
96 00-11 24
2501.15 95b 96-25 21
94a 96-29 21 CAN/CSA
2502.1 96 98-06 23
94a 95-25 20 B44.1/ASME
2502.2 96 98-06 23 A17.5-1991
93 94-60 20
2502.4 95b 96-25 21 Clause 1 96 99-39 24
2409.1b 96 99-12 23
2409.1c 96 03-19 28 Clause 1.1 91 95-05 20
96 00-43 24 Appendix E 96 97-24 22 1.1e 04 06-39 29
2410 00d 00-36 24 93 98-12 23 04 05-66 28

50
Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Copyrighted material licensed to Stanford University by Thomson Scientific (www.techstreet.com), downloaded on Oct-05-2010 by Stanford University User. No further reproduction or distribution is permitted. Uncontrolled wh

A9607A

No reproduction may be made of this material without written consent of ASME.


Copyright c 2008 by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

You might also like